
REFERENC.RTF
------------
Much of REFERENC.RTF was written for DRAINS version 2.17 and extensively
revised for version 3.08.  Updating for version 4.02 is continuing.  Please
call if you have any questions or specific instruction needs, I'll be glad to
help you.
* ========================================================================== *
    DRAINS.DOC for Version 4.02 printed January 23, 2002



















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 1


    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    <<< MEET DRAINS 4.02 >>>
       9 ... What is DRAINS?
              (The program in general; So I'm an optimist; Specific program
                features; Support; Equipment; Upgrades)
       14 ... General things to know about running DRAINS (& computers)
       18 ... The physical office
       19 ... A smooth transition from hand-written to computer-assisted
                job handling

    <<< HOW WE SAY THINGS, AND GENERALLY HOW TO DO THINGS >>>
       281 ... Typographic & vocabulary conventions in DRAINS and this
                manual
       281 ... DRAINS' user interface - General editing advice

    <<< THE ORDER TO LEARN DRAINS IN >>>
       20 ... DRAINS on the Windows desktop
       21 ... When DRAINS is launched
       24 ... How to exit from DRAINS
       19 ... Setting up DRAINS for your business
       281 ... Keeping track of work & money:
              The main data path
              Dispatcher lessons - starting with a system already set up
       281 ... Lots of related abilities (Commissions, Prescheduled service,
                Accounting reports, Sales tax, Sales tax in Canada/Quebec,
                Finders, Management reports, Marketing, Security)
       281 ... Normal workflow order & rhythmn

    <<< MASTER REFERENCE IN MENU ORDER >>>
            JOB SHEETS
    (3.08) 46 ... A. Create Service Request
    (3.08) 53 ... B. Edit / Close Work Order
    (4.01) 60 ... C. Dispatch Tools (^needs more details^)
    (3.08) 62 ... D. Invoice Batch Print
    (    ) 63 ... E. Client Mailings
            BOOKKEEPING
    (3.08) 72 ... F. Bank Deposit Journal
    (3.08) 77 ... G. Accounts Receivable / ROA
    (3.08) 86 ... H. Statements
    (2.17) 90 ... I. Accounts Payable THIS IS SITE-SPECIFIC MODULES IN 4.01
            UTILITY
    (2.17) 94 ... J. Client File Maintenance
    (2.17/4.02) 112 ... K. Servicepeople & Finders
    (4.02) 122 ... L. Maintain Customization
    (4.02) 141 ... M. Lookup Table Maintenance
    (2.17) 155 ... N. Backup
            HISTORY
    (2.17/4.01) 169 ... O. History Reports & Maintenance
    (2.17) 186 ... P. Archive Closed Jobs
            QUIT
    (4.02) 188 ... Q. Exit DRAINS





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 2


            HIDDEN OPTION
    (4.01) 189 ... ^. Programmers' Tools

    <<< EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION & UPGRADING >>>
       9 ... Installation and training support
       281 ... Single-user equipment
       193 ... New DRAINS 4.02 installation
       281 ... Upgrading
       281 ... Multi-user equipment
       281 ... Network use - setup; general advice
       281 ... Remote support setup
       281 ... Remote & several-machine use
       281 ... Conversion services/ conversion from another program's data

    <<< OTHER TOOLS >>>
       276 ... Auxiliary program(s) & utilities
       281 ... Custom modules
       281 ... CL cooperation with your programmer, obtaining programmer's
                documentation.

    <<< OTHER ADVICE & HELP >>>
       281 ... Troubleshooting, fixes, and support
       281 ... Periodic cleanup of junk files, defragmentation.
       281 ... Diagnostics recommended
        ... Nosy business advice - office procedures I recommend
       281 ... Internet use on the same machine/network as DRAINS
         ... Answers to user questions ^Q. How do I correct a closed-but-
                unpaid A/R amount?  It needs to be corrected in 3 files:
                History, A/R, and Client.  Use {OBE} History Edit to correct
                the amount in History.  Note the total and tax amounts.  If
                the client or your A/R file needs a new invoice, use {D} to
                print one.  ^Use {GA} A/R Edit to correct the total charge and
                tax amounts to match History.  This will correct the statement
                billed amount.  ^Use {GF} Client balance recalculate to
                correct the site's Client file balance.  If you don't {GF}, it
                is not a big deal.  Until {GF} is run, the site balance will
                display wrong on the Service Request screen, but billing will
                not be affected.  {GF} runs automatically when interest is
                added to accounts by {GE}, so at most sites this oversight is
                self-correcting.

    <<< LISTS & SAMPLES >>>
       281 ... Directories & filenames used by DRAINS
       281 ... List of program output & where in the program to ask for it
       281 ... Sample output & forms
       281 ... Service Request modules as of DRAINS version 4.02
       285 ... Invoice modules as of DRAINS version 4.02
       306 ... Statement modules as of DRAINS version 4.02

    <<< DRAINS 4.02 TUTORIAL >>>

    Tutorial section 1. Program Startup & Shutdown
                        General running instructions & editing advice




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 3


            Q. Exit DRAINS

    Tutorial section 2. Setting up the program for use
    <<< DRAINS 3.08 TUTORIAL >>>
       217(3.08) ... Tutorial section 1. STARTING AND STOPPING DRAINS /
                BACKUP
            N. Backup
               A. Select drives
               B. Format floppy diskette(s)
               C. Backup database files only
               D. Write backup batch file

       219(3.08) ... Tutorial section 2. SETUP DRAINS SYSTEM FOR USE
            L. Maintain Customization
            P. Archive Closed Jobs P. Pack, reindex & transfer

       220(3.08) ... Tutorial section 3. PREPARE LOOKUP DATABASES AND
                PRINTOUTS
            K. Servicepeople & Finders
               A. Add/Edit/Delete Serviceperson Information
               1. Print Serviceperson List
            M. Lookup Table Maintenance
               A. Add/Edit/Delete Revenue Category Information
               1. Print Revenue Category List
               B. Add/Edit/Delete Customer Type Information
               2. Print Customer Type List
               C. Add/Edit/Delete Referral Code Information
               3. Print Referral Code List
               D. Add/Edit/Delete Work Type Information
               4. Print Work Type List
               E. Add/Edit/Delete Municipality Code Information
               5. Print Municipality Code List
               F. Add/Edit/Delete ZIPcode Check Information
               6. Print ZIPcode Check List
               G. Add/Edit/Delete Tax Group Information
               7. Print Tax Group List

       222(3.08) ... Tutorial section 4. JOB TRACKING I: NEW JOB ENTRY
            A. Create Service Request

       224(3.08) ... Tutorial section 5. JOB TRACKING II: DISPATCHING
            C. Dispatch Tools
               A. Modify job assignments
               S. Display active work order synopsis list
               P. Print Active Work Order List
               C. Change sort & selection limit
               T. Print Active Work Order List split by Tax Groups
            B. Edit / Close Work Order
               X. Cancel/Restore job
               H. Hunt again







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 4


       226(3.08) ... Tutorial section 6. JOB TRACKING III: JOB CLOSE /
                INVOICES
            B. Edit / Close Work Order
                . Next record
               P. Previous record
               E. Edit information
               C. Set closing defaults and edit
               T. Manually enter sales tax
            D. Invoice Batch Print

       228(3.08) ... Tutorial section 7. JOB TRACKING IV: FILING CLOSED JOBS
            F. Bank Deposit Journal A. Copy information from Work Orders
            C. Dispatch Tools  . Screen display
            P. Archive Closed Jobs T. Transfer jobs only

       230(3.08) ... Tutorial section 8. SCHEDULED SERVICE PROGRAM /
                                     CLIENT SETUP AND REPORTS
            J. Client File Maintenance
               A. Add/Edit/Delete Client Information
               C. Print Monthly Maintenance Program List

       232(3.08) ... Tutorial section 9. BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL
            F. Bank Deposit Journal
               B. Scan / Edit / Delete Journal records
               C. Add Journal record
               D. Cash & Check Journal Reports
               E. Clear Cash & Check Journal Records

       233(3.08) ... Tutorial section 10. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
            G. Accounts Receivable / ROA
               A. Record a Received on Account payment, or
                  scan client accounts / change or delete records
               B. Record an account debit or an account credit
               E. Add interest to accounts

       234(3.08) ... Tutorial section 11. STATEMENTS
            H. Statements
               A. Set statement group limits
               B. Specify itemization start date
               C. Enter message to include with statements
               D. Forms justification test print
               E. Print statements















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 5


       235(3.08) ... Tutorial section 12. HISTORY MAINTENANCE & REPORTS /
                                      SERVICEPERSON REPORT
            O. History Reports & Maintenance
               B. Scan/Edit/Delete History records
               A. Set History group limits
               C. Display History record synopsis list
               D. History reports: Client/Date/SvcPerson
                  A. Set History group limits
                  B. Toggle Screen Display / Printer Printout
                  C. Client Report
                  D. Date Report
                  E. Serviceperson Report
                  F. Analysis Report
                  G. Work Order screen images by Client
                  H. Work Order screen images by Date
                  I. Work Order screen images by Serviceperson
                  J. Date/Tax Groups Report
            K. Serviceperson File Maint. C. Serviceperson Commission Report

       237(3.08) ... Tutorial section 13. ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS
            G. Accounts Receivable / ROA
               C. Print Accounts Receivable list (summary/non-summary)
               G. Aging report
            O. History Reports & Maintenance
               E. History reports: Revenue/Income/Sales Tax
                  A. Set date range
                  B. Toggle Screen Display / Printer Printout
                  C. Sales Tax Report
                  D. Income Log/wide
                  E. Income Log/screen
                  F. Summary Income Log Report
                  G. Revenue Category Report
                  H. Revenue Category/Job Count Report
                  I. Sales Tax Report by Tax Group
                  J. Income Log Report by Tax Group
                  K. Revenue Category Report by Tax Group

       239(3.08) ... Tutorial section 14. CLIENT DATABASE PRINTOUTS
            J. Client File Maintenance
               B. Print Client Information
               G. Print List of Clients Authorized to Charge
               I. Print List of Unduplicated Clients Authorized to Charge
               H. Print List of Charge Allowed and Scheduled Service Clients
               F. Print Inactive Client List
            E. Client mailings

       241(3.08) ... Tutorial section 15. SPECIAL TYPES OF DATABASE
                MAINTENANCE
            G. Accounts Receivable / ROA
               D. Discard $0.00 balances older than specified date
               F. Recalculate account balances
            J. Client File Maintenance
               D. Change Client's Phone Number
               E. Change Client's Billing Address



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 6


            O. History Reports & Maintenance F. Dump old history records

       243(3.08) ... Tutorial section 16. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
            I. Accounts Payable
               A. Add/Edit/Delete Payable bills
               B. Enter payments
               C. Display Payable record synopsis list
               D. Vendor bill balance report
               E. Clear paid bills


    <<< MEET DRAINS 3.08 >>>
    (3.08) 9 ... BORING INTRODUCTION
    (3.08) 25 ... GOALS
    (2.17) 27 ... LIST OF REPORTS

    <<< GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE >>>
    (3.08) 29 ... CALLING (AND LEAVING) DRAINS
    (3.08) 30 ... THE MAIN MENU
    (3.08) 31 ... GENERAL EDITING ADVICE
    (3.08)  ... PRINTING AND VIEWING REPORTS
    (3.08) 32 ... GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
    (3.08) 35 ... MULTI-SESSION GENERAL ADVICE
    (3.08) 35 ... FOXPRO PROGRAM ERROR MESSAGES

    <<< BACKGROUND & APPROACH >>>
    (3.08) 37 ... OPTION FUNCTION OVERVIEW
    (3.08) 40 ... SAMPLE WORK FLOW
    (2.17) 41 ... DATABASE FILE INTERRELATIONSHIPS
    (2.17) 43 ... DRAINS FILE USAGE - MENU FUNCTIONS' FILE EFFECTS
    (2.17) 44 ... ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE / BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL / STATEMENTS

    <<< DRAINS 3.00 OPERATION >>>
    OPTION AND FUNCTION DETAILS AND USE

            Resetting Procedures
    (3.08) 196 ... RESETTING DRAINS' CONFLICT CONTROL

    <<< GETTING STARTED >>>
    (3.08) 199 ... EQUIPMENT NEEDED BY SINGLE-USER DRAINS
    (3.08) 200 ... EQUIPMENT NEEDED BY MULTI-SESSION DRAINS
    (3.08) 201 ... ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR SINGLE-USER DRAINS USE
    (2.17) 202 ... ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR MULTI-SESSION DRAINS USE
    (3.08) 205 ... DRAINS 3.08 SINGLE-USER NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION
    (    ) 209 ... DRAINS 3.00 MULTI-SESSION NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION
    (3.08) 211 ... GETTING ACQUAINTED WITH DRAINS
    (3.08) 213 ... NON-C: BATCH FILE SETUP FOR DRAINS AND DRAINFIX
    (3.08) 213 ... W98 SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINS
    (3.08) 214 ... W98 SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINFIX
    (3.08) 215 ... NON-C: SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINS AND DRAINFIX







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 7


    <<< DRAINS 3.00 DEMOS AND UPGRADES >>>
    (2.17) 247 ... DRAINS 3.00 DEMOS
    (    ) 249 ... UPGRADING FROM DRAINS 3.00 DEMO TO LIVE DRAINS 3.00
           257 ... UPGRADING AN EXISTING DRAINS 2.13..3.00 TO 3.00
                MULTI-SESSION

    <<< SPECIAL SITUATIONS >>>
    (2.17) 262 ... HANDLE AN ACCOUNT THAT HAS GONE TO COLLECTION

    <<< TECHNICAL TOPICS >>>
    (2.17) 262 ... NATIONALITY AND TAX: U.S.A. vs. CANADA
    (2.17) 263 ... DISASTER RECOVERY
    (2.17) 264 ... RESTORING DATA TO DRAINS FROM BACKUP DISKETTE(S)
    (2.17) 265 ... PRINTER.MEM - HOW DRAINS WORKS WITH YOUR PRINTER
    (2.17) 266 ... PRINTER 3 FOR LONG REPORTS
    (3.08) 267 ... SPEED UP A W95/98 NETWORK PRINTER
    (4.02) 267 ... Copy a W98 DOS text window (DRAINS) image to a text file
    (4.02) 267 ... TROUBLESHOOTING A W95/98 LOCAL PRINTER PROBLEM
    (2.17) 269 ... TROUBLESHOOTING A W95/98 NETWORK PRINTER PROBLEM
       270 ... DRAINS 3.00 PROGRAM DISK CONTENTS
       273 ... MANUAL INSTALLATION / RUNNING LEAN AND MEAN
       275 ... OBTAINING PROGRAMMERS' DOCUMENTATION
       275 ... PURGING DRAINS DATA

    <<< SAMPLE OUTPUT AND FORMS >>>
    (2.17) 330 ... SAMPLE "Y" SERVICE REQUEST
    (2.17) 333 ... SAMPLE "D" SERVICE REQUEST
    (2.17) 332 ... SAMPLE "H" SERVICE REQUEST
    (2.17) 335 ... SAMPLE "Y" INVOICE / "L" INVOICE
    (2.17) 337 ... SAMPLE "J" INVOICE
    (2.17) 338 ... SAMPLE "B" INVOICE
    (2.17) 339 ... SAMPLE "N" INVOICE FORM
    (2.17) 341 ... SAMPLE "Y" STATEMENT
    (2.17) 342 ... SAMPLE "N" STATEMENT FORM
    (2.17) 343 ... SAMPLE "S" SUMMARY STATEMENT LIST

       281 ... <<< INDEX >>>

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------


















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 8



                             <<< MEET DRAINS 4.02 >>>

    INSTALLATION AND TRAINING SUPPORT

    DRAINS 4.02 includes installation & configuration support, training, and
    technical support through the year 2009.

    If you are using computers in the office, you need access to good quality
    computer help.  Concise Logic takes pride in our full support of sites
    running DRAINS.  When DRAINS is up and running and things are routine, you
    won't need us much.  Unusual times and beginnings are good times to ask
    for support:
              - Installation and initial configuration of DRAINS.
              - Learning a DRAINS function new to you.
              - Teaching a new person.
              - Taking over a job from someone else.
              - Planning expansion and choosing new equipment.
              - Installing new equipment.  (New station?  New printer?)
              - Computer system error messages.

    If we may be of help, please don't be shy.  Our support number is 406-572-
    3323.  My eMail address is kghn@ttc-cmc.net.
              We do reserve the right to charge for, or limit, unusually
    time-consuming demands.  In eleven years, from when DRAINS was introduced
    in the summer of 1990, to the writing of this manual in January 2002, this
    has never yet been exercised.

    WHAT IS DRAINS?

    What is DRAINS?  What does it try to accomplish?  How can it help a
    business?  How is it maintained & supported?  Remote machine-to-machine
    support.  Phone advice.  Upgrades.  Single->multi growth.  Compatibility
    with newer & older equipment.

    The program in general
    ----------------------
    DRAINS is office software intended for sewer cleaners, small plumbers, and
    pumpers.  It is intended for sole proprietors, Mom'n'Pops, family and
    midsized businesses.  (Multi-session DRAINS can handle up to 12 people
    using it at once.)

                              *  *  *  *  *

    Words to the business owner/manager:
              I want this program to do for you most of the repetitive,
    "formula" clerical "office" work that supports the real accomplishments of
    your business.  I want you to be available to your customers most of the
    time, and to have the few hours you really do need to spend on management,
    billing and tax paperwork to be comfortable, efficient, productive and
    profitable.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 9


              I want this program to make routine billing and bookkeeping
    quick and truly routine, so that the money supporting your work comes in
    steadily.  I want this program to prevent any of the small daily tasks
    from falling through the cracks (or getting buried), no matter what major
    matters push them out of the way for a while.
              I want DRAINS to keep notes on how best to manage and please
    individual customers, and make it easy for members of the business to
    share that information with eachother.  Finally, I want your office staff
    to superbly support your tech team with correct, complete information
    about site histories, current jobs, and customers.

                              *  *  *  *  *

    Records are the lifeblood of a modern service business.  A computer can be
    the most cost-effective and convenient way of organizing and storing
    information on current job progress, past job history, billing, taxes, and
    customers.

    DRAINS focuses on the income side of the business.  It tracks jobs from
    the initial trouble call, through dispatching, to history.  It copies
    money info about the jobs to bookkeeping, and prints invoices and
    statements.  It reports on technician (and work finder) commissions, sales
    taxes, and accounts receivable.  It analyses income in various ways.  It
    keeps track of routine prescheduled service.  It can even print mailings
    to selected groups of your customers.

    (A few things DRAINS doesn't do: inventory control, parts pricing, fancy
    EPA pumping reports, maps & sketches, general ledger, payroll taxes,
    caller ID, paging.)

    Over the past 11 years, DRAINS has helped many drain cleaning
    organizations with their daily work.  (Also some pumpers and plumbers.)
    Many of its best improvements were suggested by its users.  Like a tree,
    software has to grow and change, or it dies.  DRAINS keeps getting better
    at doing what I want it to do for you:

              - Type something in once, use it again and again.
              - It's the computer's job to copy information.
              - It's the computer's job to put stuff in order.
              - It's the computer's job to keep track of routine things.
              - It's the computer's job to help find obscure things.
              - It's the computer's job to compile reports & numbers.

              - The human is the boss, and knows best when tasks should be
    done.  (The computer may ask if something is due, but not be stubborn.)
              - Correcting and updating information should be easy.
              - Each screen should say what is possible, and how to do it.
              - A menu is a good way to choose tasks, and keeps our fingers on
    the keyboard.  Frequent switching from keyboard to mouse and back wastes
    time and is hard on the shoulder.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 10


              - Balance ability with simplicity.  Do plenty of useful stuff,
    while still being easy to run.  Neatly serve a specific group of users.
              - When the core program is good, special needs can be met with
    less work.
              - Good support.  When support is inexpensive and easy to reach,
    users will call when an unusual situation happens.  Every computer user
    benefits from expert help from time to time, and support is easier if
    problems are submitted early on.  Also, I appreciate getting your ideas
    for improvements when I hear from you.
              - Good support.  Not everyone enjoys reading a manual.
              - Good support.  Advice and training from a pro helps.
              - Good support.  Every business and computer is unique.

    Specific program features
    -------------------------
    DRAINS stores information on each client, and on each job.  Simple client
    and job searches can be made by phone number, job site address, name, and
    billing name.  Jobs can also be found by job number.  (More complex
    searches are also possible, such as jobs done by a particular worker on a
    particular date for a particular type of customer...)

    A useful picture is to think of DRAINS as a dollhouse office.  Each job's
    complete information - who did it, what work was involved, the charges and
    payment - is stored first in the group of active work orders ("on the
    dispatcher's desk"), and then transferred whole to the history group
    ("file cabinet".)  Job tracking verifies that no jobs are overlooked and
    that all work orders are turned in by service people.  There is an
    accounts receivable file ("A/R folder") and a file of information about
    job sites ("address book").  The two bank deposit journals are like 1) the
    deposit slip for the bank and 2) the monthly credit card receipts
    statement.

    History is easy to search, and can feed a wide variety of reports.
    Multiple job site units (apartments in an apartment building, rental
    properties managed by a property management company) can be dealt with as
    a group or individually.

    DRAINS has a job entry screen intended for the person who answers the
    phone.  Four search methods quickly find out whether the caller's work
    site is already "in the system".  If it is, the caller's site and billing
    information appear, with current account balance and site notes.  A red
    flag appears if the customer is "cash only" (or "no service"), or has an
    overdue account.  A job history for the site street address can be viewed,
    including work done for previous owners of the site.
              If the site is new (not in the system), saving the service
    request automatically creates its corresponding long term client/job site
    record.

    Shortcut codes speed the entry of city-state-zips and job descriptions.
    Other codes categorize jobs for management reports.  Optional tax group
    codes handle (simple or complex) sales tax situations, in both the USA and
    Canada.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 11



    The dispatcher will appreciate the ability to cancel a job without
    immediately removing its information, so that it can be revived if an
    indecisive customer calls back for further assistance.  A table of
    unassigned jobs can be viewed, and assignments added.  Current jobs can be
    printed out.  Technician done-job call information can be easily added,
    and a "Done Jobs" report organizes tech paperwork check-in.

    Prescheduled service intervals are recorded with the longterm job site
    information.  DRAINS can handle a wide variety of service program
    schedules.  Service due reports are generated for whatever time spans you
    choose, and DRAINS can optionally generate work orders for jobs due.

    Receive a mystery check?  Accounts receivable records for jobs billed out
    can be located by your customer's purchase order number, as well as job
    number, billing name, phone number, and jobsite name.

    Your bookkeeper will appreciate DRAINS' ability to report on the status of
    the accounts receivable as of past dates, as well as the current amount
    owing.  This lets you easily compare receivables totals across intervals.
              DRAINS optionally adds interest to overdue accounts.  Interest
    can be easily removed from individual jobs, as you log in payments
    received.  (This is useful when a customer pretends they paid the day
    before the statement arrived.)  Interest on unpaid jobs can be rolled
    forward (or back) to any selected day, so statements can be produced at
    your convenience.
              A variety of invoice and statement formats are available, and I
    can create a module to fit your favorite pre-printed format if you wish.
    Substantial job descriptions can be included on statements, or eliminated
    in favor of job and purchase order numbers only.

    Up to 3 businesses can be handled by one DRAINS database.  "Intelligent"
    return addressing puts the right business name on each bill.  (Or you can
    tell DRAINS to not print your return address, and use letterhead or
    preprinted forms.)  Most history reports can be split by business, but the
    A/R reports are unified.

    Each technician can be assigned two labor commission percentages and a
    parts percentage.  (The secondary labor percentage can be chosen for a
    particular job by marking a spot on the work order.)  DRAINS figures
    normal commissions based on those and on the number of workers on each
    job.
              To meet unusual commission situations, amounts on individual job
    commission records can be changed, recalls charged back to their original
    workers, and bonuses or penalties added.  Comments can also be added, that
    will appear on the commission report.
              The Close Ratio report helps keep track of technicians'
    performance and cash-job honesty.

    "Finder fees" (referral payments) are also handled by DRAINS, with the
    normal per-job fee amount set up for each referrer as a either a flat fee
    or a percentage of the job's labor charge.  These can also be changed on a
    job-by-job basis before their report is produced.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 12



    Finally, DRAINS can make a quick floppy-disk space-compressed backup of
    everything you've entered into it.  A current copy of the business' income
    records can go home with you each night.

    Support
    -------
    DRAINS is maintained and supported by me, Kate Nicholes, a full partner in
    Concise Logic.  I enjoy my home office, so I'm pretty easy to reach.
              My favorite method of support is with a machine-to-machine modem
    linkup.  For Windows 95/98/2000/Me, the remote support program of choice
    is pcAnywhere 32 by Symantec.
              Widely available, pcAnywhere version 9.x's new cost in 2001 was
    about $170.  You will want the version that has both Host and Remote ends.
    Version 8 is also fine for W95/98, but not for W2000/Me.  Bargains on this
    software are usually available on eBay.

    In a typical support session, you call me voice, we set up our machines,
    and then your machine calls mine on a 2nd phone line.  At that point, it's
    like we're sitting next to eachother:
              - Both you and I can see your screen, type on your keyboard.  On
    the voice connection we speak together.
              - I can point out things to you on your screen with the mouse
    pointer while telling you about it.
              - I can pick up reports and give you utilities.  I can run
    diagnostics for you.  If you need something unusual, I may be able to
    cobble it together quickly and run it for you within minutes.
              - I can create and modify desktop icons, check your Windows
    setup, and help you configure your machine.

    This method of private linkup is pretty safe.  We virus-check our
    machines.  Your access software is only loaded when you want support, so
    your machine is not vulnerable to unsupervised callers.  Internet security
    is not an issue because the Internet is not involved.
              This is my favorite method of training and support because it is
    so efficient and effective.  I am also willing to send disks, email
    utilities, etc, and talk you through their use by phone.  But that's more
    prone to errors, and is slower and harder for both of us.

    Equipment
    ---------
    DRAINS can really help sole proprietor and Mom'n'Pop businesses, so it
    makes sense to keep the minimum project price (DRAINS, a machine to run it
    on, a printer, perhaps pcAnywhere, etc.) within their reach.  The price of
    computer equipment varies widely, from thousands of dollars for the latest
    fancy machine to a couple of hundred for one several years old.
              A small business certainly doesn't need a newest-type computer
    to run DRAINS.  It's not unusual for a hand-me-down or inexpensive used
    machine to do the job just fine for several years.  DRAINS 4.02 is written
    in FoxPro 2.6 for DOS (the best & last DOS-compatible FoxPro), so it will
    run comfortably under DOS 5.x or 6.x, Windows 3.11, W95/W98/W2000 or
    Windows NT/Me.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 13


              Almost all Windows computers manufactured 1995 or later (and a
    substantial portion of earlier machines) will do just fine.  If in doubt,
    give us a call for advice on your prospective system.
              DRAINS should perform admirably on any 1998 or later machine.
    We do not support most USB-connected printers at this time, and recommend
    a standard parallel printer connection.  Some printers are not
    DOS-compatible - if you are buying a printer, please check!  For busy
    offices I recommend a W98 network (100-speed Ethernet) with a reasonably
    powerful machine serving as the data server.

    Upgrades
    --------
    It's easier for us to support you if everyone is running the same version.
    Consequently we keep the cost of upgrades low, and make sure the upgrades
    have plenty of goodies to make it worth your while.  (So far, same-program
    upgrades, like 3.02 to 3.08, have always been less than $50.)  If you
    upgrade from a less expensive member of the program family (Single-user)
    to a more expensive one (Multi-session), expect to pay the prices'
    difference.  Our policy:  Never punish anyone for buying early.
              The multi-session version of DRAINS is a direct upgrade from the
    single-station version, and runs almost identically.  I maintain the two
    versions together so changes appear in both at the same time.  The multi-
    session version is more expensive because networks generally require more
    support time than single machines.

    GENERAL THINGS TO KNOW ABOUT RUNNING DRAINS (& COMPUTERS)

    Conversing with DRAINS
    ----------------------
    I have tried to make DRAINS display on each screen what can be done and
    how to do it.  When in doubt, first, read the screen.

    I have tried to make the screen background color give you a general idea
    of where you are.  The Main menu ("home base"), where all abilities begin
    and end, is red.  Submenus have a black background.  Data screens have a
    blue background.  "Special" data screens such as cancelled jobs and
    partial payments have a red background.

    A "data screen" is one that you can use to give the computer information -
    about a customer, a job, or your preferences.  It can even hold the
    details of how you want a report set up.  Most data screens have a blue
    background.  Certain data screens turn red when they hold unusual data,
    such as a canceled job or a partial payment.
              Most data screens in DRAINS flow in a loop; you enter some
    information, then a "mini-menu" appears, giving you a chance to
     - proceed (usually save),
     - edit (have another whack at entering the information correctly),
     - or back out of the process (discard a new entry, discard changes to an
        existing record, or cancel a report request).
              The looping ability of data screens means that you can fire
    along, talking with a service technician or a customer, filling in the
    most important stuff and making quick notes, then go back around again
    after the conversation, filling in the rest and making things prettier and
    more permanantly understandable.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 14



    Almost everywhere in DRAINS, after you type in a command or a piece of
    information, you should press -Enter-.

    The -Escape- key has special meaning to DRAINS.  While entering
    information, it means "OK as it is displayed, no changes".  I have also
    tried to design DRAINS so that if you get confused, you can hold down
    -Escape- safely (without harming anything you've entered previously) until
    an understandable menu appears.
              If the computer starts beep-beep-beeping while you're holding a
    key down, that means the keyboard buffer has filled up - there are lots of
    keypresses waiting to be processed.  So if that happens, stop pressing
    keys, sit back for a bit and let the computer catch up.

    Since DRAINS is keyboard-based, the cursor (the little blinking line or
    square) always tries to draw your attention to the place the computer is
    currently thinking about.  Usually it will be in a contrasting-color "data
    field", or waiting next to a question.
              Occasionally, you may find it way up on the top line with an
    error message such as "Invalid input. Press space."  (When you press space
    the cursor will drop back down for another try at entering the item it's
    complaining about.)

    Another use of the top line is to tell you the state of:

    - Caps lock.  Toggled by the CapsLock key, you will see "Caps" if the
       unshifted letters come out CAPITALS.  WHEN THE CAPS LOCK IS ON, SHIFTED
       LETTERS COME OUT lowercase.  The number-and-cursemark keys work the
       same in either state.  CapsLock *only* affects the a..z keys.
    - Number lock.  Toggled by the NumLock key above the numberpad, you will
       see "Num" if the numberpad keys currently produce numbers.  They
       otherwise are cursor controls (Up, Down, Left, Right, Home, End,
       PageUp, PageDown, also Insert and Delete).
    - Insert mode.  Toggled by the Ins (Insert) key, you will see "Ins" on the
       top line if insert mode is on.  In insert mode, letters you type appear
       above the cursor and push what-was-on-the-cursor-and-everything-to-its-
       right along.  "XXZ " becomes "XYXZ" when Y is typed.
              Insert mode off is overstrike mode on.  Letters you type appear
       above the cursor replacing what was above the cursor.  "XXZ " becomes
       "XYZ " when Y is typed.
              DRAINS' cursor is a blinking underline in insert mode, a
       blinking box in overstrike mode.  Personally, I like insert mode as I
       am less likely to "type over" something that I then wish I knew what it
       was.

    Avoid stress
    ------------
    If while in DRAINS you feel frustrated or confused, come back to the red
    Main menu and enter 'Q' to tell DRAINS that you want to leave.  DRAINS
    will show our company info - pick up the phone and call for help.  It is
    OK to call anytime.  (Please do leave a message if you get an answering
    machine, a call may come back sooner than you expect.)  The main office
    line 406-572-3323 is the best one to use, but do try the toll-free sales
    line 800-262-2617 if you have trouble getting through on the office line.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 15



    Sameness and common sense
    -------------------------
    Computers are very fast at the things they know how to do, but they are
    really not very smart.  "1 Apple St" and "1 Apple Street" are not the same
    place to a computer.  For a computer to recognise sameness, we have to say
    things exactly the same way each time.  The best way to accomplish this is
    to let the computer copy it, from information typed in previously.  The
    computer will copy it exactly.
              Moral for DRAINS: If there is a chance that a site is on file,
    search for it.  Only type it in if it's not there.

    Computers follow instructions very reliably.  They will do what they are
    properly told to do, whether it makes sense or not.  They are not good at
    figuring out (or following) a sensible course of action that they were
    almost-but-not-quite told to do.  They don't have common sense.  That is
    why we humans should be in charge.

    Sorting
    -------
    When DRAINS sorts a list, it treats letters, numbers, and other marks as
    part of the "alphabet".  Space comes before 0..9, which come before A..Z.
    In DRAINS, I have told it to pretend everything is in uppercase for the
    purpose of sorting.  So, a sorted list would look like:
               (<-This starts with a space.)
              #23 FOXGLOVE ('#' comes between space and 0.)
              1 Alabama
              1-A ALABAMA ('-' comes between space and 0.)
              10 ARLINGTON
              1001 Ziggeraut
              1A ALABAMA ('A' comes after 0..9.)
              99 WHOCARES?
              Around the bend
              central park
              CONCRETE WATER TANK
              CORNER CUPBOARD MALL
              South Mirramar Dr
              THE CORNER OF 4TH AND MAIN


    PRINTING AND VIEWING REPORTS

    Main menu option L. Maintain Customization allows the definition of three
    printers.  Printer #1 is the default for most printing.  Printer #2 is
    normally used for dispatch card printing.  Printer #3 can be an alternate
    printer, or (usually best) it can be a disk file if output capture is
    wanted.

    A selection box before each printing operation permits the routing of the
    output to any printer or to the screen.  When the box appears, a default
    printer, usually #1, is already selected; just press -Enter- to accept the
    default.  You may enter '1', '2', or '3' to select any defined printer, or





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 16


    'S' to send the output to the screen.  (Output sent to the screen is
    formatted for a printer and uncontrolled; it is likely to zip by at high
    speed.  You may also see duplicated lines or sections when the report
    output finishes.  Usually output is "dumped" to the screen in this manner
    merely to avoid using paper.)

    The printer selection procedure complains about the selected printer...
              1) if it can't find its named printer control code definition
    file,
              2) if the printer is offline, or
              3) if a named output disk file already exists.
    None of these conditions prohibits the use of the selected printer (or
    filename.)  In each case 'Y' or 'N' may be entered to proceed or return to
    printer selection.

    If a printer error is found by a printing operation, the message "Printer
    not ready. Retry? (Y/N)" appears.  If the printer offline condition is
    corrected and 'Y' is entered, printing should proceed normally.
    (Sometimes, *one* character is lost.)  If 'N' is entered, the rest of the
    current output is routed to the screen.

    Some reports are set up with convenient screen paging for handy casual
    viewing.  It is activated by setting the screen/printer selection to
    "Screen" on the report's submenu, or by selecting "Screen" output at a
    "Screen/Printer (S/P)?" prompt.  (Screen paging is NOT available through
    the printer selection process.)
              Screen paging can proceed forward or back by screenfuls, and the
    report can be easily terminated at any screen.  The line number range of
    the displayed lines is shown under the report title, preceeded by a "#".

    When using screen paging, please ignore the "PAGE NO. 1" at the top left
    of the screen.  Also note that any (sub)totals shown may only be for the
    individual screen displayed, not for the whole report.  (These useless
    features are a consequence of how FoxBASE+ report generation modules
    work.)

    DRAINS does not automatically push the last page of most reports out of
    the printer.  (It is sometimes convenient to be able to print several
    short reports together.)  When you would like the printer to push out the
    last page, press the -F3- key (in the row above the numbers on the
    keyboard).  Select the same printer you used for the report.
              Tip: Wait until you see the end of the report scroll by on the
    screen before pressing -F3-.  Often, "press a key" shows up after a
    report.  Do that first before pressing -F3- to eject the last page.

    Miscellaneous descriptions

    The Manual
    ----------
    This manual has cover pockets to hold notes.  I recommend at least a sheet
    of "Questions" and one of "Suggestions".

    This manual is looseleaf.  If you want another copy of this manual, you
    have our permission to get the local copy shop to run off as many as are
    useful.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 17



    Copy Protection
    ---------------
    Your copy of the live program is marked with your site number, so if an
    unauthorized copy is made, and someone calls for support, we know where
    they got it and can contact you.  Our program disks are not copy
    protected; make as many copies for yourself as are useful.
              Demo diskettes may be copied for giving to others, but we ask
    that a copy of the manual accompany the program.

    THE PHYSICAL OFFICE

    How DRAINS fits into the physical office.  Guarding against loss of use
    problems (periodic cleaning, spike protection) - don't be paperless,
    offsite backups.

    If your business has a person answering customers' calls, that person
    should have a DRAINS station.  The voice phone line(s) should be
    conveniently close, preferably with a headset for free hands.
              The dispatcher should also have a DRAINS station.  In many
    businesses, this is the same person, same station.
              A "bookkeeper's station" for printing statements and reports,
    logging in payments received on account, and busiest-time extra lookup &
    job entry makes sense at offices with fairly constant incoming calls.

    A phone line jack for the computer to use when support is wanted should be
    within reach.  (Radio Shack sells 50' and 100' phone cords.  The line can
    be temporarily connected just when it's wanted.)
              This phone line can be one normally used as a dedicated FAX
    line, or it can be any "regular" (POTS) non-multi-line phone line.  It can
    be the one used to Internet with.  It should not have call waiting, or you
    should know how to turn off call waiting on that line.  You should know
    that line's phone number; write it on the jack's wall plate, please.
              In a network, only the data server really needs a modem hookup,
    but having it available elsewhere can be handy.

    The printer does not have to be within reach, but it is a good idea for
    the person answering the phone to be able to see it conveniently.
              If you have a dispatch board or a desk where job slips are laid
    out, and you choose to have a dedicated DRAINS "dispatch card" printer (a
    dot-matrix on LPT2: or on another network member, printing fanfold 3x5
    cards, is ideal), that printer is best situated near where the cards are
    displayed.

    Power outages sometimes happen.  An uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
    handles brief outages, and most models condition the power to a rigorous
    standard that helps keep a computer healthy.
              At the very least, plug the computer into a surge suppressor
    power strip to protect it from the worst electrical spikes.  If you leave
    your modem phone line plugged in, invest about $5 in a phone line surge
    suppressor.  Some surge strips include a phone line spike suppressor.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 18


    The possibility of longer outages and actual computer breakdowns makes
    having some kind of paper record of each job's basic info really smart.
    This can be a handwritten call slip or DRAINS' dispatch card.  Toss it in
    a "done" box once it's dispatched.  Last week's slips can be emptied into
    the trash every Monday AM - it looks wasteful, but think of it as cheap
    insurance against occasional computer problems.

    Another form of cheap insurance is the floppy disk backup of your DRAINS
    data.  Make a backup at the end of each day you use DRAINS.  In a busy
    office, it may be possible to remember most of what went on today, but
    trying to remember yesterday gets pretty difficult.

    Have someone take that fresh backup off-site.  Each day that trusted
    person should bring back the one-before-last, so that the most recent one
    is always safely elsewhere.  This guards against loss of data due to fire,
    theft, vandalism, flood etc.  Remember, you can get a copy of the program
    from Concise Logic, but the data you typed in is unique to your site.
              Putting a data backup disk in the safety deposit box quarterly
    or so is smart, too.  (This manual's section N. Backup, page 155, has a
    good explaination of why.)

    The computer should be vacuumed out by a technically competent person
    about once a year.  A computer's cooling fan draws a lot of air through
    the machine, and dust bunnies accumulating on the boards may cause
    overheating.  Heat is an enemy of computer chips.
              The floppy drive heads may be cleaned at the same time.

    A SMOOTH TRANSITION FROM HAND-WRITTEN TO COMPUTER-ASSISTED JOB HANDLING

    Most businesses computerize because their current system is more work than
    they can easily handle.  It is important to plan the transition process
    from hand-written to computer-assisted job handling so that the changeover
    doesn't overburden the staff with extra work.  Fortunately, it's the
    computer's job to sort things.  As long as we mark the physical job slips
    as they are entered, so that we won't put the same job in twice, we can
    enter them in any order.

    Getting started with any system tends to be confusing.  It takes some
    practice to get the hang of it, and see where each step is leading.  I've
    helped a lot of people get started, and this approach works well:

    Once DRAINS is set up for your business (instructions start on p.), start
    by putting in the jobs for which the customers currently owe you money.
    These past unpaid or partly-paid jobs are good ones to practice on since
    there's no hurry during the entry, no distracting customer on the phone.
              You will need a system of marking the job paperwork (usually the
    field slip filled in by the technician) to indicate that it's been entered
    into the computer.  Pick a corner for the mark.  The upper right is my
    favorite as it's 1) less frequently stapled than the upper left, and 2)
    visible when filed standing up in a file drawer.  The person that enters
    the service request puts their initial there.  When the job is closed, the
    person closing the job circles the initial.  This job marking system
    reduces duplicate entries.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 19



    Once the billouts are entered into DRAINS, DRAINS can print statements.
    As payments come in, we can practice doing Receive on Accounts.  If we
    have put in some partially paid jobs, their past payments are also good
    practice.

    Next, the current work starts going in.  The practice on the billouts
    should give the CSR (Customer Service Representative) confidence to use
    the Service Request screen when customers call.  We are now keeping up to
    date with what needs to be done, and with billing.

    Having DRAINS do the billing frees up a significant amount of time in some
    offices, and improves cash flow in most.  Put that time to good use:

    If pre-scheduled service is important, now is the time to get it entered,
    and learn its reporting system.

    This is also a good time to learn the commission reporting system, or to
    pick a good "work done" job summary report if you don't commission.

    Finally, as more efficient billing and job tracking paperwork processes
    give some breathing room, work backwards in time on job entry, toward some
    financial landmark (first of the year?) or until you reach the point of
    "diminishing returns".
              In other words, work back until it's not worth putting in the
    older jobs because you probably won't need the computer to look them up,
    or to produce a report containing them.  It's also possible to put in only
    the most important old jobs - installations and major repairs, work for
    certain prized or despised customers.  The routine work can be filled in
    later, if needed for financial or business analysis reports.

    At this point, the system is cruising ahead and the improvement in methods
    should be apparent.  Consider exploring what else DRAINS can do to build
    your business.  Pre-scheduled service and direct mail marketing.  Special
    reports to guide business strategy.  Commission what-if?'s.

    The DRAINS Companion, and the tutorial order, supports this learning and
    use strategy.

    DRAINS ON THE WINDOWS DESKTOP

              If your installation is a normal one, on the desktop are three
    DRAINS icons.  The blue-and-white DRAINS icon is the DRAINS program
    itself.  Dr4_Info is program documentation, usually viewed with Windows'
    WordPad (see page ^).  DrainFix is a utility that resets DRAINS' multiuser
    conflict control file - it is described in ^, page ^.











       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 20


    WHEN DRAINS IS LAUNCHED

              When DRAINS is launched (usually by double-clicking the DRAINS
    icon, or by clicking it once and then pressing -Enter-), there will be a
    pause on a black screen while the program loads, then an information
    screen appears.  It looks something like this:

    DRAINS 4.02 Single...  (This is the version of DRAINS running.)

         Free Mem: 365568
         Running on processor: 80486.  Network node 2452041.
         FILES set up by \CONFIG.SYS on boot: 137.
         (You can ignore this.  I check these if the computer has trouble
    running the program.)

         Path to indexes: C:\DRAINS\
         Path to databases: C:\DRAINS\
         Station ID: 00
         (You can also ignore this.  These report the computer's knowledge of
    its own "DRAINS Station number" identity, and where the data is located.
    I check these if the computer can't find the DRAINS data, or if two
    computers can't use Multi-session DRAINS at the same time.)

         Function Key Definitions
         ------------------------
         F9 is 'Accounts Payable' macro key for billing address use.
         F3 is page eject function key.  Press a key to continue...

    The function key definitions are shown here because they are active almost
    everywhere in the program.  Although I try to list current options on each
    screen, it would clutter up the screens too much to have these showing on
    each screen where they are active.  I put them here to remind you of their
    existence each time you call the program into action.

    ===> Like the prompt says, press a key to continue.  The space bar is a
    good choice; it's a big target, and I don't know any program that uses the
    space bar as a "hot" (special function) key.

    The red Main menu screen appears.  If the computer thinks a data backup is
    due, a big blue box will be on top in the middle, saying so.
    (fixed width font)
    ͻ
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                 DATA BACKUP due! 12/13/01 at 23 o'clock                 
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 21


    ͼ

                              *  *  *  *  *

    The Story Behind the Data Backup Reminder
    -----------------------------------------
    I've supported this program for 11 years.  Once in a while I get a call
    from someone who's seen a scary message on their machine, such as "Error
    reading drive C".  My first question is always, "When was your most recent
    backup?"
              I sometimes got answers like, "Oh, about six months ago."
              I hate it when people lose data.  I hate it when people have to
    re-enter any substantial amount of information.  Computers are pretty
    reliable, so when people get busy they sometimes skip backing up.  Busy
    periods can go on for a while...  So I set up the data backup reminder
    message system.

                              *  *  *  *  *

    The appearance of the data backup reminder message is controlled by a date
    and a time.  If "now" (according to the computer's clock-calendar) is
    earlier than the date and time, no message.  If now is later, the reminder
    appears whenever the Main menu does.  (It never intrudes on any other
    screen.)
              The date and time the reminder message is due to reappear are
    automatically set when a backup is made, or they can be directly set by a
    user on the reminder message screen.  It's like saying, "I'm not ready to
    back up right now.  Remind me again if I haven't backed up by tomorrow at
    1PM."

    ===> If you're looking at the backup reminder message of a freshly
    installed system now, tell it to come back in 3 days or so.  Note that the
    "o'clock" should be given in 24-hour "military" hours, where PM is
    12+hour: 2PM is 14, 3PM is 15, etc.

    (Backup reminder system use note:  The two backup reminder settings can be
    seen and changed on Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's
    Administrative Access screen.  They are: the next data backup reminder
    message date and time, and the interval used after each backup to
    automatically generate the next date and time.  Note to new user:  We'll
    be visiting that part of the program shortly.)

                              *  *  *  *  *

    If the computer cannot find its database indexes, a big blue box will be
    on top in the middle of the red Main menu screen, saying so.  It says:

    Indexes not found.  Please run P. Archive Closed Jobs,
    P. Pack & Re-index to create them.  Press a key.

    ===> Like the prompt says, press a key to continue.  The red Main menu
    screen appears, with a "P" already blinking at the Enter selection prompt.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 22


              (The letter will be "L" if you need to enter your password
    before accessing Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs.  Once the
    password is entered there will be a "P" here next go-round.  The need to
    enter a password is most frequently encountered if you have just upgraded
    from an earlier version of DRAINS.)

    ===> Press -Enter- to select Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs.  The
    Archive Closed Jobs submenu appears, with a "P" already typed at the
    prompt.  The message "** Reindex required to build missing indexes. **" is
    at the screen's bottom.

    ===> Press -Enter- to select function P. Pack and Reindex.  A bunch of
    processing messages will scroll by.  The last section is titled
    "MAINTENANCE COMPLETE", and lists how many records are in each datafile.

    ===> Like the prompt says, press a key to return to the Main menu.

                              *  *  *  *  *

    Database Indexes Explained
    --------------------------
    The records in a datafile are arranged sequentially like pages in a book,
    and new records are added at the end.  When a computer is asked to search
    a datafile field for a certain value (a certain street address in the
    address field, or a certain name in the job site name field, for example),
    having an index for that field can speed up the process a lot.  Instead of
    paging through the datafile looking at each record's field content, it can
    look up the value on a sorted list and find the "page" almost instantly.

    Most of the information in the datafiles themselves was put there by
    precious human labor, but the indexes can be easily built, or rebuilt, by
    the machine.  As people enter more data, DRAINS' indexes are kept
    up-to-date automatically.
              There can be several indexes for one datafile, each for a
    different field.  Sometimes the indexes for a datafile take up as much
    space on the computer's drive as the datafile itself.  This means that if
    any DRAINS system file gets gunched due to bad power or any other
    accident, it's as likely to be an index as a datafile.  It's nice to have
    an easy way to rebuild the indexes to repair such a problem.

    Also, DRAINS' data backup doesn't have to back up the indexes.  When data
    is restored to DRAINS from a backup, DRAINS can build indexes to match the
    restored datafiles.  This keeps the backup much more compact.














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 23


    HOW TO EXIT FROM DRAINS

    From the Main menu, enter 'Q'.  A big blue box appears with the program's
    version and serial number (the serial number is your site number at live
    sites), our contact information, and "Leave DRAINS (Y/N)?".  Enter 'Y' to
    exit DRAINS, and return to the desktop (or DOS prompt) that was active
    when DRAINS was launched.

                              *  *  *  *  *

    Exiting properly from DRAINS, using Main menu option Q. Exit DRAINS, gives
    the program a chance to record that your session is over, and that any
    DRAINS resources you may have reserved are now freed up.  Failing to exit
    properly will result in a "Station in use" message the next time DRAINS is
    launched from this station.
              If the power goes out during a DRAINS session, the program is
    forced closed, and the "Station in use" message appears the next time
    DRAINS is launched.  The cure for this is described in ^, page ^.

    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

    BORING INTRODUCTION

    Records of clients and jobs are vital to your business.  DRAINS stores
    information on each client, and on each job.  Client and job records are
    easily accessed by specifying a phone number, job site address, name, or
    job number.  You can also retrieve records by calling a sorted list to
    scan, and then selecting a specific client or job.

    DRAINS uses a simple menu structure.  Screen messages list available
    choices and report on the program's operation.  DRAINS is easy to learn,
    to run, and to train workers on.

    Each job's complete information - who did it, what work was involved, the
    charges and payment - is stored first in the group of active work orders
    (the "dispatcher's desk"), and later transferred whole to the history
    group (the "file cabinet".)  Job tracking verifies that all jobs are
    completed and that all work orders are turned in by service people.

    History is easy to look up in several ways, and a wide variety of reports
    can be generated from it.  DRAINS can be queried to check service patterns
    for specified clients, service people, and time periods.  Multiple unit
    histories can be looked up and reported on, with information available for
    both individual units and whole complexes.  A convenient feature of the
    service request creation screen makes looking up a property's history
    while your client is on the phone speedy and easy.

    Long term client information is separately accessible and editable.
    Client information is copied from a long term record to the service
    request when a call comes in.  The dispatcher is automatically notified
    while creating the service request if the customer is "cash only" or has
    an overdue account.  Creating and saving a service request for a new
    client automatically generates a corresponding long term client record.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 24



    Keeping prescheduled service organized and on time is important for
    customer satisfaction and continued repeat business.  Scheduled service
    reports are generated from entered long term client information.  DRAINS's
    service interval specification method can define a wide variety of service
    program schedules.  DRAINS can also optionally generate work orders for
    scheduled service.

    Invoicing, accounts receivable, statements, and the bank deposit journal
    are fed directly from the work order system.  The computer copies
    information directly (no re-entry) from completed work orders to the bank
    deposit journal and accounts receivable.  (DRAINS 3.08's bookkeeping does
    not include a general ledger or payroll, but its income log and commission
    reports will help you complete those tasks.)

    DRAINS can suit a variety of bookkeeping preferences.  It can work with
    automatically generated sequenced job numbers, entered job numbers, or no
    job numbers.  Substantial job descriptions can be included on statements,
    or eliminated in favor of job and purchase order numbers only.

    DRAINS is not just a general office package; its design methodically
    reflects the information needs of drain maintenance.  Support for DRAINS
    is by its developer, CONCISE LOGIC.

    GOALS
































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 25


    DRAINS tracks individual jobs in suitable steps:

    1) The initial phone call is received, and recorded as a Service Request.
       New customers are automatically added to the customer file.  Screen
       messages remind of cash only or overdue accounts, and the job site's
       history can be viewed.  A "dispatch card" may be printed for display on
       the office's current jobs board.

    2) A Work Order is dispatched to a serviceperson, whose ID may be recorded
       on the job's record screen.

    3) The Work Order is returned completed and payment or account charge for
       the job is recorded.  An invoice may be printed.

    4) Outstanding Work Orders are checked for Work Orders that have not been
       turned in.

    5) Completed Work Order payment information is copied to the Bank Deposit
       Journals and Accounts Receivable.

    6) Received on Account payments are recorded.

    7) Two Bank Deposit Journals are produced, one for cash & checks and
       another for credit card payments.  These list deposits and sales tax
       owed.  An optional breakdown of income by tax group may be printed.

    8) Completed Work Orders are removed to History storage.

    9) Charged work is billed.  Several statement formats may be selected,
       most designed to fit window envelopes.  Interest may be charged to
       overdue accounts.

    10) A safety Backup copy of the computer-maintained information is made.
























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 26


    LIST OF REPORTS
    (^^^as of 2.17, I think. Needs updating. Add page numbers of sample
    reports.^^^)

    This is a complete list of DRAINS 3.00 printed output.  (Version 3.08 may
    have added a few.)  The letter(s) in curly brackets indicate the menu
    selections needed to request the output.  The .FXP or .FRM program file
    name(s) are listed if a program file subordinate to DRAINS.FXP is involved
    in output production.

    {A} Dispatch Card
    {A} Service Request (xSERVREQ.FXP)
    {BC} Invoice (xINVOICE.FXP)
    {CD} Done Jobs Report (DONEJLST.FRM)
    {CP} Active Work Order List (OPENJLST.FRM)
    {CT} Active Work Order List by Tax Group (if Tax Groups are active,
          TAXGJLST.FRM)
    {D} Invoice Reprint / Batch Print (xINVOICE.FXP)
    {ED} Billing address labels
    {EE} Job site labels
    {EG} Mailmerge with your text, replacing tokens
    {EH} Test Print Labels or Text

    {FDC} Cash & Check Deposit Journal 80-column (name, job#, or phone sort)
          (CJ080RPT.FRM)
    {FDD} Cash & Check Deposit Journal 132-column (name, job#, or phone sort)
          (CJ132RPT.FRM)
    {FDE} Cash & Check Deposit Journal Tax Group Revenue Report (name, job#,
          or phone sort) (JAREALST.FRM)
    {FDG} Cash & Check Deposit Journal 132-column with Tax Group Subtotals
          (CJGRPRPT.FRM)
    {FEC} Credit Card Deposit Journal 80-column (name, job#, or phone sort)
          (CJ080CRC.FRM)
    {FED} Credit Card Deposit Journal 132-column (name, job#, or phone sort)
          (CJ132CRC.FRM)
    {FEE} Credit Card Deposit Tax Group Revenue Journal Report (name, job#, or
          phone sort) (JAREALST.FRM)
    {FEG} Credit Card Deposit Journal 132-column with Tax Group Subtotals
          (CJGRPCRC.FRM)
    {GCD} Accounts Receivable Detail List
    {GCE} Accounts Receivable Summary List
    {GCF} Aging Report (wide, AGINGLST.FRM)
    {GCG} Aging Report (narrow, AGE80LST.FRM)
    {HD} Statement Forms Test Print (xJUSTSTM.FXP)
    {HE} Statements (xSTATEMT.FXP)
    {ID} Vendor Bill Balance Report (itemized or summary) (APITMLST.FRM)











       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 27


    {JB} Print Client Information (phone, name, or address sort)
          (CLIENTLS.FRM)
    {JCC} Scheduled Service List (SCHEDSVC.FRM)
    {JCF} Service Requests for Marked Scheduled Service (xSERVREQ.FXP)
    {JCH} Service Request for Specified Scheduled Service (xSERVREQ.FXP)
    {JCI} Scheduled Service Interval List (INTERVAL.FRM)
    {JCJ} Inactive Scheduled Service List (INACTSVC.FRM)
    {JF} Inactive Client List (CINACTLS.FRM)
    {JG} List of Clients Authorized to Charge (CAUTHCHG.FRM)
    {JH} List of Charge Allowed and Scheduled Service Clients (CAUROLST.FRM)
    {JI} List of Unduplicated Clients Authorized to Charge (CAUTHCHG.FRM)
    {JJ} Best Client Report (BESTCLNT.FRM)
    {K1} Serviceperson Information Report (SVCOMLST.FRM / SERVELST.FRM)
    {KC} Close Ratio Report (CLOSERAT.FRM)
    {KD} Serviceperson Commission Report (SVCOMTOT.FRM / SVCOMRPT.FRM)
    {M1} Revenue Category List (REVCTLST.FRM)
    {M2} Customer Type List (CUSTYLST.FRM)
    {M3} Referral Code List (REFERLST.FRM)
    {M4} Work Type List (WRKTYLST.FRM)
    {M5} Municipality Code List (TOWNSLST.FRM)
    {M6} ZIPcode Check List
    {M7} Tax Group Code List (DRTAXLST.FRM)
    {MAD} Revenue Category in Use List (Jobs Having Revenue Code x)
    {MBD} Customer Type in Use List (Jobs Having Customer Type x)
    {MCD} Referral Code in Use List (Jobs Having Referral Code x)

    {ODC} Client History Report (HCLIENT.FRM/HALLCLNT.FRM)
    {ODD} Date History Report (HDATE.FRM)
    {ODE} Serviceperson History Report (HSERVICE.FRM/HALLSRVC.FRM)
    {ODF} Analysis History Report (HSOURCE.FRM)
    {ODG} WkO Image History Report
    {ODH} Worker/WorkType History Report (WKRWRKTY.FRM)
    {ODI} Date/Tax Groups History Report (if Tax Groups are active)
          (TAXHDATE.FRM)
    {OEC} Sales Tax Report (HSALETAX.FRM)
    {OED} Income Log History Report/wide (PAY13LST.FRM)
    {OEE} Income Log History Report/screen (PAY80LST.FRM)
    {OEF} Summary Income Log History Report (PAY80SUM.FRM)
    {OEG} Revenue Category History Report (REVCTRPT.FRM)
    {OEH} Revenue Category/Job Count History Report (REVCTCNT.FRM)
    {OEI} Sales Tax/Tax Group History Report (HSALETXG.FRM)
    {OEJ} Income Log/Tax Group History Report (PAY13TXG.FRM)
    {OEK} Revenue Category/Tax Group History Report (REVCTTXG.FRM)














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 28



                       <<< GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE >>>

    CALLING (AND LEAVING) DRAINS

    Most Windows (W95 W98 W2000 WinMe WinNT) boot up to a "desktop", a screen
    with pictures and program names representing access to those programs, and
    a "Start button" in the left corner of an activity bar across the bottom.
              Live DRAINS installation on Windows systems includes three
    shortcut icons, one for DRAINS, one for DrainFix, and one for Dr4_info
    which is documentation.  To enter DRAINS, either double-(left)-click the
    DRAINS icon, or (left-)click it once and then press -Enter-.

              Demo DRAINS installations on Windows systems are accessed from
    the Command Prompt.  Click (=left-click) Start, point to Programs, and
    click on "MS-DOS Prompt" or "Command Prompt" in the list.  A black window
    will appear, with "C:\WINDOWS>" and a blinking cursor displayed.  (If you
    don't see a shortcut to the command prompt, call Concise Logic.  We will
    help you find or create one.)
              Some older systems boot to a DOS command prompt, or to a Windows
    3 desktop.  A Windows 3 desktop usually says "Program Manager" at the top.
              Most older MS-DOS computers boot up to a DOS prompt when their
    power is turned on.  A DOS prompt looks like "C>" or "C:\>".  Some
    computers have DOS management systems; call us (406-572-3323 or
    800-262-2617) if you want help.

    To call DRAINS 3.08 from a command prompt, type
              \DRAINS
    and press -Enter-.
              Some program run information and DRAINS' function key
    definitions are displayed.  When you press a key to continue, the DRAINS
    Main menu appears.  (If a password is set, only Main menu options A..D, O
    and Q are available for use, and Main menu option L is changed to Enter
    Password.)
              If you see the backup reminder message, you can press -Escape-
    to get rid of it quickly, or enter a date you would like it to go away
    until.

    Each DRAINS screen displays instructions for command options available at
    that point in the program.

    How to exit from DRAINS

    Always leave DRAINS by entering 'Q' from the Main menu, then confirming
    that you want to leave by entering 'Y'.  If you got to DRAINS from the
    command prompt, you will be returned to the command prompt.  If you used a
    Windows desktop shortcut to invoke DRAINS, you will be returned to the
    desktop.
              To return to the Windows desktop from a command prompt, type
              EXIT
    and press -Enter-.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 29


    FYI:  If DRAINS is shut down improperly, the next time you try to use it,
    you will see a "Station in use" message and have to do a Multi-user
    Conflict Control Reset to return the system to normal.

    THE MAIN MENU

    This manual refers to selections available from the Main menu as options,
    and those chosen from submenus or within Main menu options as functions.
              An option is selected from the Main menu by pressing its
    corresponding letter, then pressing -Enter-.  (-Enter- after a function
    letter selection is also required everywhere else in the program.)
(fixed width font)
                           Ŀ
                                 D R A I N S      
                           
 ͻ
 ͻͻ
 ں JOB SHEETS  Ŀں UTILITY     Ŀ
 ͼ                  ͼ                  
    A. Create Service Request        J. Client File Maintenance    
    B. Edit / Close Work Order       K. Serviceperson File Maint.  
    C. Dispatch Tools                L. Maintain Customization     
    D. Invoice Batch Print           M. Lookup Table Maintenance   
    E. Client Mailings               N. Backup                     
 ٰٰ
 ͻͻ
 ں BOOKKEEPING Ŀں HISTORY     Ŀ
 ͼ                  ͼ                  
    F. Bank Deposit Journal          O. History Reports & Maint.   
    G. Accounts Receivable / ROA     P. Archive Closed Jobs        
    H. Statements                 Ĵ
    I. Accounts Payable              Q. Exit DRAINS                
 ٰٰ
 [Press selection (A .. Q) : :]
 ͼ

    The Main menu is divided into four sections, JOB SHEETS, BOOKKEEPING,
    UTILITY, and HISTORY.
              If the password is being used, and it has not been entered yet,
    no BOOKKEEPING or UTILITY options appear on the Main menu.  (Options A..D,
    O and Q are the only ones active.)  If the password is not used or has
    been entered, all of the Main menu options are shown.
              When the password is needed, Main menu option L is Enter
    Password instead of Maintain Customization.  To activate all Main menu
    options, enter 'L', then enter the password.  (If the password does not
    fill its field, the trailing spaces are considered part of the password
    and should be typed.)

    If DRAINS thinks you should make a data backup, a reminder message will
    appear, overlaid on the Main menu.  You can type in the date and time
    (0..23 o'clock) you next want to be reminded, or just press -Escape- to
    make the message disappear and reveal the Main menu.  The reminder due
    date and time are automatically updated by Main menu option N. Backup's
    function C. Backup database files (see page 161.)



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 30



    If your computer's clock-calendar is not set right, the Main menu
    date/time display will be incorrect.  Exit from DRAINS, then enter DATE
    and/or TIME at your computer's command prompt to change the clock-
    calendar's settings.


    GENERAL EDITING ADVICE

    NEVER TURN OFF OR REBOOT YOUR COMPUTER WHILE YOU ARE IN DRAINS.  The
    information that has been typed into DRAINS may be lost or scrambled if
    the computer is turned off or re-booted while DRAINS is trying to save
    something.

    Each item of information is entered into a field, a screen area of fixed
    length.  When a field is ready for an entry ("active"), its background
    turns a contrasting color:  black on a color display, or light on a
    monochrome (black and white) display.  Several fields "lit" at once are
    called an edit block.

    To change a field's value, you must type in the new information and then
    press -Enter- to leave the field.  The left and right arrow keys move the
    cursor non-destructively within the edit field.  A new value will NOT
    "stick" if -Escape- is used to exit the field.  -Enter-, -Tab-,
    -DownArrow-, and -PageDown- all keep a new value when you use them to exit
    a field.

    The -Insert- key (in the cursor group, or the same key as the "0" on the
    numberpad, but used with the NumLock off) toggles between insert and
    overstrike modes.  In insert mode, characters are inserted in the field at
    the cursor position, pushing characters to their right along.  In
    overstrike mode, each character typed overwrites the one under the cursor.

    The CapsLock key toggles between upper and lower case for alphabetic keys
    only.  When the CapsLock is on, shifting the alphabetic keys produces
    lower case.  Numeric and punctuation keys are not affected by CapsLock.

    The -Delete- key (in the cursor group, or the same key as the "." on the
    numberpad, but used with the NumLock off) removes the character under the
    cursor.  The backspace key (above the -Enter- key) removes the character
    to the left of the cursor.

    To accept all, or the rest of a group of, highlighted input field values
    when editing, press -Escape-.  Using -Escape- to skip entries accepts the
    values shown in the highlighted fields, whether those are values entered
    previously or ones modified by the program.  Using -Escape- rather than
    -PageDown- to skip edit blocks is a good habit; it makes it harder for
    accidental keystrokes to inadvertantly be inserted into the data.
              If a field is edited and then -Escape- rather than -Enter- is
    pressed, the new value that was typed in is thrown away, and that field
    reverts to its former value.  This -Escape- throwaway only affects the one
    field the cursor is in.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 31


              -Escape- is very useful.  DRAINS "runs in circles"; after each
    series of data entry edit blocks a mini-menu appears that permits looping
    back to the beginning of the series, saving, or discarding changes.  To
    quickly reach a mini-menu, just hold down the -Escape- key.  DRAINS will
    flash through the edit blocks and "land" at the mini-menu.

              You can back up to an earlier field within a highlighted group
    (edit block) by pressing the -UpArrow- key.  (If you get numbers, toggle
    NumLock off.)  Skip ahead to a later field within an edit block by
    pressing the -DownArrow- key.  Use -UpArrow- and -DownArrow- even if the
    fields are side-by-side on the screen; DRAINS thinks of them as one long
    column.

    Most longer DRAINS data screens now have "edit block control".  Edit block
    control adds these special-purpose key functions to normal editing:
              -PageUp-, -UpArrow- (from 1st field in the block) = back up one
    block,
              -Ctrl-PageUp-, -Ctrl-Home- = skip back to the screen's first
    block,
              -Ctrl-PageDown-, -Ctrl-End- = done; skip ahead past the last
    block.

              Most dates are entered in MM/DD/YY format.  Years 60-99 are
    assumed to be 1960-1999, and years 00-59 are assumed to be 2000-2059.  A
    date may be changed to blank by using the -Delete- key in each of its
    three numeric sections.  Use the right arrow to move between sections.
    ("-Delete- -Delete-, -RightArrow- -RightArrow-, -Delete- -Delete-,
    -RightArrow- -RightArrow-, -Delete- -Delete-")  Press -Enter- to make the
    change stick.  The new value will NOT "stick" if -Escape- is used to exit
    the field.

    Case (upper vs. lower) is ignored when determining index order or
    uniqueness of names.

    GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

    NEVER TURN OFF OR REBOOT YOUR COMPUTER WHILE YOU ARE IN DRAINS.  If a data
    file is open when the computer is turned off or rebooted, it may be made
    partially or wholly unreadable.  Any data waiting to be written to the
    disk will be lost.
              If you ever see a "Not a database file" error message, call
    Concise Logic ASAP.  I may be able to repair it for you if we get to it in
    time.

    Many of DRAINS' functions hold files open while work is being done.  Files
    are more vulnerable to damage from unusual circumstances while open.
    (Examples: loss of system power, accidental system reboot, electrical
    power surge, cosmic ray hit affecting the computer's file buffer in
    memory.)  It is prudent to exit to a menu promptly when work with an
    function is completed, or when more than a two or 3 minute pause in the
    work occurs.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 32


    We recommend that you maintain at least two sets of backups of your data
    on diskettes, or by mass system backup.  Use the diskette sets or backup
    media alternately or in rotation.  This reduces the chances of data
    problems being irrecoverable.  We recommend a backup of the data after
    each data entry session, or at the end of each day during which the data
    was modified.
              Our rule of thumb is to back up after enough work has been done
    that you would not want to have to re-do it.  Computers are generally
    reliable, but much work can be lost if a problem occurs and a backup has
    not been done recently.
              Humid weather is conducive to floppy diskette drives picking up
    crud on the read/write heads.  This can seriously damage floppy diskettes.
    When a floppy misbehaves, check the upper and lower surfaces of the
    plastic disk magnetic media for scratches by looking in the windows cut
    into the diskette shell.  (You will need to pull aside the protective door
    on a 3.5" floppy to see into its rectangular windows.)  The surfaces
    should look smooth and shiny.  DO NOT continue to use a drive that is
    scratching floppies; get it serviced.  The moral of this story is to keep
    more sets of backups in humid weather, the high-risk time for floppy
    diskettes.

    Be sure to keep your program diskettes in a safe place, and write a copy
    of program update files you get onto a labeled floppy if you receive them
    electronically.

                             DRAINS ERROR PROCEDURES
                             -----------------------

    IT IS NOT NORMAL FOR DRAINFIX TO BE NEEDED.
              DrainFix fixes the "Station in use" message.  (See RESETTING
    DRAINS' CONFLICT CONTROL.)  The "Station in use" message only appears if
    DRAINS has been abused in some way, such as being turned off while DRAINS
    is active.

    IT IS IMPORTANT TO CLOSE DRAINS PROPERLY.
              Always shut down DRAINS gracefully when you are done with a
    station.  Return to the Main menu, enter 'Q' at the Main menu to request
    exiting, then enter 'Y' to exit.
              *** NEVER use a Windows abrupt exit (such as Alt-F4 or clicking
    the Close "X" in the corner of a W95/W98/etc window.)
              *** ALWAYS exit DRAINS before turning a station off.

    IT IS IMPORTANT TO REPORT ERRORS.
              Error conditions are not normal or expected.  It is important to
    call Kate at 406-572-3323 when one is encountered.  The best procedure is
    to call while the error message is still on the screen.  If you can't
    reach Concise Logic, at least write down what happened and when.

    GET HELP WHEN ERRORS ARE ENCOUNTERED.
              We can help you best if we hear about problems.  If Kate is
    available, please get her advice on recovering from an error.  (Even if
    you have dealt with the same situation before on your own.)





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 33



    ALL STATIONS ***MUST*** BE OUT OF DRAINS BEFORE DRAINFIX IS RUN.
              Having a station in DRAINS during DrainFix leaves the system
    vulnerable to data damage!  The offending station will be running without
    conflict control until DRAINS is exited and reentered on that station.
    "File in use" errors on all stations are probable until the situation is
    corrected.


















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 34



    MULTI-SESSION GENERAL ADVICE

    When a function is entered, DRAINS tries to reserve resources needed to
    run it by submitting resource tokens to the Conflict Control file.  If
    another station is has reserved a needed resource, and a fatal interaction
    is possible, access is denied.  Possible non-fatal interactions are merely
    warned about, and access is granted.

    One motive for multi-user system users to return to the Main menu promptly
    is that the use of some functions (including sitting at certain submenus)
    lock other stations out of certain modules.

    The Utility file is read each time multi-user conflict control is
    activated, usually on entry to an Main menu option or a submenu function.
    If one station makes a change to Customization, it will not be activated
    at other stations until the Utility file is next read.

    In multi-user systems, additions and record changes to a file are
    permitted while that file's records may be read by another user.  For
    example, service requests may be added while a dispatch report is printed.
    The report (or other reading access) will reflect the status of each file
    entry at the time its record is read from the file.  Conflict control
    messages try to keep users aware of times when files are being shared in
    this manner.


    FOXPRO PROGRAM ERROR MESSAGES

    DRAINS has error handling that can distinguish several circumstances.

    1) If the printer is off or offline, "Printer not ready.  Retry (Y/N)?"
    appears at the screen bottom.  (This message usually appears after a
    pause.)  Enter 'Y' to try again to send text to the printer, or 'N' to
    merely dump it to the screen.

    2) A couple of multi-session FoxPro errors have special handling, and are
    only relevant to DRAINS Multi-session.
              "Exclusive open needed for PACK or ZAP" will issue a message,
    ask for a key press, then automatically retry with the file opened
    exclusively.
              "File or record in use by another" will loop until freed,
    issuing a carat ("^") to the screen for each loop.  On an old DOS or
    Windows 3.11 system, failure to use SHARE or an equivalent file locking
    utility will cause this to happen when DRAINS Multi-session is invoked!

    3) If no more space is available on DRAINS' disk when it is needed, a
    special message appears at the screen's bottom:
       "Error # 56: (...)"
       "Source: (...)"
       "This error may put your DRAINS information at risk."
       "Call Concise Logic for assistance immediately: 406-572-3323."





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 35


       "Please use Shift-PrtSc to print this screen."
       "Press -Enter- to leave DRAINS..."

    4) Any other error triggers a generic error message at the screen's
    bottom:
       "Error #nnnnn: (...)"
       "Source: (...)"
       "Cancel, Ignore, Retry, Suspend (C/I/R/S)?"

       Enter 'C' to close all open databases and exit DRAINS, or
       enter 'I' skip the current program command and try to execute the next
    one, or
       enter 'R' to try the current program command again.

       'S' is intended for programmer debugging use only, when running DRAINS
    under interactive FoxPro.  The Suspend command is not available under the
    FoxPro runtime program FOXR.

    If you encounter an error other than a printer error, please
              - make sure your printer is on, and use Shift-PrtSc to copy the
    entire screen to paper, and
              - contact Concise Logic for immediate advice at 406-572-3323 or
    800-262-2617.  If you are in doubt about the prudence of continuing in the
    program (by entering 'I' or 'R'), enter 'C' to exit the DRAINS system.
    (The "Station in use" conflict control reset procedure will subsequently
    be needed.)
              - When in doubt, if you must use the system for anything but
    lookup before contacting us, it is prudent to make an "extra" backup
    before you do any information entry.

    We do our best to ensure you will never need the above advice.

    F.Y.I. The most common cause of a DRAINS "crash" is index file trouble.
    Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's function P. Pack, Reindex &
    Transfer erases the old indexes and builds new ones.  If a reindex
    completes successfully, that is an indication (NOT a guarantee) of healthy
    data files.  WARNING!  Following this advice blindly could cause lost
    data.  IMPORTANT: DO NOT REATTEMPT TO PACK AND INDEX IF A FIRST ATTEMPT
    FAILED!  Please contact Concise Logic about any crashes of unknown or
    unfamiliar origin.

















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 36




                          <<< BACKGROUND & APPROACH >>>

    OPTION FUNCTION OVERVIEW

    The Main menu is divided into 4 sections containing 17 options.  Some Main
    menu options provide access to several functions.  These options provide
    all of the functions needed by the DRAINS system in normal operation.

    JOB SHEETS

              A. Create Service Request accepts information about a client's
    trouble call.  Clients can be looked up by phone number, name, or address.
    If the client is on file, information from the client's permanent record
    is copied into the Service Request.  A new client's information entered
    into the Service Request is copied to a new Client file record
    automatically when the Service Request is saved.
              The client's authorized method of payment and account balance
    are displayed, and "no service", "cash only" and overdue account customers
    are flagged.  The job site's history can be viewed.

              B. Edit / Close Work Order adds information to the Service
    Request information, and allows changes to information already entered.
    The Service Request is now considered a Work Order.  Work orders can be
    found by name, address, phone number, or job number.  A special "Close"
    function speeds adding final information when the job has been reported
    finished and its paperwork has been turned in by a serviceperson.

              C. Dispatch Tools provides dispatching functions.  Active Work
    orders can be scanned in name, address, phone number, or job number order.
    (During the full-screen scan, Work Orders that the computer considers
    completed may be marked for transfer to History.)  Dispatchers' reports
    can be printed.  Jobs may easily be assigned.  The active jobs worked with
    may be limited to dispatched, undispatched, or both as needed.
              A Done Jobs Report helps organize checking of paperwork at job
    slip turn-in time.

              D. Invoice Batch Print produces invoices for groups of work
    orders specified by job number.  The information can be found in either
    the Active Work Order or History file.

              E. Client Mailings produces mailing labels and mail-merged
    printed output for selected groups of clients.













       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 37


    BOOKKEEPING

              F. Bank Deposit Journal has functions that transfer payment
    information from active Work Orders to the bank deposit Journal and
    Accounts Receivable, that add, change, delete, display, and print bank
    deposit journal information, and clear the Journal file for re-use.
              DRAINS copies to the Bank Deposit Journal the full amount of all
    check and credit card payments, and a selectable portion of cash payments.
    Sales tax due is reported, and a breakdown of income by tax group is
    optional.  Sales tax due on charged jobs is not normally logged in the
    Bank Deposit Journal until the first payment on the charge is made.
    (Sales tax reports are also available in History.)

              G. Accounts Receivable / ROA has functions that record account
    payments (ROA=Received on Account), that add, change, delete, display, and
    print accounts receivable and account payment information, clear old paid
    account records from the Account file, and add interest to delinquent
    accounts.  An Aging Report may be printed.

              H. Statements has functions that select which customers to print
    statements for, determine statement format, test print to align statement
    forms, and print customer statements.

              I. Accounts Payable has functions that add, change, scan, and
    delete payable bills, record bill payments, print outstanding bill
    balances, and clear old paid bills from the Payable file.

    UTILITY

              J. Client File Maintenance has functions that add, change, and
    delete client information, change a client's phone number or billing
    address throughout the system, and that list client information, clients
    due for scheduled service, inactive clients, clients authorized to charge,
    and high-volume clients.  Scheduled service information can also be used
    to generate a batch of work orders for scheduled service jobs due.

              K. Servicepeople & Finders has functions that add, change,
    delete, and print serviceperson information.  Commission reports may be
    produced if the commission subsystem is active.  (It is turned on in Main
    menu option L. Maintain Customization.)  The Close Ratio Report is one way
    to monitor serviceperson performance.

              L. Maintain Customization allows editing of the information
    fitting DRAINS to each business.  Customization categories are: site
    preferences, formats & percents, administrative access, and terminal
    dependent values.  A password may be set to protect sensitive Main menu
    options and certain other functions.

              M. Lookup Table Maintenance has functions that add, change,
    delete, and print revenue category codes, customer type, referral codes,
    work types, municipality codes, ZIPcode check information, and tax group
    codes.  This information is used to categorize clients and jobs and to
    make data entry more convenient.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 38



              N. Backup has functions controlling the DOS PKZIP utility to
    format floppy diskettes and backup DRAINS data files to floppy diskette as
    requested.  A batch file to back up DRAINS data files from the DOS prompt
    can also be requested.  PKZIP backup files are also compatible with
    WinZIP.

    HISTORY

              O. History Reports & Maintenance has functions that scan,
    change, delete, display, and print job history information.  Reports can
    be printed about clients, service people, income category breakdown and
    time periods.  A long-span sales tax report can be obtained here.
              The group of History file records worked with may be limited by
    phone number, address, job date, customer type and/or serviceperson.  Old
    job records may be dumped to diskette.  An Income Log of income and
    charges may be printed for selected time periods.  A special function
    provides coordinated correction of job payment type.

              P. Archive Closed Jobs transfers active Work Orders marked
    archivable to the History file, deletes active Work Orders marked for
    deletion, and can perform file maintenance and reindexing on all DRAINS
    database files.

              Q. Exit DRAINS displays DRAINS programmer information and
    permits exiting from DRAINS to the Windows or DOS operating system.
    Please use this Main menu option to exit from DRAINS before powering down
    the computer.





























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 39




    SAMPLE WORK FLOW

    These functions are those expected to be the most heavily used.  They will
    normally be used in the order given on any particular day.  (Some may be
    skipped, of course.)  A '*' preceeds those that are expected to be used
    most frequently.  A '.' preceeds those that will be included at wider
    intervals.  A space preceeds steps that some businesses normally skip
    altogether.

    The letters in curly brackets indicate how to select the functions,
    starting at the Main menu.  For example, {FA} means Main menu's option F
    menu, function A.

    * {A} Create Service Requests, optionally printing when saving.

      {CP} Print a dispatchers' report (Active Work Order List.)

      {BE or CA} Edit work orders as the jobs are assigned, adding assignment
         information.

    * {BC} Close jobs as they are turned in by service people, printing
         invoices when saving.  (Leave Xfer History "N".)

    * {FA} Copy closed job payment records to Journal & Account files.  Enter
         'Y' to mark copied work orders for History.

    * {PT} Send closed jobs to History.  (Substitute {PP} about once a month.)

      {B} or {CB} Scan the active work orders, checking that only upcoming
         work still remains.  If any completed work remains because its
         paperwork wasn't turned in or the job wasn't closed, find the
         paperwork and then go back to {BC} "close jobs".

    . {GA} Enter Received on Accounts.

    . {FD and/or FF} Print the Cash & Check Deposit Journal and/or Credit Card
         Deposit Journal.
         ... If errors are found, resolve them and correct the History and A/R
         files as needed, and handwrite notes on the Journal report, or
         correct the Journal file and reprint, before proceeding.

    . {FE and/or FG} Clear the Journal files.

      {GC} Print an Accounts Receivable List and/or Aging.

      {GE} Add interest to accounts.

    . {HA,HB,HC,HD,HE} Print the monthly Statements.

    * {NC} Backup the databases.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 40



    DATABASE FILE INTERRELATIONSHIPS

    The Station ID file (DRBOOTID) contains information about the computer
    DRAINS is being run on, such as printer type and drive designations.  In a
    multi-session system, it identifies the station.

    The Customization file (DRCUSTOM) contains information customizing DRAINS
    to the site.  This file keeps track of site preferences (including
    password), formats & percents (including output formats, default sales tax
    and penalty interest percents), administrative access (including what the
    current job number to assign is and the business' address), and terminal
    dependent values (computer equipment information.)

    The Serviceperson file (DRSVCPER) is a lookup file containing the names
    and ID codes of the site's servicepeople.  When a serviceperson code is
    entered, its value is checked against this list to make sure the code is
    on file.  Commission percentages are also stored in this file.

    The Tax Group file (DRTAXGRP) is a lookup file containing information
    about various client tax structures.  When a work order is edited, this
    information is used in calculating the appropriate sales tax.  Many
    reports can subtotal by tax group.

    The Commission Report file (DREMPCOM) is used in the generation of
    commission reports.  It is cleared and rebuilt from History (DRWOHIST) and
    Serviceperson (DRSVCPER) information each time it is used.

    The Aging Report file (DRAGINGR) is used in the generation of aging
    reports.  It is cleared and rebuilt from Accounts Receivable (DRACCRCV)
    information each time it is used.

    The Accounts Receivable file (DRACCRCV) contains mostly job charge
    information copied from active work orders about client charges, and
    payment information entered by the user.

    The Client file (DRCLIENT) contains long-term information about job sites.
    Service Request creation for new sites automatically generate Client
    records, and Client records can also be independently added.  Many file
    record addition and editing processes can pull information from the Client
    file, including work order creation (DRWORKOR) and accounts receivable
    credit/debit creation (DRACCRCV).
              The Interval file (DRINTRVL) contains scheduled service
    information for clients on file.

    The Bank Deposit Journal file (DRJOURNL) contains mostly information
    copied from active work orders and accounts receivable about client
    payments.

    The Income Log file (DRINCOME) is used in the generation of Income Log
    reports.  It is cleared and rebuilt from History (DRWOHIST) and Accounts
    Receivable (DRACCRCV) information each time it is used.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 41



    The Accounts Payable file (DRPAYABL) is logically separate from other
    DRAINS files.  It contains information entered by the user.

    The Area file (DRPHONEG) may be used in conjunction with the Temporary Tax
    file (DRTMPTAX) by DRAINS 3.00's Auxiliary Program to set tax groups in
    the Client (DRCLIENT), Active Work Order (DRWORKOR), History (DRWOHIST),
    Accounts Receivable (DRACCRCV), and Bank Deposit Journal (DRJOURNL) files.

    The ZIPcode Check file (DRZIPCOD) is a lookup file containing zip codes
    DRAINS should consider valid.  When ZIPcode checking is active, DRAINS
    will complain about any City St Zip line that does not contain a valid zip
    code.

    The Revenue Category file (DRREVCAT) is a lookup file containing revenue
    category codes.  When a work order is edited, the revenue category code is
    checked to make sure it is on file.  These codes are used in several
    reports.

    The Customer Type file (DRCUSTTY) is a lookup file containing customer
    type codes.  When a work order or client record is edited, the customer
    type code is checked to make sure it is on file.  These codes are used to
    limit some History reports, billing, and client mailings.

    The Referral file (DRREFERR) is a lookup file containing codes for
    customer referral sources.  Reports analysing new business are planned for
    later revisions of the program.

    The Municipality file (DRTOWNSH) is a lookup file providing convenient
    standardization and fast entry of City St Zip fields.

    The Work Type file (DRWORKTY) is a lookup file providing convenient
    standardization and fast entry of work order job descriptions (line 1.)

    The Scheduled Service file (DRSCHSVC) is used in the generation of
    scheduled service reports and work orders.  It is cleared and rebuilt from
    the Client (DRCLIENT) and Interval (DRINTRVL) files each time it is used.

    The String 131 and String 79 files are used as temporary file creation
    models, in the process of generating some reports.

    The History file (DRWOHIST) is the final destination of work orders
    created and edited in the Active Work Order file (DRWORKOR).  It is used
    for job record lookup and many reports.

    The Active Work Order file (DRWORKOR) is where users create job
    information records.  Client information is often pulled from the Client
    file (DRCLIENT) during this process.

    The Deletion Audit file (DRWHYDEL) stores records deleted from the History
    file (DRWOHIST) when deletion auditing is active.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 42



    DRAINS FILE USAGE - MENU FUNCTIONS' FILE EFFECTS

    JOB SHEETS
    A. Create Service Request adds records to the DRWORKOR Active Work Order
       file.  If the job site phone number + unit ID is new, a Client file
       record is created automatically.
              If a tax group code, customer type code, referral code, revenue
       category, or serviceperson ID is entered, they are checked against
       (respectively) the DRTAXGRP Tax Group file, the DRCUSTTY Customer Type
       file, the DRREFERR Referral file, the DRREVCAT Revenue Category file,
       and DRSVCPER Serviceperson file.  Municipality codes (DRTOWNSH) and
       Work Type codes (DRWORKTY) will be translated to values found in their
       files.  A dispatch card and/or Service Request sheet may be printed,
       depending on values stored in the DRCUSTOM Customization file.

    B. Edit/Close Work Order alters records in the DRWORKOR Active Work Order
       file.
              Tax group codes, customer type codes, referral codes, revenue
       category codes, and serviceperson IDs are checked against
       (respectively) the DRTAXGRP Tax Group file, the DRCUSTTY Customer Type
       file, the DRREFERR Referral file, the DRREVCAT Revenue Category file,
       and DRSVCPER Serviceperson file.  Municipality codes (DRTOWNSH) and
       Work Type codes (DRWORKTY) will be translated to values found in their
       files.  An Invoice may be printed when a job is closed.

    C. Dispatch Tools may alter the Serviceperson and Xfer History fields of
       records in the DRWORKOR Active Work Order file.

    D. Invoice Batch Print merely reads records in the DRWORKOR Active Work
       Order file or DRWOHIST History file.

    E. Client Mailings reads records in the DRCLIENT Client file and/or
       DRWOHIST History file.  It creates its own Mailings source files,
       DRCLM131, DRCLMAIL, and DRMAIL.

    BOOKKEEPING

    F. Bank Deposit Journal copies information from the DRWORKOR Active Work
       Order file to the DRJOURNL Journal file and DRACCRCV Accounts
       Receivable file.  It also alters records in the DRJOURNL Journal file,
       produces Bank Deposit Journal reports and Credit Card Journal reports,
       and clears the DRJOURNL Journal file.

    G. Accounts Receivable / ROA alters, adds and deletes records in the
       DRACCRCV Accounts Receivable file.  It builds and reports from the
       DRAGINGR Aging file.  It updates DRCLIENT Client file account current
       balances.

    H. Statements writes a dedicated field in the DRACCRCV Accounts Receivable
       file during statement production.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 43


    I. Accounts Payable writes and alters the DRPAYABL Accounts Payable file.

    UTILITY

    J. Client File Maintenance primarily manipulates the DRCLIENT Client file
       and DRINTRVL Interval file.  It also has functions that can alter
       client information in the Accounts Receivable, Journal, Work Order, and
       History files.  It clears and rebuilds the DRSCHSVC Scheduled Service
       file.

    K. Servicepeople & Finders writes and alters the DRSVCPER Serviceperson
       file.  It also clears and fills the DREMPCOM Employee Commission Report
       file to produce commission reports.

    L. Maintain Customization alters the DRCUSTOM Customization file and the
       DRBOOTID Station ID file.

    M. Lookup Table Maintenance writes and alters the DRREVCAT Revenue
       Category file, the DRCUSTTY Customer Type file, the DRREFERR Referral
       file, the DRWORKTY Work Type file, the DRTOWNSH Municipality file, the
       DRZIPCOD ZIPcode Check file and the DRTAXGRP Tax Group file.

    N. Backup alters no DRAINS database files, but makes copies of them to
       floppy.  It can write a batch file named DRAINBAK.BAT to the root
       directory.

    O. History Reports and Maintenance alters the DRWOHIST History file, and
       recreates the DRINCOME Income Log file.  Function G. Change a Work
       Order's Payment Type in History and Books can change the History file
       and also add to and delete from the DRJOURNL Journal file and the
       DRACCRCV Accounts Receivable file.

    P. File Maintenance Pack & Index packs most databases and erases/recreates
       most indexes.

    Q. Exit DRAINS alters no files.

    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE / BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL / STATEMENTS

              The DRAINS Accounts Receivable / Bank Deposit Journal /
    Statements system has these characteristics:

              - DRAINS keeps track of payments and interest on individual
    jobs, rather than merely on an account as a whole.

              - DRAINS can apply user-specified portions of a client's ROA
    payment selectively to charged jobs.

              - DRAINS properly calculates overdue account interest on only
    the account principle; interest does not compound.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 44


              - DRAINS keeps track of partial payments on a job and adds
    interest (calculated on a daily basis) properly, based on when payments
    were made.

              - DRAINS keeps track of user-specifiable "grace periods" on
    account charges.  The interest-free period may be set differently for
    different clients and on different jobs for the same client.

              - DRAINS recalculates interest based on recorded dates whenever
    interest updating is requested.  Interest does not have to be updated
    monthly; it may be calculated more or less frequently.  It is calculated
    up through an entered date.  If interest is mistakenly added too far, it
    may be rolled back.

              - Interest may be forgiven on individual jobs as payments come
    in.

              - DRAINS bills each job to a specified address; jobs for the
    same client or same job site may be billed to varying addresses.  All jobs
    billed to the exact same billing address appear on the same statement,
    even if they were done for several clients or at several job sites.

              - DRAINS can produce statements that itemize all charges and
    payments, that itemize only recent charges and payments, or that do not
    itemize.  Several statement formats are part of the standard program, and
    custom statement formats may be obtained.

              - DRAINS marks the History record of each job with the date of
    first payment and the date it was finally paid in full.




























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 45



                          <<< DRAINS 3.00 OPERATION >>>
                       OPTION AND FUNCTION DETAILS AND USE

              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

                          DRAINS 3.00 MAIN MENU OPTIONS

              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

    A. Create Service Request
(fixed width font)
  ͻ
                           SERVICE REQUEST                         
  Ķ
    Phone number   (___) ___-____     ____ Unit ID                
    Customer name  _________________________                      
    Address        _________________________                      
    City state zip _________________________                      
         Tax group __     Septic _   Sewer X                      
    Customer type  _           Referred by _        Ķ
    Request date __/__/____ Req.time _______                       
    Problem    __________________________________________________  
    Addl.info. __________________________________________________  
    File notes __________________________________________________  
    Alternate phone    (___) ___-____    Revenue category _        
    Billing  ________________________    Job assigned to ________  
     address ________________________    Job# _______              
             ________________________    Time given out _______    
             ________________________    Service day   __/__/____  
    Allowed          $ ____.__    Ķ
    payment   Labor: $ ____.__                                    
    type: _          $ ____.__                                    
                  Labor quoted _                                  
  ͼ

              Each work order starts with a service request recorded by Main
    menu option A. Create Service Request.  Enter 'A' from the Main menu to
    invoke this option.
              The Phone number, Unit ID, Customer name, and Address fields are
    presented.  The phone number field is prepared for your entry with the
    default area code (if one is set in Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization) already typed in.  You can backspace to alter the default
    numbers if you need to, just as if you had typed them yourself.  Fill in
    any or all of the fields.  (If no entry is made, the Main menu is
    recalled.)
              If no clients are recorded in the long term client information
    file, a message appears.  Otherwise, DRAINS checks whether the phone
    number and unit ID are present in the long term client information file.
    If that search fails, it checks whether the phone number is present with a
    different unit ID.  Results of the search are shown in the box below the
    mini-menu.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 46



              The mini-menu is displayed.  If only one field is filled, the
    menu letter needed to seek by that field is pre-selected for convenience.
              Enter ...

              ... 'E' to re-edit the phone number, unit ID, name and street
    address fields.  After editing, the mini-menu is recalled.

              ... 'P' to search for the phone number and unit ID in the long
    term client information file.
              If the phone number and unit ID are found exactly, that client's
    name, address, tax group, drainage type, customer type, file notes,
    alternate phone, billing address, and permitted payment method information
    are immediately copied onto the service request.  (If the tax breakdown is
    not active, the tax group will not be displayed or editable.)
              Tax exempt status and labor discount percent are also copied
    from the long term client information.  These fields do not appear on the
    service request screen, but they will show up when the job information is
    displayed as a work order.
              A blank unit ID will match with the alphabetically lowest unit
    ID of that phone number, whether it is blank or not.
              If a match is not found, a list appears of the phone numbers and
    unit IDs surrounding the one you asked for.  Use the up and down arrows,
    -PageUp- and -PageDown- to move the lighted bar to one, then press
    -Escape- to select it.  That client's information is copied to the service
    request just as if the client had been found by an exact match.
              If a selected client is a "cash only" or "no service" customer,
    or has an account balance for work at this site and the site's last job
    was over 30 days ago, the status box in the top right corner of the screen
    will light up (it turns red on a color display.)
              The mini-menu is recalled.

              ... 'N' triggers a similar search by name.  Again, entering only
    part of a name and then selecting from the list is a good strategy if the
    exact spelling or first name is not known.
              The mini-menu is recalled.

              ... 'A' triggers a similar search by address.  (See Formats &
    Percents Customization Maintenance in Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization, pg. 125, for a discussion of address parsing's effects on
    address searches and sorts.)  All of these searches ignore upper vs. lower
    case.  Entering only part of an address and then selecting from the list
    is a good strategy if the exact spelling is not known.  You must enter at
    least 2 non-space characters.
              The mini-menu is recalled.












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 47


              ... 'C' indicates satisfaction with the displayed job site phone
    number, name, and address.  If a non-default phone number/unit ID has not
    been entered, DRAINS complains and returns to edit mode.  If a non-default
    phone number/unit ID is present, DRAINS proceeds to present the rest of
    the service request fields for entry.  See below for a discussion of the
    edit blocks on this screen.
              If the Customer type is blank (always true for a new client),
    editing starts with edit block #2 (see below.)  If the Customer type is
    the Prior client referral code due to the client having a non-blank
    referral code in the Client file, editing starts with edit block #3.
    These fields can be reached easily by -PageUp-.

              ... 'R' erases all information copied from the long term client
    information file and recovers just the phone number, name, and address
    field contents that were typed in on this service request screen.  If a
    search failed, entering 'R' to recover the entered information prepares
    for either another search attempt based on a different field, or for the
    complete entry of a new client's information.
              After re-editing the phone number, unit ID, name and street
    address fields, the mini-menu is recalled.

              ... 'H' displays the address's history in reverse chronological
    order.  (Only the street address is considered when matching; city is
    ignored.)  If no history is found by a search, a message appears and a key
    must be pressed to return to the mini-menu.
              If history is found for the address, the most recent archived
    (no-longer-active) Work Order for the client is displayed.  Press -Enter-
    to display the next most recent Work Order.  'M' may be entered to
    terminate the History search at any record and recall the Service Request
    screen.  When the last (oldest) Work Order is displayed, a message appears
    and a key press recalls the Service Request screen and mini-menu.

              ... 'M' immediately recalls the Main menu without saving the
    service request or any new client information.

              This screen features edit block control.  See GENERAL EDITING
    ADVICE, page 31, for information.

    Edit block #1
              The Phone number may contain numbers, letters and spaces.  If
    you do not have the proper phone number for the job site, we recommend
    entry of as much of the street address or name as will fit.  The Unit ID
    field is an apartment identifier for multiple units and should be left
    blank for ordinary residential clients.  If the job site is a multiple
    unit filed under the manager's phone number, enter the apartment's number
    in the Unit ID field.
              We recommend entering a job site's Customer name in "Last,
    First" format.  DRAINS will turn it around at the comma to "First Last"
    for the billing address if the billing address is blank, and it will
    probably be easier to find when searching by name if the last name is
    listed first.  (Business names do not need alteration.)
              Enter the job site Address.  If address parsing is active and
    the part after the second space is needed for identification (Rose Court
    when there is a Rose Road, for example), we suggest you replace the second
    space with an underscore "_".


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 48



    Edit block #2
              Enter the city, state and zip code in City State Zip.  A
    municipality code may be entered by itself at the start of this field; it
    will be translated to the municipality name when the edit block is
    "swallowed".
              If the tax breakdown is active (selected in DRAINS' Main menu
    option L. Maintain Customization), the Tax group field will be present for
    editing.  The tax group code may be one on file or blank.
              Next, 'X' either the Septic or Sewer field to indicate the job
    site's drainage type.  Only one drainage type may be selected.  (If you do
    not "X" a drainage type, "Sewer" will be "X"'d by default.)  The Customer
    type and Referred by codes may be ones on file or blank.

    Edit block #3
              This Create Service Request option is often used at the time a
    customer calls requesting service, so the Request date and Req.time
    default to today and now.  Press -Escape- (or -Enter- twice) to accept
    those values, or enter other values as desired.
              Note: If your computer's clock-calendar is not set right, both
    these Service Request default values and the Main menu date/time display
    will be incorrect.  Entering DATE and/or TIME at your computer's DOS
    prompt will allow you to change the clock-calendar's settings.
              The Problem field is intended for recording your client's
    description of the problem; it becomes the first line of the 4 line job
    description on the work order.  A work type code may be entered by itself
    at the start of this field; it will be translated to the work type
    description when the edit block is "swallowed".
              Addl.Info. is for information like an arranged time, location of
    key, etc.  It becomes the third line of the job description.  File Notes
    defaulted to information pulled from the client's long term information
    record if the client was found by a search.  (Editing it here does not
    affect the client long term information record.)  It will become the
    confidential fourth line of the job description.
              An entered Alternate phone will be saved with a new client's
    long term client information.  Phone number searches will NOT find
    alternate phone numbers.
              The 4 line Billing address of a new client is created with a
    blank first line to leave space for a business customers' accounts payable
    person's name.  (The Accounts Receivable, Client Mailings and Statements
    functions similarly expect the billing address's street to be on line 3.)
    Pressing the F9 key types "Accounts Payable" - very useful when on the
    first line of the billing address.

    Edit block #4
              To indicate Allowed payment type for the job, enter 'R' for
    recall (no payment expected), '$' for cash only, 'P' for credit card
    (plastic) OK, 'C' for check OK, or 'A' for account charge OK.  Existing
    clients will have an allowed payment type present for editing based on the
    allowed payment type recorded in their long term client information
    record.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 49


              New clients are automatically assigned the Default allowed
    payment type selected in DRAINS' Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization.  It is important for a new client to enter the most risky
    payment type they are allowed to use, as whichever payment type you select
    will be copied into the new client's long term client record.  For
    example, enter 'C' if they are permitted to use check, credit card or
    cash, even if you expect cash for this particular job.
              The Revenue category field indicates what category you want the
    job's income to be shown as by Revenue Category Reports.  For
    compatibility with older versions, DRAINS treats category "Y" specially.
    Entering 'Y' automatically calls up the category "Y" labor charge for
    approval unless the Recall payment type is "X"'d.  Any other code
    (non-Recall) permits selection of one of the three non-category-"Y"
    default charges.
              F.Y.I.  Category "Y" used to also disallow any normal labor
    discount, but it no longer does.
              If you give the job to a serviceperson on the spot (or if you
    are creating the Service Request after the job's assignment), enter the
    4-character numeric or alphabetic ID of the serviceperson in the Job
    assigned to field.  DRAINS cross-references the ID and fills in the
    corresponding other ID of the serviceperson.
              Depending on how Assign job number is set in Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization, DRAINS will assign a job number automatically on
    the Service Request, assign one when the job is closed, or not assign one
    at all.  You may enter or edit a job number now.
              The OffHr field is presented if the commission report system is
    active.  (See DRAINS' Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.)  This
    field should be "X"'d if a serviceperson should receive the off-hours
    commission percent on the job's labor.
              The Time given out may be entered now.  The Service day defaults
    to the request date but may, of course, be edited.  (If you want this date
    blank, use the delete key and right arrow to clear the numbers out, then
    press -Enter-.  The date a work order is given to a serviceperson is
    assumed to be the service date quoted, so no separate field is provided
    for date given out.)

    Edit block #5
              If the job is not a revenue category "Y" (jetter) job or a
    Recall job, you can mark an "X" by one of the three default labor charges
    (set in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization) to choose it.  If you
    do not select one, or if it is a category "Y" job, you are given a chance
    to enter the labor charge.  A payment type of "Recall" causes DRAINS to
    assume a labor charge of $0.00 and prohibits the editing of the labor
    charge.

    Edit block #6
              Finally, enter 'Y' or 'N' to record whether you quoted a labor
    charge to the customer.









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 50


              Once all the service request information has been entered, you
    may enter ...

              ... 'D' to discard it (throw it away.)  A key press recalls the
    Main menu.

              ... 'E' to re-edit all fields.  The edit starts with edit block
    #1.  The labor charge check boxes do not appear when re-editing but you
    may edit the amount.

              ... 'S' to save the job as a Work Order.  (DRAINS will
    repeatedly present the Phone number and Unit ID fields if both are blank
    or default, until a non-blank, non-default entry is made.)  If the
    Dispatch card field in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization is
    marked "Y", a 3x5 dispatch card will be printed.  The Main menu is
    recalled.

              ... 'P' to save it, print a dispatch card if applicable, and
    then print a Service Request suitable for handing to a serviceperson or
    posting on an activity board.  (The printed Service Request format is
    selected in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.)  The Main menu is
    recalled.

              For a new client (phone#/unit not on file) only, the name,
    address/city, tax group (if active), customer type and referral codes,
    drainage type, alternate phone number, billing address, and permitted
    payment method information is copied from the saved service request into a
    new client information long term record.  For clients already on file,
    changing any copied client information on the service request does not
    affect the long term client information on file.


               ***************************************************

                            EASY BILLING ADDRESS COPY

    To copy a billing address to a new job site's long term client information
    record:
              1) Use a search to call onto the Service Request screen
    information about any site that has the desired billing address.
              2) Enter 'E' at the mini-menu to re-edit the phone number, name,
    and address.
              3) Enter the new job site's information.
              4) Check the phone number search information below the mini-menu
    before entering 'C' to continue; the edited phone number and/or unit ID
    must not already be on file for information from the service request to be
    copied to a new long term client information record when the service
    request is saved.









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 51


               ***************************************************

                               SAMPLE DISPATCH CARD
(fixed width font)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Phone#: (406) 123-4567  Unit ID: ABCD    Billing  Mrs. Annie Jenkins        |
| Name/Address: Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.   Address: Farmer Henry P. Jenkins   |
|               Wheelbarrow Farm                    Wheelbarrow Farm          |
| Tax group: PM Martinsdale MT 59053                Martinsdale MT 59053      |
| Alternate phone (406) 123-4568          Estimate: $10000.00_QUOTED_________ |
| Description:            XSeptic  _Sewer    P.O.#: __________      Warranty: |
| 11_Toilet_overflowing_2nd_floor_back_bedroom's_loo   Allowed       _30day   |
| __________________________________________________   Payment       _60day   |
| Knock_on_guest_cottage,_Harry_will_let_you_in.____   Type: P       _90day   |
| Mercer_Road_N,_left_at_Y,_3_mi._lane_on_L._2nd_hs.                 _None    |
| Request date: 02/19/1995    Revenue category: 1      Labor discount    0.00 |
|       & time:  9:35pm            Job #: 1000427   Referred: R  Cust.Type: A |
| Service date: 02/19/1995     Svcperson: ANDY0001  NOTES:                    |
|   Time given: 10:05pm  X:OffHr  2ndSvc: ____      _________________________ |
|  Finish date: __/__/____                          _________________________ |
|       & time: _______        Cancelled: _         _________________________ |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+

               ***************************************************

              I like to think of the Service Request as the place where client
    information, job history, and work orders meet.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *




























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 52



    B. Edit / Close Work Order
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                                 Cancelled: N     Material used   Amount   
ͼ                      _______________ 12345.78 
 Phone#: (___) ___-____   Unit ID: ____            _______________ 12345.78 
 Name/address: _________________________           _______________ 12345.78 
               _________________________  _Septic  _______________ 12345.78 
 Tax group: __ _________________________  XSewer   Total material  12345.78 
 Alternate phone (___) ___-____                    Labor           12345.78 
 Billing addr: _________________________           Labor discount  12345.78 
               _________________________  Payment  (+dollars OR -percent)   
 Cust.type: _  _________________________  Type: $  Subcontract     12345.78 
  Referred: _  _________________________           Sales tax       12345.78 
 Request date: mm/dd/yyyy     Turned in: Y         Untaxed charges:         
       & time: _____              Job #: _______   _______________ 12345.78 
 Service date: mm/dd/yyyy     Svcperson: ________  WorkOrder total 12345.78 
   Time given: _____    _:OffHr  2ndSvc: ____      Deposit/Charge  12345.78 
 Finish date:  mm/dd/yyyy     Revenue category: _  Check number  _______    
       & time: _____            P.O.#: __________ Ķ
 Description:   Estimate: _________________________ Wrnty:TaxedAmt 12345.78 
 __________________________________________________ _30day1stPay mm/dd/yyyy 
 __________________________________________________ X60dayFullPy mm/dd/yyyy 
 __________________________________________________ _90dayLog in books: Y   
 __________________________________________________ _None Xfer HISTORY: Y   
ͼ

              Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order edits (changes) and
    adds information to the job records (work orders) created by Main menu
    option A. Create Service Request.  It cannot create new job records.  Only
    active work orders are accessed here, not ones that have been archived
    (passed on to History.)
              This option may be used before the close of a job to fill in the
    assignment of a serviceperson to a job, record progress in a multi-day
    job, cancel or un-cancel a work order, or edit any other work order field.
              When the job closes, a special function of this option places
    default (presumed) values in some fields to make the final edit easier.
    The Closing function is intended for recording final job information when
    a Work Order has been turned in by a serviceperson.

              If no active work orders are on file, a message appears and a
    key press recalls the Main menu.

              Depending on how you have set Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number, name, or
    address field will be lit for your entry.  Notice the instructions in the
    message box at the screen's right.  Whichever field is lit, you can choose
    a different one if you like by entering one letter.  (Entering 'J' selects
    the job number field.  'P'=phone, 'N'=name, 'A'=address.  -Escape- recalls
    the Main menu.)






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 53


              Entering the field's information exactly calls the first
    (earliest entered) active work order that matches your entry.  If an exact
    match is not found, a sorted list is displayed.  The up and down arrows,
    -PageUp- and -PageDown- move the highlighted bar in the list.  When the
    bar is on the desired job's information, -Escape- selects that work order
    for display and editing.  The list is sorted in the order of the field you
    used to seek the work order.
              Once a work order has been selected, a menu of functions appears
    in the message box.  Enter ...

              ... ' ' (just press -Enter-) to see the next active work order.
    The sort order of the work orders is determined by the field used to
    select the work order first displayed; if that work order was found by
    address, the sort order will be by address, and so on.

              ... 'P' to see the preceding active work order.

              ... 'E' to edit the work order.  The mini-menu of functions
    disappears, revealing cost information for the job.  Editing begins with
    edit block #1.

              ... 'C' to edit the work order with "job closing" conveniences.
    These include:
              - filling a blank Service date with the Request date.
              - filling a blank Finish date with the Service date.
              - assigning a job number if none is present and if the Next job
    number field in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization is not blank
    (this is a default only; if the assigned number is deleted, the field will
    remain blank.)  If DRAINS is set up to assign a job number when the job is
    closed, it will appear when the 'C' to Close function is selected from the
    mini-menu.
              - marking the work order as ready for its information to be
    copied to the bank deposit journal (if a cash or check payment) or to
    accounts receivable (if a charge) by setting the Log in books field to
    "Y".  This happens only if Turned in is "Y" and Log in books is not
    already "*".
              - setting the Deposit/Charge amount to equal the WorkOrder
    total.
              - if not a charge, setting blank 1stPay and FullPy fields to the
    job's finish date.  If a charge, blanking 1stPay and FullPy.

              The Turned in field, which indicates whether the serviceperson
    has turned in the paperwork and payment for the job, is NOT set to a "Y"
    default.  We hope this makes sure that this important field is never
    marked "Y" prematurely or by accident.  We want you to stop and think:
    "Did I actually receive all of the paperwork that should have been turned
    in on this job?"
              Editing proceeds as in function "E".
              When the work order is saved by this function, the chance to
    print an invoice for it is presented.  Enter 'Y' to print an invoice, 'N'
    to skip printing.  The menu of functions reappears in the message box.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 54


              ... 'T' to manually enter a sales tax amount, overriding the
    calculated tax.  This must be done after the last edit of the job, or the
    automatic tax calculation during an edit will overwrite the special sales
    tax entry.
              The work order total is recalculated, and the Deposit/Charge
    field may be edited.  The new tax, work order total, and deposit/charge
    amounts are saved, and the menu of functions reappears in the message box.
              If you want to print an invoice for a work order that has a
    manually entered tax, be sure the work order has a job number.  In this
    case you must use Main menu option D. Invoice Batch Print to print the
    invoice, as the job closing function "C" would change the adjusted tax
    back to the calculated amount.  Main menu option D. Invoice Batch Print
    selects work orders only by job number.

              ... 'X' to edit the Cancelled and Job # fields.  This function
    is password protected; if an active password has not yet been entered it
    is asked for before access is allowed.  Password protection of this field
    prevents weekend and evening workers, who may have access to DRAINS for
    lookup, from doing a cash job, not turning it in, and cancelling its
    record to cover their tracks.
              A 'Y' in the Cancelled field declares the work order void (the
    whole display of a cancelled work order appears in black-on-white, or with
    a red background on color displays).  A cancelled work order is deleted
    the next time archivable active work orders are moved to history by Main
    menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs.
              An 'N' in the Cancelled field declares the work order active
    (again.)  This flagging scheme, rather than just a simple "delete work
    order" function, is present because it's nice to not have to start over
    from scratch when indecisive clients change their minds.
              The menu of functions reappears in the message box.

              ... 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              This screen features edit block control.  See GENERAL EDITING
    ADVICE, page 31, for information.

    Edit block #1
              You may change the phone number (and/or unit ID), but only to
    one that is already on file in the long term client information file.  If
    the phone number and/or unit ID is changed, the name & address/city,
    taxgroup, customer type, drainage type, billing address, referral code,
    job description line 4, permitted payment type, alternate phone number,
    and labor discount percent information is copied from the client
    information file into the work order.  The 4th line of the job description
    is also replaced by the Notes field from the long term client information,
    and sales tax is charged or denied based on the long term client
    information Tax exemption ID # field.

    Edit block #2
              Edit the job site name, address, and city, tax group (if
    active), drainage type, alternate phone, customer type and referral codes.
    (Municipality codes work in the city line as on the Service Request
    screen.)
              If the referral code is the one for Finders, select a finder ID
    code and edit the finder's comment for the job.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 55



    Edit block #3
              Edit the billing address.  (Municipality codes work in the city
    (last) line as on the Service Request screen.)  The first line is the
    optional "Attention" line.  Press F9 to have the computer type "Accounts
    Payable" for easy routing to the right desk at your client company's
    office.

    Edit block #4
              When a job is closed, the Payment type should be marked to
    indicate what actually happened: R for recall (no payment), $ for cash, P
    for credit card, C for check, or A for account charge.  Claim an account
    charge of the whole amount if partial payment was given, then ROA the
    partial payment after the job has gone to History.
              Edit the request date and time.

    Edit block #5
              Edit the Service date and Time given.
              If the Service Request was given to a serviceperson on a
    different date than the service date, you may record the date given out
    instead of the time in the Time given field.
              If Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Serviceperson
    commission system field is marked "Y", the OffHr field is presented.  'X'
    or 'Y' this box if the labor commission percent should be the one for work
    done outside of normal hours.  (Blank or 'N' indicates normal hours.)
              If a job spanned two or more days, enter the final date in the
    Finish date field, and record the additional (earlier) dates as part of
    the job description.  Some businesses record the worker's time spent in
    the Finish time field.  This is useful for those paying workers by the
    hour.

    Edit block #6
              The Turned in field should be marked "Y" ONLY if the office has
    received ALL paperwork, checks, and money due from the serviceperson for
    the job.
              You may alter or delete an assigned Job #.  Job numbers are not
    checked for duplication.
              As on a service request, if a 4 character serviceperson ID is
    entered as Svcperson, it will be cross-referenced and its corresponding ID
    will be filled in.  Either 4 character serviceperson ID may be used in the
    2ndSvc field, if a second worker was assigned to the job.
              The Revenue category field indicates what category you want the
    job's income to be shown as by Revenue Category Reports.  As on a service
    request, this code is checked for validity.  ('Y' and 'N' are usually
    valid codes.)
              Enter the PO# (purchase order number), if applicable.
              The Estimate field is based on the Service Request's amount and
    Y/N quoted fields.  It may be edited to contain any information.









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 56


    Edit block #7
              If you keep typing past the end of a line when editing the job
    Description lines, the cursor will jump automatically to the next line,
    just as if you had pressed -Enter-.  (Work type codes work in the top
    description line as on the Problem line of the Service Request screen.)
              The second line normally receives the record of what was done
    about the problem.  Main menu option L. Maintain Customization has the
    ability to set a default second line value, so that the person closing
    jobs remembers to put in a truck number, blade size, or other special
    information you may want that is not handled by a dedicated field.
              The fourth line is normally confidential to your business, and
    does not print out under most invoice or statement formats.
              Press the F7 key for access to the additional description space
    for the job.  Remember that your customer will see lines 1-3 plus the
    additional lines.  Line 4 is normally skipped.

    Edit block #8
              Up to four Material used and Amount pairs may be entered.  If
    you wish to itemize further, prepare a separate detail (perhaps in the
    additional job description space, see block #7 above) and enter the
    materials total on any of the four lines.  The Total material is
    calculated by DRAINS as the sum of the four material amount fields, and is
    not editable.  (Canadian PST is calculated only on materials whose
    description has an asterisk (*) starting the line.)

    Edit block #9
              Labor is taxed at the local labor rate.  Enter the pre-discount
    amount.
              The discount amount is calculated from the labor charge using
    the Labor discount.  If this is entered as a negative number, it is
    treated as a percent; -5.00 would discount the labor 5%.  If this is
    entered as a positive number, it is treated as a dollar value; 5.00 would
    discount the labor $5.
              Subcontract is taxed at the labor rate in the US.  Canadian GST
    but not PST applies to subcontractor charges.

    Edit block #10
              The sales tax is calculated automatically when editing or
    closing a job.  To deny sales tax for a job, enter any negative number
    (such as "-1") in its Sales tax field.  To cause sales tax to be
    calculated and charged, enter any positive number (such as '1') in the
    Sales tax field.  If the client's file at the time the Service Request was
    created had a non-blank sales tax exemption field, sales tax is not
    charged unless a positive number is subsequently entered in the Sales tax
    field.
              The Untaxed charges description and amount fields are intended
    for permits (in the USA) and other specifically tax-exempt items of an
    otherwise taxable job.  See NATIONALITY AND TAX: U.S.A. vs. CANADA, page
    262, for a discussion of tax options.
              The WorkOrder total is calculated automatically.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 57


    Edit block #11
              If only part of the cash from a cash job's payment will be
    deposited, the Deposit/Charge field may be edited to show the reduced
    amount, so that the correct figure is shown on the bank deposit journal.
    (The FullPy field should be then filled in with the payment date to record
    that the client made full payment.)  This field cannot be more than the
    WorkOrder total or less than zero.  The field should contain the full
    amount of any other payment type.
              The Check number field can be edited only if a payment type of
    check or credit card is used.
              If no Warranty period is selected by "X", the last warranty
    period listed will be selected by default.  See Edit U_WRNTYLST, page
    , for a list of warranty periods that can be selected to appear.

    Edit block #12
              The fields in this edit block are normally taken care of by
    DRAINS and need not be altered by the user.  Using mini-menu function "C"
    to close a job sets them properly for normal job closing.
              The TaxedAmt field is filled in automatically by DRAINS.  It
    indicates the portion of the work order total subject to sales tax.  This
    may be edited, but generally should not be.
              If the customer has paid in full, the 1stPay and FullPy fields
    should be filled with the payment date, otherwise they should be blank.  A
    job turned in with a client's partial payment must be treated as an
    account charge and the initial partial payment entered as an ROA.  (DRAINS
    fills in the payment dates as part of the ROA process.)  The 1stPay field
    indicates the date on which DRAINS assumes the sales tax for the entire
    job is reportable.
              The Log in books field should be marked "Y" when the work order
    is completed satisfactorily.  This permits DRAINS to copy the work order's
    information to the Bank Deposit Journal and Accounts Receivable files, as
    appropriate.
              If the Xfer HISTORY field is marked "Y", the work order will be
    moved to History by Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs.  Normally
    this field is changed by Main menu option F. Bank Deposit Journal's
    function A. Copy Information from Work Orders.  Letting DRAINS handle this
    job status field safeguards against moving work orders before their
    information is copied to the bank deposit journal or accounts receivable,
    as appropriate.

              ***************************************************
              You may want to enter some old jobs to have them in History,
    without transferring their charges to Accounts Receivable.  Create a
    service request for each old job with Main menu option A. Create Service
    Request, then close each job with Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work
    Order.  Enter A/R jobs as paid by whatever method was eventually used, and
    appropriately alter the 1stPay and FullPy dates.
              You will have to delete those jobs' deposit records from the
    Bank Deposit journals, but the A/R file will not need adjustment.
              ***************************************************

              Choose 'E' to re-edit, 'S' to save, or 'D' to discard the
    changes made.  The menu of functions reappears in the message box.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 58


      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
























































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 59



    C. Dispatch Tools

              This Main menu option's major function is to list (uncancelled)
    active jobs to help the dispatcher dispatch.  This option has been revised
    in version 4.01 with a multi-function dispatchers' browse.

              The Dispatch Tools menu is presented.  Enter ...

              ... 'A' to limit the browse or Active Work Order List, or to
    change its sort order.

              ... 'B' to browse the active jobs.  While browsing, you can
    press:
              -Ctrl-D- to enter a Done job's finish date & info.

              -Ctrl-A- to add Assignment or Priority information to an
    unassigned job.  Priority is by finish date (finished jobs fall to the
    bottom), service date (earlier day first), service time (earlier time
    first), request date & time (first caller is first served), and
    serviceperson assigned.  When prioritizing, pay attention to the time's
    format so that it will sort properly.  Use "military" hours or put the PM
    or AM first ("PMhh:mm").  If the hour is 1..9 use 0 or a blank as its
    first character ("AM09:30").  By the way, the colon is optional.

              -Ctrl-V- to View the entire work order.
              -Ctrl-O- to change the sort Order
              -Escape- to return to the Dispatch Tools menu.
              -Tab- to scan across the columns of information.  Left-Arrow
    from the first column, Finished, wraps to the last column, Total $.

              ... 'C' to print an Active Work Order of selected active jobs.
    This is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to compressed
    typeface.  (If your printer does not cooperate, call us.)
              Press a key to recall the Dispatch Tools menu.
              Here is a sample list:
 (fixed compressed font)
Limits: none
Sort: Priority(Donedate/svc.date&time/req.d&t/svcp)
02/07/01                                           DRAINS ACTIVE WORK ORDER LIST
                                                   -----------------------------
                                            Request  Best     Best
                  Job Site Name,            Date &   Service  Time or Service  Tax Cust Finish   Finish  Job Site City,
Phone#/UnitID     Job Site Address          Time     Date     TimeOut Person   Grp Type Date     Time    Billing Name
----------------- ------------------------- -------- -------- ------- -------- --- ---- -------- ------- ------------------------
406-586-4803/     Mike Wilhelm Electric     02/12/01 02/12/01                  TP  C      /  /   00:00   Bozeman MT 59715
                  4545 Conestoga Cir         9:53pm                                                      Mike Wilhelm Electric
406-586-7478/     B M S Carpet Cleaners     02/14/01 02/14/01         LARR0002 TP  S      /  /   00:00   Bozeman MT 59715
                  302 Donegal Dr             3:56pm                                                      B M S Carpet Cleaners
406-932-6248/     Ellis, F H                02/16/01 02/16/01                  TB  O      /  /   00:00   McLeod MT 59011
                  1 mi cross bridge 2nd @ R  9:53pm                                                      F H Ellis
406-586-4803/     Mike Wilhelm Electric     02/13/01 02/13/01         CURL0003 TP  C    02/13/01 00:00   Bozeman MT 59715
                  4545 Conestoga Cir         5:04pm                                                      Mike Wilhelm Electric




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 60



              ... 'D' to print a "Done Jobs Report".  This report is intended
    to help a dispatcher quickly assess, at the end of the day or week,
    whether each serviceperson is turning in the appropriate amount of cash
    and all checks and credit card slips.
              The Done Jobs Report ignores the limits and sort order set
    above.  It always includes all uncancelled jobs whose completion date is
    filled in, and it is sorted by payment type within serviceperson.  This is
    a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to compressed typeface.
    (If your printer does not cooperate, call us.)
              Enter 'M' to recall the Dispatch Tools menu.
              Here is a sample report:
 (fixed compressed font)
Active job file: Done jobs only, sorted SvcP/Paytype/Job#.
02/07/01
                                                      DRAINS DONE JOBS REPORT
                                                      -----------------------
            Work         Job                                      Labor                     Amount
SvcP/      Order Job     Finish          Tax  Starred    Plain     pre-              Sub- Itemized Job Site
PayTyp     Total Number  Date        Charged    Parts    Parts Discount Discount Contract  Untaxed Address    Job Description
------ --------- ------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- --------------------
** Serviceperson CURL0003
* Serviceperson CURL0003 / Payment Type: Check
CURL/C     75.00   10006 02/13/2001     0.00     0.00     0.00    75.00     0.00     0.00     0.00 4545 Cones BS* Bathroom Sink /
* Subsubtotal *
           75.00                        0.00     0.00     0.00    75.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
** Subtotal **
           75.00                        0.00     0.00     0.00    75.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
*** Total ***
           75.00                        0.00     0.00     0.00    75.00     0.00     0.00     0.00


              ... 'M' to recall the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *






















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 61



    D. Invoice Batch Print

              This Main menu option prints invoices for one or more active
    work orders, or one or more archived work orders.  Most businesses print
    Invoices only for closed jobs.  (Cancelled work orders are ignored by
    DRAINS and never printed.)
              Enter 'A' or 'H' to select whether the active Work Order file or
    the History file will be searched for the job number(s) desired.
              The format for the invoice is set in Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization.  If the Invoice format field is set to "Y",
    invoices are formatted for plain 8.5" x 11" paper.  Plain-paper invoices
    are intended for #10 (9&1/2" x 4&1/8") double or single window envelopes.
    (See the SAMPLE "Y" INVOICE section of the <<< SAMPLE OUTPUT AND FORMS >>>
    section of this manual.)
              If the Invoice format field is set to 'N', invoices are
    formatted for special 5.5" x 8.5" forms prepared by your local printer.
    (See the SAMPLE "N" INVOICE FORM section of the <<< SAMPLE OUTPUT AND
    FORMS >>> section of this manual.)  The "N" style invoices are formatted
    for 6&1/2" x 3&5/8" single window envelopes.
              If you choose to use the special invoice forms, and also print
    up plain-paper service requests and reports during the dispatching day,
    printing a batch of invoices at the end of the day is likely to be more
    convenient than switching printer paper frequently.
              Other invoice formats are available, and custom formats to match
    your forms can be ordered from Concise Logic.

              To print invoices singly, you need only enter the job number in
    the Begin field and leave the End field blank.

              To print a batch of invoices, enter the first and last job
    numbers (inclusive) of the jobs to be invoiced.
              Entered job numbers may be alphanumeric.  (The automatically
    assigned ones are strictly numbers).  For alphanumeric job numbers, the
    first and last job numbers would be the alphabetically earliest and latest
    Job # field contents.
              To print blank job numbers, leave the Begin field blank and put
    a number or letter in the End field.  This will print invoices for all
    work orders in the selected file having blank job numbers.
              Select a printer.  The invoice series is printed, skipping any
    missing numbers.
              If -Escape- is pressed while invoices are printing, printing
    stops at the end of the invoice in progress.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 62



    E. CLIENT MAILINGS

              (The password is needed for access.)

              Client mailings can be an important part of marketing your
    business' services.  Main menu option E. Client Mailings provides
    versatile access to the information stored by DRAINS about your clients.

             *** SCHEDULED SERVICE IS NOT YET INTEGRATED INTO THE ***
                 *** CLIENT MAILINGS SYSTEM IN VERSION 3.08. ***
            *** THE ROUTINE MAINTENANCE LIMIT FIELDS ARE DISABLED. ***

              ...............................................................

    Function A) Toggle screen/printer routes the generated output to either
    the screen only, or to both the screen and printer.  Screen-only output
    can be a handy way to preview output before printing it.  (To pause a
    longer report, use Ctrl-S to alternately freeze and release the screen's
    scrolling.)
              Enter 'A' to change the output selection.  The current selection
    is shown on line A of the Mailings menu.

              ...............................................................

    Function B) Edit selection limits sets the restrictions that determine
    which client information is accessible to the label and text functions on
    the Mailings menu.  Up to 6 current restriction limits are shown at the
    top of the Mailings menu whenever the Mailings menu is displayed.

              The computer recreates its list of client mailings information
    when a label or text print (functions D, E, or G) is selected ONLY if
    these selection limits have been changed or the duplication selection
    (function J) has been changed.  (The file is always freshly sorted before
    printing.)  The same Mailings file may thus be used several times in
    different ways after its creation.
              For best performance, only the limits needed to make the
    restriction(s) you want should be filled in.  (To quickly reset all limits
    to their unrestrictive defaults, enter 'M' to recall the Main menu, then
    reinvoke the Mailings menu.)
              The limits are additive, so only clients meeting ALL
    restrictions set will appear in the resulting output.  Up to six selection
    limits currently having non-default, restrictive values are shown above
    the Mailings menu whenever the Mailings menu is displayed.  If more than
    six limits are simultaneously active, only the first six are listed but
    all will apply when the Mailings file is created.

              A special-purpose Mailings file is created during the production
    of client mailings.  If no restrictions are set, it is created with
    information copied from the Client file.  The current mailings source is
    shown at the top of the Mailings menu, whenever the Mailings menu is
    displayed.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 63


              The activation of a Job description phrase, Revenue category or
    Any job date range limit causes information to be copied from the History
    file.  The activation of a Scheduled Service, Last job date range,
    Customer code, Account balance, or Overdue account limit requires
    information from the Client file.
              When the restrictions activated require both files, most
    information is copied from the History file, but the information not
    available from History is copied from the Client file (it is linked to the
    History file for this purpose by Phone/unit.)  History records without a
    matching Client record are matched with blank/zero values for Client
    information fields.
              When the History file is used, for each phone number or phone
    number + unit ID (depending on how the duplication selection has been set)
    the most recent History record meeting all of the criteria is the one from
    which information will be copied.
              To force the use of the History file as a source without
    eliminating records, set the Any job date range to "01/01/60 through
    12/31/59".

              LIMIT                     REQUIRED FILE
              Scheduled service month   Client
              Last job date             Client
              Customer code             Client
              Account balance           Client
              Overdue account           Client
              Phone number              (either)
              Septic/sewer              (either)
              Tax group code            (either)
              Any job date              History
              Revenue category          History
              Job description phrase    History

              Mailing file creation is usually fastest 1) from the file with
    the fewer records, usually the Client file; 2) when only one source file
    is used.

    CLIENT FILE LIMITS:

    ^         DISABLED IN VERSION 3.00:  Entry of a month (JAN, FEB, MAR, APR,
    MAY, JUN, JUL, AUG, SEP, OCT, NOV, or DEC) in the Residential month field
    selects only those clients who have that month X'd in their client file
    residential maintenance calendar, and who have a "Y" in their residential
    maintenance activation field.   Entry of "!!!" in the Residential month
    field selects only those clients who have any month X'd in their client
    file residential maintenance calendar, and who have a "Y" in their
    residential maintenance activation field.  Entry of "---" in the
    Residential month field selects only those clients who have no months X'd
    in their client file residential maintenance calendar, or who have an "N"
    in their residential maintenance activation field.  A blank entry makes no
    residential maintenance requirements.
              This limit is particularly valuable for informing scheduled
    service customers of upcoming maintenance, and for sending appreciative
    mail to all routine customers at holiday time.  The "---" value to exclude
    routine customers makes promotional mailings inviting subscription to
    scheduled service more accurate.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 64



              The Last job date range selects only those clients whose most
    recent work of any kind (whether meeting other criteria or not) was
    completed on or between the dates entered.  This can be used to make sure
    a mailing is limited to current clients.  Blank dates make no last job
    date range requirements.

              The Customer code selects only those clients whose customer type
    code matches the one entered.  A value of "!" turns off this selection and
    accepts any customer type code.  A blank entry selects only those clients
    whose customer type code is blank.

              The Account balance check may be activated by setting Ignore to
    'N'.  Client accounts must then have a balance within the Minimum to
    Maximum range, inclusive, to be included.

              Setting Overdue account to 'Y' selects only those clients whose
    account balance is more than zero and whose last date of service was more
    than 30 days ago.  'N' excludes that group.  Entry of an '!' turns off
    this selection.

    EITHER FILE LIMITS:

              A Phone number + unit ID can be entered to print a label or text
    output (letter, postcard, etc.) for just one client.  A blank entry makes
    no phone number or unit ID requirement.
              This restriction permits the production of a special-case letter
    for a single client.

              Entering 'S' in Septic/seWer selects only those clients on
    septic systems, and 'W' selects only those on city sewer systems.  Entry
    of an '!' turns off this selection and accepts either drain system.
              This restriction is useful for promoting tank pumping services.

              A Tax group code can be entered to select only the clients in
    that group.  Entry of "!!" turns off this selection and accepts any tax
    group code.  A blank entry selects only those clients whose tax group code
    is blank.
              This restriction can be used to split a larger mailing into
    smaller groups, perhaps with sites situated within restricted geographical
    areas.  When group mailings are sent out at intervals of a few days, the
    workload is kept more constant, and the average travel distance between
    job sites may be reduced.

    HISTORY FILE LIMITS:

              The Any job date range selects only those clients who had work
    completed on or between the dates entered.  Blank dates make no job date
    range requirements.
              Use this restriction in combination with the Last job date range
    to target clients who had work done of a particular revenue category type
    or containing a particular job description phrase during a certain span
    but not later.  The Last job date range does not make sure the last job
    met any History file limits set.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 65



              The Revenue category selects only those jobs whose revenue
    category matches the one entered.  Entry of an "!" turns off this
    selection and accepts any revenue category.  A blank entry selects only
    those jobs whose revenue category is blank.

              Entry of any word or phrase in the Job description phrase field
    selects only those clients who have that word or phrase appearing in a job
    description of work done for them.  If a job date range is selected (see
    above) only the work orders within that date range are looked at.  The
    phrase is not case-sensitive; it will match both upper and lower case
    letters.  Leading and trailing spaces are not considered, thus "ROOT"
    would select job descriptions containing "Root ", "roots", and "CHEROOT".
              When the job description is considered, the computer assumes
    that exactly one space separates the last word of one line from the first
    word of the next.  This ensures that the variable number of spaces
    separating two sequential words that appear on adjacent lines does not
    interfere in the phrase search process.
              A blank entry makes no job description requirement.
              This restriction is particularly valuable for sending
    informative literature and an offer of scheduled service to a group of
    clients who share a recurring problem, or for making a list of clients to
    call about a product targeted for their situation.

              ...............................................................

    Function C) Edit label format sets up the label production format.  Its
    Form feed value also applies to text printing.  The current label format
    values are shown to the right of the Mailings menu whenever the Mailings
    menu is displayed.

              Enter the beginning printed character column of the first (or
    only) column of labels in 1st column start.  Enter the beginning printed
    character column of the second column of labels in 2nd column start.  If
    only one column of labels is begin produced (1-across labels), enter 0 to
    disable the second label column.  Enter the beginning printed character
    column of the third column of labels in 3rd column start.  If only one or
    two columns of labels is being produced (1-across or 2-across labels),
    enter 0 to disable the third label column.
              DRAINS checks the column start numbers and puts them in order if
    needed.  If two column start numbers are too close together, not
    permitting at least two characters (one printed plus one blank character
    column) before the next start column, the second column of the pair is
    disabled.

              Enter the last printed character column of the last column of
    labels in Last column end.
              Enter the number of lines to skip at the top of each page in Top
    margin.








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 66


              Enter the number of printed lines per label in Lines/label.
    This number selects data fields as follows:

              JOB SITE ADDRESS             BILLING ADDRESS
    1 line :  address                      line 3 (normally street address)
    2 lines:  address, city                lines 3-4 (address/city)
    3 lines:  name, address, city          lines 2-4 (name/address/city)
    4 lines:  phone#, name, address, city  lines 1-4 (attn/name/address/city)

    The 4-line job site address "labels" printed on plain paper makes a good
    telephone marketing call list.

              Label width controls the maximum number of printed character
    columns given to each label column.  The "column start" numbers will force
    label columns narrower than the value entered here, if that is needed to
    provide one blank space between printed columns.  Maximum useful label
    width is 25 characters, the length of address data fields.
              The Label height determines the number of lines, both printed
    and unprinted, between the top line of one label and the top line of the
    label beneath it.
              The Label rows/page sets up the number of label rows per page of
    labels.  (At the beginning of each page, the top margin will provide
    additional blank lines if it is set larger than 0.)
              The Form feed controls whether a form feed character (Ctrl-L) is
    sent to the printer at the end of each page of labels.  Enter 1 to enable
    the form feed, or 0 to disable it.  The Form feed also controls whether a
    form feed character is sent to the printer at the end of each text test
    print or text print replacing tokens with data, see below.

              The number of columns and actual printed character widths set up
    are computed from all the label format values and shown at the bottom of
    the label format box, to the right of the Mailings menu.

              ...............................................................

    Function D) Print billing address labels causes the program to begin
    output of labels containing billing address information.  The labels are
    formatted according to the label formatting values.  One label is produced
    for each set of client data in the group described by the selection
    limits.
              The last "word", as delimited by spaces, on the 4th line of the
    billing address is considered the zip code for each record.  A zip code
    sort will therefore put all records with a country name after the numeric
    US zip codes.  Within each zip code, records are sorted by the 2nd line of
    the billing address.
              If the sort is by city (4th line), records are sorted by the 2nd
    line of the billing address within each group of matching 4th lines.
              If the label width is too narrow for all of the billing address
    4th line in use to be printed, the portion of that line preceding the zip
    code will be shortened so that the entire zip code can be shown.  If the
    width is even shorter than the zip code itself, only the beginning of the
    zip code is shown.
              Once printing starts, -Escape- can interrupt the print run.
    Printing will cease at the end of the page in progress.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 67



              ...............................................................

    Function E) Print job site labels causes the program to begin output of
    labels containing job site address information.  The labels are formatted
    according to the label formatting values.  One label is produced for each
    set of client data in the group described by the selection limits.
              The last "word", as delimited by spaces, on the last line of the
    job site address is considered the zip code for each record.  The zip code
    sort will therefore put all records with a country name after the numeric
    US zip codes.  Within each zip code, records are sorted by the job site
    Name line.
              If the sort is by city (last line), records are sorted by name
    within each group of matching city lines.
              If the label width is too narrow for all of the job site city
    (last) line in use to be printed, the portion of that line preceding the
    zip code will be shortened so that the entire zip code can be shown.  If
    the width is even shorter than the zip code itself, only the beginning of
    the zip code is shown.
              Once printing starts, -Escape- can interrupt the print run.
    Printing will cease at the end of the page in progress.

              ...............................................................

    Function F) Select & check text provides for the import of text created
    with a text editor outside of DRAINS into a DRAINS-compatible file for the
    production of letters, postcards, special lists, and so on.  The text
    should be stored in a "flat ASCII" file, and it may contain control codes
    for your printer.
              Each line must end with a carriage return/line feed (-Enter-),
    and the maximum number of characters per line is 130.  (Lines that are too
    long are truncated without complaint when read in.)  Each line can contain
    as many tokens representing information stored by DRAINS as desired.
              The result of overly long lines depends on your printer's
    settings.  The printer may truncate over-long lines that result from the
    interpretation of tokens, or it may "wrap" the line on to the next line,
    which could put the printing out of step with the paper stock.
              Here is a list of available tokens:

              TOKEN   FIELD                            MAXIMUM LENGTH
              {B1}   Billing address line 1                 25
              {B2}   Billing address line 2                 25
              {B3}   Billing address line 3                 25
              {B4}   Billing address line 4                 25
              {P}    Personal greeting (Contact/B1/B2/Name) 25
              {N}    Name (job site)                        25
              {A}    Address (job site)                     25
              {C}    City (job site)                        25
              {D}    Last job date of selected period        8
              {T}    Today's date                            8
              {J}    Job description                    50 x 3 lines






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 68


    Each token must be enclosed in its curly brackets as shown.

              Enter the full pathname of the text file wanted.  The filename
    must have an extension, 1-3 characters after the ".", to be accepted.
    (Some sample .TXT extension files may have been provided with your DRAINS
    program.)  The contents of the text file, as copied into the DRAINS file,
    are displayed in sections with pauses for scrutiny.

              Once a text file has been read in, its filename is displayed on
    the Mailings menu function F line.

              ...............................................................

    Function G) Print text, replacing tokens prints the selected text for each
    set of client data in the group described by the selection limits.  Tokens
    in the selected text are replaced by client data.  (If no text file is
    selected, a message appears and no printing occurs.)

              The last "word", as delimited by spaces, on the last line of the
    job site address is considered the zip code for each record.  A zip code
    sort will therefore put all records with a country name after the numeric
    US zip codes.  Within each zip code, records are sorted by the job site
    Name line.

              The data replacing all tokens whose maximum length is 25
    characters (names & addresses) are stripped of leading and trailing spaces
    when used for a more natural look.  Dates are always formatted MM/DD/YY.
              The {P} personal greeting token is replaced by the first non-
    blank field in this list: Contact, Billing Address line 1, Billing Address
    line 2.  If those three are all are blank, the job site name is used.
    Note: if the information was copied from the History file only, the Client
    file Contact field will not be available and the personal greeting will
    draw from an address or name.
              Blank job description lines are never printed.  If the label
    format Form feed has the value "0", a matching number of additional
    (blank) lines are added at the end of the client's text to make up the
    rows when blank job description lines have been skipped.  The job
    description's first non-blank line is printed immediately after whatever
    text is on the same line before it.  Subsequent lines are printed starting
    in the same character column as the first line.  Any text trailing the {J}
    token is printed immediately after the last job description line.  For
    example,

    HERE IT IS: {J} AND WHAT COMES AFTER IT.

                       becomes

    HERE IT IS: This is the job description first line
                12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                This is the job description third line...          AND WHAT
    COMES AFTER IT.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 69


              If the label formatting Form feed has the value "1", a form feed
    character (Ctrl-L) is printed after each printing of the text file.
    (Note: on the screen it looks like an ankh, or symbol for female.)  The
    form feed character causes the printer to eject paper until it thinks it
    is at the top of a page.  Top-of-form is normally set automatically when
    the printer is turned on, and the printer keeps track of how many lines it
    has printed or ejected from that point.  For more information about
    setting page length or top-of-form, refer to your printer manual.

              Once printing starts, -Escape- can interrupt the print run.
    Printing will cease at the end of the individual text in progress.

              ...............................................................

    Function H) Test print labels or text prints one page of labels or one
    copy of the selected text as specified by the entry of 'L' or 'T'.  Tokens
    in the text are replaced by maximum-length dummy data.  Label print areas
    are filled with repeating letters.  If no text file is selected, only
    labels can be test printed.

              If the label formatting Form feed has the value "1", a form feed
    character (Ctrl-L) is printed after each test printing of a text file.
    (On the screen it looks like an ankh, or symbol for female.)

              This is a good way to get forms properly aligned in the printer
    before a print run starts.

              ...............................................................

    Function I) Sort by city/name/zip determines the order of the output
    labels or text.
              If 'C' is entered, billing address labels are sorted on line 4.
    Job site labels and text are sorted on city.
              If 'N' is entered, billing address labels are sorted on line 2.
    Job site labels and text are sorted on name.
              If 'Z' is entered, DRAINS sorts by the last "word" of text on
    the city line, as delimited by spaces.  This is presumed to be the zip
    code, so no more than 10 characters of that "word" are noticed.  Billing
    address labels are sorted on line 4.  Job site labels and text are sorted
    on city.

              ...............................................................

    Function J) Ignore unit ID when eliminating duplicate phone numbers
    toggles whether unit IDs count to make a phone number unique.  For
    example, if each apartment in an apartment building is listed under the
    same (manager's) phone number, but each apartment (job site) has a unique
    unit ID, this function gives the choice of producing output for each
    apartment, or producing just one output for the entire complex.
              Enter 'J' to change the output selection.  The current selection
    (yes or no) is shown on line J of the Mailings menu.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 70


              ...............................................................

    Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *




















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 71



    F. BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL

              (The password is needed for access.)

              Bank deposit information is collected and reported on by Main
    menu option F. Bank Deposit Journal.  A relevant function is called from
    the Journal menu by entering its selection letter.

              Every business using DRAINS' client accounts will use Function
    A. Copy information from Work Orders from the Journal menu to copy
    information on jobs to be billed out, to Accounts Receivable.  The same
    function also copies information from jobs paid at time of service, to the
    bank deposit and credit card journals.
              The Journal file contains information about all cash, check, and
    credit card payments.  Since cash and checks are normally deposited
    together, but credit card deposits may be on a different schedule, the
    journal reports and journal clearing functions are separated into
    duplicated Cash & Check (Bank Deposit) and Credit Card functions.

              The deposit information is intended to be compared to the
    business' bank deposit slips and credit card slips just before their
    respective deposits are submitted.  When DRAINS and the deposit slips
    agree, the desired journal report(s) are printed and the Journal file
    should be cleared for re-use by that payment type.
              If your credit card payments are automatically electronically
    deposited, print the credit card journal about when your credit card
    statement is generated each month, and clear it for re-use.  When the
    statement arrives, compare it to the journal report.
              The Journal file is fed by the Active Work Order cash, check,
    and credit card jobs, and by Accounts Receivable ROA's.  It does not feed
    any other DRAINS systems.  A business may choose to ignore the Journals
    without ill effects.  (Clearing the journals occasionally will free some
    harddrive space.)

              ...............................................................





















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 72


              Function A) Copy information from Work Orders acts immediately
    when selected.  Each active work order whose Log in books field contains
    "Y" and whose payment type is cash ($), Check (C) or Recall (R) generates
    a bank deposit journal record.  Each active work order whose Log in books
    field contains "Y" and whose payment type is credit card (P for plastic)
    generates a credit card journal record.  The active work order's Log in
    books field is changed to "*" to mark the work order as processed.
              This function also copies information from active work orders
    whose Log in books field contains "Y" and whose payment type is charge (A
    for account) to accounts receivable.
              If no unjournaled active work orders of payment type cash,
    check, recall or credit card are found, a dummy bank deposit journal
    record is added to the bank deposit journal file saying so.
              A count of work orders processed is displayed, categorized by
    payment type.

              After this function completes its primary task, it inquires
    whether it should mark all eligible active work orders for transfer to
    History.  If this step is requested, work orders whose Turned in field is
    marked "Y", and whose Log in books field is marked "*", will have a "Y"
    put in the Xfer History field.  Enter 'Y' or 'N' to activate or skip this
    step.

              ...............................................................

              Function B) Scan / Edit / Delete Journal records changes
    information in the Journal file.  This function is used to delete dummy
    records and correct information as needed before a bank deposit journal or
    credit card journal is printed.

              Depending on how you have set Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number or name field
    will be lit for your entry.  Instructions are given in the message box at
    the screen's bottom.  Whichever field is lit, you can choose a different
    one if you like by entering one letter.  (Entering 'J' selects the job
    number field.  -Escape- recalls the Journal menu.)
              Entering the field's information exactly calls the first journal
    record that matches your entry.  If an exact match is not found, -Escape-
    selects a bank deposit journal record from the sorted list displayed.
              Once a journal record has been selected, a list of functions
    appears at the screen's bottom.  Enter ...

              ... ' ' (just press -Enter-) to see the next journal record.
    The sort order of the journal records is determined by the field used to
    select the journal record first displayed; if that journal record was
    found by name, the sort order will be by name, and so on.

              ... 'P' to see the preceding journal record.

              ... 'E' to edit the journal record.  All fields are changeable,
    and the phone number MAY be changed to one not belonging to a client on
    file in the long term client information file.  A phone number change will
    pull name and tax group information from the Client file if it is there,
    or will blank those fields if it is not there.  The Deposit amount field
    must equal the sum of the Non-tax amount collected and Sales tax due


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 73


    fields.

              ... 'D' to delete the journal record.

              ... 'M' to recall the Journal menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Add Journal record adds information to the bank
    deposit journal without copying it from a work order.  Selection of a
    client by address, name, or phone number is the same as for Main menu
    option J. Client File Maintenance's Function A) Add/Edit/Delete Client
    Information.  (As a convenience, client information can be found by
    address even though addresses are not stored in the bank deposit journal.)
    If the payment is not from a client on file, you must enter the phone
    number first.
              Edit the journal record fields.  The payment type must be cash,
    check, or credit card.  The Deposit amount field must equal the sum of the
    Non-tax amount collected and Sales tax due fields.  The journal entry date
    defaults to today.
              Enter 'E' to edit your entries, 'S' to save the record, or 'D'
    to throw away the entry.

              Manually added bank deposit journal entries do not affect work
    orders or account records.  If the payment is relevant elsewhere, the user
    is responsible for making matching changes where needed.

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Cash & Check Journal Reports prepares the cash &
    check journal reports, then displays the Journal Reports menu.  DRAINS
    records sales tax in the bank deposit journal when the first payment on a
    charged job is made.  Sales tax amounts in the journal reports are based
    on that assumption.

              The Journal Reports menu has these functions:

    A. Toggles screen vs. printer output.   All journal reports have screen
    paging control when routed to the screen.  (For details on screen paging,
    see PRINTING AND VIEWING, page .)

    B. Selects report sort order: job site name, job number, or phone number.















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 74


    C. Produces an 80-column Bank Deposit Journal.  For example (job# sort),
(fixed width font)
PAGE NO.     1      Cash & Check Journal 01/20/1995  6:26pm
01/20/1995             BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL (80 column)
                              for CASH and CHECKS

PHONE   / UNIT JOB     PAYMENT  COLLECTD    SALES CUSTOMER     DEPOSIT CHECK
NUMBER  / ID   NUMBER  DATE      NON-TAX  TAX DUE NAME           TOTAL NUMBER

1234567890abcd 1000104 01/11/95   129.00     3.87 Placebo, Mi   132.87
1235837263BACK 1002115 01/12/95    31.00     0.05 Poppoloppol    31.05 1150115
1235738495     1002116 01/12/95     0.00     0.00 Recall, Max     0.00
1235837294     1003112 01/12/95    16.00     1.20 Farnsworth,    17.20
-------------- ------- 01/12/95     0.00     0.00 No journal      0.00 -------
*** Total ***
                                  176.00     5.12               181.12

    D. Produces a 132-column Bank Deposit Journal.  (Note: This report has a
    final form feed, so when routed to the screen, the last screenful will
    scroll to a blank screen.)  For example (phone sort),
(fixed width compressed font)
PAGE NO.     1                                Cash & Check Journal 01/20/1995  6:28pm
01/20/1995                                             BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL
                                                        for CASH and CHECKS
                                                                                   CASH &
                                                                                    CHECK
PHONE        UNIT JOB     PAYMENT    JOURNAL     COLLECTD     SALES CUSTOMER      DEPOSIT CHECK       CHECK      CASH TAX
NUMBER       ID   NUMBER  DATE       ENTRY DATE   NON-TAX   TAX DUE NAME            TOTAL NUMBER     AMOUNT    AMOUNT GROUP

123-456-7890 abcd 1000104 01/11/1995 01/14/95      129.00      3.87 Placebo, Mi    132.87
123-573-8495      1002116 01/12/1995 01/15/95        0.00      0.00 Recall, Max      0.00
123-583-7263 BACK 1002115 01/12/1995 01/15/95       31.00      0.05 Poppoloppol     31.05 1150115
123-583-7294      1003112 01/12/1995 01/14/95       16.00      1.20 Farnsworth,     17.20
------------ ---- ------- 01/12/1995 01/14/95        0.00      0.00 No journal       0.00 -------
*** Total ***
                                                   176.00      5.12                181.12

    E. Produces a Tax Group Revenue Report.  For example,
(fixed width font)
     PAGE NO.     1     Cash & Check Journal Revenues by Tax
     01/23/1995               Group 01/23/1995 10:42pm
                 DRAINS BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL SUBTOTALS BY TAX GROUP

                 TAX   TAX                     TAX GROUP
                 GROUP GROUP                   COLLECTED
                 CODE  NAME                      NON-TAX
                                                SUBTOTAL

                       Invalid tax group ID      4152.00
                 PA    Pennsylvania               279.00
                 NY    New York                     0.00
    *** Total ***





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 75


                                                 4431.00

    F. Produces one Bank Deposit Journal Report and a Tax Group Revenue
    Report.  If the output is toggled to printer, the Bank Deposit Journal
    Report is 132-column, otherwise it is 80-column.

    G. Produces a Bank Deposit Journal Report sorted and subtotalled by tax
    group IDs.  The sort order requested is respected within each tax group.
    The report columns are the same as in the 132-column ungrouped report.
    This function is only available if Sales tax breakdown is marked "Y" in
    Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.  (Note: This report has a
    final form feed, so when routed to the screen, the last screenful will
    scroll to a blank screen.)

    M. Recalls the Journal menu.  Giving each finished-and-satisfactory
    Journal Report batch a sequential number and collecting them in a notebook
    or file folder is recommended.

              ...............................................................

              Function E) Clear Cash & Check Journal Records erases the
    contents of the bank deposit journal that have payment type cash or check.
    This function is intended for use after a satisfactory cash & check
    journal is printed.  It clears the file to make way for new information to
    accumulate.  Enter 'Y' or 'N' to confirm or cancel the deletion of the
    Journal file's cash and check record contents.  Press a key to recall the
    Journal menu.
              This function only clears bank deposit journal records; it does
    not remove completed work orders from the active work order file.

              ...............................................................

              Function F) Credit Card Journal Reports works like the Cash &
    Check Journal Reports except it is restricted to payment type credit card
    (P.)

              ...............................................................

              Function G) Clear Credit Card Journal Records works like Clear
    Cash & Check Journal Records except it is restricted to payment type
    credit card (P.)

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 76



    G. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE / ROA

              (The password is needed for access.)

              Client account information is added, edited and reported on by
    Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA functions.

              Accounts receivable records are normally generated by Main menu
    option F. Bank Deposit Journal's function A. Copy information from Work
    Orders, from closed work orders of payment type Account charge.  We
    recommend that this function be run and that closed work orders be
    archived to History, if these are needed, before using the Accounts
    Receivable menu functions.
              Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance's function G.
    Change a Work Order's Payment Type also creates accounts receivable
    records, if a work order is changed to payment type Account.  (Also, this
    function deletes an A/R record if its matching work order is changed from
    payment type Account to some other payment type.)

              Payments applied to charges on file are logged by Main menu
    option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function A. Record a Received on
    Account payment, and appear automatically in the bank deposit journal.
              Several special account situations may be handled by using
    function B. Record an account debit or an account credit to add an account
    record.  An account debit, such as a returned check, should be recorded in
    the Job charge field.
              An account credit, such as a reduction in fee, should also be
    recorded in the Job charge field, but as a negative number.  An account
    credit is not income and should not appear in the bank deposit journal, so
    it cannot be treated as a payment.
              A deposit on work to be done is recorded as a payment so that
    the income is recorded in the bank deposit journal.  The charge amount of
    the deposit's record remains $0.00.

              A relevant function is called from the Accounts Receivable menu
    by entering its selection letter.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) Record a Received on Account payment, or scan client
    accounts / change or delete records is used to record client payments of
    outstanding charges, and to correct errors in account charge information.














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 77


(fixed width font)
ͻ
                                                                             
͹
   Phone # (___) ___-____    Unit ID ____    Job charge      12345.78 inc.tax
   Name     _________________________        Penalty charge  12345.78        
     P.O. # __________                                                       
                                             Sales tax due   12345.78        
   Billing  _________________________                                        
   address  _________________________        Payment         12345.78        
            _________________________        Payment type           C        
            _________________________        Deposit amount  12345.78        
                                                                             
   Status:  Only record of this charge.      Check number     _______        
                                             Payment date  mm/dd/yyyy        
   Job finish date mm/dd/yyyy                                                
   Job number      _______                   Balance owed    12345.78        
   Job description __________________________________________________        
                   __________________________________________________        
                   __________________________________________________        
                                            Ķ
   Account charge entry date   mm/dd/yyyy                                   
   Penalty interest start date mm/dd/yyyy                                   
                                                                            
ͼ

              Depending on how you have set Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number or name field
    will be lit for your entry.  Instructions are given in the message box at
    the screen's bottom right.  Whichever field is lit, you can choose a
    different one if you like by entering one letter.  Entering 'J', 'O', or
    'B' selects the job number, purchase order, or billing address field.
    -Escape- recalls the Accounts Receivable menu.
              If you are recording the payment of several job charges by one
    check, you can make DRAINS group the records of those charges by choosing
    the best selection field.  For example, logging a multiple-payment check
    from a management company may be easiest if a an account record is
    selected by billing address.  The account records are then presented
    sorted by billing address, grouping the records of that management company
    together.  Once a record has been selected, it is easy to step forward
    and/or backward in the sorted file, logging payments appropriately.
              To scan through all of the account records, choose a sort order
    by selecting the corresponding selection field and enter "00".  Use
    -PageUp- and the -UpArrow- to position the bar on the top line of the
    sorted list and press -Escape-.  The first record is displayed.  Step from
    record to record by pressing -Enter-.

              Entering the field's information exactly calls the first account
    record that matches your entry.  If an exact match is not found, use the
    up and down arrows, -PageUp- and -PageDown-, to move the lighted bar to a
    line of the sorted list displayed, then press -Escape- to select that one.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 78


              Account records of partial payments are displayed on a
    contrasting background (red if color is selected, white for monochrome) so
    that they will not be confused with records showing the current status of
    a charge.  Partial payment records should usually be ignored; they record
    past payments, not amounts currently owed.
              Once an account record has been selected, a list of functions
    appears at the screen's bottom.  Enter ...

              ... ' ' (just press -Enter-) to see the next account record.
    The sort order of the account records is determined by the field used to
    select the account record first displayed; if that account record was
    found by name, the sort order will be by name, and so on.

              ... 'P' to see the preceding account record.

              ... 'R' to record a Received on Account payment for the charge
    shown.  You may edit the purchase order number and tax group.  Enter how
    much was received and the payment type.  If more than one type of payment
    was given, make an entry for one payment type, save it, proceed to the
    next screen ("Current state of this charge.") and make an entry for the
    other payment type.
              Six payment types are available: $=cash, C=check, P=credit card,
    K=a credit to reduce their charge issued by your company, W=written off,
    and D=a discount discovered or coupon presented after the work was billed.
              Enter the deposit amount.  If the payment type is cash, check,
    or credit card, a record will be written for this amount in the
    appropriate Bank Deposit Journal.  If the payment type is credit, write
    off, or discount/coupon, this amount will be ignored.
              DRAINS will give an advisory message in one of four situations,
    and a key must be pressed to continue: 1) payment changed from something
    to nothing reminds user to erase History payment dates for erased payment;
    2) payment amount change recommends advice from Concise Logic; 3) payment
    changed from nothing to something via edit reminds that ROA is recommended
    to record payment; 4) ROA of paid record reminds that edit is recommended
    for changes to a paid record.
              If the payment type is anything except cash, a check number or
    brief description may be entered in the Check number field.  Enter the
    Payment date.  The Balance owed field will show the new balance for this
    charge, zero if the payment was for the full amount.
              Enter 'S', 'E', or 'D' to save, re-edit, or discard the entered
    changes.  (Saving an ROA of amount zero is blocked.)
              A partial payment ROA automatically generates a new record for
    the balance due.  If penalty interest has been charged on the account, an
    equal percentage of the balance due and interest are considered paid.  For
    example, if $100 is owed for a job and $10 in interest has been charged, a
    $27.50 payment would pay a quarter of the job charge ($25) and a quarter
    of the interest amount ($2.50.)  The remaining $75 job charge and $7.50
    interest would appear on the new record.  This method ensures that penalty
    interest does not compound, and that penalty amounts are calculated
    correctly on the reduced charge balance.
              When a partial payment is made, the bank deposit journal will
    show all sales tax due for that job on the line showing the payment, even
    if that tax due amount is greater than the payment amount.  The new record
    generated for the remaining balance will have a sales tax due of $0.00.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 79


              When a payment is made, DRAINS searches for the work order that
    generated the charge in History.  If the 1stPay field is found blank, it
    is filled with that payment's date.  When a complete payment is made,
    DRAINS fills in the FullPy field with the final payment's date.  If the
    work order is not found due to a difference in description, amount, or
    other compared field, a message appears.  In that case, it is the user's
    responsibility to find the matching work order and mark the payment date
    field(s) appropriately.  The Active Work Order file is not searched; this
    is why sending records to History should be done before ROAs are entered.

              ... 'E' to edit most fields of the account record.  An edited
    phone number must belong to a client on file in the long term client
    information file.  The name and billing address are copied from the long
    term client information if a new phone number is entered.
              The record status may not be edited.  The account charge entry
    date is usually the date the record was created.
              Edited payment amounts do not appear in the Bank Deposit
    Journal.  Edited charge amounts are not transferred back to the work
    orders that generated them.  The penalty interest may be edited, but if it
    is subject to recalculation, the edited value will be overwritten when
    interest is recalculated.
              The deposit amount may not exceed the amount of payment.
              Enter 'S', 'E', or 'D' to save, re-edit, or discard the entered
    changes.

              ... 'D' to delete the account record.  Enter 'Y' or 'N' to
    confirm or cancel the deletion.

              ... 'M' to recall the Accounts Receivable menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function B) Record an account debit or an account credit
    manually adds a credit or debit to a client's account instead of copying
    from a work order.
              Depending on how you have set the Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number, name, or
    client (not billing) address field will be lit to accept your entry.
    Notice the instructions in the message box at the screen's bottom right.
    Whichever field is lit, you can choose a different one if you like by
    entering one letter.  (Just pressing -Escape- recalls the Accounts
    Receivable menu.)
              You must select a client on file in the long term client
    information file.  Enter a phone number, name, or address.  (Your entry
    will appear in all capital letters since the search ignores upper vs.
    lower case.)  If an exact match is made to the entered field's content,
    that client's phone number and unit ID, name, and billing address is
    immediately copied onto the account record.  (Note that a blank unit ID
    will match with the alphabetically lowest unit ID of that phone number,
    whether it is blank or not.)







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 80


              If an exact match is not found for a phone number/unit ID, name
    or address, a sorted list appears of the numbers, names or addresses
    surrounding the one you asked for.  Use the up and down arrows, -PageUp-
    and -PageDown- to move the lighted bar to one, then press -Escape- to
    select it.

              Edit the account record information.  Editing the billing
    address for this charge does not alter the client's permanent record.  The
    account charge entry date defaults to today.  The penalty interest start
    date is the date on which the charge amount is first subject to interest
    calculation.  The job charge should include any sales tax due.
              If you include a payment, it will appear in the bank deposit
    journal, but a new record is not generated for the balance if it is only a
    partial payment.  (Enter only the charge, then use function A. Record a
    Received on Account payment if a partial payment must be recorded.)
              Enter 'S', 'E', or 'D' to save, re-edit, or discard the new
    account record.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Accounts Receivable Reports can print four reports
    of account information.  The Accounts Receivable Reports menu has these
    functions:

    A. Toggles screen vs. printer output.   All journal reports have screen
    paging control when routed to the screen.  (For details on screen paging,
    see PRINTING AND VIEWING, page .)

    B. Allows limits to be set on which jobs (and other charge records) will
    be included in the report.  Usually only one of the four limits is used
    for a limited report.  1) The dates of the charges can be limited to those
    within a specific range.  2) A certain phone number (with any unit ID) or
    a phone number with specific ID can be selected.  3) A job site name can
    be specified.  4) A billing address name (line 2) can be specified.

    C. Alters the reports setup.  Select the report sort order: phone number,
    billing address name (line 2), job site name, job number, or charge date.
    Fully paid jobs can be prohibited from appearing in reports.  Unpaid
    interest can be prohibited from appearing in reports.
              If a date range has been set in the Group limits, excluding
    payments after the date range end date can show the state of the accounts
    as of the ending date.  This can help a business compare charged amounts
    outstanding now and at various times in the past.

    D. Prints a detailed list of receivables.  The detail list includes an
    item line for each charge, payment, interest assignment, credit, and
    deposit.
              Unless job# sort is chosen, the "Balance" column shows a running
    balance for each identified account; the last balance listed for each
    account is that account's current balance.  A grand total of current
    balances ends the list.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 81


              Each item detailed on the Accounts Receivable Detail List
    corresponds to an itemizable statement item.  Although the statements may
    group items differently due to statement processing by billing address
    rather than by another sorting method, the grand total of current charges
    is the same for accounts receivable lists as for a similarly restricted
    run of statements.
              This is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to
    compressed typeface.  For example:
(fixed width compressed font)
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DETAIL LIST printed 01/24/95 (Billing address order)
--------------------------------------------------
NAME/BILL ADDRESS LINE 2    PHONE #    TRANSACT  JOB #   CHARGE   BALANCE  DATE     DESCRIPTION             UNIT ID/NOTES
------------------------- ------------ -------- ------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------------- ----------------------
ABC LIQUORS               406-485-3866 charge   1000091    91.00     91.00 06/17/94 14 Bathroom Sink/Tub/Sh

KINSINGTON GARDEN APT.    406-955-5078 charge   1000040   145.00    145.00 05/06/94 11 Main Sewer Line
KINSINGTON GARDEN APT.    406-955-5078 payment  1000040   -75.00     70.00 05/06/94 11 Main Sewer Line
KINSINGTON GARDEN APT.    406-955-5078 payment  1000040   -70.00      0.00 07/06/94 11 Main Sewer Line
KINSINGTON GARDEN APT.    406-955-5078 charge   1000167   118.50    118.50 06/23/94 11 Main Sewer Line

MCNAUGHTON                406-362-3267 charge   1000155   115.00    115.00 06/21/94 12 Kitchen Sink
MCNAUGHTON                406-362-3267 payment  1000155   -64.00     51.00 06/29/94 12 Kitchen Sink

VILLAGE ON THE ISLES      406-484-9753 charge   1000076   108.00    108.00 06/13/94 14 Bathroom Sink/Tub/Sh
VILLAGE ON THE ISLES      406-484-9753 payment  1000076  -108.00      0.00 07/06/94 14 Bathroom Sink/Tub/Sh
VILLAGE ON THE ISLES      406-484-9753 charge   1000338    64.00     64.00 07/08/94 12 Kitchen Sink 10 DAYS
VILLAGE ON THE ISLES      406-484-9753 charge   1000365   123.00    187.00 07/10/94 11 Main Sewer Line
------------------------- ------------ -------- ------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------------- ----------------------
********** GRAND TOTAL ON ACCOUNT ***********                       447.50

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)

    E. Prints a summarized list of receivables.  The Accounts Receivable
    Summary List includes, for each member of the sorted list, a current
    balance and the date and partial description of its most recent charge.  A
    grand total ends the list.  For example,
(fixed width font)
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SUMMARY LIST printed 01/23/1995
---------------------------------------------------
NAME                      PHONE #    BALANCE  LAST DATE  LAST DESCRIPTION
------------------------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------------------
89th St. Pizza            8137950787   254.51 08/03/1994 11 Main Sewer Line
ABC Liquors               8134851866    91.00 06/17/1994 30 F/D GRATES
FIVE O'CLOCK CLUB         8133662555   373.05 05/26/1994 11 Main Sewer Line
Greyhound Bus             8133663670   178.00 04/30/1994 11 Main Sewer Line
MCDONALD'S                8137474098    59.40 07/01/1994 30 Other Plumbing
Pet Smart                 8139235899   242.00 02/15/1994 30 Install vent pipe
Toys R Us                 8137536151   382.00 06/20/1994 30 SLOAN VALVE
************************************************
* GRAND TOTAL ON ACCOUNT IS $         1579.96. *
************************************************





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 82



    F. Prints an A/R Aging report, in 132-column format.  The Aging report
    analyses account balances by when their charges were logged, summarizing
    charges due less than 30 days, 30 to 59 days, 60 to 89 days, 90 to 119
    days, and 120 days and older.  A total of charges is shown for each member
    of the sorted list.  Column totals end the report.  The columns correspond
    roughly to the balances due for this month, last month, 2 months ago, 3
    months ago, and 4 or more months ago.

    Printed report example:
(fixed width compressed font)
        01/24/1995                                             AGING REPORT
        PHONE #        UNIT NAME                        CURRENT   30 DAYS   60 DAYS   90 DAYS 120+ DAYS         TOTAL

        (406) 362-0900      DOMINO'S PIZZA                 0.00      0.00      0.00      0.00    363.50        363.50
        (406) 485-1866      ABC LIQUORS                   91.00      0.00      0.00      0.00      0.00         91.00
        (406) 747-2098      MCDONALD'S                     0.00      0.00      0.00      0.00     59.40         59.40
        (406) 753-3151      TOYS R US                      0.00      0.00      0.00    382.00      0.00        382.00
        (406) 795-4787      89TH ST. PIZZA                 0.00      0.00    931.01      0.00    323.50       1254.51
        (406) 922-5843      FIRESTONE TIRE                 0.00      0.00      0.00      0.00     44.00         44.00
        (406) 923-6899      PET SMART                    100.00    142.00      0.00      0.00      0.00        242.00
        (406) 955-7840      MCDONALD'S                     0.00    182.50      0.00      0.00      0.00        182.50
       *** Total ***
                                                         191.00    324.50    931.01    382.00    790.40       2618.91

    G. Prints a similar A/R Aging report, but without the Totals column.  It
    is a narrower report, suitable for on-screen viewing.

    M. Recalls the Accounts Receivable Menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Discard $0.00 balances older than specified date
    weeds accounts records that are no longer needed from the Accounts
    Receivable file.  Account records are needed for statement itemization and
    for Income Log production, so it is important to not delete the more
    recent account records.  You must decide how long to keep them on file.
              With the A/R reports now able to be limited to a date span, and
    to ignore paid jobs, we recommend you NOT use this function.  When they
    are discarded, they are gone for good.
              If statements take too long to run, consider using this function
    to weed old records that are no longer needed.

              We recommend that you back up your databases prior to running
    this function, and that you compare the grand total on account before and
    after running it; the amounts should match.  You may also want to run the
    Check A/R for bad groups diagnostic available in the (DRAINS 3.xx only)
    Auxiliary Options program prior to running this function.^v4 utility^









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 83


              Enter the date of the oldest zero balance to keep in the Account
    file, or press -Enter- with the date blank to recall the Accounts
    Receivable menu without deletions.
              This function makes two passes through the account records.
    Deleted on the first pass are account charge records that were paid in
    full by a single payment that is recorded on the same record, and that
    have payment dates, entry dates, and job finish dates older than the
    entered "oldest balance" date.

              On the second pass, a running balance is tallied of each phone
    number/unit ID's records as they are scanned in billing address + job
    finish date order.  The scan of the client's records terminates when a
    non-blank job finish date, charge date, or payment date is not older than
    the entered "oldest balance" date.
              If at any time during the scan of a client's records a zero
    running balance accrues, no group of records representing a single charge
    with its multiple payments is only partially represented, and no sales tax
    still due has been scanned, all of that phone number/unit ID's records up
    to the last one processed are deleted.  Processing continues with the next
    record, which may belong to the same client.

              When the function is complete, the Accounts Receivable menu is
    recalled.

              ...............................................................

              Function E) Add interest to accounts recalculates interest on
    all Accounts Receivable records that contain current charges.  The new
    interest amounts overwrite the old ones, and the balances are adjusted.
              Enter the last date for which interest is to be calculated.
    Entering a blank date cancels the process.  Since interest is recalculated
    rather than added, if an erroneous date is entered or if the wrong
    interest rate was used, running again with proper date and rate will
    correct the figures.
              The Accounts Receivable records of current charges are
    processed.  Each charge record's Penalty interest start date field
    determines the first date for which interest is calculated for that
    charge.  If the Penalty interest start date is blank, or if the Balance
    owed is negative, no interest is calculated.
              Press a key to continue.  Function F. Recalculate account
    balances runs automatically to make the Client file's Account fields match
    the updated Accounts Receivable file.  A key press recalls the Accounts
    Receivable menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function F) Recalculate account balances updates the Client
    file's Account fields to match the Accounts Receivable file's current
    recorded charges.  $0.00 is written for clients who have no account
    records.  This function is intended for standalone use when DRAINS' normal
    updating of the Account field is suspected of having gotten confused, or
    when a quick total of outstanding A/Rs is wanted.
              The number of clients having balances (determined by unique
    phone numbers/unit IDs) and the total of all client balances are
    displayed.  A key press recalls the Accounts Receivable menu.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 84



              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *



















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 85



    H. STATEMENTS

              (The password is needed for access.)

              Statements are produced by Main menu option H. Statements
    functions.  Each statement is produced for a unique billing address.  A
    client who made two charges and asked for one to be billed at home and the
    other at work would get two statements, one job's statement at each
    billing address, even if both jobs were done at the same job site and
    carry the same phone number and unit ID.
              Jobs for two clients billed to the exact same billing address
    would share a statement.  Only one phone number and unit ID would appear
    on the statement.

              Production of statements may be limited in four ways:

    1) You may specify that account records must have a certain phone number.
    If you specify a unit ID, it is also required.  This makes producing a
    single account's bill easier.

    2) You may specify that account record phone numbers must be associated
    with a certain customer type code.  The Client file is used to cross
    reference the phone numbers to its Customer type code field.  This makes
    producing bills for a particular group of clients easier.

    3) You may specify that a billing address' records, considered as a group,
    must have at least one job finish date, account charge entry date, or
    payment date more recent than an entered "activity newer than" date.  This
    makes avoiding frequent rebilling of deadbeat accounts easier.

    4) You may specify that a billing address' records, considered as a group,
    must have at least one job finish date, account charge entry date, or
    payment date older than an entered "activity older than" date.  This makes
    avoiding the billing of accounts that have only freshly invoiced charges
    easier.

              The limitations are additive; only account records and accounts
    meeting all active restrictions are processed.


















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 86


              If Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Statement format
    field is set to "Y", statements are formatted for plain 8.5" x 11" paper.
    (See the SAMPLE "Y" STATEMENT section of the <<< SAMPLE OUTPUT AND FORMS
    >>> section of this manual.)  Plain-paper statements are intended for #10
    (9&1/2" x 4&1/8") double or single window envelopes.
              One good type "Y" match is #9 single window envelopes available
    from Quick Copy Printing, a national franchise with 1200+ locations.  Call
    its Houston TX HQ at 800-231-1304, or order from the Jamestown NY store at
    716-483-3227.
              Type "J" statements are just like type "Y" except the From and
    To addresses are moved one inch to the left.  These fit double window
    envelopes including those available from Quick Copy Printing (see above.)
    Ask for Quality Park Products 3&7/8 x 8&7/8 stock #54524.
              If the Statement format field is set to "N", statements are
    formatted for #80012 statement forms available from RediForm.  In 1989, a
    box of 600 cost about $55.  (See the SAMPLE "N" STATEMENT FORM, page
    342.)  RediForm statements are formatted for 6&7/8" x 3&5/8" dual window
    envelopes.  The envelopes are available from NEBS, item #772, and were
    $38/1000 in 1990.
              Other formats are available - please contact Concise Logic for
    help in finding the best one for you.

              A relevant function is called from the Statements menu by
    entering its selection letter.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) Set statement group limits sets the restrictions
    that determine which Accounts Receivable file records produce statements.
    Enter a phone number if the statements are to be limited to one client.
    Enter a unit ID if the statements are to be further limited to that job
    site.
              Enter a customer type code if the statements are to be limited
    to account records whose phone number and unit ID are associated with that
    customer type code in the Client file.  "!" indicates that customer type
    is to be ignored; a space will only match with clients having a customer
    type of space.
              Enter "newer than" and/or "older than" activity dates if
    statements should be produced only for accounts with activity within those
    time periods.  If both dates are specified, at least one of an account's
    recorded dates must fall between them.
              When checking for "newer than" and "older than" activity, a
    blank account charge entry date is considered within the specified range,
    and will cause the account to be included.  A blank job finish date or
    payment date is not considered to be in range, and will not trigger a
    statement for the account.
              Fields left blank do not restrict statement production.  To
    blank a date, use the -Delete- key in each of its three numeric sections.
    Use the left and right arrows to move between sections.
              Only the limits needed to make the restriction(s) you want
    should be filled in.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 87


              ...............................................................

              Function B) Specify itemization start date changes the date used
    to determine statement itemization.  Older Accounts Receivable records
    need not produce items on the statement; they can be summarized as a
    previous balance.  If the Job finish date, Account charge entry date, and
    Payment date fields of a record are all older than the itemization start
    date, the record's contents are not detailed on the statement.
              Blank dates are considered to be older than the itemization
    start date.
              Several account items may occur together; a charge, its penalty
    interest, and its payment may be recorded in the same record.  If any date
    causes a record to be itemized, all of that record's items will appear
    itemized even if some are older than the itemization start date.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Enter message to include with statements sets a two
    line, 80-character message that will be printed at the bottom of each
    statement page.
              The message (like all other statement print settings) is
    retained by DRAINS only until the Main menu is recalled; if you leave the
    Statements menu and return, you will have to re-enter the message before
    printing statements.
              Enter the optional statement message.  The Statements menu is
    recalled.

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Forms justification test print causes a single dummy
    statement page to print immediately.  The test print's purpose is to help
    you position the paper or forms perfectly in the printer before starting
    statement printing.  The test print is formatted to match the statement
    type selected by Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Statement
    format field.
              When preparing for plain paper statements, you must set the
    printer's Top Of Form (TOF) so that the paper will feed the correct amount
    following each statement.  The easiest way to set the Top Of Form on most
    printers is to turn the printer off and on again.
              RediForm statements (type "N") should be positioned so that the
    "NEXT PAGE012.45" dummy total is nicely placed in the "PLEASE PAY THIS
    AMOUNT" box at the statement bottom.
              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)

              ...............................................................











       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 88


              Function E) Print statements asks:
                     the statement header date (usually the date of printing),
                     whether to print zero balance statements (Y/N),
                     whether to include jobs paid in full by a single payment
    (Y/N), and
                     whether to sort the printed statements by billing address
    line 2 or job site name.  (Billing address is quicker; name sorting takes
    an additional step.)
              Once the questions are answered, statement processing proceeds
    and printing follows.  If more than one statement is printed, the grand
    total billed is printed at the end of the statement run.  The Statements
    menu is recalled when printing is completed.
              If Print zero balance statements is set to "Y", $0.00 balance
    statements having at least one itemized transaction (and meeting the group
    limits) will be included.  No zero balance statements will be printed if
    Print zero balance statements is set to "N".  Statements having only a
    previous balance of $0.00 and no itemized transactions are never printed.
              If Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Statement
    description field is set to "Y", most statement types will include the
    first 3 lines of the 4 line job description for each itemized charge.  If
    the Statement description field is set to "N", only the job and purchase
    order numbers appear on statement items.
              Statement formats are determined by Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Statement format field.
              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 89



    I. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

              (The password is needed for access.)

    These functions help a business keep track of its outstanding bills.  This
    section is logically separate from the rest of DRAINS; it affects no other
    files and is affected by no other activities.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) Add/Edit/Delete Payable bills maintains the
    outstanding bills.  To recall the Accounts Payable menu, just press
    -Enter-.

    Add new vendor
    --------------
              To add a Payable for a vendor that is not yet on file, enter the
    10 digit vendor phone number.  Edit the vendor phone number, name &
    account, date billed, invoice number, amount billed, date paid, check
    number and amount paid.  Enter 'Y' to save or 'N' to discard the entered
    information.  A key press recalls the Accounts Payable menu.
              Unlike the Enter payments function, if payment information is
    entered, and the payment is less than the billed amount, a new record for
    the balance is NOT generated.

    Find vendor on file
    -------------------
              To scan through the Payables from the beginning, enter '0' as
    the vendor phone number.  The first Payable appears.
              To find a vendor account by phone number, enter the phone
    number.
              To find a vendor account by name, enter 'N', then enter the
    vendor name.  If the vendor name is on file, the earliest Payable for that
    vendor is displayed.  If the name is not found exactly, the latest Payable
    of the name alphabetically just before the entered one appears.  If the
    name search is used to select a Payable, the scan will be in vendor name
    order.
              Once a Payable is displayed, several functions are available.

              Press -Enter- to display the next Payable.  When the last
    Payable on file is displayed, "Last record." appears above the Payable
    scan functions list.  Pressing -Enter- at the last Payable recalls the
    Accounts Payable menu.

              Enter 'E' to edit the Payable.  Edit the vendor phone number,
    name & account, date billed, invoice number, amount billed, date paid,
    check number and amount paid.  Enter 'Y' to save or 'N' to discard the
    entered information.  A key press recalls the Payable scan functions list.
    (Unlike function B. Enter payments, if payment information is entered, and
    the payment is less than the billed amount, a new record for the balance
    is NOT generated.)





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 90



              Enter 'D' to delete the Payable.  Enter 'Y' to confirm or 'N' to
    cancel the delete request.  A key press recalls the Payable scan functions
    list.

              Enter 'C' to create a new Payable for this vendor.  Edit the
    vendor phone number, name & account, date billed, invoice number, amount
    billed, date paid, check number and amount paid.  Enter 'Y' to save or 'N'
    to discard the entered information.  (Unlike function B. Enter payments,
    if payment information is entered, and the payment is less than the billed
    amount, a new record for the balance is NOT generated.)

              Enter 'M' to recall the Accounts Payable menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function B) Enter payments handles partial payments as well as
    complete ones.  To scan through the unpaid Payables from the beginning,
    enter '0' as the vendor phone number.  The first unpaid Payable appears.
    A Payable is considered unpaid if its Date paid field is blank.
              To find a vendor account by phone number, enter the phone
    number.
              To find a vendor account by name, enter 'N', then enter the
    vendor name.  If the vendor name is on file, the earliest unpaid Payable
    for that vendor is displayed.  If the name is not found exactly, the
    latest unpaid Payable of the name alphabetically just before the entered
    one appears.  If the name search is used to select a Payable, the scan
    will be in vendor name order.
              Once a Payable is displayed, several functions are available.

              Press -Enter- to display the next unpaid Payable.  When the last
    unpaid Payable on file is displayed, "Last record." appears above the
    unpaid Payable scan functions list.  Pressing -Enter- at the last unpaid
    Payable recalls the Accounts Payable menu.

              Enter 'E' to enter a payment for the Payable.  Edit the date
    paid, check number and amount paid.  Enter 'Y' to save or 'N' to discard
    the entered information.  A key press recalls the unpaid Payable scan
    functions list.
              If payment information is saved, and the payment is less than
    the billed amount, a new record for the unpaid balance is generated and
    displayed.  A payment of more than the balance due may be entered, and
    does not generate a new record.

              Enter 'M' to recall the Accounts Payable menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Display Payable record synopsis list displays a list
    of Payables on file, sorted by phone number and date.  If more are on file
    than will fit on one screen, enter 'M' to return to the Accounts Payable
    menu or press -Enter- to view the next screenfull.  When the list is
    complete, a key press recalls the Accounts Payable menu.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 91



              ...............................................................

              Function D) Vendor bill balance report itemizes all Payable
    transactions or summarizes the balances due vendors.  Press -Enter- for
    the Accounts Payable menu, enter 'I' to print an itemized report sorted by
    vendor name, or enter 'S' to print a balance summary report sorted by
    vendor phone number.  The Accounts Payable report selected is printed.

              The itemized report includes all vendor names and numbers, dates
    billed, invoice numbers, amounts billed, amounts outstanding, amounts
    paid, payment dates, and check numbers.  This is a 132-column report, so
    DRAINS sets the printer to compressed typeface.  (If your printer does not
    cooperate, call us.)  If -Escape- is pressed while an Accounts Payable
    Itemization Report is printing, the remainder of the report is cancelled.

    Sample itemized report:
(fixed width compressed font)
PAGE NO.     1
05/11/1995                                         ACCOUNTS PAYABLE ITEMIZATION

VENDOR                    PHONE #    P.O. #     DESCRIPTION BILLDATE   INVOICE #    AMOUNT OUTSTANDING   $ PAID DATE PAID  CHECK #

Concise Logic (Montana#1) 4065723323                        05/01/1995 19950501-A 12345.67        0.00 12345.67 05/10/1995 1000045
Montana Power Company     4061234567                        04/25/1995 April 15th   135.60        0.00    65.48 05/05/1995 4567
*** Total ***                                                                     12481.27        0.00 12411.15

              The summary report is an 80-column report, including the total
    outstanding balance, phone number, and associated name of each vendor
    phone number.

    Sample summary report:

    OUTSTANDING ACCOUNTS PAYABLE SUMMARY REPORT printed 10/15/1993

    $     60.95 4065862272 Inspirada Americana Signs
    $     30.00 8002223000 AT&T ReadyLine 13-0000-98

    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE GRAND TOTAL IS $      90.95

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              When the report is complete, a key press recalls the Accounts
    Payable menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function E) Clear paid bills deletes all paid Payables.  A
    Payable is considered unpaid if its Date paid field is blank.  Enter 'Y'
    to confirm or 'N' to cancel the request.

              ...............................................................





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 92



              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *





















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 93



    J. CLIENT FILE MAINTENANCE

              (The password is needed for access.)

              Long term client information records are often added by Main
    menu option A. Create Service Request, but not all long term client
    information is used or edited on a service request.  Main menu option J.
    Client File Maintenance can add, edit, and otherwise maintain long term
    client information.
              Long term client information is used by many DRAINS functions.
    For example, when a service request is created the phone number and unit
    ID, name, address, tax group, alternate phone number, billing address,
    drainage type, payment type, and labor discount % information is copied
    from the long term client information file into the work order.  The 4th
    line of the work order job description is also filled by the Notes field,
    and sales tax is charged or denied based on the Tax exemption ID # field.
              The payment type and Account and Last job fields are used by
    Main menu option A. Create Service Request in determining whether to flag
    the client on the service request screen.
              Some long term client information relates to scheduled service,
    and some is strictly for your convenient reference, such as the property
    management company and FAX phone number.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) Add/Edit/Delete Client Information maintains long
    term client information.
(fixed width font)
ͻ
 ADD / EDIT / DELETE CLIENT INFORMATION  Billing  _________________________ 
ͼ address: _________________________ 
 Phone#: (___) ___-____   Unit ID: ____            _________________________ 
 Name:    _________________________                _________________________ 
 Address: _________________________                     Account: $ ______.__ 
          _________________________        Allowed payment type: _           
                   _Septic   _Sewer              Labor discount: __.__ %     
 Customer type: _    Referred by: _   Tax exemption ID: ____________________ 
 Contact: _________________________       Property _________________________ 
 Regular svcperson: ________              mgmt co: _________________________ 
          Last job: __/__/____                     _________________________ 
             Notes: __________________________________________________       
 SCHEDULED SERVICE Ķ
 ___ scheduled service record(s) are listed for this site.                   
 1stService YY MM WW DDD D# DoW     Call SvRq Active Notes                   
 __/__/____ __ __ __ ___ __ _______  _    _    _   _________________________ 
  => __/__/____  __/__/____  __/__/____  __/__/____  __/__/____  Est$____.__ 
                                                                             
Ķ
 Alternate phone number: __________                                         
       FAX phone number: __________                                         
                                                                            
ͼ




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 94



              If no long term client information is on file, a message appears
    and a key must be pressed to continue with entry of the first client
    record.  Otherwise ...
              Depending on how you have set the Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number, name, or
    address field will be lit to accept your entry.  There are instructions in
    the message box at the screen's bottom right.  Whichever field is lit, you
    can choose a different one if you like by entering one letter.  (Just
    pressing -Escape- recalls the Client menu.)

              This screen features edit block control.  See GENERAL EDITING
    ADVICE, page 31, for information.


    Edit block #1
              To add a client, you must first enter the job site's phone
    number and unit ID.
              The phone number field is prepared for your entry with the
    default area code (set in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization)
    already typed in.  You can backspace to alter it if you need to, just as
    if you had typed it yourself.
              The Unit ID field is an apartment or site identifier for
    multiple units and is normally left blank for ordinary residential
    clients.  We recommend that managed apartment complexes and similar
    multiple units be recorded under one phone number, usually the manager's.
    Each apartment or unit is assigned an individual unit ID, usually the
    apartment number.  History reports can then be printed for either an
    individual unit or for the whole complex.
              Note: To change a client's phone number and/or unit ID, use the
    Client menu's function D. Change Client's Phone Number.

    Edit block #2
              We recommend entering the name in "Last, First" format.  DRAINS
    will turn it around to "First Last" for the billing address, and it will
    probably be easier to find when searching by name if it is alphabetized by
    last name.  Duplicate client names are allowed.
              Enter the work site's street address, city state & zip code.
    You may use a municipality code to indicate the city; it will be
    translated when DRAINS "swallows" the edit block.  If zip code checking is
    active, it will check the 3rd line's zip at that time, too.
              If tax groups are active, enter the Tax group.  A blank or valid
    (on file) tax group must be entered.
              Next, 'X' either the Septic or Sewer field to indicate the job
    site's drainage type.  Only one drainage type may be selected.  (If you do
    not "X" a drainage type, "Sewer" will be "X"'d by default.)

    Edit block #3
              Enter a single character code in the Customer type field.  This
    code is useful if you want to be able to print statements or produce
    mailings for a limited group of clients including this client.  "!" is not
    recommended for use as a customer type code; only a statement run for all
    clients will include clients having customer type codes of "!".




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 95


              Both the Customer type and Referred by fields require either a
    valid code on file or a space.  The Contact is the person who usually
    requests service at the site.  A Regular serviceperson's IDs may be
    recorded.  (DRAINS cross references the numeric and alphabetical IDs.)
              Enter the Last job date, or leave it blank for a new client.
    The Last job field's date is updated by Main menu option P. Archive Closed
    Jobs when a work order for the site is archived.  You may change its
    value.  When an entered date is later than the date of a work order being
    archived, the entered date is preserved.
              The Notes field is copied to the 4th line of each work order
    created for this job site.  Use it to record information that you want
    your service people to know about the job site, such as length of line,
    site-specific hazards, or directions.  If the client is a management
    company, a list of the complexes managed by them may be useful.  A
    residential client could have warnings about special situations or a
    summary of client desires as known from earlier jobs.

    Edit block #4
              The 4 line Billing address is created with a blank first line to
    leave space for a business customers' accounts payable person's name.
    (The Accounts Receivable and Statements functions similarly expect the
    billing address's street to be on line 3, city state & zip on line 4.)
    Clients will see billing addresses, so we recommend the name be formatted
    "Firstname Lastname".  If zip code checking is active, the code is checked
    when this edit block is "swallowed."
              The Account field is updated automatically by DRAINS.  That
    value will be added to by account charges, subtracted from by ROAs, and
    freshly recalculated from information in the Accounts Receivable file by
    the next run of Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function
    F. Recalculate account balances.  When the long term information of a
    client on file is displayed, if the Account field shows a balance and the
    Last job field's date is more than 30 days ago, the account balance is
    shown on a contrasting background.

    Edit block #5
              New clients default to the Allowed payment type specified by
    Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Default payment type field.
    You may enter N=No service!, $=cash only, P=credit card (or cash), C=check
    (or credit card or cash), or A=account charge (or cash/cr.cd./check.)
              The Labor discount field is used for recording the discount
    normally given to the customer on all labor charges.  For example, a 2.5%
    discount would be entered as 2.50.  It is automatically copied to the work
    order for use when client information is copied onto the service request
    screen.  Senior citizen discounts are good public relations and can pull
    business your way from this growing segment of the population.
              If any text is entered in the Tax exemption ID field, no sales
    tax is charged on work orders for the site.  (Do not enter "none".)  This
    is a place to record for the government the tax exemption ID of churches,
    non-profit corporations, and other clients given tax exempt status.  Both
    tax exemption and labor discount can be overridden in the work order
    editing functions "C" and "E" of Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work
    Order.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 96


              The Property mgmt co field is intended for a property management
    company's name and address if applicable.  It is for your reference only,
    so there is no harm done if it is used in other ways - perhaps for private
    notes about the client.

    Edit block #6
    ... Now we take care of scheduled service information ...

              - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

              The Scheduled Service section can record an unlimited number of
    interval records for the job site.  The number currently recorded is
    displayed.  Only one interval is displayed at any time, starting with the
    first one entered.  Press -Enter- to skip this section, or enter 'E' to
    add an interval, delete an interval, edit any interval, or see intervals
    other than the first.
              Entering 'E' when there are no scheduled service records
    automatically adds a blank record for you to edit.  Otherwise, the first
    interval is presented for editing.  (To skip the edit of the interval
    shown, press -Escape-.)

    To define each interval, the following information may be entered:
    1stService date MM/DD/YYYY, Years YY (0..99), Months MM (0..99), Weeks WW
    (-9..99), Days DDD (-99..999), Day# D# (1..31), and allowed days of week
    DoW (N=Sunday, M=Monday, T=Tuesday, W=Wednesday, H=Thursday, F=Friday,
    S=Saturday.)
              Additionally, each scheduled service program can be marked for
    Call first (Y/N), whether a service request and/or work order should be
    automatically generated (SvRq Y/N), and whether the service program is
    currently Active or not in use.  A Notes area and an estimate (Est$) field
    are also provided.

    The 1st service date will appear on reports as the first service date
    requested IF it is not prior to the date the report is run.  This is true
    whether or not it fits the schedule's pattern.  If the 1st service date is
    past, it will not appear.  (The 1stService date is sometimes automatically
    updated by Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function C.
    Scheduled Service Reports's function A. Refresh Scheduled Service Dates,
    see page 102.)

    Subsequent service dates are determined by the 1st Service date. The date
    following the 1st Service date is calculated from the 1st Service date.
    We'll call that the 2nd service date.  The 3rd service date is calculated
    from the 2nd service date, and so on.  Thus, each calculated date is used
    as the base date from which is calculated the next scheduled date.
    Calculated dates that are already past do not appear on reports.

    Year intervals always find January 1st, month intervals always find the
    1st of the month. When these interval specifications are used, the 1st
    Service date should be either
              1) a true service date fitting the interval pattern, or
              2) a dummy date prior to today's date (so it won't show up on
    reports) and prior to the year or month of the first calculated date
    desired (so that it gives the proper first calculated date.)



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 97



    Weeks and days count numbers of days, with each week counted as 7 days
    exactly.  "Day numbered" and allowed day(s) of the week then skip, IF
    needed, to the next allowed day# or day of the week.  Weeks and days may
    be negative.  (If they are "too negative", resulting in a date not later
    than the prior service date, the day following the prior service date is
    produced.)

    Many service schedules can be defined by appropriate use of the various
    interval specification fields.

    Examples of intervals:

    FIXED DATE: "I'm selling my vacation place to my cousin.  Please come
    August 10th to pump the tank before the new owner takes possession."  One
    fixed date is entered as the 1st service date, and all of the other
    interval specification fields are left zero or blank.

    WEEKLY ON FIXED DAY: "Please come every Friday to clean the grease traps."
    Enter the desired single day's code as the allowed day of the week.

    MULTIPLE VISITS WEEKLY ON FIXED DAYS: "Please come every Tuesday and
    Saturday." Enter both (or more) days' codes as allowed days of the week.

    MONTHLY ON FIXED DATE: "Please come on the 15th of every month to pump the
    RV waste holding tank." Enter the date as the "day numbered".

    MULTIPLE MONTHS ON FIXED DATE: "Please come quarterly on the 3rd to flush
    the storm sewers." Enter the number of months in the interval, and the
    day#.  (Beware of day numbers over 28, as they will push the date forward
    to the next month having enough days, if a short month is the original
    target.)

    MONTHLY ON FIXED DATE, SKIPPING CERTAIN DAYS: "Please come on the 15th, or
    the following Monday if the 15th falls on Saturday or Sunday." Enter the
    date as the "day numbered", and the allowed days of the week. In this
    example, "MTWHF".

    MONTHLY ON FIXED DAY COUNTING FROM BEGINNING OF MONTH: "Please come every
    3rd Thursday." Enter 1 month to find the beginning of the next month, 2
    weeks to skip the first 2 weeks, and H as allowed day to request Thursday.
    (If the 1st Service date is not an actual due date, it must be prior to
    the first calculated month wanted on the report.)

    QUARTERLY ON FIXED DAY COUNTING FROM END OF MONTH: "Please come on the
    last day of each quarter."  Enter 4 months to find the beginning of the
    month following the next quarter, then -1 days to find the previous day.

    MONTHLY ON FIXED DAY OF WEEK COUNTING FROM END OF MONTH: "Please come on
    the last Monday of each month."  Enter 2 months to find the beginning of
    the month following the month wanted, -1 weeks to back up to the beginning
    of the last week of the desired month, and M as allowed day to request
    Monday.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 98



    FIXED SPAN OF DAYS/WEEKS: "Please come every 20 days." or "Please come
    every 6 weeks." Enter the number of days, or weeks, or weeks and days.
    Each week counts as 7 days.  3 weeks could alternatively be entered as "21
    days" or as "2 weeks 7 days".

    FIXED SPAN, SKIPPING CERTAIN DAYS: "Please come every 10 days, but only on
    a Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday." Enter number of days &/or weeks, and
    allowed days.

    LONGER SPANS: "Please come every third year in July." Enter 3 years to
    find the beginning of the requested year, 6 months to find the beginning
    of July. (6 months because it's counting from January; February is +1, and
    so on.)

    Of course, more complex combinations can be made.

    After editing the interval (or pressing -Escape- to skip editing), the
    interval mini-menu appears.  You may enter ...
              ... ' ' (just press -Enter- or -Escape-) to see the next
    schedule, if there is one.  If you've made changes to the current one, you
    must enter 'Y' or 'N' to keep or discard them.  If no more schedules
    exist, DRAINS returns to the Client information edit in the Alternate
    phone number field.
              ... 'E' to re-edit the schedule.
              ... 'A' to add a schedule.  If you've made changes to the
    current one, you must enter 'Y' or 'N' to keep or discard them.  A blank
    schedule is added for you to edit.  (If you change your mind about adding,
    you can delete the blank schedule, or wait for it to be done
    automatically.  Before the Service Interval file is packed by Main menu
    option P. Archive Closed Jobs's function P. Pack, Reindex & Transfer, all
    interval records having blank 1stService dates and blank Notes fields are
    deleted.)
              ... 'D' to delete the displayed schedule.  Enter 'Y' or 'N' to
    confirm or cancel the deletion.  If you delete the only schedule for the
    job site, DRAINS returns to the Client information edit.
              ... 'M' to return to editing Client information.  If you've made
    changes to the current schedule, you must enter 'Y' or 'N' to keep or
    discard them.

              - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

    ... then back to long-term client information adding/editing. ...

    Edit block #7
              The Alternate phone number and FAX phone number are for your
    reference only; the client's information cannot be sought using these
    numbers.

              When adding long term client information, after all fields have
    been entered, you may enter ...
              ... 'D' to discard it (throw it away.)  A key press recalls the
    Client menu.
              ... 'E' to edit all fields except the phone number and unit ID.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 99


              ... 'S' to save the record.  The Client menu is recalled.


              If you think the client is on file, enter the client's phone
    number, name, or address.  (Your entry will appear in all capital letters
    since the search ignores upper vs. lower case.)  If an exact match is made
    to the entered field's content, that client's long term information is
    displayed.  (A blank unit ID will match with the alphabetically lowest
    unit ID of that phone number, whether it is blank or not.)
              If an exact match is not found for a name or address, a list
    appears of the names or addresses surrounding the one you asked for.  Use
    the -Up- and -DownArrow-s, -PageUp- and -PageDown- to move the lighted bar
    to one, then press -Escape- to select it.
              Entering only part of a name or address and then selecting from
    the list is a good strategy if the exact spelling is not known.  You must
    enter at least 2 non-space characters.

              If you can't find the client by name or address, 'H' may be
    entered at the mini-menu to hunt again for a client presumed to be on file
    using address or name, whichever wasn't tried the first time.  To proceed
    from searching the file to adding a new client, 'H' to hunt may be
    entered, then 'P' to initiate the add with the entry of a new phone
    number.
              If an incorrect phone number is entered, hold -Escape- to
    "flash" down the screen to the mini-menu (or press -Ctrl-End- once), then
    enter 'D' to discard the addition "attempt."

              Once a long term client record has been selected, a mini-menu of
    functions appears at the screen's bottom right.  Enter ...

              ... ' ' (just press -Enter-) to see the next long term client
    record.  The sort order of the long term client records is determined by
    the field used to select the record first displayed; if that long term
    client record was found by name, the sort order will be by name, and so
    on.

              ... 'P' to see the preceding long term client record.

              ... 'E' to edit the all long term client information fields
    except the phone number and unit ID.  The editing guidelines are the same
    as for record addition.  When the edit is complete, enter 'E' to re-edit,
    'S' to save the changes, or 'D' to discard them.  The record is
    re-displayed and the function mini-menu is recalled.

              ... 'D' to delete the long term client information record.
    Enter 'Y' or 'N' to confirm or cancel the deletion, then a key press
    displays the next record.

              ... 'H' to hunt again.  The search field last used will be
    presented.

              ... 'M' to recall the Client menu.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 100



              ...............................................................

              Function B) Print Client Information prints the Client File
    Listing.  This report is intended for quick lookup of most client data,
    including customer type code, account balance, and whether the client is
    on a scheduled service program.
              Enter 'P', 'A', or 'N' to produce a list sorted by phone number,
    address, or name.  Just pressing -Enter- cancels the report request and
    recalls the Client menu.  A report sorted by address will be ordered by
    parsed or unparsed address depending on whether address parsing has been
    activated by Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Address parsing
    field.
              Press a key to start the report printing.  If -Escape- is
    pressed during printing, the remainder of the report is cancelled.  This
    is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to compressed typeface.

    For example,
(fixed width compressed font)
01/31/1995                                          DRAINS CLIENT FILE LISTING

CLIENT ID         TYP NAME,                     STREET ADDRESS,              ACCOUNT  DATE OF   PAYTYPE TAX EXEMPTION ID,    SCHD.
                   &  CONTACT                   CITY STATE ZIPCODE           BALANCE  LAST JOB  DISCNT. ALTERNATE PHONE #    SVC.
                  TAX
                  GRP
406-747-4098/     K   MCDONALD'S                699 10TH ST.                   59.40 07/01/1994 CHARGE                       NO
                  MT                            Livingston MT 58123                              0.00%     -   -
406-572-3323/CONL A   Concise Logic             HC83-Bx532 10 Jawbone Rd        0.00   /  /     CR.CD.  22-247-1279          YES 4
                  MT  Alice Nicholes            Martinsdale MT 59053-9709                        1.00%  ALT-   -
123-377-3647/     B   HENDRICK                  14 SMILEY COURT                 0.00 07/09/1994 CHECK                        YES 1
                  TX  DAVE                      THISWORKS TX 32983                               5.00%  813-377-7777
813-925-0071/     A   HOWELL                    1750 SOUTH POINT DR.            0.00 07/08/1994 NO SVC                       NO
                  FL                            ILLEGAL FL 34232                                 0.00%     -   -
*** Total ***
                                                                               59.40

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              Press a key to recall the Client menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Scheduled Service Reports provides reports of, and
    service requests and work orders for, upcoming scheduled service work.  It
    also can generate a work order or print a service request for any
    client/any date, and report on which scheduled service programs are no
    longer active.
              Functions are selected by letter from the Scheduled Service
    Reports menu.








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 101


              A. Refresh Scheduled Service Dates calculates new upcoming
    service dates for all Service Interval records.  If the 1stService date is
    more than a year old, a new one is calculated.  A status message indicates
    progress.  When complete, a keypress recalls the Scheduled Service Reports
    menu.
              To avoid the refresh, change the date to blank.  (A date may be
    changed to blank by using the -Delete- key in each of its three numeric
    sections.  Use the left and right arrows to move between sections.  Press
    -Enter- to make the change stick.)

              B. Enter date span lets you tell the computer the time period
    for which the scheduled service work should appear on the scheduled
    service list, produce work orders, and produce service requests.  It also
    permits specifying the order the work appears on the report, and whether
    the report should be printed or merely displayed on the screen.
              The default date span is one week, starting next Sunday and
    ending the following Saturday.  The date span cannot start earlier than
    today's date.
              If tax groups are active, you may enter 'Y' or 'N' to enable or
    disable report grouping by tax group code.  The report may be sorted
    numerically by phone number or alphabetically by job site name.
              Entering 'S' or 'P' routes the generated Scheduled Service List
    and Inactive Scheduled Service List output to either the screen only (with
    paging control), or to both the screen and printer.
              The first time a Scheduled Service Reports menu function is run
    that requires scheduled date information for a date span / tax group split
    / alpha or numerical sort combination, a temporary file of jobs is created
    and sorted.  This lets other functions on the Scheduled Service Reports
    menu be run for the desired combination without recreating the Scheduled
    Service file.
              Changing the output route does not trigger file re-creation.

              C. Scheduled Service List prints a report detailing scheduled
    service work for the requested time period.  It has check boxes for job
    sites that want a confirmation call first, and for ones that do not
    automatically generate a service request.  It lists a wide variety of
    information that might be wanted about each scheduled service site and
    job, including site and job notes.
              Enter 'C' to produce the list.  If output is routed to printer,
    select a printer.  If -Escape- is pressed during printing, the remainder
    of the report is cancelled.  This is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets
    the printer to compressed typeface.
              If screen output is selected, the report appears on screen, job
    by job.  It will look a little strange, as the 132-column report wraps on
    the 80-column screen.












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 102


    Report example:
(fixed width compressed font)
Scheduled Service List for 02/01/1995 through 02/01/1996
          PAGE NO.     1
          02/01/1995                                    Scheduled Service Date Report

          Service   Call   Contact                    Job Site Name             Bill Address L2           Alt. Phone
          Date /    1st/   Phone#/UnitID              Job Site Address          Property Mgr. L1          FAX Phone
          Allowed   Svc.   Prior Svc/Usual SvcP/Est   Job Site City ST Zip      CustTy  PayTy  Disct TxG  Account Bal.
          Weekdays  Req.   Scheduled Svc Notes        Job Site Notes                                      DrainageType

         ** Scheduled service date 07/10/1995
          07/10/95  CALL   Kate or Nick Nicholes      Concise Logic             Concise Logic             406-572-3672  .
                     []    (406) 572-3323 /           HC 83 Box 532                                       BY -APP-OINT  .
                    SvRq   07/10/1991 ANDY $  75.00   Martinsdale MT 59053        A       A    50.00  PM  $0.00         .
                    Auto.  Pump septic tank           tank located at SW corner of house, drainfield S.   Septic        .
                                                                                                                        .

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              The Scheduled Service Reports menu is recalled.

              D. View History for Scheduled Service List Members function
    shows History for the sites on the current scheduled service list.

    The History file is linked to the scheduled service sites on the list by
    phone number and unit ID.
              If the History file or the Scheduled Service List file for the
    currently selected date span is empty, a message says so and a keypress
    recalls the Scheduled Service Reports menu.

    For each list member, the most recent History record for that phone+unit
    ID is displayed.  Near the top of the screen, the scheduled service date,
    site name, and site address (as found in the Client file) are displayed.
              If no History exists for that phone+unit ID, "No History found
    for this phone / unit ID. Press a key." is displayed at the screen bottom.
    When a key is pressed, DRAINS continues to the next list member.

    Once a History record is shown, you have 5 choices.  Usually the menu says
    "B)ack/F)orward in time, N)ext/P)rior scheduled svc list member, M)enu:
    _".

              Enter 'B' to ask DRAINS to look for the job for the same site
    (same phone + unit ID) just prior to the one displayed.
              If you go too far back in time (beyond all the jobs in History
    for this site), "*Phone/Unit Mismatch*" is displayed before the menu at
    the screen bottom and the job shown is for a different customer.  'F' for
    Forward, as described just below, then redisplays the oldest of the
    relevant job(s).








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 103


              Enter 'F' to ask DRAINS to look for the job for the same site
    (same phone + unit ID) just later than the one displayed.  This is used to
    be able to follow site history forward after it has been viewed backward.
              If you go too far (beyond the jobs in History for this site),
    "*Phone/Unit Mismatch*" is displayed before the menu at the screen bottom
    and the job shown is for a different customer.  Note that going "forward"
    from the first job displayed for a Scheduled Service List member, which is
    its most recent job, will always select a job for a different phone + unit
    ID.

              Enter 'N' to ask DRAINS to continue on to the next Scheduled
    Service List member's most recent job.  When you try to proceed beyone the
    last list member, a message says that it's the last member and asks for a
    keypress.  To leave the History review, enter 'M' as explained below.

              Enter 'P' to ask DRAINS to back up one Scheduled Service List
    member.

              Enter 'M' to stop looking at jobs and return to the Scheduled
    Service Reports menu.

              E. Create Work Orders for Marked Scheduled Service creates a
    work order for each job on the Scheduled Service List that has automatic
    service request generation active.  All work orders created will have a
    job number of "SCHDSVC".  The number of work orders created is displayed.
              Press a key to recall the Scheduled Service Reports menu.

              F. Service Requests for Marked Scheduled Service prints a
    service request for each job on the Scheduled Service List that has
    automatic service request generation active.  The sort order is the same
    as on the Scheduled Service List.  Output will route to the printer even
    if screen display is currently selected for the list.
              Enter 'E' and select a printer to produce the service requests.
    A sample "Y" service request appears on page 330, and other types appear
    on following pages.
              Press a key to recall the Scheduled Service Reports menu.

              G. Create Work Order for Specified Scheduled Service creates a
    work order for any client/any date.  Enter the phone number and unit ID of
    the job site and the service date.  If the phone#/unitID is not found, a
    message appears and a key press recalls the Scheduled Service Reports
    menu.
              The job site's scheduled service on the current Scheduled
    Service List is checked to see whether the service date requested matches
    one listed.  Either way, an informative message appears.  If the service
    date is found on the list, the work order will be created with a job
    number of "SCHDSVC"; if the service date is not found, the work order
    created will have a job number of "SPECSVC".
              Press a key to recall the Scheduled Service Reports menu.








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 104


              H. Print Service Request for Specified Scheduled Service prints
    a service request for any client/any date.  Enter the phone number and
    unit ID of the job site and the service date.  If the phone#/unitID is not
    found, a message appears and a key press recalls the Scheduled Service
    Reports menu.
                     The job site's scheduled service on the current Scheduled
    Service List is checked to see whether the service date requested matches
    one listed.  Either way, and informative message appears.  Select a
    printer to produce the service request.  A sample "Y" service request
    appears on page 330, and other types appear on following pages.
              Press a key to recall the Scheduled Service Reports menu.

              I. Print Scheduled Service Interval List prints the Scheduled
    Service Interval List.  This report lists all active intervals.  The list
    is sorted by phone number.
              Press a key to start the report printing.  If -Escape- is
    pressed during printing, the remainder of the report is cancelled.  This
    is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to compressed typeface.

    Report example:
(fixed width compressed font)
Scheduled Service Interval List printed 02/06/1995 at 04:03.
       PAGE NO.     1
       02/03/1995                                DRAINS Scheduled Service Interval List

       Customer                                                                                                   Call
       Name,                                                                   Three                      Allowed First,
       Address,                  Job Site Phone,     Customer Contact,         Service                    Days    Svc.Req.
       City                      Service Estimate    Scheduled Service Notes   Dates      YY MM WW DDD D# In Week Print

       15th of Each Month Client (406) 15T-H_EA/MNTH Phineas Fogg the 15th     02/15/1995 __  1 __ ___ 15 NMTWHFS CALL 1ST .
       15012 Yule Log Trail      EST. $   7.00       Clean gutters & downspout 03/15/1995                         MANUAL   .
       Barnaby NY 39023                                                        04/15/1995                                  .
                                                                                                                           .
       Every Monday Client       (406) MON-DAYS/     Mrs. Mon Day              02/27/1995 __  2 -1 ___ __ M       NO CALL  .
       1 Maunday Court           EST. $   0.00       Last Monday each month    03/27/1995                         AUTO REQ .
       Philipsburg PA 19032                                                    04/24/1995                                  .
                                                                                                                           .

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              Press a key to recall the Client menu.

              J. Inactive Scheduled Service List prints a list of all
    scheduled service intervals that are marked inactive or have no further
    scheduled dates.  The job site phone numbers/unit IDs and scheduled
    service notes are detailed.  The date span, tax group split, and sort
    specified for the Scheduled Service List are ignored, but the output
    destination is respected.
              Enter 'J' to produce the list.  If output is routed to printer,
    select a printer.  If -Escape- is pressed during printing, the remainder
    of the report is cancelled.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 105


              If screen output is selected, the report appears on screen.

    Report example:

    Inactive Scheduled Service List printed 02/06/1995 at 04:06.
      PAGE NO.     1
      02/06/1995             INACTIVE SCHEDULED SERVICE LIST

                         First      Scheduled                          Next
                         Service    Service                       Cost Service
      Phone#/UnitID      Date       Notes                     Estimate Date

      (406)JUL-Y_20/     07/20/1994 Install laundry lines        99.00   /  /

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              The Scheduled Service Reports menu is recalled.

              M. Recall Client menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Change Client's Phone Number changes the client
    phone number in the Client, active work order, History, Journal, Account,
    and Scheduled Service files.
              Enter the present client phone number and the new number it is
    to be changed to.  Pressing -Escape- and a key press recalls the Client
    menu.
              If the old number is not found in the Client file a message
    appears, and a key press recalls the Client menu.
              A message says whether the candidate new number is already in
    use.  If the new phone number is already used the name associated with it
    is shown, and continuing will combine both sets of records under the one
    phone number.  There is no easy way to separate two sets of records once
    both the numbers and unit IDs are combined.
              If the old number is found in the Client file, the client's name
    appears.  Enter 'Y' to change the phone number in the Client, active work
    order, History, Journal, Account, and Scheduled Service files, or enter
    'N' to cancel the change.  A key press recalls the Client menu.

              ***************************************************

              Here are some methods for handling client phone number and
    address changes:

              Phone number change, same address:  If a client changes phone
    number only, function D. Change Client's Phone Number should be used.  The
    phone number is changed on the client's active work orders, history
    records, account records, and bank deposit journal records as well as on
    the long term client information record, so that the client's history and
    account continue to be linked to the client record by phone number.
              We recommend recording the old phone number in the long term
    client information record's Notes field just in case it is ever needed.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 106



              Address change, same phone number:  If a client changes address,
    use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Client Information to make a Shift-PrtSc
    printed screen facsimile of the long term client information record that
    includes the old address.
              Change the job site address on the client's record.  If this
    client's existing work orders and accounts receivable records do not need
    a billing address change, enter the new billing address into the long term
    client information record now.  Modify maintenance program information to
    service the new address.
              If existing work orders and accounts receivable records do need
    their billing addresses modified, use function E. Change Client's Billing
    Address.  The Client record, work orders, and account records are issued
    updated identical billing addresses.  History records continue to properly
    show the old job site and billing addresses, and are still linked to the
    client's record by phone number.
              We recommend that if a maintenance program was active at the old
    address, you now use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Client Information again
    to add a record of the old address, manually copying information from the
    printed screen facsimile made earlier.  Use "Occupant" as name and a dummy
    phone number.  When this "client" shows up on a scheduled service report,
    you will be reminded to send a marketing letter to the new residents of
    the old address.

              Phone number and address change:  If a client moves to a new
    address and also changes phone number, use function D. Change Client's
    Phone Number to change the phone number on the client's active work
    orders, history records, account records, and bank deposit journal records
    as well as on the long term client information record.
              Use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Client Information to make a
    Shift-PrtSc printed screen facsimile of the long term client information
    record that includes the old address.
              Change the address on the client's record.  If this client's
    existing work orders and accounts receivable records do not need a billing
    address change, enter the new billing address into the long term client
    information record now.  Modify maintenance program information to service
    the new address.
              If existing work orders and accounts receivable records do need
    their billing addresses modified, use function E. Change Client's Billing
    Address.  The Client record, work orders, and account records are issued
    updated identical billing addresses.
              We recommend that if a maintenance program was active at the old
    address, you now use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Client Information again
    to add a record for "Occupant" at the old address, using a dummy phone
    number and manually copying information from the printed screen facsimile
    made earlier.

              Combine two clients:  Sometimes two long term client information
    records are created for a single client by mistake.  Two client records
    can be merged by function D. Change Client's Phone Number.  Enter the
    number to be deleted as the old number and the number to be kept as the
    new number.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 107


              A message says that the candidate new number is already in use.
    The name associated with it is shown, and continuing will combine both
    sets of records under the new phone number.  There is no easy way to
    separate two sets of records once the numbers and unit IDs are combined,
    so please double-check the information before continuing.
              Active work orders, history records, account records, and bank
    deposit journal records having the old phone number will be updated to the
    new one.  The old number's long term client information record will be
    deleted.
              Unless the client is supposed to be being billed at more than
    one address, we recommend using function E. Change Client's Billing
    Address to update the long term client information record, work orders,
    and account records to identical billing addresses.  You may need to make
    a tiny cosmetic change in the billing address to prevent the function from
    refusing to perform due to "No changes".

              ...............................................................

              Function E) Change Client's Billing Address changes the billing
    address in the Client, active work order, and Account files.  The History
    file is not affected.
              Depending on how you have set the Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number, name, or
    address field will be lit to accept your entry.  Notice the instructions
    in the message box at the screen's bottom right.  Whichever field is lit,
    you can choose a different one if you like by entering one letter.  (Just
    pressing -Escape- recalls the Client menu.)
              If an exact match is made to the entered field's content, that
    client's present billing address is displayed.  (A blank unit ID will
    match with the alphabetically lowest unit ID of that phone number, whether
    it is blank or not.)
              If an exact match is not found, a list appears of the phone
    numbers, names or addresses surrounding the one you asked for.  Use the up
    and down arrows, -PageUp- and -PageDown- to move the lighted bar to one,
    then press -Escape- to select it.
              Entering only part of a name or address and then selecting from
    the list is a good strategy if the exact spelling is not known.  You must
    enter at least 2 non-space characters.

              Edit the New billing address.  The old and new addresses are
    compared, with upper vs. lower case ignored.  If the addresses are
    identical, a message appears and a key press recalls the Client menu.
              Enter 'Y' to change the billing address in the Client, active
    work order, and Account files or 'N' to cancel the request for changes.  A
    key press recalls the Client menu.

              See function D. Change Client's Phone Number for a discussion of
    phone number and/or address changes.

              ...............................................................







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 108


              Function F) Print Inactive Client List prints the Inactive
    Client List.  This report is intended for business builders.  It analyses
    which customers have not had work done recently.  The list is sorted by
    phone number.
              Enter a No activity since date.  Clients that have had jobs
    completed on or after the entered date are excluded from the report.
    Clients whose last job dates are older than the date entered or are blank
    will appear on the list.  The date of the most recent job, maintenance
    program information, contact name and additional phone numbers are listed,
    and the account balances of these clients are listed and totalled.

              Press a key to start the report printing.  If -Escape- is
    pressed during printing, the remainder of the report is cancelled.  This
    is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to compressed typeface.

    Report example:
(fixed width compressed font)
Inactive Client List for no activity since 03/10/1994.
        PAGE NO.     1
        02/10/1995                                         INACTIVE CLIENT LIST

        PHONE # /UNIT      NAME,                     STREET ADDRESS,              ACCOUNT DATE OF    SCHEDULED ALTERNATE,
                           CONTACT                   CITY STATE ZIPCODE           BALANCE LAST JOB   SERVICE,  FAX PHONES
                                                                                                     # OF
                                                                                                     SCHEDULES

        406-123-4567 /     89TH ST. PIZZA            5630 CORTEZ RD.                 0.00   /  /     NO        813-123-4567 .
                                                     Bradenton FL 34210                                           -   -     .
                                                                                                                            .
        406-123-4567 /ABCD Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.  Wheelbarrow Farm                0.00 01/01/1990 YES  1    406-123-4568 .
                           Mark or Jane              Martinsdale MT 59053                                      406-123-4569 .
                                                                                                                            .
       *** Total ***                                                                 0.00

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              Press a key to recall the Client menu.

              ...............................................................


















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 109


              Function G) Print List of Clients Authorized to Charge prints a
    list of clients intended to be carried by service people.  The list is
    sorted by name.
              Press a key to start the report printing.  If -Escape- is
    pressed during printing, the remainder of the report is cancelled.

    Report example:

     PAGE NO.     1
     02/09/1995             CLIENTS AUTHORIZED TO CHARGE

     CLIENT NAME               STREET ADDRESS,           PHONE /UNIT
                               CITY STATE ZIPCODE
    ** M
     Mulberry, Marsha Madaline 3 Fairway Green Boulevard (406) 123-0010 /
                               Martinsdale MT 59053-1112

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              Press a key to recall the Client menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function H) Print List of Charge Allowed and Scheduled Service
    Clients prints another list of clients intended to be carried by service
    people.  This list includes allowed payment type and whether the clients
    are on a scheduled service program.  The list is sorted by name.
              Press a key to start the report printing.  If -Escape- is
    pressed during printing, the remainder of the report is cancelled.

    Report example:
(fixed width font)
 PAGE NO.     1
 02/09/1995              CUSTOMERS AUTHORIZED TO CHARGE
                         & SCHEDULED SERVICE CLIENTS

 CLIENT NAME               STREET ADDRESS,           PHONE,             MAINT.
                           CITY STATE ZIPCODE        PAYMENT TYPE       PROGRM
** J
 Jackson, Jerry            123 Woodpecker Lane #4    (406)123-0001/0004 YES
                           Mongrove MT 59059         CHECK OK

** M
 Mulberry, Marsha Madaline 3 Fairway Green Boulevard (406)123-0010/     NO
                           Martinsdale MT 59053-1112 CHARGE OK

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              Press a key to recall the Client menu.

              ...............................................................






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 110


              Function I) Print List of Unduplicated Clients Authorized to
    Charge prints a report identical in format to Function G) Print List of
    Clients Authorized to Charge, but weeded of redundant phone numbers.  This
    function is intended to reduce the list's length by eliminating all but
    one client listing for any single phone number.  Managed apartment
    complexes filed under the same phone number with differing unit IDs need
    not have multiple listings.  Only the alphabetically lowest unit ID will
    appear.

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *











































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 111



    K. SERVICEPEOPLE & FINDERS

              (The password is needed for access.)
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                          SERVICEPEOPLE & FINDERS                           
Ķ
                                                                            
    Ŀ    
      Lookup Table  Add/Edit/Delete Information  Print List  #cols     
    ͵    
     Serviceperson               A                   1        132      
    Ĵ    
            Finder               B                   2        132      
        
                                                                            
      C. Close Ratio Report (132 columns wide)                              
                                                                            
      D. Serviceperson/Finder Commission Reports                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
        Enter 'M' for Main menu, or enter selection (A..D,1..2):            
                                                                            
ͼ

              Serviceperson and Finder information is added, edited and
    reported on by functions available from this menu.  A serviceperson is a
    worker who carries out work orders for your company.  A finder is a person
    or business who refers customers to your company, and who then receives a
    fee for doing so when the resulting job is completed.  The fee may be a
    flat per-job fee, or a percentage of the labor charge generated by the
    resulting job.
              The codes identifying servicepeople and finders make it possible
    for DRAINS to report on technicians' work done (value, performance, type),
    to compute and list technician commissions, and to report finder fees due
    to job finders.

              DRAINS can provide commission reports, but does not compute
    payroll taxes or other administrative financial items.  The employee
    commission reporting system and finder fee reporting functions are active
    only when Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Serviceperson
    commission system field contains "Y".
              FYI:  Turning off the commission system does not cause the loss
    of any commission data.  It is just not accessible until the commission
    system is turned back on.
              When commissions are active, commission percentage fields for
    normal labor ("on hours"), unusual labor ("off hours"), and parts are
    available for each serviceperson.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 112



              A relevant function is called from the Servicepeople & Finders
    menu by entering its selection letter or number.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) Add/Edit/Delete Serviceperson Information modifies
    the Serviceperson file.  Each serviceperson is supposed to have two
    four-character codes.  When DRAINS is given one (either) code on a data
    screen, it cross-references it and displays both of the technician's
    codes.  This gives the person entering data a quick confirmation that the
    code is legitimate.  (A code not found is displayed with "*??*" to
    indicate DRAINS' failure to find it.)
              The codes are called the numerical and alphabetical ID codes.
    Either will accept almost any characters (letters, numbers, punctuation),
    but the most successful convention is to have one be a 4-digit number and
    the other be initials, a name, or a word.
              Some people remember numbers better, some letters.  It's nice to
    have a code in each flavor for each technician.
              Each serviceperson code (numerical or alphabetical) should be
    different from all the other serviceperson codes.

    The Add/Edit/Delete Serviceperson Information screen appears when "A" is
    entered at the Servicepeople & Finders menu.
    (fixed width font)
    ͻ
    Ŀ
         ADD / EDIT / DELETE SERVICEPERSON INFORMATION      
    ٺ
                                                              
       Numerical ID code     ____                             
       Alphabetical ID code  ____  (both codes required)      
                                                              
       Name            _________________________              
       Address         _________________________              
       City state zip  _________________________              
       Phone number    (___) ___-____                         
       Notes                         ___________ SSN          
         __________________________________________________   
         __________________________________________________   
         __________________________________________________   
                                                              
        On-hrs ___.__%    Off-hrs ___.__%    Parts ___.__%    
                                                              
        Press -Enter- to recall Servicepeople & Finders menu, 
        enter a new numerical ID code to enter a new          
        serviceperson's information, enter '=' for first      
        record, or enter an ID code to find information.      
    ͼ
              If no serviceperson information is on file, a message say so and
    prompts for the entry of the first numerical ID code to add.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 113


    If any serviceperson information is on file, enter ...
              ... "=" to see the first record,
              ... a numerical or alphabetical ID to seek that serviceperson's
    information, or
              ... a new numerical ID code to be added.  (If the entered
    serviceperson ID is not found in the file, the entered ID is assumed to be
    a new numeric one.)
              Just pressing -Enter- recalls the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

    Adding a technician
    -------------------
    When adding a serviceperson's information, enter the worker's unique
    Numerical ID code.  Caution:  once entered, the serviceperson numeric ID
    code may not be edited.  To change a numeric ID code, the serviceperson
    record must be deleted and re-added under the new code.
              The Numerical ID code may be 1 to 4 numbers long.  I recommend 4
    numbers, "0001" instead of "1".  When choosing numbers, consider using a
    tech's radio call number, "his" truck number, his workman's comp number,
    or his importance to the company (the boss is 0001).
              (Please call Kate if you'd like to use a utility to change an
    existing serviceperson ID code.  If the old driver of truck 4 leaves, and
    you'd like to give the new one "0004", we can first use the utility to
    change the old one to something similar like "XXX4" or "1004", freeing up
    "0004" for re-use.)

    The Alphabetical ID code should be unique and mnemonic (easy to remember)
    such as "ANDY", "KHN2" or "ED  ".  The code may be up to 4 characters
    long.  I recommend 3 initials in most cases.  DRAINS does not (yet) check
    for duplicate alphabetical ID codes.  Caution:  If duplicates exist, an ID
    cross reference on that ID code may find the wrong numeric ID code.

    The Name should be typed in however you'd like it to appear on reports.
    The Address, City state zip, Phone number, and SSN (GST# in Canada) are
    not required and are for your convenience only.

    The Notes space is provided for whatever information is wanted on file for
    easy reference.  Expiration date of the tech's driver's license is a good
    fact to file.  Pager & cell phone numbers are useful.
              My favorite use of the Notes field is information that will help
    a dispatcher assign the technicians appropriately.  "Master plumber",
    "Patient with difficult customers", "Don't send this guy to a job next to
    a bar at lunchtime."  If a new or substitute dispatcher needs to be
    briefed on the team, a Serviceperson File printout can then do much of the
    job.

    If Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Serviceperson commission
    system field is set to "Y", you can edit the commission percents the
    serviceperson should receive on job labor charges during normally
    scheduled hours (On-hrs), nights/weekends on-call and other unusual hours
    (Off-hrs), and on Parts sold.  (For example, 15 percent is entered as
    15.00.)






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 114


              I like the practice of giving a sweeter commission for on-call
    duty.  Knowing they're getting a bigger cut helps techs be cheerful to the
    customers who inconvenience them. (^nosy)
              Some businesses use the Off-hrs commission percent for another
    type of work.  For example, pump jobs may commission at a different
    percentage from the rest.

              When the information has been entered, a list of functions
    appears at the screen's bottom.  Enter ...
              ... 'E' to re-edit all fields except the Numerical ID code.
              ... 'S' to save the new record.  The information is stored and
    the Servicepeople & Finders menu reappears immediately.
              ... 'D' to discard the entry.  Press a key to recall the
    Servicepeople & Finders menu.

    Viewing/changing a technician's information
    -------------------------------------------
    When a serviceperson's record has been selected from those on file, a list
    of functions appears at the screen's bottom.  Enter ...

              ... ' ' (just press -Enter-) to see the next serviceperson's
    record.  The sort order of the serviceperson's records is determined by
    the field used to select the serviceperson's record first displayed; if
    that serviceperson's record was found by numerical ID code, the sort order
    will be by numerical ID code, if it was found by alphabetical ID code, the
    order will be by alphabetical ID code.

              ... 'P' to see the preceding serviceperson's record.

              ... 'E' to edit all fields except the Numerical ID code.  When
    the information has been edited, a list of functions appears at the
    screen's bottom.  Enter 'E' to re-edit, 'S' to save the changed record, or
    'D' to discard the changes and return the record to its prior state.

              ... 'D' to delete the serviceperson's record.  Enter 'Y' or 'N'
    to confirm or cancel the deletion.  Serviceperson codes used on jobs
    should not ever be deleted.  I recommend editing instead, adding "gone"
    and the tech's last date of work in the notes area.

              ... 'M' to recall the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

    Wrap-up for new users
    ---------------------
    Each serviceperson should be assigned a unique number as a numerical ID
    code, and a unique alphabetical mnemonic (perhaps initials) as an
    alphabetical ID code.  Details of serviceperson education, emergency
    information, and employment history are not needed in this lookup
    database.  The minimum information needed is the two codes and a name.
              To get started quickly, enter the minimum for each guy.  You can
    come back later to edit the records and add more information.
              When the commission system is turned on, all servicepeople
    recorded on the report timespan's jobs are listed in the commission
    report, whether their commission percent is above zero or not.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 115


              The Serviceperson file provides the information needed to
    identify which serviceperson has responsibility for each work order.

              ...............................................................

              Function 1) Print Serviceperson List lists all serviceperson
    lookup information on file in alphabetical ID code order.  If -Escape- is
    pressed while the report is printing, the rest of the report is cancelled.
              Serviceperson commission percentages will only be shown if
    Serviceperson commission system is marked "Y" in Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization.
              This is a 132-column report, so DRAINS sets the printer to
    compressed typeface.  (If your printer does not cooperate, call us.)

    Report example with commission system active:
(fixed width compressed font)
     01/10/02
                                       DRAINS SERVICEPERSON LISTING including COMMISSION PERCENTS
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
               Name,                                        On    Off
     Name ID # Address,                  Phone Number    Hours  Hours  Parts
     Code Code City State Zipcode        SSN or GST#         %      %      % Notes
     ---- ---- ------------------------- -------------- ------ ------ ------ --------------------------------------------------
     AUN  7007 Alice Nicholes            (406) 572-3323  30.00  50.00   5.00 A fine and unusual worker.  Good with elderly
               HC 83 Box 532             123-45-6780                         customers.  Explains fixtures well to clients.
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
     ALAN 0002 Alan Meatpacker Mazzerati (203) 498-7234  25.00  30.00   5.00 Alan is a great guy, and skilled in all aspects of
               1 Overlong Boulevard #4-A 345-32-4566                         the business.
               East Westburg NH 23459                                        We want to keep this worker.
     ANDY 0001 Andrew Mackerelsmit Smith (406) 572-3123  33.00  50.00  10.00 Andy is a concientious worker, and so takes longer
               1001 Von Warnervale Drive 123-45-6789                         to do a job than some.  He is effective with pump,
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709                                     jetter, and snake.  Use for scheduled service jobs

    Report example with commission system not active:
(fixed width compressed font)
01/10/02
                                                   DRAINS SERVICEPERSON LISTING
                                                   ----------------------------
Name ID # Name                      Address,
Code Code SSN or GST#               City State Zip            Phone Number   Notes
---- ---- ------------------------- ------------------------- -------------- --------------------------------------------------
ANDY 0001 Andrew Mackerelsmit Smith 1001 Von Warnervale Drive (406) 572-3123 Andy is a concientious worker, and so takes longer
          123-45-6789               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709                to do a job than some.  He is effective with pump,
                                                                             jetter, and snake.  Use for scheduled service jobs

              (For details on printer error handling, see PRINTING AND
    VIEWING, page .)
              Press a key to recall the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

              ...............................................................







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 116


              Function B) Add/Edit/Delete Finder Information lists all
    serviceperson lookup information on file in alphabetical ID code order.
    If -Escape- is pressed while the report is printing, the rest of the
    report is cancelled.

              ...............................................................

              Function 2) Print Finder List lists all finder lookup
    information on file in ID code order.  If -Escape- is pressed while the
    report is printing, the rest of the report is cancelled.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Close Ratio Report analyses serviceperson
    performance.  A high callback percent may indicate sloppy work.  A low
    close rate could indicate slow response time, or cash jobs being completed
    but reported as cancelled.
              The Close Ratio Report draws its information from the History
    file only, not from active work orders, so all relevant job information
    should be fully processed before commission reporting is done for its time
    period.  In compiling the statistics for this report, DRAINS tallies each
    job for each serviceperson in the first of these three categories that it
    matches:
              1. recall & non-revenue jobs: those whose total (excluding tax)
    is zero or less,
              2. service call jobs: those whose second character of job
    description line 1 is "A" or "B", or
              3. full pay jobs: all other jobs.
    For recall job generation totals, this report relies on the original job's
    serviceperson ID being entered into the P.O.# field of work orders marked
    Payment type "R" for Recall.
              For each serviceperson's jobs reported on, the CLOSE RATE is the
    ratio of service call and full pay jobs to all jobs.  PAID JOBS is service
    call and full pay jobs.  The CALLBACK PERCENT is the ratio of jobs for
    which a recall was done during the time period reported on to paid jobs.
    REVENUE PER FULL PAY JOB is an average for the full pay jobs reported on.

              The Close Ratio Report menu controls report production.
    Enter...

              ... 'A' to route the generated output alternately to either the
    screen only, or to both the screen and printer.  The current selection is
    shown next to the menu item.  Screen-only output can be a handy way to
    preview output before printing it.

              ... 'B' to edit the beginning and ending dates of the reporting
    period.  The currently selected dates are shown next to the menu item.
    The default date span is the month ending yesterday.

              ... 'C' to limit the report to one serviceperson.  Enter the
    serviceperson's alphabetic or numeric ID code.  DRAINS will fill in the
    serviceperson's other code.  If no serviceperson code is shown, the report
    will include all servicepeople involved in all jobs for the time period.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 117



              ... 'D' to begin report production.  As in the production of
    commission reports, information is copied from the History file for the
    date period specified to the Commission Report Production file before the
    report is produced.
              Screen-only output is presented under screen control with page
    forward/page back ability.  This is a 132-column report, so it is not
    particularly easy to read on screen.  Each line wraps, so each printed
    report line takes up two lines on the screen.

    Example report limited to one serviceperson:
(fixed width compressed font)
Close Ratio Report reported on 02/26/1995 at 18:44
Serviceperson ID KAH 2711 only.
    PAGE NO.     1                       Close Ratio Report for 01/26/1994 through 02/25/1995
    02/26/1995                                            CLOSE RATIO REPORT

                                                          # OF    # OF       # OF   TOTAL                 #    REVENUE
    SERVICE                                               FULL SERVICE   RECALL &       #    RECALL      OF        PER       TOTAL
    PERSON   SERVICEPERSON              CLOSE CALLBACK     PAY    CALL NO REVENUE      OF      JOBS    PAID   FULL PAY     REVENUE
    ID       NAME                        RATE  PERCENT    JOBS    JOBS       JOBS    JOBS GENERATED    JOBS        JOB   GENERATED

    KAH 2711 KARL A. HUMPHREY           97.30     2.78      36       0          1      37         1      36     127.87     4603.27
   *** Total ***                                            36       0          1      37         1      36                4603.27

              If no jobs are included in the specified date period for a
    specified serviceperson, screen report production produces nothing, and
    printed reports are titles and totals only.

              ... 'M' to recall the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Serviceperson Commission Report is only present on
    the Servicepeople & Finders menu if Serviceperson commission system is
    marked "Y" in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.  The Commission
    Report draws its information from the History file only, not from active
    work orders, so all relevant job information should be fully processed
    before commission reporting is done for its time period.

              The Commission Report menu controls report production.  Enter...

              ... 'A' to route the generated output alternately to either the
    screen only, or to both the screen and printer.  The current selection is
    shown next to the menu item.  Screen-only output can be a handy way to
    preview output before printing it.

              ... 'B' to edit the beginning and ending dates of the reporting
    period.  The currently selected dates are shown next to the menu item.
    The default date span is the week ending yesterday.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 118


              ... 'C' to select how two-man jobs are handled.  If 'S' is
    chosen, the primary serviceperson's commission is split 50-50 between the
    workers.  If 'O' is chosen, each serviceperson receives half of what that
    worker would get for doing the whole job (=50% of that worker's own
    commission.)

              ... 'D' to select whether work order labor charges should be
    shown and totalled.  Entering 'Y' selects totals, 'N' shows only
    commission amounts.

              ... 'E' to limit the report to one serviceperson.  Enter the
    serviceperson's alphabetic or numeric ID code.  DRAINS will fill in the
    serviceperson's other code.  If no serviceperson code is shown, the report
    will include all servicepeople involved in all jobs for the time period.
              Note: The "recall jobs" section is only included in an
    unrestricted report.

              ... 'F' to begin report production.  If the Commission file
    needs to be revised for the report requested, information is copied from
    the History file for the date period specified to the Commission Report
    Production file, then indexed, before the report is produced.
              Screen-only output is presented under screen control with page
    forward/page back ability.  This is a 132-column report, so it is not
    particularly easy to read on screen.  Each line wraps, so each printed
    report line takes up two lines on the screen.
              Printed output includes a separate page (or pages) for each
    serviceperson so that a copy can be presented with payment.  A grand total
    and a recall job section are included only on an unrestricted (all
    servicepeople) report.




























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 119


    These report examples would each actually be four pages; I have compressed
    them here to save paper.  Example report with work order totals:
(fixed width compressed font)
PAGE NO.     1                             Commissions 07/02/1994 to 07/02/1994 Split:S
02/26/1995                                    DRAINS SERVICEPERSON COMMISSION REPORT

SVCPERSN            JOB                       CUSTMR     LABOR     LABOR  LABOR     PARTS     PARTS  PARTS     TOTAL 2ND  JOB
  ID     JOB DATE  NUMBER JOB SITE            NAME      BILLED COMMISS'N  COMM%    BILLED COMMISS'N  COMM% COMMISS'N SVCP DESCRIPT'N
                                                        CLIENT                     CLIENT
** Commission Report for ANDY0001 ANDREW PARKERSBURG
ANDY0001 07/02/94 1000256 916 63RD. AVE. E.   HAWK       96.00     28.80  30.00      0.00      0.00  25.75     28.80      14 V/L
** Subtotal **                                           96.00                       0.00                      28.80

** Commission Report for ALAN0002 ALAN MAZERATI
ALAN0002 07/02/94 1000277 5843 WHISTLEWOOD CI JEWETT     64.00     28.80  45.00      0.00      0.00  45.00     28.80      12 Kitchen
ALAN0002 07/02/94 1000282 1937 BOYCE ST.      COCHRA     79.00     35.55  45.00     10.00      4.50  45.00     40.05      11 Main Se
** Subtotal **                                          143.00                       0.00                      68.85

** Commission Report for {RECALL}
{RECALL} 07/02/94 1000241 315 SIESTA DR.      SVCP:       0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00      11 RECALL
** Subtotal **                                            0.00                       0.00                       0.00

** Commission Report for {{TOTAL}
{{TOTAL} 02/26/95         Total commission is shown       0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00
** Subtotal **                                            0.00                       0.00                       0.00
*** Total ***                                           239.00                       0.00                      97.65































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 120


    Example report without work order totals (commission totals only):
(fixed width compressed font)
PAGE NO.     1                             Commissions 07/02/1994 to 07/02/1994 Split:S
02/26/1995                                    DRAINS SERVICEPERSON COMMISSION REPORT

SVCPERSN            JOB                                            LABOR  LABOR     PARTS  PARTS     TOTAL 2ND  JOB
  ID     JOB DATE  NUMBER JOB SITE             CUSTOMER NAME   COMMISS'N  COMM% COMMISS'N  COMM% COMMISS'N SVCP DESCRIPTION

** Commission Report for ANDY0001 ANDY FEATHERINGAY MAHLER
ANDY0001 07/02/94 1000256 916 63RD. AVE. E.    HAWK                28.80  30.00      0.00  25.75     28.80      14 V/L
** Subtotal **                                                                                       28.80

** Commission Report for KHN 1013 KARL H. NESMITH
KHN 1013 07/02/94 1000277 5843 WHISTLEWOOD CIR JEWETT              28.80  45.00      0.00  45.00     28.80      12 Kitchen Sink
KHN 1013 07/02/94 1000266 313 14TH ST. W.      KING                35.55  45.00      0.00  45.00     35.55      11 Main Sewer Line
** Subtotal **                                                                                       64.35

** Commission Report for {RECALL}
{RECALL} 07/02/94 1000241 315 SIESTA DR.       SVCP: RF  0033       0.00   0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00      11 RECALL ON M/L
{RECALL} 07/02/94 1000279 2253 NOVUS ST.       SVCP: KHN 1013       0.00   0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00      12 Kitchen Sink
{RECALL} 07/02/94 1000281 1207 64TH ST. N.W.   SVCP: KHN 1013       0.00   0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00      11 Main Sewer Line
** Subtotal **                                                                                        0.00

** Commission Report for {{TOTAL}
{{TOTAL} 02/26/95         Total commission is  shown below.         0.00   0.00      0.00   0.00      0.00
** Subtotal **                                                                                        0.00
*** Total ***                                                                                        93.15

              If no jobs are included in the specified date period for a
    specified serviceperson, screen report production produces nothing, and
    printed reports are titles and totals only.

              ... 'M' to recall the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *


















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 121



    L. Maintain Customization

    (The password is needed for access.  If the password is less than seven
    characters long, the trailing spaces are considered part of the password
    and should be typed.)

    Values tailoring DRAINS to your site's needs and your desires are set in
    Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.  These values are used by
    other options in the performance of their duties.  Changes in
    customization do not affect the stored contents of other files.  Most
    customization selections may be changed at whim.  Customization changes
    take full effect immediately, with the sole exception of address parsing
    (discussed below.)

    Generally, customization items fall into two categories.  Things DRAINS
    needs to know about your business (like sales tax structures and what kind
    of printer you have), and convenience features.  When setting up DRAINS
    for the first time, don't sweat the convenience settings.  If you notice
    that they're there, you can come back later and change them once you see
    where they're used.

    SITE PREFERENCES
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                 Site Preferences CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE                 
Ķ
                                                                            
                                                                            
   _______ Password                                                         
                                                                            
    ___.__ 1st selectable labor charge                                      
    ___.__ 2nd selectable labor charge                                      
    ___.__ 3rd selectable labor charge                                      
   ____.__ Labor charge default for revenue category Y                      
                                                                            
   _ Default client entry  (A=Address, N=Name, P=Phone)                     
   _ 12-hour / 24-hour time (1=12 hour AM/PM, 2=24 hour "military" clock)   
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
   ___ Default area code                                                    
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

    (Note to new users:  -Enter-, -Tab-, and -DownArrow- can all move you from
    field to field on this screen.  -UpArrow- and -ShiftTab- can move you back
    "up" the screen from field to field, as long as the fields are still
    active.  Active fields have white data on a black background when DRAINS
    is set to display in color.)



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 122



    If you have people in the office unsupervised nights, weekends, or
    whatever, and you would like them to be able to look up past jobs and
    enter new jobs, but not to be able to get into bookkeeping or make a copy
    of the database and walk off with it, set DRAINS' password.  It is
    intended to protect the more sensitive parts of DRAINS while giving useful
    access to less-trusted personnel.
              If no value is entered in the Password field, all Main menu
    options and submenu functions are available when DRAINS is invoked.  If a
    password is entered, some functions are hidden and protected:
                     all BOOKKEEPING and UTILITY Main menu options,
                     Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order's "X"
    function that cancels active jobs and restores cancelled jobs to active
    status,
                     Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance's
    function B. Scan/Edit/Delete History records' functions for deleting and
    editing archived work orders.
              To access the protected functions, the correct password is
    required only once each time DRAINS is launched.  To return from the
    password-entered full-use state to the password-protected limited state,
    just leave and re-enter DRAINS.

    (Note to new users:  When you type the '.' in a number, or press -Enter-
    after typing a number, DRAINS moves the number to its proper place in the
    field and adds zeros as needed.)

    Here's a convenience feature.  It sets the default labor rates on the Main
    menu option A. Create Service Request screen.
              The four labor charge fields, 1st selectable labor charge, 2nd
    selectable labor charge, 3rd selectable labor charge, and Labor charge
    default for revenue category Y, are intended for your 3 most common labor
    charges, and your most common "revenue category Y" charge.  (You probably
    don't care how the RevCat Y charge is set - keep reading.)
              One of the three "selectable" charges can be picked for use on a
    service request by marking an "X" by it.  The idea of these defaults is to
    remove the tedium of typing the same numbers for labor charges over and
    over.  If a default is not chosen, any charge amount can be entered onto a
    service request as needed.
              Enter the full labor amount, not the per-hour rate.
              The "revenue category Y" charge is presented on the service
    request as default if the job's Revenue category field is coded "Y",
    otherwise the other three are shown for your selection.
              Note:  Revenue category Y is treated specially for historical
    reasons.  It used to block any labor discount that would otherwise be
    applied, but it no longer does.  Some businesses use it to indicate jetter
    work.  I think it is still treated specially in one History report.  You
    are welcome to ignore it.










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 123


    Here's another convenience feature.
              The Default client entry field determines whether
    multiple-access searches ask first for a client's name, address, or phone
    number.  Depending on how you set this field (to P, N, or A), the phone
    number, name, or address field will be initially presented to accept your
    entry in many functions.
              Regardless of which field is first activated in an function by
    the Default client entry field, you can always make a different one active
    by entering just one letter.
              The search field selected also chooses the sort order of the
    file in most cases.

    There are a lot of ex-military people in sewer & drain work.  Many of them
    prefer the 24-hour clock.  Do you call midafternoon "3PM" or "1500 hours"?
    Pick your preference:
              Enter '1' or '2' in the 12-hour/24-hour time field to select
    either a 12-hour AM/PM clock display on the Main menu, or a 24-hour
    "military time" clock display.  This also affects the format of default
    request times for service requests.

    If you do 75% or more of your work in one area code, I recommend you use
    this convenience feature.
              Many DRAINS functions ask you to enter a phone number.  Typing
    the same area code over and over can be tedious, so the Default area code
    field is provided to remember your most frequently used area code.
              In most situations where DRAINS asks for a phone number, its
    field is prepared with the default area code already typed in.  You can
    backspace to alter it if you need to, just as if you had typed it in
    yourself.
              If you fill in only part of the field, that is what will be
    loaded into the phone number.  If the Default area code is left blank, the
    phone number will be initialized to all blank and you will always get to
    type the entire number yourself.

    If you have made changes, DRAINS asks, "Save these new values (Y/N)?"
              Enter 'Y' or 'N' to save or discard them, then press a key
    (-Spacebar- is a good choice) for the next Customization screen.
              If no changes were made, the next screen appears immediately.



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 124


    FORMATS & PERCENTS
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                Formats & Percents CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE                
Ķ
  __.__% Sales tax (default)        __.__% Overdue account annual interest  
                                                                            
  _ Sales tax breakdown (Y/N)       _ Serviceperson commission system (Y/N) 
  _ Sales Tax report incl unpaids   ___.__% of discount affecting commiss'n 
                                                                            
  _ Print dispatch card for each Service Request (Y/N)                      
  _ Service Req. format (Y=normal)  _ Statement format  (Y=plain paper)     
  _ Invoice format (Y=plain paper)  _ Statement job descriptions (Y/N)      
  _ Invoice print business address  _ Statement print business address      
                                            Ŀ  
  _ Address parsing on (Y/N) Ĵ Address parsing is turned    
                                             On or Off here, but will     
  _ Default allowed payment type ($/P/C/A)   not take full effect until   
                                             the next Option P reindex.   
  Job description line 2 default:             
           __________________________________________________               
  _ Default time period (week ending on NMTWHFS, or C for Calendar month)   
  __.__% General Sales Tax (Canada/Quebec)                                  
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

    The business' most commonly applied sales tax rate should be entered as
    the single-rate default Sales tax.  If most jobs are not taxed, enter 0.
    If only a few jobs have parts, enter the most-used labor tax rate.  (For
    example:  A five percent tax is entered "5.00"%.)
              When Sales tax breakdown (just below) is marked "N", this tax
    percent is applied to both parts and labor of all jobs.
              When Sales tax breakdown is marked "Y", only jobs whose tax
    group codes are blank or invalid have this default tax rate applied, to
    both labor and parts.
              See NATIONALITY AND TAX: U.S.A. vs. CANADA, page 262, for a
    discussion of the use of this field for Provincial Sales Tax (PST.)

    If you would like to charge penalty interest to the people who owe you
    money for too long, this is where you say how much.  The Overdue account
    annual interest percentage is entered as if calculating interest for a job
    whose payment is 1 year late.
              For example, 18% per year causes 1.5% interest per month.  It is
    entered as 18.00.  18% used to be the legal maximum.  It is still the most
    common penalty rate used.
              I recommend adding interest to late accounts, even if you do not
    expect your customers to pay it.  See Nosy business advice - office
    procedures I recommend, page , to find out why.








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 125


    The next field, Sales tax breakdown, is is a good one to get right from
    the beginning.  (You may want to discuss this one and the next one, Sales
    Tax report incl unpaids, with your accountant.)
              If your business charges sales tax on parts but not labor (or
    vice versa), or if you have a need to charge different sales tax rates in
    different states, counties, or towns, or if commercial customers are taxed
    at a different rate than homeowners, set Sales tax breakdown to "Y".
              Important: DRAINS has a dedicated way of handling tax exemption
    (churches, municipal sites, etc.) that is independent of whether sales tax
    groups are used.  Tax exempt customers and jobs should be handled by the
    normal tax-exemption system, NOT by a tax group code.  (The proper way of
    handling tax-exempt jobs is to have the site's tax ID in the permanent
    client information record when generating the job, and/or entering a
    negative number in the tax field of tax-exempt work orders.)
              Even if you are not required by your sales tax situation to use
    tax groups, you may still find it useful to do so.  The tax group system
    is ideal for coding jobs by county or other geographical areas.  Many of
    DRAINS' reports can be sorted and subtotalled by tax group code.  Sorting
    the dispatcher's current job list geographically can reduce technician
    travel overhead.
              Entering 'Y' or 'N' in the Sales tax breakdown field enables or
    disables the Tax Group system.  This system includes the display and
    editing of tax group codes associated with job site information in the
    Client, Work Order, History, Account, and Journal files.  The Tax Group
    system also provides the ability to request subtotals of many reports by
    tax group code.
              When the Tax Group system is turned off, most of the program's
    references to it become inactive and invisible.
              If you are still undecided, see Main menu option M. Lookup Table
    Maintenance function G. Tax Group Add/Edit/Delete, page 153, for more
    description of tax group code possibilities.
              When the Tax Group system is active, Lookup Table maintenance
    includes editing of the Tax Group file (described on page 153).
              The single "default" sales tax value (described above) is always
    used to calculate tax (on labor & parts) for work orders not bearing a
    valid tax group code when editing takes place.  ("Valid" = a code found in
    the Tax Group file.)

    If you don't have to report sales tax, ignore Sales Tax report incl
    unpaids.  If you do report tax, it is important to answer this question
    correctly by the time you submit your first sales tax report generated by
    DRAINS:  Does your state want the totals of tax charged or tax collected?
              If your state, like most, wants the tax you've charged, whether
    or not you've received any payment from your customer, mark Sales Tax
    report incl unpaids 'Y'.
              If the state is willing to wait until you've received (at least
    the first partial) payment, enter 'N'.
              You may want to check with your accountant about how you have
    been doing it, and with your state about what the legal requirement is.
              This field's value determines whether DRAINS uses the job finish
    date or the date of the job's first payment to decide which jobs should be
    included in a sales tax report.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 126


              Switching methods on a long-standing DRAINS system is difficult
    because in the month/quarter/reporting period of the switch you have to
    identify which jobs you've paid tax on you shouldn't have or vice versa.
    Call Kate for help with switching methods if you ever have to.
              Note:  I'm saying "state" here, but some businesses also
    encounter sales tax bureaucracy at the county and city level.  Same deal.
    Set up tax group codes for them and they'll appear on the sales tax
    reports.

    If you pay any of your technicians on commission, enter 'Y' in the
    Serviceperson commission system field to enable the Commission Report
    system.
              The commission system includes the display and editing of an
    OffHr field on work orders in the active Work Order and History files.
    When the Commission Report system is active, each serviceperson's personal
    record includes a labor commission percent for work done during normal
    hours, a labor percent for work done outside of normal hours ("off
    hours"), and a materials commission percent.
              Some businesses use the OffHr commission for other work done at
    an unusual commission percent (often pumping), rather than for off hours
    work.
              If only some workers are paid on commission, set the commission
    percentages on the hourly workers' Serviceperson records to 0.00.
              A Commission Report function on the Servicepeople & Finders menu
    is only provided when the commission system is active.
              Turning off the commission system by entering 'N' here does not
    cause the loss of any commission data.  It is still there, just not
    accessible until the commission system is turned back on.

    If you don't need commissions, or never give a customer a discount, ignore
    % of discount affecting commiss'n.  Otherwise, I think this one is best
    explained with an example of how it works:
              Imagine a tech does a job normally worth $100.  The homeowner is
    given a 10% discount, and pays $90.  The tech's commission rate is 30%.
              If the % of discount affecting commiss'n is set to 0.00, the
    tech gets $30 commission on this job, as the discount does not affect his
    cut.
              If the % of discount affecting commiss'n is set to 100.00, the
    tech gets $27 commission (30% of $90) on this job, as his commission is on
    the fully discounted amount.
              If the % of discount affecting commiss'n is set to 25.00, the
    tech gets $29.25 commission ((30% of $90) + (30% of 75% of $10)) on this
    job, as 25% of the discount affects his pay.














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 127


    Entering 'Y' or 'N' in the Print dispatch card for each Service Request
    field enables or disables the automatic printing of a dispatch card
    whenever a Service Request is saved.  The output is intended to be a
    compressed-print blurb on the job fitting a 3x5" card, but larger print
    can be obtained by using the NULLCODE printer type for DRAINS' printer 2.
    (See page 52 for a sample of dispatch card content.)
              When DRAINS asks you which printer to use, the dispatch card
    output can be dumped to the screen instead of a real printer, for any job
    that does not need a printed card.  The dispatch card is the only DRAINS
    output that uses printer #2 as default.  Having a dedicated dispatch card
    printer is thus a very convenient way to generate output that serve the
    function of telephone "pink slips".
              I recommend printing dispatch cards.  See Nosy business advice -
    office procedures I recommend, page , to find out why.

    It's easiest to set the next 6 output formatting fields all to "Y" when
    you are first getting to know DRAINS.  "Y" format service requests,
    invoices, and statements are intended to print on regular 8.5" x 11" plain
    paper.
              Once you are familiar with DRAINS and its output, fancier
    formats may appeal.  Samples of various DRAINS output formats are in the
    SAMPLE OUTPUT section, starting on page 276.
              The service request, invoice, and statement printing parts of
    DRAINS are separate modules that "plug in" to the main DRAINS program.  If
    you have a favorite pre-printed format, I can make DRAINS work with it.
    If you have a special need, I can design something to your specification.
              Looking ahead:  If you have a choice between a "letterhead"
    format, and using a non-letterhead format with print business address set
    to "N", select the non-letterhead format.  I hope to phase out the
    letterhead invoice and statement formats now that the business address can
    be turned off.

    Service Request format:
    (See sample service requests starting on page 330.)
     "Y" is the standard full-page plain paper service request, 56 printed
    lines with form feed (ejects the page).
     "B" is the same, but without the "boxes and borders" IBM characters.
    (Page 338.)

     "H" is a half-page plain paper service request for 66 line printers.
    (Intended for dot-matrix printers feeding fanfold paper and with skip-
    over-perf turned off.)
     "E" is the same, but without the "boxes and borders" IBM characters.
     "F" is a half-page plain paper service request, 27 printed lines with
    form feed (ejects the page).

     "D" is "dispatch card" style service request for 3x5", 18 lines,
    compressed print.
     "P" is the same plus form feed (ejects the page).








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 128


    Invoice format:
    (See sample invoices starting on page 335.)
     "Y" is the standard plain paper full-page invoice.
     "4" is the same but includes the 4th job description line, normally
    confidential.
     "H" is standard plain paper full-page invoice w/PO# & net 30 msg.
     "X" is standard plain paper full-page invoice without the tax % shown
     "J" is a lump-sum plain paper full-page invoice
     "B" is a plain paper full-page minimal invoice
     "Q" is a bilingual "letterhead" (no return address) invoice for Quebec,
    based on the standard plain paper full-page invoice.  ***This module needs
    to be modified by Concise Logic for each user site with the correct TPS
    and TVQ numbers.***  (No charge.)

     "D" is standard plain paper full-page invoice minus return address for
    use with letterhead
     "L" is standard full-page invoice for use with letterhead, NO return
    address; Discount does NOT specify "residential"
     "3" is "L" invoice, but down 3 lines.
     "O" is letterhead full-page invoice w/o tax % shown.
     "F" is flat-rate, non-itemized letterhead full-page invoice.

     "5" is invoice for NEBS form 13175T 8.5x7".
     "6" is flat rate version of 5Invoice for NEBS 13175T 8.5x7" invoice,
    combines labor & parts, does NOT say NO WARRANTY

     "A" is invoice for Viking form FA3, cut-sheet

     "C" is compressed space invoice

     "E" is a full-page invoice; NOT included: JOBNUMBR!, DONETIME
     "G" is form 091319/12-87 full-page invoice
     "M" is HP-PCL full page invoice for DrainPro form
     "N" is "Jim Dandy" style forms (Page 339.)
     "T" is dispatch card style "invoice" for 3x5"
     "S" is like the "Y" standard full-page plain paper service request but it
    pays attention to whether the return address is wanted.

    Several invoice formats are suitable for using with letterhead.  Set
    Invoice print business address to 'N' if you want DRAINS to just leave
    blank space where it would normally print your business return address.

    Statement format:
    (See sample statements starting on page 341.)
     "Y" produces 8.5"x11" plain paper statements.  A form feed ejects each
    page.
     "J" is the same, but "from" & "to" addresses are moved 1" to the left.
    (Works better with some window envelopes.)
     "Q" is bilingual for Quebec.

     "H" is similar, but with return address missing for use with letterhead.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 129


     "A" is for use with NEBS laser 8.5*11 statement w/Aging (No return
    addresses / business phone#).
     "1" is the same, 3 lines lower.
     "2" is the same as "1", adds return address & business phone#.
     "E" is "A" statement 1 line up.
     "L" is "A" statement, with a job# on tearoff (No return addresses or
    business phone#).

     "V" is for NEBS pinfeed 8.5*7" statement # w/Aging #9207-2, uses 771 DU-
    O-VUE envelope.

     "C" is compressed space statement of all activity.  (This can be useful
    for auditing your statements.)
     "T" is compressed space statement, giving total only.

     "N" is for RediForm preprinted form statements, NO active business
    phone#.  (page 342.)

     "S" produces a summary statement list, similar to an Accounts Receivable
    list.

    If 'Y' is entered in the Statement job descriptions field, most statement
    formats will include the first 3 lines of the 4 line job description for
    each itemized charge.  If 'N' is entered in this field, only the job and
    purchase order numbers appear on statement items.

    Several statement formats are suitable for using with letterhead.  Set
    Statement print business address to 'N' if you want DRAINS to just leave
    blank space where it would normally print your business return address.

    Address parsing is a change in how DRAINS sorts (and searches for) street
    addresses.  The majority of sites have a lot of two-word street names in
    their territory.  ("E Main St", "Hunter Ridge Road")  Most sites turn
    address parsing off, 'N', and sort street addresses by house number.
              If your area ever gets renumbered, however, skipping the number
    and sorting addresses by the first word of the street may be valuable.
    That is what address parsing does.  If you live in an area with few
    two-word street names, you may want parsing on so that you can easily look
    at neighborhood patterns.

    Today's computers are very literal-minded and do not have the human
    ability of intelligently comparing two items.  If you ask a computer, "Is
    1 Apple Street the same as 1 Apple St.?" the computer will reply "No."
    DRAINS' address parsing is intended to process street addresses a little
    more flexibly.












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 130


              When address parsing is active in DRAINS, address comparisons
    consider only the first two "words" of the street address, as delimited
    (defined) by spaces.  For example,
              Unparsed                    Parsed equivalent
              --------                    -----------------
              "922 Edgewood Avenue      " "922 EDGEWOOD             "
              "13 East Main Street      " "13 EAST                  "
              "13 East_Main St. Apt.1A  " "13 EAST_MAIN             "
              "City Hall Annex          " "CITY HALL                "
              "City_Hall Annex          " "CITY_HALL ANNEX          "

    (I used underscores to replace spaces in two cases where the street name
    had a space in it, to force the parsing to consider both parts as one
    unit.)
              Notice that the parsed addresses ignore "Street" vs. "St." vs.
    "St", and also apartment numbers.  When you ask for an address with the
    address parsing ON, you need only enter the house number and street name,
    such as "922 EDGEWOOD", to get an exact match.  (This is often but not
    always desirable.)
              Some cities have 1st/2nd/3rd Streets running North-South (for
    example) and 1st/2nd/3rd Avenues running East-West.  If your territory
    contains much of this, we recommend leaving parsing OFF.  Occasional
    instances where street type is important (Apple Drive vs. Apple Court) can
    be effectively handled by including an underscore in the lesser-used
    street's name (Apple_Court).

              The sort order of DRAINS' parsed addresses is also different.
    The sort is by street, and by house number within each street.  DRAINS
    does this by considering the two space-delimited address parts in reverse
    order:

    Alphabetical Order List    How parsing sorts it  How the sorted list looks
    -------------------------  --------------------  -------------------------
    "1 Belleview Ave.       "  "ALBEMARLE 100     "  "100 Albemarle Avenue   "
    "1 Charles Place        "  "ALBEMARLE 2       "  "2 ALBEMARLE AVENUE     "
    "100 Albemarle Avenue   "  "ANNEX CITY_HALL   "  "City_Hall Annex        "
    "12 Belleview Av.       "  "BELLEVIEW 1       "  "1 Belleview Ave.       "
    "13 East_Main St. Apt.1A"  "BELLEVIEW 12      "  "12 Belleview Av.       "
    "2 ALBEMARLE AVENUE     "  "CHARLES 1         "  "1 Charles Place        "
    "922 Edgewood Avenue    "  "EAST_MAIN 13      "  "13 East_Main St. Apt.1A"
    "City_Hall Annex        "  "EDGEWOOD 922      "  "922 Edgewood Avenue    "

              Enter 'Y' or 'N' in the Address parsing on field to indicate
    whether you want address parsing on or off.  Since address parsing affects
    DRAINS' indexes, it does not take proper effect until Main menu option P.
    Archive Closed Jobs's function P. Pack, Reindex & Transfer is run to
    re-create the changed indexes.  (This is the one customization change that
    requires an additional step to take effect.)
              Troubleshooting:  turning the parsing off or on without
    recreating the indexes will make address lookups work improperly until the
    indexes are recreated.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 131


    The Default allowed payment type is the allowed payment type initially
    assigned to clients when they are added to DRAINS' data, either when their
    first service request is created or in Client file maintenance.  $=cash
    only, P=credit card OK (cash OK too, of course), C=check OK (or credit
    card, or cash), A=account charge OK (any payment type OK).  Most
    businesses choose "C", approving checks (& credit cards/cash) for
    unrecognised customers.
              A client's allowed payment type may be approved or replaced with
    a different allowed payment type on an individual basis by customer, and
    overridden on individual jobs.  In the Client file, an allowed payment
    type of "N" is used to indicate "No service!" for a particular customer.
              Changing the default allowed payment type here does not change
    any past client entries.

    The Job description line 2 default provides a way to always include
    certain text on work orders.  This can remind the person who edits or
    closes work orders to include wanted information not handled by a
    dedicated DRAINS field.  Examples of use are: which truck was used, blade
    size, and location of cleanout.
              (Note to new users:  Leave this one blank for now.  Later, when
    you know what DRAINS does and does not ask for, consider whether this
    could be useful.)
              This field's content becomes the default second line of the job
    description on every work order.  (It also can remind servicepeople and
    dispatchers; it appears on printed Service Requests and Dispatch Cards.)
              When editing this line on Work Orders, -Home- and -End- may be
    useful.  They cause the cursor to skip forward and backward from word to
    word (as delimited by blanks) on the line.

    I have just started teaching DRAINS to use a Default time period in
    providing default (initial) date spans for reports.  If you run your
    reports weekly (common when providing paychecks), enter the code for the
    last day of the workweek.  N=Sunday, M=Monday, T=Tuesday, W=Wednesday,
    H=Thursday, F=Friday, S=Saturday.
              For example, if the guy are paid Monday for the past week ending
    Friday, enter 'F' here.
              If you run your reports monthly (common for sole proprietor
    businesses), enter 'C' for Calendar month.
              All date spans can be changed on the fly, of course.  This only
    affects what DRAINS assumes, for your convenience.

    Canadian businesses should enter the GST percent in the General Sales Tax
    field.  American businesses can ignore this field.  (See NATIONALITY AND
    TAX: U.S.A. vs. CANADA, page 262.)

    If you have made changes, enter 'Y' or 'N' to save or discard them, then
    press a key for the next Customization screen.  If no changes were made,
    the next screen appears immediately.









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 132


    ADMINISTRATIVE ACCESS
(fixed width font)
ͻ
              Administrative Access CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE               
Ķ
                                                                            
   _______ Next job number                                                  
   _ Assign job number in A=Service Request, B=Close Work Order, blank=none 
   _ ZIPcode checking (Y=on, N=off)                                         
   _ Prior client referral code    _ Finder referral code                   
   _ Save deleted work orders to audit file (Y/N)                           
   ____ Number of hours after backup for backup reminder                    
   __________ Date & hour next backup reminder is due (YYYYMMDDHH)          
                                                                            
   Business address:               2 additional return addresses may be     
   ______________________________  defined w/F7. Default address at left.   
   ______________________________  ______________________________           
   ______________________________  ______________________________           
                                                                            
   (___) ___-____ Business phone                                            
                                                                            
   _ Nationality (USA/Canada/Quebec)      Simultaneous sessions (1..12): __ 
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

    Entering a number in the Next job number field causes DRAINS to assign job
    numbers to work orders.  If no value is entered in the Next job number
    field, DRAINS will not assign job numbers automatically.
              If your technicians use invoices out in the field that have
    preprinted sequential numbers, I recommend using those preprinted numbers
    as your job numbers.  If it's not already blank, blank out Next job number
    (with spaces, or use the -Delete- key to vacuum up any number that's
    there) so that DRAINS won't confuse matters by trying to number the jobs.
              I believe using invoices with preprinted sequential numbers is a
    good business practice.  See Nosy business advice - office procedures I
    recommend, page , to find out why.
              If a Next job number is entered in this field, it will be
    assigned automatically to the next blank Job number field of a work order
    closed by Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order's close work order
    function or Main menu option A. Create Service Request, depending on the
    value of the Assign job number field (just below).  The value shown in
    Customization Maintenance is incremented by one when the current number is
    used.  User-entered or -modified job numbers are never overwritten.
              DRAINS does not require job numbers, but I heartily endorse
    their use.  The job number is usually the quickest and easiest way to
    search for a particular job's information.  If you don't use job numbers
    now, I recommend you turn on DRAINS' numbering by entering 10001 in Next
    job number.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 133


    If Next job number is blank, please blank Assign job number also.
              If you do ask DRAINS to number the jobs, Assign job number tells
    it when to do so.  Enter 'A' in the Assign job number field to have DRAINS
    assign a job number on the service request (all requests for work get a
    number), or 'B' to have a number assigned as each job is closed (only
    completed jobs get a number).  A blank (-Spacebar-) requests no automatic
    numbering.

    Enter 'Y' or 'N' to activate or deactivate ZIPcode checking.  When on, the
    check will complain whenever it encounters a job site or billing address
    final line that does not have a zip code matching one on the ZIPcode Check
    list.
              The list it looks at is one you give it.  If you don't want to
    take the time now to make a list of your most commonly used ZIPs, enter
    'N'.  You can always create the list and turn ZIP checking on later.
              Only the first 5 digits of the ZIP are checked, the "+4" is
    ignored.  ZIPcodes not on the list are accepted by DRAINS after the
    warning message is displayed and you press a key.
              ZIPcode checking is valuable if you have a fumble-fingered data
    entry person and/or plan to do a lot of mailings from DRAINS.
              There are way too many 6-character Canadian postal codes for
    this to be useful for most Canadian sites.  However, a 6-character ZIPcode
    check file is provided for Canadian sites that would like to try it.  For
    more information, see ^^^ in REFERENCE.RTF.

    Prior client referral code is the default Referred value DRAINS offers on
    the service request screen when
              1) the job site's record is found in the Client file, and
              2) that Client file record has a valid Referred by code (one
    that is found in the Referral file.)
              This makes it easy to distinguish new customers from repeat
    business, producing a statistic that is a valuable indicator of business
    health.

    Some businesses have plumbers or other (sales?)people who refer work to
    them for a fee.  ("find jobs")  The Finder referral code makes it easy to
    keep track of amounts owed to such people.  Finders may be due a percent
    of the labor charge or a flat fee - their information is set up in Main
    menu option K. Servicepeople & Finders.
              When a work order's referral code matches the Finder referral
    code set here, finder information is asked for that is used to generate
    the reports.
              If you don't get work from finders, you can use any character
    you won't use as a referral code in this field.  Referral codes can be
    A..Z and 0..9, so any "cursemark" (!@#$%&*) is a good choice.  DRAINS
    comes loaded with a diamond character in this field, guaranteed to not be
    a valid referral code.










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 134


    Enter 'Y' or 'N' at Save deleted work orders to audit file to activate or
    deactivate the deletion audit trail.  When on, whenever a record is
    deleted from History, a reason is prompted for and the record with its
    deletion reason is copied to a secret, inaccessible Deletion Audit file.
              If you're not sure whether to turn it on, go ahead.  It doesn't
    take up much space and there's a chance it might someday be useful to have
    it on.
              If you ever suspect that cash and cash job records are
    disappearing at the office, please ask Kate to check the Deletion Audit
    file for possibly missing cash jobs.

    When a backup is made, the Number of hours after backup for backup
    reminder is used in the calculation of the next backup reminder due time.
    For example, "24" would cause DRAINS to start reminding that a backup is
    due on the next day, at the same hour the last backup was made.
              I like setting this to a few hours more than the normal,
    expected backup interval.  That way, if I see the reminder, I know that a
    backup is overdue.  If I'm making backups as I should, I should rarely or
    never see the reminder.
              Please don't train yourself to ignore the backup reminder.  See
    Nosy business advice - office procedures I recommend, page , to find
    out why a daily backup is a good idea.
              If you have an automatic system backup to tape or ZIP drive, it
    is cheap insurance to make a redundant weekly DRAINS backup on floppy
    diskettes anyway.  To turn off the reminder, set this field to 9999 (27
    years).

    Date & hour next backup reminder is due is the date and hour of the next
    requested backup reminder.  It is entered as the 4-digit year, 2-digit
    month, 2-digit day, and 2-digit hour.  The hour is given in 24-hour
    format; for example, 1pm should be entered as "13".
              This field is automatically set when a Main menu option N.
    Backup backup is made, or when a "remind me later" date and time are
    entered into the backup reminder box on the Main menu.

    The 3 Business address lines are for your business' name and address.
    These are printed on most types of DRAINS invoices and statements as your
    return address.  The Business phone field should be filled with the number
    customers should call if they have questions about their billing.
              Note: most DRAINS 2.11..3.08 invoices and statements did not yet
    make use of the Business phone field.  DRAINS 4.00 now includes it in most
    formats.  If you have in the past included the phone number next to your
    business' name, I recommend you check to see whether that is now
    redundant.

    DRAINS version 4.00 can handle up to 3 businesses in the same database.
    The business shown on the primary Administrative Access CUSTOMIZATION
    MAINTENANCE screen is the "default" business (address #D).  While editing
    the fields on this screen, press the F7 key to add or edit information for
    up to two other businesses on a secondary Administrative Access
    CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE screen.
              F7 causes a screen to appear with editable fields for usage,
    business address, and Phone for address #1 and address #2.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 135


(fixed width font)
ͻ
              Administrative Access CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE               
Ķ
                                                                            
   Leave fields blank if unused.  (Use R_ file variable prefix.)            
                                                                            
       Describe address #1 usage: ________________________________________  
                                                                            
   Alternate business address #1: ______________________________            
                                  ______________________________            
                                  ______________________________            
                        Phone #1: (___) ___-____                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
       Describe address #2 usage: ________________________________________  
                                                                            
   Alternate business address #2: ______________________________            
                                  ______________________________            
                                  ______________________________            
                        Phone #2: (___) ___-____                            
                                                                            
              Save these new values (Y/N)? _                                
                                                                            
ͼ

              DRAINS' "intelligent return addressing" needs to understand how
    to know which jobs get which business return address.  This is set up very
    flexibly, so it takes some understanding of the FoxPro language and
    DRAINS' database field names to do it.  Kate will be glad to help you, no
    charge.
              When an invoice or statement is printed, if the job meets
    criteria for address #1, it is used.  If address #1 is not applicable,
    address #2 is checked, and used if its criteria are met.  If neither
    address #1 or #2 are applicable, the default address is used.  The same
    method applies to History reports divided by business.
              Here are some examples of usage:
    R_TAXGROUP=="XX"   tells DRAINS "Use this address if the job's tax group
                        code is XX."
    AT(R_TAXGROUP,"XX/YY")>0   Use this address if the job's tax group code is
                        XX or YY.  (Caution:  or X/ or /Y)
    R_REFERRAL$"X"     Use this address if the job's referral code is X.
    R_CUSTTYPE$"XY"    Use this address if the job's customer type code is X
                        or Y.
    R_COMMERCL$"X"     Use this address if the job's revenue category code is
                        X.
    R_DRAINS$"S"       Use this address if the building is connected to a
                        septic system (code "S"), not city sewer ("W").
    R_PAYTYPE$"$PCR"   Use this address if the job was paid at the time or is
                        a recall visit, but not if it's a bill-out ("A").
    R_ASSIGN=="ABCD1234" Use this address if the job has technician ABCD1234
                        as primary serviceperson.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 136


    R_PHNUMBER+R_UNITIDEN=="1234567890ABCD" Use this address only for the
                        particular job site with phone (123)456-7890 and unit
                        ABCD.
    LEFT(R_JOBDESC1,3)=="ML*" Use this address for work type code ML jobs.
    R_DONEDATE<CTOD("01/01/2000") Use this address for jobs completed before
                        1/1/2000.
              Note that DRWORKOR/DRWOHIST variables all start with R_.  The
    full list can be found in DR_FILES.RTF.
              When editing is complete, enter 'Y' or 'N' to keep or lose the
    changes, then press a key to return to the primary Administrative Access
    CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE screen.

    Nationality can be set to 'U' for U.S.A., 'Q' for Quebec, or 'C' for the
    rest of Canada.  It affects both ZIPcode parsing (xxxxx vs. xnx-nxn) and
    the tax calculation scheme (see NATIONALITY AND TAX: U.S.A. vs. CANADA,
    page 262.)  If Nationality is "C" or "Q", the Serviceperson file SSN
    field is labeled GST#.

    Simultaneous sessions refers to the maximum number of DRAINS sessions that
    can be open at the same time.  It can be set to any number from 1 to 12 in
    the (normal) multi-session version.  It may only be set to 1 in the
    single-user version.
              When DRAINS is run on a network, Simultaneous sessions is
    normally set to the number of stations on the network that have DRAINS
    installed.  The higher this value, the more sessions the multi-session
    conflict control must check for.  Higher numbers thus very slightly slow
    entry into options and functions.
              A single computer running Windows or another multi-tasking
    operating system may be configured to run more than one simultaneous
    session.  Each session must have its own launch directory (usually \FOXR,
    \FOXR1, \FOXR2...) complete with unique terminal ID# stored in
    DRBOOTID.DBF.  In this situation, Simultaneous sessions must be set to at
    least the number of launchable sessions, and the multi-session version of
    the program is required.

    If you have made changes, enter 'Y' or 'N' to save or discard them, then
    press a key for the next Customization screen.  If no changes were made,
    the next screen appears immediately.



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 137


    TERMINAL DEPENDENT
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                Terminal Dependent CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE                
Ķ
                                                                            
   _ Color display  (N=monochrome, Y=Blue/white, B=Blue/blue, G=Blue/grey)  
                                                                            
   _ Default floppy drive for backups                                       
   _ DRAINS harddrive designation                                           
                                       Type     Device...is default for:    
   Printer configurations: Printer #1: ________  _____   #1: most output    
                           Printer #2: ________  _____   #2: dispatch cards 
                           Printer #3: ________  _____                      
          Ŀ            
          Printer devices may be LPT1:..LPT4: or COM1:..COM4:.            
          Printer device #3 may be a filename.                            
                      
                                                                            
                                                                            
   ______________________________ Path to DOS utilities                     
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

    The prior customization screens contain values that affect every connected
    DRAINS station when multi-session DRAINS is running on a network.
              Each DRAINS station also needs "personal" information, about its
    printer resources, the location of its utility files, and its own user's
    color preference.  I call this "terminal dependent" information.  (It is
    stored in the Station ID file, DRBOOTID.DBF, in the the station's DRAINS
    launch directory, usually \FOXR.)

    Enter 'B', 'G', or 'Y' in the Color display field if your computer has a
    color monitor and you want color operation, otherwise enter 'N'.  If the
    computer's video card is monochrome (black & white only), setting DRAINS
    for color operation normally has no effect.
              "B" is the nicest color scheme for beginners.  It sets most data
    screen field labels to light blue, while the data is white.  "G" is good
    for experienced users; it makes the field labels appear grey.  Input data
    remains white, so the labels kind of blend with the background blue and
    the data stands out.  "Y" makes both the field labels and the data colored
    the same white on blue.
              If your screen is hard to read and you have a monochrome
    monitor, the most likely cause is having color display set on and a color
    video interface card driving a monochrome monitor.  Check whether the "N"
    setting for Color display improves matters.
              Do experiment with the brightness and contrast controls of your
    monitor as well as the different colors available.  Much eyestrain can be
    avoided by adjusting the display properly.  As the light changes due to
    weather, time of day, and so on, periodic adjustments may be needed to
    keep your eyes most comfortable.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 138



    The Default floppy drive for backups (A or B) should be the one most
    frequently wanted (A: or B:) for making backup diskettes.

    The DRAINS harddrive designation should be the drive (C..Z) on which the
    DRAINS data resides.  This information is used when DRAINS looks for its
    data files to use them, and when backups are made.  On a network
    installation, this letter should be the drive letter DRAINS' data server's
    drive is mapped to (labeled) at this station.

    Three sets of Printer type and device fields permit the setup of three
    output devices for use from DRAINS.  This is usually two printers, plus a
    disk file OR a third printer.  The name of the appropriate printer control
    files should be entered as Printer type.  The printer device is the
    physical or logical port the printer is connected to (LPT1:..LPT4:,
    COM1:..COM4:).  Printer #3 can have a disk file name as device.
              Printer #1 is the default printer for most DRAINS output -
    invoices, statements, and reports.  Printer #2 is the default only for
    dispatch cards.  I recommend you set up Printer #3 as a disk file, to be
    able to capture report output to a file.  I use device C:\DR as DRAINS'
    standard temporary-use filename.  See HOW TO USE PRINTER 3 FOR LONG
    REPORTS THAT MAY "TIMEOUT" THE PRINTER in REFERENCE.RTF for one advantage
    to having Printer #3 output to a disk file.
              Laser and inkjet printers, which use cut sheets, are usually
    type HP-PCL5A, HP3P, or LASER.  (HP3Ps can print condensed characters in
    portrait format, LASERs can't.)
              If the printer has a ribbon, normally prints 80 characters
    across, and is sized for 8.5" wide paper, it is probably type DOTMATRX.
              If the printer normally prints 132 characters across and is used
    with 17" paper, it is type WIDECARR.
              NULLCODE does not put any escape codes into the text, and can be
    used to force normally-condensed print dispatch cards to have bigger type.
              If your printer does not properly format DRAINS's reports, we
    encourage you to call Concise Logic for help.
              Other printer control files (such as DMP2100D and DMP2100L) may
    be found on your harddisk and/or DRAINS Program Disk.  All have the file
    extension .MEM.  (See PRINTER.MEM - HOW DRAINS WORKS WITH YOUR PRINTER in
    REFERENCE.RTF.)
              Printer control files can be created and edited by an included
    utility program.  (See Create Printer Control File in REFERENC.RTF.)

    DRAINS needs access to the operating system utility FORMAT for the Main
    menu option N. Backup's diskette formatting function to work.
              The Path to DOS utilities field should show the full pathname of
    the directory the computer's FORMAT utility is in.  Please include a
    trailing backslash when specifying a pathname.  (Note to advanced users:
    Alternatively, this field could be left blank and the operating system
    could be told provide a PATH to it instead.)
              To find the FORMAT utility from a Windows 98 desktop, click
    Start, point to Find, and click "Files or folders".  Type FORMAT in the
    box labeled "Named".  Click the down arrow to the right of the "Look in"
    box and click "Local hard drives" or "C:".  Click "Find Now".  Look for a





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 139


    file called FORMAT.COM or FORMAT.EXE and write down the directory name.
    It will probably be C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND, which should be entered as
    C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND\.  Close the "Find" box with the "X" in the upper right
    corner.
              To find the DOS backup utility from a DOS prompt, enter DIR
    \FORMAT.* /S/P.  The harddrive subdirectories will be listed in which a
    file named FORMAT appears.  Look for a file called FORMAT.COM or
    FORMAT.EXE and write down the directory name.  DOS systems often use a
    \DOS directory for operating system utilities, which should be entered as
    C:\DOS\.
              On a standalone system, if no directory listing shows the file,
    it will need to be copied to your harddrive.  Please ask Kate to help you
    find the right version.  On a network, it is OK if it resides on another
    machine as long as it is a compatible version with the local machine's
    operating system.

    If you have made changes, enter 'Y' or 'N' to save or discard them, then
    press a key to recall the Main menu.  If no changes were made, no key
    press is needed.
              On slower machines, you may notice the screen setup process
    building work order screens for your site's warranty set.  It briefly
    displays cancelled and normal work order screens on the way back to the
    Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 140



    M. LOOKUP TABLE MAINTENANCE

              (The password is needed for access.)
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                          LOOKUP TABLE MAINTENANCE                          
Ķ
      Ŀ      
            Lookup Table  Add/Edit/Delete Information  Print List       
      ͵      
        Revenue Category               A                   1            
      Ĵ      
           Customer Type               B                   2            
      Ĵ      
           Referral Code               C                   3            
      Ĵ      
               Work Type               D                   4            
      Ĵ      
       Municipality Code               E                   5            
      Ĵ      
           ZIPcode Check               F                   6            
      Ĵ      
               Tax Group               G                   7            
            
                                                                            
        Enter 'M' for Main menu, or enter selection (A..G,1..7): _          
                                                                            
ͼ

              The Lookup Table menu provides functions to maintain and print
    seven DRAINS code lists.  These tables tell DRAINS how you want to specify
    and categorize your customers, work, and business environment.  Lookup
    Table maintenance means defining appropriate codes for your business.

    The seven lookup tables maintained here are:
              Revenue category - helps analyze income as coming from various
    "departments" of the business.  A revenue category code can be assigned to
    each job done.  Its most common function is to indicate which equipment
    was used (camera, snake, jetter, pumper) to facilitate checking return on
    investment for equipment types.  Alternatively, it could be used to
    indicate what type of serviceperson (plumber, camera operator, general
    technician) did the job, to make possible an analysis of return on salary.
              Customer Type - helps analyze income sources.  A customer type
    is saved for each client, and can be assigned to each work order.  Reports
    limited by customer type can be used to gauge the effectiveness of
    targeted advertising (families, restaurants, industrial sites, managed
    apartments), or to analyze the composition of a business' customer base.
    Customer type can be specified to restrict billing, mailings, or History
    reports to a particular customer group.
              Referral Code - is intended for analysis of how you get your job
    orders (repeat business, calls from yellow page listings, word of mouth.)
    This code can help gauge advertising return by method.  An initial
    referral code is saved for each client, to indicate how the client first



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 141


    found your business.  Subsequent work orders for clients on file are
    normally coded as repeat business, using the Prior client referral code
    set in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization (page 134).  A report
    analyzing source of job orders is planned for later revisions of the
    program.  As of version 4.00, most History reports can be limited to one
    or more referral codes.
              Work Type - provides convenient standardization and fast entry
    of work order job descriptions (Problem line = job description line 1) by
    translating a two character code (entered on an otherwise blank line) into
    a full line of description.  The work type code can be used on both the
    service request screen and work order screens.
              For use by reports, the code can preface its translation's
    description.  For example, if code ML means main line, I might make the
    description "ML* Run main line, test."  The star is ignored by the
    computer, but makes it very clear to human readers that the "ML" is a
    code.  (Customers will see it.)
              Keeping the code at the beginning of job description line 1
    after translation is desirable because DRAINS has a report expecting the
    work type code in that particular position.  The Worker/WorkType History
    report (see page 178) is aimed at assisting commission calculation in
    companies that pay at varying rates determined by work type.  A report
    using the work type code to provide a detailed business breakdown is
    planned for later revisions of the program.
              Municipality Code - provides convenient standardization and fast
    entry of City St Zip fields of job site and billing addresses.  The two
    character code (entered on an otherwise blank line) translates to a full
    line of city+state+zip.
              ZIPcode Check - When ZIPcode checking is active, DRAINS will
    complain about any job site City St Zip or billing address line 4 whose
    zip code is not found in this list.  ZIPcode checking is turned on and off
    in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.  See page 134 for a
    discussion of ZIPcode checking.
              Tax Group - When tax groups are active, this lookup table
    defines local (state/county/city in USA, provincial in Canada) tax rates
    on parts and labor.  A tax group code may be saved for each client and
    edited on each work order.  Work order sales tax amounts are usually
    determined by tax group information.  Further, many reports can subtotal
    by tax group, so it may be used to specify reporting areas, such as
    counties or towns.  Tax groups are turned on and off by Sales tax
    breakdown in Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.  See page 126
    for a discussion of tax groups.
              When Sales tax breakdown is "N", tax groups are not active, and
    tax group file maintenance and printing are omitted from this menu.

              Six of the seven lookup tables' codes are maintained in
    approximately the same way, so lookup table maintenance is first described
    in general just below.  (Maintenance of the ZIPcode Check file is
    different.  It has its own manual section, starting on page 152.)
              All seven lookup tables' contents print by the same method, so
    producing their lists are described together also.
              The ideosyncracies of each lookup table are then described
    separately.  Example lists appear after the descriptions of the specific
    files.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 142



              A relevant function is called from the Lookup Table menu by
    entering its selection letter or number.

              .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .

              Lookup table maintenance applies to:
                Function A) Add/Edit/Delete Revenue Category Information
                Function B) Add/Edit/Delete Customer Type Information
                Function C) Add/Edit/Delete Referral Code Information
                Function D) Add/Edit/Delete Work Type Information
                Function E) Add/Edit/Delete Municipality Code Information
                Function G) Add/Edit/Delete Tax Group Information

              When the function letter is entered, the table's maintenance
    screen appears.  For example,
(fixed width font)
ͻ
Ŀ
                     MAINTAIN REVENUE CATEGORY FILE                       
ٺ
                                                                            
                                                                            
                   Revenue category code     (1..9, A..Z)                   
                                                                            
                   Description                                              
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                Enter '+' to add Revenue Category code,                     
                Revenue Category code to scan/edit/delete,                  
                '=' for first Revenue Category code, or press               
                -Enter- for Lookup Table menu: _                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ
    Four entries are possible:
              A plus sign ('+') to prepare to "add codes",
              an existing code ID to search for,
              an equals sign ('=') to scan all codes, starting with the first,
    or
              -Enter- or -Escape- with the field blank to return to the Lookup
    Table menu.









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 143


    Adding codes
    ------------
    Enter '+' to add one or more lookup codes and descriptions.  The table
    maintenance screen appears, ready for a new code's entry.  Three entries
    are possible:
              -Enter- or -Escape- with the field blank exits from the code
    addition process.
              Entry of an already-existing code causes a message to appear
    that the code is already on file.  (Press a key to continue.)
              If the code entered is a new one, the description field(s)
    becomes active for a definition of the code to be entered.  After entry,
    the addition submenu appears.
(fixed width font)
ͻ
Ŀ
                     MAINTAIN REVENUE CATEGORY FILE                       
ٺ
                                                                            
                                                                            
                   Revenue category code  _  (1..9, A..Z)                   
                                                                            
                   Description            ____________________              
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
             Enter 'S' to save this Revenue Category information,           
                   'E' to edit Revenue Category description,                
                   'C' to to cancel this information's addition, or         
                   'M' for Lookup Table menu                                
                       (discards any changes made):                         
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

              Enter 'S' to save the code and description, and then prepare for
    another add.

              Enter 'E' to re-edit the description only.  The chance to save
    is then given again.

              Enter 'C' to discard the displayed code and description and
    prepare again for adding.

              Enter 'M' to discard the displayed code and description and
    recall the Lookup Table menu.








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 144


    Scanning all codes
    ------------------
    Enter '=' to scan the existing table records in alphabetical order by
    code.  (If no codes are on file, a message appears and a key press recalls
    the Lookup Table menu.)  The first code and its associated description
    appear.
              When a code and description on file are displayed by either
    scanning or searching, five actions are available from the edit submenu.
    (Keep reading.)

    Searching for a code
    --------------------
    Enter an existing code to look up.  If the code is on file, it and its
    associated description(s) are displayed.
              If it is not on file, a message appears and a key press displays
    the code that is alphabetically just before the requested code.  (If the
    requested code would have been first, the first code is displayed.)

              When a code and description on file are displayed by either
    scanning or searching, five actions are available from the edit submenu:
(fixed width font)
ͻ
Ŀ
                     MAINTAIN REVENUE CATEGORY FILE                       
ٺ
                                                                            
                                                                            
                   Revenue category code  _  (1..9, A..Z)                   
                                                                            
                   Description            ____________________              
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
             Enter ' ' for next Revenue Category code's information,        
                   'E' to edit Revenue Category description,                
                   'D' to delete this Revenue Category information,         
                   'C' to cancel this lookup, or                            
                   'M' for Lookup Table menu: _                             
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

              Press -Enter- (with the field blank) to see the next code and
    description.  If -Enter- is pressed at the last code and description, the
    table's maintenance screen is recalled.

              Enter 'E' to edit the description.  Edit, then enter 'Y' or 'N'
    to save or discard any change made.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 145



              Enter 'D' to delete the code and description.  A work type or
    municipality code is deleted immediately.  A key press then displays the
    alphabetically next code and description, or recalls the table's
    maintenance screen if the deleted code was the last in the file.
              Deletion of a tax group code is double-checked with you, with a
    warning message of possible consequences.  Enter 'Y' or 'N', to confirm
    the deletion or return to the edit submenu.
              Revenue category, customer type, or referral codes may not be
    deleted if it they appear on work orders in History, so DRAINS checks for
    their presence there before deletion.  If the code is not in use in
    History, it is immediately deleted from the table.
              If a revenue category, customer type, or referral code is found
    in the History file, a message appears.  At the "List jobs to printer
    (Y/N)?" prompt, enter 'Y' to produce a printed list of jobs.  The jobs
    listed are those whose code is the one displayed.  The edit submenu is
    then recalled.  (An entry of 'N' recalls the edit submenu immediately.)

              Enter 'C' to recall the table's maintenance screen.

              Enter 'M' to recall the Lookup Table menu.

              When DRAINS is invoked, the revenue category, customer type,
    referral, and tax group codes on file are read into memory from the files,
    for quicker field content checking during work order & client information
    editing.  When changes are made to any one of these codes by one station
    of a multi-user DRAINS system, the other active stations should exit and
    re-enter DRAINS to load the changes for their own use.  A reminder message
    about this appears when exiting from maintenance of these codes.

              Specifics about individual lookup table editing follow this
    brief section about printing the lookup tables' lists...

              ...............................................................

              Lookup table list printing applies to:
                Function 1) Print Revenue Category List
                Function 2) Print Customer Type List
                Function 3) Print Referral Code List
                Function 4) Print Work Type List
                Function 5) Print Municipality Code List
                Function 6) Print ZIPcode Check List
                Function 7) Print Tax Group List

              All lists are printed in code order.  These lists should be
    readily accessible to the dispatcher and job entry people.

              When the function number is entered, DRAINS asks "Screen or
    Printer (S/P)?".  Enter 'S' to select an on-screen report with convenient
    screen paging for handy casual viewing.  (For details on screen paging,
    see PRINTING AND VIEWING, page .)
              Enter 'P' for a printed report.  Once the printer is selected,
    printing starts immediately.  If -Escape- is pressed while the report is
    printing, the rest of the report is cancelled.  (For details on printer
    error handling, see PRINTING AND VIEWING, page .)


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 146



              ...............................................................

              Function A) Add/Edit/Delete Revenue Category Information:
    Revenue Category codes are one character long and may be numbers or
    capital letters only.  (See page 143 for general maintenance
    instructions for most lookup tables.)
              Deletion of revenue category codes present in History is
    blocked.  A list of archived work orders having the code can be requested
    when the deletion is denied.  For example,

        JOBS HAVING REVENUE CATEGORY CODE Y
        Date Done  Job#    Phone#     Unit Name
        ---------- ------- ---------- ---- -------------------------
        10/27/1994 1000401 8131234567 ABCD [Customer's name........]
        11/13/1994 1000409 813BEARDSL      BEARDSLEY

              New users:  A sample list of revenue category codes is on page
    148.
              When DRAINS is invoked, the revenue category codes on file are
    loaded into memory for quick access.  When changes are made to the revenue
    category codes by one station of a multi-user DRAINS system, the other
    active stations should exit and re-enter DRAINS to load the changes for
    their own use.  A reminder message about this appears when exiting from
    maintenance of this codes.

    F.Y.I.  If the code blank is not found in the customer type file when
    DRAINS is invoked, the program sets up the missing code with the default
    description "Unspecified category".
              In DRAINS versions prior to 2.13 the revenue category code field
    was merely a "Commercial Y/N" field.  "Y" has continued to be used by some
    businesses to mean jetter or commercial work, "N" to mean all other types
    of work.

              The default rate on a service request for a revenue category Y
    job is the special fourth default rate set in Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization.  All other revenue categories present the three usual
    default rates.
              In older DRAINS versions, revenue category Y used to also
    disallow any normal labor discount, but no longer does.

              The DRAINS Auxiliary Options program (DRAINS 3.xx only) had some
    functions revelant to revenue category codes.

              ...............................................................












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 147


              Function 1) Print Revenue Category List:  See page 146 for
    printing instructions for all lookup tables.

    Example report:
            PAGE NO.     1               Revenue Category List
            12/12/01
                                     REVENUE CATEGORY LIST
                                     ---------------------
            Revenue
            Category   Revenue Category
            Code       Description
            -------- --------------------
                     Unspecified category
               C     Camera
               D     DigUp/PlumbngOutdoor
               J     Jetter
               L     Locator
               N     Not specified
               P     Plumbing (indoor)
               S     Snake/service truck

              ...............................................................

              Function B) Add/Edit/Delete Customer Type Information: Customer
    Type codes are one character long and may be numbers or capital letters
    only.  (See page 143 for general maintenance instructions for most
    lookup tables.)
              Deletion of customer type codes present in History is blocked.
    A list of archived work orders having the code can be requested when the
    deletion is denied.  For example,

        JOBS HAVING CUSTOMER TYPE CODE A
        Date Done  Job#    Phone#     Unit Name
        ---------- ------- ---------- ---- -------------------------
        11/13/1994 1000409 813BEARDSL      BEARDSLEY
        03/02/1995 1000425 4061234567 ABCD Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.

              When DRAINS is invoked, the customer type codes on file are
    loaded into memory for quick access.  When changes are made to the
    customer type codes by one station of a multi-user DRAINS system, the
    other active stations should exit and re-enter DRAINS to load the changes
    for their own use.  A reminder message about this appears when exiting
    from maintenance of this codes.

              New users:  A sample list of customer type codes is on page
    149.

    F.Y.I.  If the code blank is not found in the customer type file when
    DRAINS is invoked, the program sets up the missing code with the default
    description "Unspecified customer type".

              ...............................................................





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 148



              Function 2) Print Customer Type List:  See page 146 for
    printing instructions for all lookup tables.

    Example report:
           PAGE NO.     1                 Customer Type List
           12/12/01
                                   DRAINS CUSTOMER TYPE LIST
                                   -------------------------
           Customer
           Type
           Code     Customer Type Description
           -------- -------------------------------------------------------
                    Unspecified customer type
           C        Commercial customer - miscellaneous
           F        Food preparation / food service / grease & fats
           G        Government or municipal property
           H        Hospital, medical arts building, doctor/dentist office
           M        Managed residence
           O        Owner-occupied residence
           P        Production area, manufacturing, warehouse, dock
           R        Residential customer - miscellaneous
           S        Store - misc retail or wholesale

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Add/Edit/Delete Referral Code Information: Referral
    Codes are one character long and may be numbers or capital letters only.
    (See page 143 for general maintenance instructions for most lookup
    tables.)
              Deletion of referral codes present in History is blocked.  A
    list of archived work orders having the code can be requested when the
    deletion is denied.  For example,

        JOBS HAVING REFERRAL CODE R
        Date Done  Job#    Phone#     Unit Name
        ---------- ------- ---------- ---- -------------------------
        11/14/1994 1000410 4064853866      ABC LIQUORS
        03/02/1995 1000425 4061234567 ABCD Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.

              When DRAINS is invoked, the referral codes on file are loaded
    into memory for quick access.  When changes are made to the referral codes
    by one station of a multi-user DRAINS system, the other active stations
    should exit and re-enter DRAINS to load the changes for their own use.  A
    reminder message about this appears when exiting from maintenance of this
    codes.

              New users:  A sample list of referral codes is on page 150.

    F.Y.I.  If the code blank is not found in the customer type file when
    DRAINS is invoked, the program sets up the missing code with the default
    description "Unspecified referral".





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 149



              ...............................................................

              Function 3) Print Referral Code List:  See page 146 for
    printing instructions for all lookup tables.

    Example report:
           PAGE NO.     1                 Referral Code List
           12/12/01
                                   DRAINS REFERRAL CODE LIST
                                   -------------------------
           Referral   Source of
           Code       Business
           ---------- --------------------
              ?       Unknown
              F       Friend/Word of Mouth
              N       Newspaper ad
              O       Other advertising
              P       Plumber referral
              R       Repeat Customer
              Y       Yellow Pages

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Add/Edit/Delete Work Type Information: Work Type
    codes are two characters long.  They may be composed of capital letters,
    numbers, and up to one space.  (See page 143 for general maintenance
    instructions for most lookup tables.)  Work type codes may be freely
    deleted.
              We suggest that you repeat the code as the beginning of the
    50-character description it translates to.  The Close Ratio report
    currently expects the convention of the second character of work order job
    description line 1 to be "A" or "B" if the job is to be categorized as a
    "service call" rather than a "full pay".

              ...............................................................





















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 150


              Function 4) Print Work Type List:  See page 146 for printing
    instructions for all lookup tables.

    Example report:
           PAGE NO.     1                   Work Type List
           12/12/01
                                     DRAINS WORK TYPE LIST
                                     ---------------------
           Work
           Type     Work
           Code     Description
           -------- --------------------------------------------------
            BS      BS* Bathroom Sink / Tub / Shower
            CH      CH* Chemical Sale
            ES      ES* Estimate
            KS      KS* Kitchen Sink
            ML      ML* Main Sewer Line
            SC      SC* Service Call
            SP      SP* Sump Pump
            ST      ST* Stool Toilet or Urinal
            XX      XX* Miscellaneous: (replace with description)

              ...............................................................

              Function E) Add/Edit/Delete Municipality Code Information:
    Municipality codes are two characters long.  They may be composed of
    capital letters, numbers, and up to one space.  (See page 143 for
    general maintenance instructions for most lookup tables.)  Municipality
    codes may be freely deleted.
              Each municipality code translates to a full city-state-zip line.
    If you include ZIPs in your municipality codes (I approve), you will need
    a separate code for each ZIP.
              I recommend these codes be created in as easy-to-remember a way
    as possible.  This procedure works well at most sites:  1) In your biggest
    town, or the biggest one that you do lots of work in, the last 2 digits of
    the ZIP are the code.  2) Other towns with multiple ZIPs get an
    identifying letter plus the last digit of the ZIP.  3) Small towns with
    only one ZIP get a two-letter code.
              CANADIANS: Please enter postal codes with a dash midway.  For
    example, A1A-1A1.

              ...............................................................















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 151


              Function 5) Print Municipality Code List:  See page 146 for
    printing instructions for all lookup tables.

    Example report:
                   PAGE NO.     1               Municipality Code List
                   12/13/01
                                     DRAINS MUNICIPALITY CODE LIST
                                     -----------------------------
                   Municipality     Municipality
                   Code             City St Zip
                   ------------     -------------------------
                     3F             Three Forks MT 59752
                     14             Bozeman MT 59714
                     15             Bozeman MT 59715
                     18             Bozeman MT 59718
                     71             Bozeman MT 59771
                     B1             Billings MT 59101
                     B5             Billings MT 59105
                     B6             Billings MT 59106
                     EL             Elgin ON K0G-1E0
                     MR             Martinsdale MT 59053
                     WS             White Sulphur Sp MT 59645

              ...............................................................

              Function F) Add/Edit/Delete ZIPcode Check Information invokes a
    browse screen that allows editing and adding.  Each entry should be 5
    characters long in the USA, or 6 (omitting the dash or space) in Canada.
    (If the length is wrong refer to the Canadian installation instructions on
    page^ 205.)  The ZIPcode Check list is presented sorted alphabetically.
              To add a code, press -Tab-.  A blank entry field appears in the
    list, with the cursor in it.  Type the new zip code and press -Enter-, or
    -Tab- again for another new field.  Do not be concerned that the new
    entries may not alphabetize immediately.  When making the last entry, be
    sure to complete your work with -Enter- or -Ctrl-End- (hold down -Ctrl-
    while typing the -End- key in the cursor group).  Caution:  Leaving the
    list with -Escape- makes DRAINS ignore any letters or numbers typed since
    the most recent -Enter-, -Tab-, -UpArrow-, etc.
              To delete a code, move the cursor down or up to it and blank it
    out with spaces or -Delete-, then press -Enter-.  All blank records
    disappear as soon as you exit the browse.
              To change a code, move the cursor down or up to it, make the
    correction and press -Enter-.
              When all changes are complete, press -Ctrl-End- to save the last
    change and return to the Lookup Table menu.  -Enter-, then -Escape- will
    also work, but -Escape- by itself discards the last change.

              ...............................................................









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 152


              Function 6) Print ZIPcode Check List:  See page 146 for
    printing instructions for all lookup tables.

    Example USA report:

    ZIPcode Check List

    19081      22044      22045      45032      45037      59045      59053
    59077      62033

    Example Canadian report:

    ZIPcode Check List

    k0g1e0     K0G1E2     K0G1E3     L2B4A4     m1f2b4     M1F2B5     M1F2B6
    m1f2b8

              ...............................................................

              Function G) Add/Edit/Delete Tax Group Information: See Formats &
    Percents Customization Maintenance (Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization), page 125, for a discussion of under what circumstances
    tax groups are desirable, and how to activate them.

              The minimum number of tax group codes needed when tax groups are
    active is one for each tax setup the business encounters, except for tax
    exemption.  However, it is often appropriate to set up several codes that
    have the same tax rates, for the purpose of defining groups of customers.
              One possible use is in tracking the results of advertising and
    changes in competition in the defined areas.
              Think about the range of your business when choosing areas to
    define.  Any grouping is equally acceptable to DRAINS.  Some businesses
    choose small areas, such as individual towns, close to the home base, and
    larger areas, such as complete nearby counties or states, farther away.
    (Division simply by county is probably the most common pattern chosen by
    those using tax groups.)
              Groups need not be geographic.  Some businesses might want to
    track a single major client group (such as the US Government or a city
    government) with its own tax group.

              When DRAINS is invoked, the tax group codes on file are loaded
    into memory for quick access.  When changes are made to the tax group
    codes by one station of a multi-user DRAINS system, the other active
    stations should exit and re-enter DRAINS to load the changes for their own
    use.  A reminder message about this appears when exiting from maintenance
    of this codes.

    F.Y.I.  If the code blank is not found in the tax group file when DRAINS
    is invoked, the program sets up the missing code.  The blank code is
    always set to the default descriptions of "Invalid tax group ID", with
    labor & parts both taxed at the default local tax rate.  These default
    values are comparable to tax groups being inactive.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 153



    ^         Each time DRAINS is invoked, it looks for a record with a blank
    tax group code in the Tax Group file.  If such a record is not found, one
    is created.  This special record is always written with the tax group name
    of "Invalid tax group ID" and both its labor and parts tax rates are
    written with the single-rate sales tax.  (This startup procedure is
    followed whether tax groups are active or inactive.)

              The DRAINS Auxiliary Options program has functions to assist in
    mass-marking all relevant files with tax group codes, and to check the
    validity of codes already in use.  (DRAINS 3.xx only)  This is intended to
    help users in the process of retrofitting to a new set of tax group codes.

              ...............................................................

              Function 7) Print Tax Group List:  See page 146 for printing
    instructions for all lookup tables.  This function is available only if
    tax groups are active.

    Example report:
                   PAGE NO.     1                Tax Group Code List
                   12/13/01
                                        DRAINS TAX GROUP LIST
                                        ---------------------
                   Tax                                Labor Materials
                   Group                                Tax       Tax
                   Code    Tax Group Name           Percent   Percent
                   ------- ---------------------- --------- ---------
                           Invalid tax group ID      0.00        0.00
                   TB      Tax both labor&parts      6.00        6.00
                   TL      Tax on labor only         8.75        0.00
                   TP      Tax on parts only         0.00        5.00

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 154



    N. Backup

              (The password is needed for access.)
    (fixed width font)
    ͻ
    Ŀ
                             BACKUP                         
    ٺ
                                                              
       This option can make a copy (backup) of all            
       entered information stored in the DRAINS system.       
       This PKZIP utility use requires formatted diskettes.   
                                                              
           A. Select DRAINS backup destination floppy         
              drive:  Overwrite contents of diskette in A:.   
              (Data will be read from drive C:.)              
                                                              
           B. Format floppy diskette(s) (A: drive selected)   
                                                              
           C. Backup database files (*.DBF, *.FPT) via PKZIP  
                                                              
           D. Write backup batch file \DRAINBAK.BAT           
                                                              
           E. Test a DRAINS backup disk set via PKUNZIP       
                                                              
       Enter 'M' for Main menu, or enter selection (A..E):    
                                                              
    ͼ

    Enter 'N' at the Main menu to choose the Backup option.  DRAINS' backup is
    designed to copy a compressed equivalent of the information in your DRAINS
    database to diskette(s) in a selected floppy diskette drive.  The
    compressed copy is usually only 10-20% of the combined size of the DRAINS
    database files.
              The Backup menu offers functions to make backing up data on
    diskette convenient and rapid.  The backup file produced on the
    diskette(s) is named DRAINDBF.ZIP.

    A backup is a copy of your unique DRAINS data
    ---------------------------------------------
    The backup copy provides a way to recover from problems with the
    information stored on your computer's harddrive.  The information on the
    harddrive could be damaged by equipment failure, a fire or flood, theft,
    misuse of the DRAINS program, or an A.C. power failure.
              It is important to make a copy of your unique data files
    periodically for use in disaster recovery.  Also, from time to time a
    current copy should be taken for storage off-site, out of the reach of an
    office fire or burglary.
              Rule of thumb:  Back up when you've done enough work that you
    wouldn't want to do it over.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 155


    What is a "backup set"?
    -----------------------
    A backup set is enough diskettes to contain a compressed copy of your
    entire DRAINS database - everything entered into DRAINS at your site since
    day 1.  The number of diskettes needed in each set depends on the amount
    of data in your files.  When your DRAINS system is young, you'll only need
    one diskette in each "set" to do the backup.  As your data grows, you will
    need two, then three backup diskettes in each set.  A busy site expects to
    add roughly a diskette per year to each backup set.
              It is a good idea to always have a few spare diskettes on hand;
    you will need them eventually.  This backup function requires
    pre-formatted diskettes.  When your database expands to one more backup
    diskette in a set than it used to take, you'll appreciate a blank
    formatted diskette ready to be used.

    Multiple backup sets recommended
    --------------------------------
    I recommend that you keep at least three (more is better) sets of backup
    diskettes.  Choose an old set to overwrite when you make a backup; always
    keep the most recent set or two.  The best plan is to start with a boxfull
    of DRAINS data backup diskettes, and use them cyclically when you make
    your backup.
              Please write "DRAINS data backup" and the date of the backup on
    the first diskette of the set.  Write the new date each time you re-use
    the set.

    Daily backup recommended - why?
    -------------------------------
    Please imagine that my DRAINS machine went down in the middle of a busy
    day, and I had to bring back my DRAINS system on a borrowed machine with
    data from my last backup.  Now comes the job of catching back up.
              If the backup was from late yesterday, I could probably remember
    80% or more of what I'd entered this morning pretty readily.  If the
    backup was from day-before-yesterday, it could be tough to remember more
    than 50% of what I did yesterday.  Day-before-day-before-yesterday?  20%,
    maybe, of the day before.
              Moral of the story:  When trouble strikes, the longer ago the
    most recent backup is from, the harder it is to recover.  DRAINS data
    backups are quick and easy.  I recommend that you back up at the end of
    every day that information gets entered into DRAINS.

















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 156


    Floppy diskette information
    ---------------------------
    This backup utility was written to control a 3.5" floppy diskette drive.
    A 3.5" HD (or 2HD, or DS-HD "double sided high density") floppy diskette
    can hold about 1.5 million characters (letters and numbers).  A box of 10
    usually costs $5-10; they're cheap.  Floppies can be bought at office
    supply stores, computer and electronics stores (Radio Shack), and even
    many grocery stores.
              If you buy preformatted diskettes, get "IBM format" not
    "Macintosh".
              To insert a floppy into its drive:  The side with the round hub
    should face the drive's ejection button.  The edge with the sliding metal
    or plastic door should enter the slot first, swinging the little flappy
    door (if there is one) aside.  Push the diskette in smoothly.  It will
    drop down slightly and click into place when it is fully inserted.
              To remove:  Push the ejection button smoothly.  The diskette
    should spit out toward you about 1/2", and come out easily when pulled on.

    Floppy diskette drive misbehaviour
    ----------------------------------
    The floppy drive, by which the copy is made, is less reliable than the
    computer's fully internal hard drive because it is not sealed against
    environmental contamination.  (It's also slower.)  It is most prone to
    develop problems in hot, humid conditions.  (This is one reason computers
    appreciate air conditioning.)  Dirt can stick to the read/write heads and
    not only prevent the drive from reading and writing, but also scratch the
    floppies (diskettes) themselves irrepairably.
              When a 5.25" (old style) floppy misbehaves, you can check the
    upper and lower surfaces of the diskette for scratches by looking in the
    oval windows on the diskette.  A 3.5" floppy may be examined (again, both
    surfaces) by sliding aside the protection door.  (With the hub facing you,
    slide the door along the edge to the right.  When you let go, spring
    tension should close it.)  The dark greyish brown disk surfaces should
    look smooth and shiny.  (Don't touch the disk surface itself -
    fingerprints are contaminants.)
              NEVER put your last set of (presumed) good backup diskettes into
    a malfunctioning floppy drive; you could lose your data forever.
              If data becomes damaged on both your harddrive and the newer
    backup diskettes, the older backup diskettes may still be good.  If you
    have trouble backing up onto one set, DO NOT try to back up onto a
    (presumed good) older set until the problem is diagnosed and corrected -
    try again on new diskettes instead.

    Cartridge drives
    ----------------
    This utility can control a cartridge type drive, such as a ZIPdrive or
    IOMEGA, as long as it has a drive letter assigned by the operating system.
    These cartridges hold way more information than the usual DRAINS backup
    consists of, and they are more expensive than floppy diskettes.  They can
    be a good thing at longstanding DRAINS sites with lots of data.
              The strategies of rotating several backup copies, and of taking
    backups offsite, are equally important when cartridges replace diskettes.
              Please keep in mind that the root directory of the cartridge
    will be erased each time DRAINS does a backup onto the cartridge.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 157



              *****************************************************

                          Advanced background knowledge:
                                   Think about
                               CORRUPTION RECOVERY

    Computer harddrive data storage, normally extremely reliable when not
    obviously broken, does in rare cases develop trouble in limited areas.  If
    a computer is subjected to a momentary change in its A.C. current while it
    is writing to a file, the information may be written incorrectly.
    Occasionally a harddrive develops a problem that leads to dust or metal
    particles inside the sealed drive unit, and areas of information can be
    erased or confused.  (These usually herald the complete failure of the
    drive.)  Transient conditions can also affect data stored in memory that
    is waiting to be written to the disk.  That can cause a chunk of incorrect
    data to be (correctly) written.
              A small-scale "corruption" problem that affects only one or a
    few records often does not show up the same day it develops.  These
    "silent" errors may be copied to one or more daily backup sets before
    symptoms are stumbled across.  This is one reason why rotating several
    backup disk sets is such a good idea.
              If the data affected by a small- or medium-scale problem is
    limited to a rarely-used section of a file, the corruption may go
    unnoticed for quite a while.  That is why it is important to keep
    "archival backups" of your data.  These are often the best ones to take
    off-site; perhaps a quarterly (every 3 months) backup could go to a bank
    safe deposit box, with its quarterly predecessor moving on to someone's
    home office before eventually returning to your site to be reused 9 months
    after it left.
              If a corruption problem is discovered, a good programmer may
    "cut-and-paste" the proper section of correct records from an older backup
    into a recent version of the file that has damage only in an older section
    of data.  This expert service may be far quicker and less costly than re-
    entering substantial amounts of data.

    Corruption problems are rare, but like disasters they are cheap to insure
    against with good backup practices.

              *****************************************************

    Backup alternatives
    -------------------
    If your computer is equipped with a streaming tape or cartridge drive
    "whole drive" backup, that may take the place of diskette data-only
    backups made through DRAINS.  A combination of both methods is preferred,
    if available.

              ...............................................................








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 158


    Function A) Select DRAINS backup destination floppy drive permits the
    selection of which floppy (or cartridge) drive the backup diskettes will
    be written on, and that diskette formatting will occur on.  Drive A: is
    the usual choice, but, to accomodate network drive designations, drives A:
    through Z: may be chosen.
              As a safety precaution, DRAINS will not let you try to back up
    onto the drive that your DRAINS system is installed on, or onto your local
    harddrive C:.

    *** PLEASE BE CAREFUL!  You should be writing on the floppy (or cartridge)
    drive!  A local floppy drive is almost always A:, sometimes B:, so these
    are pretty safe choices.
              WHEN ALTERING A DRIVE SELECTION, ESPECIALLY TO A CARTRIDGE DRIVE
    LETTER OR REMOTE FLOPPY (on another machine in the network), DOUBLE- AND
    TRIPLE-CHECK BEFORE CONTINUING.  WHEN USING DRIVES D:..Z:, BE SURE YOU
    KNOW WHAT IS WHAT.  Please call Kate for help if you are unsure. ***

    The default value for the backup destination drive is normally set on Main
    menu option L. Maintain Customization's Terminal Dependent Customization
    Maintenance screen (Default floppy drive for backups) and stored for each
    station in its DRBOOTID Station ID file.

              ...............................................................

    Function B) Format floppy diskette(s) formats floppy diskettes.  It is
    *not* suitable for use with a cartridge drive.
              DRAINS can only format diskettes to the default (highest)
    capacity of the drive.  This function therefore requires DS HD (high
    density) diskettes when operated with a 1.2M 5.25" drive or 1.44M 3.5"
    drive.

    When 'B' is entered at the Backup menu, the prompt for your DOS FORMAT
    utility appears, requesting a diskette in the selected floppy diskette
    drive.
              On the screen will be a message like this one:
(fixed width font)
Insert new diskette for drive A:
and press ENTER when ready...         ͻ
                                      Free Mem: 365568.                       
                                      Calling floppy diskette FORMAT utility. 
                                      Command is:                             
                                      C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND\FORMAT A:            
                                      ͼ

    Insert the diskette to be formatted (any data that is now on the diskette
    will be lost) and press -Enter-.  Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Break can interrupt the
    utility and cancel the format attempt.
              FORMAT will give processing messages, then ask whether you want
    to give the diskette a volume label:

              Checking existing disk format.
              Verifying 1.44M





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 159


              Format complete.

              Volume label (11 characters, ENTER for none)?

    Just press -Enter-; no label is wanted.  More processing messages follow,
    then FORMAT will ask whether you want to format another diskette:

                  1,457,664 bytes total disk space
                  1,457,664 bytes available on disk

                        512 bytes in each allocation unit.
                      2,847 allocation units available on disk.

              Volume Serial Number is 3B6D-1AEF

              Format another (Y/N)?

    Enter 'Y' (just press it in some versions of FORMAT) to format another or
    'N' to close FORMAT.  When 'N' exits the utility, or Ctrl-Break interrupts
    it, you are prompted to press a key, and the Backup menu is recalled.

    If your FORMAT utility varies from the usual MS-DOS 2.x .. 6.x type whose
    operation is outlined here, refer to your DOS or utility manual for its
    operation instructions, or call Kate for assistance.

    Troubleshooting this function is discussed in TROUBLESHOOTING BACKUP
    PROBLEMS in REFERENCE.RTF.  (Page 167.^)  Troubleshooting this one on a
    Windows 98 or newer system can be difficult, it's often better to just
    format the diskette by another method:

                                  *  *  *  *  *

                                    How to use
                             Windows' FORMAT utility

    Some Windows machines just aren't happy with DRAINS' formatting function.
    (My W98-SE system is one.)  To format a floppy using the Windows-based
    utility, start from the Windows desktop:
              Right-click the Start button in the taskbar to get a menu,
              click Explore (window labeled "Exploring - Start Menu" appears),
              press -PageUp- until you've arrived at the top of the lefthand
    window pane.  You should see an entry labeled "3-1/2 Floppy (A:)".
              Put a floppy diskette you want to format in the drive.
    Right-click "3-1/2 Floppy (A:)" to get a menu,
              click Format (window labeled "Format - 3-1/2 Floppy (A:)"
    appears),
              don't change "capacity", click the circle to choose "Full"
    format type, click the square to check "No label".  (The square in front
    of "Copy system files" should not be checked.)
              Click Start in the upper right corner of the window (not the
    Start button in the taskbar.)
              When the format is complete, the "Format Results" window may
    appear - if so, click its Close button to make it go away.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 160


              The "Format" window should be active again.  You may format
    another diskette.  When you've done as many as you want, click Close on
    the "Format" window.
              Click the "X" in the upper right corner to close the "Exploring"
    window.

              ...............................................................

    Function C) Backup database files makes a copy of your site's unique
    DRAINS database files, all of the information that has been keyed in since
    your site's DRAINS system was new.

    Technical notes:  DRAINS controls the PKZIP archive utility in span-disks
    mode.  The resulting "ZIP" file contains compressed data from all shared
    DRAINS database files containing user entry, and also the DRBOOTID.DBF
    station-specific setup of the station requesting the backup.  The produced
    file is named DRAINDBF.ZIP.
              As a safety precaution, both this function and function D. Write
    backup batch file \DRAINBAK.BAT check for the presence of DRAINS on the
    source harddrive specified, and refuse to perform if \DRAINS\DRCUSTOM.DBF
    is not found.
              This backup process is compatible with DOS 2.10..6.x, DOS under
    Windows 3.x, Windows95 and Windows98.  I think it works under Win-Me but
    not some (Professional version?) Win2000's.  Untested with Win-XP.

              *****************************************************

                                   Think about
                                DISASTER RECOVERY

    If a disaster struck, what would you need to get DRAINS up and running
    again, complete with your site's data?

              1) Computer hardware can be purchased, borrowed, or rented.
              2) DRAINS program files of the correct revision level can be
    obtained from a DRAINS program master disk or from Concise Logic.
              3) DRAINS index files can be recreated by DRAINS' Main menu
    option P. Archive Closed Jobs's function P. Pack, Reindex & Transfer.

              4) DRAINS database files can ONLY be found on BACKUPS MADE BY
    YOUR SITE!

              *****************************************************














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 161


    *** CAUTION!  Any information that is in the root directory of the backup
    diskette(s) at the start of the process WILL BE ERASED! ***

    At the Backup menu, enter 'C' to get this screen:
(fixed width font)
ͻ
Ŀ
                         BACKUP DR*.DBF DR*.FPT                           
ٺ
                                                                            
             *** Any information that is on the backup diskette(s)          
             at the start of the process WILL BE ERASED! ***                
                                                                            
             This utility requires formatted diskettes.                     
                                                                            
             Please insert the (first) diskette in A: and                   
             enter 'Y' to continue, or enter any other character            
             to cancel backup request: _                                    
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

    Enter 'Y' to backup the DRAINS database files.
              The prompt for PKZIP appears, requesting a diskette in the
    selected floppy diskette drive.  Insert the (first) backup diskette (any
    data that is previously on diskettes used for backups is lost when the new
    backup is written) and press -Enter-.  You should see on the screen a list
    of file names (with .DBF extensions) as the files are being backed up.
              The number of diskettes needed to perform a backup depends on
    the amount of data in your files.  You may be prompted to insert diskette
    number 02, 03, etc.  A backup diskette being reused may be used in any
    sequence position in the new backup set.

    FYI:  PKZIP marks the diskettes in a multiple-disk backup set by giving
    them disk labels:  "PKBACK #001", "PKBACK #002", etc.














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 162


    The process should finish up looking something like this:
    (fixed width font)
    Adding: DRJOURNL.DBF  Deflating (61%),Ins
    Adding: DRSTR131.DBF  Deflating (53%), done.
    Adding: DRSTRG79.DBF  Deflating (54%), done.
    Adding: DRSVCPER.DBF  Deflating (83%), done.
    Adding: DRTAXGRP.DBF  Deflating (54%), done.
    Adding: DRTMPTAX.DBF  Deflating (57%), done.
    Adding: DRTOWNSH.DBF  Deflating (54%), done.
    Adding: DRWHYDEL.DBF  Deflating (71%), done.
    Adding: DRWOHIST.DBF  Deflating (71%), done.
    Adding: DRWORKEM.DBF  Deflating (54%), done.
    Adding: DRWORKOR.DBF  Deflating (71%), done.
    Adding: DRWORKTY.DBF  Deflating (66%), done.
    Adding: DRZIPCOD.DBF  Deflating (50%), done.
    Adding: DR_O_000.DBF  Deflating (71%), done.
    Adding: DRACCRCV.DBF  Deflating (67%), done.
    Adding: DR_OB000.DBF  Deflating (83%), done.

      ͻ
         Check that there is a list of files, all 'Adding: DR..', and      
         that there are no error messages.                                 
         If anything is missing or looks suspicious, call Concise Logic.   
                                                                           
              Next data backup due: 01/23/02 at  8 o'clock                 
                                                                           
      ͼ

    You should not see any error messages, such as "access denied".

    To interrupt and terminate a backup sequence, press Ctrl-Break.  (Hold
    down the Ctrl key while typing the Break key, which may also be labelled
    "ScrollLock" or "Pause".  It is usually found in the upper right section
    of the keyboard.)  The backup will not be complete if this is done.  The
    most common reason for interrupting a backup is unexpectedly running out
    of formatted diskettes.

    This function also updates the date and time that the backup reminder
    message is due to appear.  Whether the backup completes normally or not,
    it adds the Number of hours after backup for backup reminder chosen in the
    Administrative Access Customization Maintenance (in Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization, see page 133) to the current date and time.  The
    result is presented for confirmation or alteration.  The date and time
    chosen is stored as the Date & hour next backup reminder is due.  The
    Backup menu is then recalled.

    Technical note:  PKZIP requires pre-formatted diskettes.  You may use the
    Backup menu's function B. Format floppy diskette(s) to pre-format
    unformatted new diskettes.  Once formatted, backup diskettes can be reused
    without reformatting.
              Formatting 720K or 360K diskettes in high density drives cannot
    be done from DRAINS, but once formatted by another method, these diskettes
    can be used by DRAINS as backup diskettes.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 163



    FYI:  At this time, there are no .FPT datafiles in the DRAINS system.
    DRAINS' backup module is maintained in conjunction with the backup module
    in another of my programs, which does use them.

              ...............................................................
    ^kate
    Function D) Write backup batch file \DRAINBAK.BAT writes a batch file to
    the root directory of your harddrive that, when invoked from a DOS prompt,
    performs exactly the same backup action as the Backup menu's function C.
    Backup database files.
              Once the batch file is written, it can be used multiple times.
    If an alteration to the batch file is needed to specify a different floppy
    drive, use function A. Select DRAINS backup destination floppy drive to
    enter the desired floppy drive designation, then function D. Write backup
    batch file \DRAINBAK.BAT to rewrite the batch file.

    When 'D' is entered at the Backup menu, the batch file is written
    immediately:
(fixed width font)
Writing \DRAINBAK.BAT...

C:\DRAINS\OVL\PKZIP A:DRAINDBF.ZIP -&wv C:\DRAINS\DR*.DBF C:\DRAINS\DR*.FPT DRBO
OTID.DBF

Batch file written.
A backup from the command prompt (C:\..>) can now be done
by entering C:\DRAINBAK

Done.
Press a key...

    This batch file should be useful to:
              1) Users of systems that do not have enough free memory to run
    PKZIP under DRAINS.  ("COULD NOT ALLOCATE SEGMENT" may flash onto the
    screen when DRAINS tries to invoke PKZIP.)
              2) Users who want a convenient way to back up the DRAINS
    database files without entering DRAINS.
              3) Users of color systems that run the utilities correctly but
    do not show the DOS utilities' output on the screen.

    To use the batch file, exit from DRAINS.  On a Windows system, you will
    need to use the "MS-DOS Prompt" icon (Start / Programs / MS-DOS Prompt on
    many systems) to reach the DOS prompt.  You'll probably see a black-
    background window with a "C:\WINDOWS>" prompt and a flashing cursor.
              Put the first backup diskette in the floppy drive.  Type
    \DRAINBAK and press -Enter-.  PKZIP will start to work immediately.
    Follow the screen instructions.  You should see on the screen a list of
    file names (with .DBF extensions) as the files are being backed up.  When
    the backup is complete (or is interrupted by the user), the DOS prompt is
    recalled.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 164


              ...............................................................

    Function E) Test a DRAINS backup disk set via PKUNZIP checks a DRAINS
    backup ZIP file for errors.
              At the Backup menu, enter 'E' to get this screen:
(fixed width font)
ͻ
Ŀ
                     TEST A DRAINS BACKUP DISK SET                        
ٺ
                                                                            
             Please insert the last (or only) disk of a DRAINS              
             backup in A: for testing, and enter                            
             'Y' to continue, or enter any other character                  
             to cancel test request: _                                      
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
ͼ

    Put the last diskette of the backup set to be tested (the only diskette,
    if it's a one-diskette backup set) into the floppy drive.  Enter 'Y'.  A
    screen like this one appears:
(fixed width font)
PKUNZIP (R)    FAST!    Extract Utility    Version 2.04g  02-01-93
Copr. 1989-1993 PKWARE Inc. All Rights Reserved. Shareware Version
PKUNZIP Reg. U.S. Pat. and Tm. Off.

_ 80486 CPU detected.
_ EMS version 4.00 detected.
_ XMS version 3.00 detected.
_ DPMI version 0.90 detected.

Searching ZIP: A:/DRAINDBF.ZIP
Insert the LAST disk of the backup set - Press a key when ready

Calling PKUNZIP test utility, command is:
C:\DRAINS\UTIL\PKUNZIP -t A:\DRAINDBF.ZIP


--> Please watch for error messages. <--





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 165



              Press a key.
              If the backup set has more than one disk, you will be prompted
    to insert diskette number 01, 02, 03, etc.  If you put in the wrong one,
    it will just patiently ask for the correct one again.
              You should see on the screen a list of file names as the files
    are being tested.  Files that test good get an "OK" next to them.
              The process should finish up looking something like this:
    (fixed width font)
    Testing: DRJOURNL.DBF  OK               Ins
    Testing: DRSTR131.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRSTRG79.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRSVCPER.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRTAXGRP.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRTMPTAX.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRTOWNSH.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRWHYDEL.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRWOHIST.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRWORKEM.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRWORKOR.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRWORKTY.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRZIPCOD.DBF  OK
    Testing: DR_O_000.DBF  OK
    Testing: DRACCRCV.DBF  OK
    Testing: DR_OB000.DBF  OK

      ͻ
         Check that there is a list of files, all 'OK', and                
         that there are no error messages.                                 
         If anything is missing or looks suspicious, call Concise Logic.   
                                                                           
              Press a key.                                                 
                                                                           
      ͼ

    You should not see any error messages.  If you do, please call Kate at
    Concise Logic 406-572-3323 for assistance.  Your backup is probably not
    useable.  Not having a usable current backup is a serious situation.

    To interrupt and terminate a testing sequence, press Ctrl-Break.  (Hold
    down the Ctrl key while typing the Break key, which may also be labelled
    "ScrollLock" or "Pause".  It is usually found in the upper right section
    of the keyboard.)  The test will not be complete if this is done.

    Coping with scrambled sets:
    ---------------------------
    A DOS directory of the diskette will tell you when the ZIP file was
    created, and which diskette in the backup set sequence it is.  For
    example, entering the command:
              C:\WINDOWS>DIR A:







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 166


    (fixed width font)
     Volume in drive A is PKBACK# 001
     Volume Serial Number is 3B6D-1AEF
     Directory of A:\

    DRAINDBF ZIP        12,430  01-21-02  8:57a DRAINDBF.ZIP
             1 file(s)         12,430 bytes
             0 dir(s)       1,444,864 bytes free

    The disk label indicates the sequence.  In this case, "PKBACK #001" shows
    this to be the first diskette in this backup set.
              The date and time shown on the line with "DRAINDBF ZIP" are the
    date and time the backup diskette was written.
              The last diskette of the set is normally the only one with more
    than "0 bytes free".  This example is both the first and last diskette in
    the set, and is thus identified as a one-diskette backup set made
    1/21/2002.

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

              ...............................................................

    TROUBLESHOOTING BACKUP PROBLEMS^

    Main menu option N. Backup's formatting and backup functions (B, C and E)
    require access to DOS' COMMAND.COM, to PKZIP.EXE, to PKUNZIP.EXE and to
    the FORMAT DOS utility.  If these functions are not properly activated
    through DRAINS, please call Concise Logic.
              (Technical note: We will check that your DOS FORMAT.COM (or
    FORMAT.EXE) utility is present either in the directory specified in Main
    menu option L. Maintain Customization's Path to DOS utilities, or in a
    directory found on the current DOS search PATH specification.  Similarly,
    PKZIP.EXE should be in \DRAINS\OVL and PKUNZIP.EXE in \DRAINS\UTIL.  Some
    systems require a command similar to SET COMSPEC=C:\COMMAND.COM to be
    active when an application program such as DRAINS tries to use a DOS
    utility.)

              The most common cause of backup function failure is insufficient
    free memory.
              Some color systems run the utilities correctly but do not show
    the DOS utilities' output on the screen.  "Flying blind" through the
    correct disk insertions and utility input entries is difficult; use
    function D. Write backup batch file \DRAINBAK.BAT to set up an equivalent
    backup procedure to be invoked directly from DOS.
              There is a batch file, DRBAKCHK.BAT, available to check a backup
    set in A: from the DOS prompt.

    Windows 98 problems I've seen
    -----------------------------






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 167


    When the format starts, W98 may report "This program has performed an
    illegal operation and will be terminated."  The Details button may report
    "The program encountered a general protection exception. Fault location
    0028:321B"  A restart should be done.
              When the format starts, W98 may just hang.  A restart may be
    difficult.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 168



    O. HISTORY REPORTS & MAINTENANCE

              The History file contains work orders that have been passed to
    it from the active job file.  The History file is the final destination of
    all work orders.  This accumulation of information is the source from
    which DRAINS can produce many types of reports to fill many purposes.  The
    History file is also read by Main menu option A. Create Service Request
    when it shows past work done at an address (history search.)
              The History menu includes ways to find job records, alter work
    orders needing adjustment, and produce reports.  History records can be
    edited and deleted here, but are only added through the job tracking
    system, starting with a service request or prescheduled service work
    order.

              Hand-produced reports consume a lot of human time to prepare,
    and so are relatively expensive.  Most businesses using paper methods try
    to get by with a small number of top priority reports.  The help of a
    computer makes analysing many aspects of the business inexpensive.
    Sometimes a report selected as a "long shot" turns out to be surprisingly
    useful; advertising, equipment purchase, salary/commission, and staffing
    decisions can all be aided by appropriate analysis.

              A group of History records can be selected by setting limits on
    which work orders are wanted.  The defined group can then be reported on,
    viewed, or edited.
              Work order viewing and the production of many History reports
    may be limited in four ways:

    1) You may specify that only jobs finished within a certain date range be
    included.  This limit is almost always used when a report is requested.

    2) You may specify that only work orders with a certain phone number be
    included.  If you specify a unit ID, it is also required.  This makes
    producing a report for a single job site or client easier.  Entering just
    the common phone number for a site that has many units includes all of
    those units in the report.

    3) You may specify that only jobs with a certain street address be
    included.  This is intended for producing a report for a single job site
    across owners.  The address matching rules of address parsing are followed
    if address parsing is active: an exact match is required only up to the
    second space for eligibility.

    4) You may specify that only jobs done by a certain serviceperson be
    included.  Only the primary serviceperson is checked; work done as 2ndSvc
    won't be picked up.

              The limitations are additive; only job records meeting all
    active restrictions are processed.  The synopsis list provides a brief
    list of selected work order information, showing all job histories that
    meet the criteria currently set.  It is a useful way to quickly check that
    the desired group is properly defined.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 169



              If the History file has a lot of information in it, many History
    menu functions will operate quite slowly when limits are in effect.
    Please be patient.  An occasional blink from the harddrive light is a good
    indication that the computer is busy looking at records and not just
    asleep.

              A relevant function is called from the History menu by entering
    its selection letter.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) Set History Group Limits sets the restrictions that
    determine which job histories are accessible to other functions on the
    History menu.
              Limit fields left blank will not cause any restriction.  To
    blank a date, use the -Delete- key in each of its three numeric sections.
    Use the left and right arrows to move between sections.  (And remember to
    press -Enter- to make the change stick.)
              For best performance, only the limits needed to make the
    restriction(s) you want should be filled in.  (To quickly reset all limits
    to their unrestrictive defaults, enter 'M' to recall the Main menu, then
    reinvoke the History menu.)  The limits are additive, so only archived
    jobs meeting ALL restrictions set will be used.

              Enter a start and/or end date if the viewing, editing and
    reports are to be limited to a certain time span.  The dates limit work
    order access based on the Finish date.

              Enter a phone number if the viewing, editing and reports are to
    be limited to one client.  Enter a unit ID if the editing and reports are
    to be further limited to that job site.  By entering or leaving blank the
    unit ID, a report can be produced for one apartment or for a whole
    complex.

              Enter a street address if the editing and reports are to be
    limited to the one address.  Only the street address is checked; the city
    is ignored.  If address parsing is turned on, all addresses that parse the
    same as the one entered will be included.  If parsing is not turned on,
    upper vs. lower case is ignored on the street address, but minor
    variations (for example, "Avenue" vs. "Ave.") are NOT ignored.

              Enter a customer type code if the editing and reports are to be
    limited to a particular customer type.

              Enter a serviceperson's ID if the editing and reports are to be
    limited to a particular serviceperson.  The 2ndSvc field is ignored.

              ...............................................................








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 170


              Function B) Scan/Edit/Delete History records edits work orders
    that have been passed to History, and works very much like the active work
    order editing Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order.  Only archived
    work orders are accessed here.  Not present here are functions paralleling
    Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order's function "C" that sets
    closing defaults before editing, and function "X" that alters the
    Cancelled field.  A function "D" to delete records is added.
(fixed width font)
ͻ
                                 Cancelled: N     Material used   Amount   
ͼ                      _______________ 12345.78 
 Phone#: (___) ___-____   Unit ID: ____            _______________ 12345.78 
 Name/address: _________________________           _______________ 12345.78 
               _________________________  _Septic  _______________ 12345.78 
 Tax group: __ _________________________  XSewer   Total material  12345.78 
 Alternate phone (___) ___-____                    Labor           12345.78 
 Billing addr: _________________________           Labor discount  12345.78 
               _________________________  Payment  (+dollars OR -percent)   
 Cust.type: _  _________________________  Type: $  Subcontract     12345.78 
  Referred: _  _________________________           Sales tax       12345.78 
 Request date: mm/dd/yyyy     Turned in: Y         Untaxed charges:         
       & time: _____              Job #: _______   _______________ 12345.78 
 Service date: mm/dd/yyyy     Svcperson: ________  WorkOrder total 12345.78 
   Time given: _____    _:OffHr  2ndSvc: ____      Deposit/Charge  12345.78 
 Finish date:  mm/dd/yyyy     Revenue category: _  Check number  _______    
       & time: _____            P.O.#: __________ Ķ
 Description:   Estimate: _________________________ Wrnty:TaxedAmt 12345.78 
 __________________________________________________ _30day1stPay mm/dd/yyyy 
 __________________________________________________ X90dayFullPy mm/dd/yyyy 
 __________________________________________________ _OtherLog in books: Y   
 __________________________________________________ _None Xfer HISTORY: Y   
ͼ

              If no History work orders are on file, a message appears and a
    key press recalls the History menu.

              Depending on how you have set Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's Default client entry field, the phone number, name, or
    address field will be lit for your entry.  Notice the instructions in the
    message box at the screen's right.  Whichever selection field is lit, you
    can choose a different one if you like by entering one letter.  (Entering
    'J' selects the job number field.  -Escape- recalls the History menu.)
              Entering the field's information exactly calls the most recent
    History work order that matches your entry.  If an exact match is not
    found, -Escape- selects a work order from the sorted list displayed.  The
    list is sorted in the order of the field you used to seek the work order,
    and is restricted by the limits set in function A. Set History group
    limits.









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 171


              Once a work order has been selected, a menu of functions appears
    in the message box.  Enter ...

              ... ' ' (just press -Enter-) to see the next History work order.
    The sort order of the work orders is determined by the field used to
    select the work order first displayed; if that work order was found by
    address, the sort order will be by address, with each address' records
    sorted from newest to oldest, and so on.

              ... 'P' to see the preceding History work order.

              ... 'B' to have the Mini-menu presented at screen bottom in
    brief format, revealing the monetary information.

              ... 'F' to have the Mini-menu presented at upper right (covering
    the monetary details), with full function descriptions.

              ... 'E' to edit the work order.  (If you are using the full
    Mini-menu, it disappears, revealing cost information for the job.)
              This screen features edit block control.  See GENERAL EDITING
    ADVICE, page 31, for information.
              You may change the phone number (and/or unit ID), but only to
    one that is already on file in the long term client information file.  If
    the phone number and/or unit ID is changed, the name & address, taxgroup,
    customer type, drain type and billing address information is copied from
    the client information file into the work order.  (The referral code, job
    description line 4, payment type, discount, and tax are not loaded.)
              As on a service request, if a 4 character serviceperson ID is
    entered, it will be cross-referenced and its corresponding ID will be
    filled in.
              If you keep typing past the end of a line when editing the job
    description lines, the cursor will jump automatically to the next line,
    just as if you had pressed -Enter-.
              The discount amount may be entered as a percent or dollar
    amount.  Negative entries (-0.01 through -100.00 are allowed) are treated
    as percentages and are used to calculate a discount from the labor charge.
    Positive entries (0.00 through the labor total) are treated as dollar
    amounts.  (Both discounts entered as percentages and those entered as
    dollar amounts are stored as dollar amounts.)
              The sales tax is calculated automatically.  To deny sales tax
    for a job, enter any negative number in its Sales tax field.  To cause
    sales tax to be calculated and charged, enter any positive number in the
    Sales tax field.
              If only part of the cash from a job's payment was deposited, the
    Deposit/Charge field should show the reduced amount.  Changes here are not
    reflected in the bank deposit journal or in accounts receivable.
              The Check number field can be edited only if a payment type of C
    or P (check or plastic=credit card) is entered.
              If no warranty period is selected by "X", the last warranty
    period listed will be selected by default.
              If the customer paid in full, fill in the 1stPay and FullPy
    fields with the payment date, otherwise leave them blank.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 172


              Entering 'Y' in the Log in books field will not normally
    generate a Journal or Accounts Receivable record; no journal or account
    information is copied from the History file by DRAINS.  However, the
    DRAINS Auxiliary Program (DRAINS 3.xx only) does have a function to copy
    to the books from History, for use in the rare cases when this is needed.
              If a star is present in Log in books, there may be a Journal or
    Accounts Receivable record generated from the work order in the system.
    Any changes made here must be manually made to those files as needed.
              The Xfer HISTORY field controlled the moving of the work order
    into History.  It has no further effect now.
              Choose 'E' to re-edit, 'S' to save, or 'D' to discard the
    changes made.  The menu of functions reappears in the message box.

              ... 'T' to manually enter a sales tax amount, overriding the
    calculated tax.  This must be done after the last edit of the job, or the
    automatic tax calculation during an edit will overwrite the special sales
    tax entry.
              The work order total is recalculated, and the Deposit/Charge
    field may be edited.  The new tax, work order total, and deposit/charge
    amounts are saved, and the menu of functions reappears in the message box.

              ... 'D' to delete the work order.  Enter 'Y' or 'N' to confirm
    or cancel the deletion.  If deletion auditing is turned on (in Main menu
    option L), a reason for deletion is prompted for.

              ... 'M' to recall the History menu.


              ***************************************************

    Accounting tips: Handling job payment status change to type Recall.

    How to change a completed charge job to Recall?  1) Change the payment
    type to Recall and zero all amounts in History.  2) Delete the charge from
    Accounts Receivable.

    How to change a completed (deposited) cash/check job to Recall?  1) Change
    the payment type to Recall and zero all amounts in History.  Note in the
    History job description that the payment type was changed & a refund was
    issued.  2) Treat the refund check as a business expense, deductible from
    income, so it effectively reduces the business income by the amount
    refunded.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Display History record synopsis List immediately
    displays on screen, in job finish date order, a line of information about
    each History work order that meets the criteria set in function A. Set
    History group limits.  The information shown is the job finish date, phone
    number, beginnings of name and street address, work order total, and
    beginning of description.
              At the end of each screenfull, you may press -Enter- to
    continue, 'P' to back up to the previous screen, or enter 'M' to recall
    the History menu.  When the list is complete, -Enter- recalls the History
    menu.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 173



              ...............................................................

              THIS SECTION IS OUT OF DATE FOR 4.01, WHICH COMBINES THE {OD}
    AND {OE} REPORTS IN A NEW, MORE FLEXIBLE FORMAT.  THE SAMPLE REPORTS ARE
    STILL USEFUL.

              Function D) History Reports: Client/Date/SvcPerson produces
    reports limited by all of the criteria set by function A. Set History
    group limits.  Each printed report starts with a list of the limits set.
              If you try to produce a report with no information included in
    the group onto the screen, no report will be displayed; not even titles
    will be shown.  If you try to produce a report with no information
    included in the group via printer, only titles will be printed.
(fixed width font)
 ͻ
                HISTORY REPORTS: CLIENT / DATE / SERVICEPERSON               
 Ķ
         A. Set History group limits  (blank to ignore)                      
            Ŀ                     
            Start date   /  /     End date   /  /                          
            Phone number (   )    -      Unit ID                           
            Address                                                        
            Customer type      Serviceperson                               
                                 
         B. Toggle Screen Display / Printer Printout: Screen                 
                                                                             
      REPORT NAME      LIMITS  SORT ORDER     FORMAT  NOTES                  
   C. Client            all    PADJNS choice   132    Customer satisfaction  
   D. Date              all    DAJNPS choice   132    Revenue generated      
   E. Serviceperson     all    SADJNP choice   132    Worker performance     
   F. Analysis          all    Date done       132    Revenue Category 'Y'   
   G. WkO Image         all    DAJNPS choice    80    Wk.O. screen images    
   H. Worker/WorkType   all    SvcP/WkTy/CstTy 132    Payroll Assist Summary 
   I. Date/Tax Groups   all    TaxG/Done       132    Revenue generated      
                                                                             
                                                                             
         Enter 'M' for History menu, or enter selection (A..H): _            
 ͼ

              This History Reports menu has these functions:

    A. Sets History group limits the same way as the History menu's function
    A) Set History Group Limits.  These limits are shared between the History
    menu and this History Reports menu; they can be changed for both menus in
    either place.
    4.01: {OD} History Reports w/non-primary SvcP limit require Cmmn records
    to have been generated.

    B. Toggles screen vs. printer output.   All history reports have screen
    paging control when routed to the screen.  (For details on screen paging
    and printer error handling, see PRINTING AND VIEWING, page .)  Some
    of these reports are formatted for 132-column, so DRAINS sets the printer
    to compressed typeface for them.  (If your printer does not cooperate,
    call us.)


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 174



    C. Produces the Client History Report.  This report is aimed at checking
    on clients' service history, including how quickly their requests were
    responded to and how much and when they paid.
              Select the sort method.  (A=parsed or unparsed job site street
    address, D=job finish date, J=job number, N=job site name, P=phone
    number+unit ID, S=primary serviceperson's ID+finish date)  The default
    sort method is phone number + unit ID.
              When sorted by phone number + unit ID, the Client History Report
    subtotals by client.  For example,
(fixed width compressed font)
PHONE=4061234567, UNITID=ABCD, CUSTOMER TYPE=A, SVCPERSON=ANDY0001, DATED 03/01/1995-03/02/1995
 PAGE NO.     1
 03/02/1995                                            CLIENT HISTORY REPORT

 PHONE /UNIT ID,  CLIENT NAME              REQUESTED, PAYMENT TYPE,        WORK  SERVICEPERSON / WARRANTY / CUSTOMER DISCOUNT
 REVENUE CATGRY,  STREET ADDRESS           ASSIGNED,  JOB NUMBER,         ORDER  JOB DESCRIPTION LINE 1
 DRAIN TYPE       ESTIMATE                 FINISHED   PAYMENT DATE        TOTAL  JOB DESCRIPTION LINE 2
                                           DATES
** Client 4061234567ABCD
 4061234567/ABCD Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.  03/02/1995 Pay:P:VI 4086      113.52 ANDY0001/       Warranty:9 $    3.25
     Rev.Cat.:3  Wheelbarrow Farm          03/02/1995 1000425                   36 Bathroom Fixture Repair
         Septic  $100.00 NOT QUOTED        03/02/1995 02/18/1995                Replace sink spigot in wellhouse north large barn.
 4061234567/ABCD Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.  03/01/1995 Pay:A               60.00 ANDY0001/       Warranty:N $    0.00
     Rev.Cat.:2  Wheelbarrow Farm          03/01/1995 1000426                   23 Pumping
         Septic  $0.00 NOT QUOTED          03/01/1995   /  /
** Subtotal **                                                           173.52
*** Total ***                                                            173.52

    D. Produces the Date History Report.  This report is aimed at analyzing
    business costs and income during a time period.
              Select the sort method.  (A=parsed or unparsed job site street
    address, D=job finish date, J=job number, N=job site name, P=phone
    number+unit ID, S=primary serviceperson's ID+finish date)  The default
    sort method is job finish date.
              For example,
(fixed width compressed font)
PHONE=4061234567, UNITID=ABCD, CUSTOMER TYPE=A, SVCPERSON=ANDY0001, DATED 03/01/1995-03/03/1995
PAGE NO.     1
03/03/1995                                          DRAINS DATE HISTORY REPORT

         PHONE/UNIT,   DRAIN TYPE,                   LABOR                             WORK            REVENUE CATEGORY,
FINISH   CLIENT NAME,                                 WITH                            ORDER      SALES WARRANTY,
DATE     CITY STATE ZIP              MATERIAL     DISCOUNT   SUBCONTR   UNTAXED       TOTAL        TAX JOB DESCRIPTION
                                                   APPLIED                          INC.TAX                LINE 1

03/01/95 406-123-4567/ABCD Septic        0.00        60.00       0.00      0.00       60.00       0.00 Rev.Cat.:2  Warranty:N
         Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.                                                                      23 Pumping
         Martinsdale MT 59053
03/02/95 406-123-4567/ABCD Septic       38.80        61.75       5.25      5.00      113.52       2.72 Rev.Cat.:3  Warranty:9
         Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.                                                                      36 Bathroom Fixture Repai
         Martinsdale MT 59053                                                                          r
*** Total ***                           38.80       121.75       5.25      5.00      173.52       2.72




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 175



    E. Produces the Serviceperson History Report.  This report is aimed at
    checking on service people's performance.
              Select the sort method.  (A=parsed or unparsed job site street
    address, D=job finish date, J=job number, N=job site name, P=phone
    number+unit ID, S=primary serviceperson's ID+finish date)  The default
    sort method is phone number + unit ID.
              When sorted by serviceperson, the Serviceperson History Report
    subtotals by serviceperson, and is sorted by job finish date within each
    serviceperson's section.  For example,
(fixed width compressed font)
PHONE=4061234567, UNITID=ABCD, CUSTOMER TYPE=A, SVCPERSON=ANDY0001, DATED 03/01/1995-03/03/1995
    PAGE NO.     1
    03/03/1995                                       DRAINS SERVICE HISTORY REPORT

    SERVICEPERSON  ASSIGNED,  ASSIGN,        WORK PHONE/UNIT,   DRAIN TYPE,  JOB DESCRIPTION LINE 1,
     /2ND SVC      FINISHED   FINISH        ORDER TURNED IN,    REV.CATGRY.  JOB DESCRIPTION LINE 2
                   DATES      TIMES         TOTAL

   ** Serviceperson ANDY0001
    ANDY0001/      03/01/1995 noon          60.00 4061234567/ABCD     Septic 23 Pumping
                   03/01/1995 4pm                     TURNED IN  Rev.Catg.:2
    ANDY0001/      03/02/1995 11:00am      113.52 4061234567/ABCD     Septic 36 Bathroom Fixture Repair
                   03/02/1995 01:30pm                 TURNED IN  Rev.Catg.:3 Replace sink spigot in wellhouse north large barn.
   ** Subtotal **                          173.52
   *** Total ***                           173.52

    F. Produces the Analysis History Report.  This report is aimed at
    comparing revenue category 'Y' pre-discount labor income against that of
    all other revenue categories, materials sales, and subcontracting.  One
    important feature is a column specifying labor discount amounts granted.
    The Analysis History Report is sorted by job finish date.  For example,
(fixed width compressed font)
SVCPERSON=ANDY0001, DATED 03/01/1995-03/03/1995
 PAGE NO.     1
 03/03/1995                                     DRAINS REVENUE CATEGORY 'Y' ANALYSIS

          CLIENT                               REVENUE  ALL OTHER
 FINISH   PHONE                               CATEGORY    REVENUE                                  TOTAL SALE
 DATE     NUMBER          DRAIN              'Y' LABOR CATEGORIES       SUB-    UNTAXED      LABOR   NOT INC. JOB
          & UNIT          TYPE     MATERIAL PRE-DISCNT      LABOR   CONTRACT       ITEM   DISCOUNT  SALES TAX DESCRIPTION


 03/01/95 4061234567-ABCD Septic       0.00       0.00      60.00       0.00       0.00       0.00      60.00 23 Pumping
 03/02/95 4061234567-ABCD Septic      38.80       0.00      65.00       5.25       5.00       3.25     110.80 36 Bathroom Fixture
*** Total ***
                                      38.80       0.00     125.00       5.25       5.00       3.25     170.80










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 176


    G. Produces images of work orders.
              Select the sort method.  (A=parsed or unparsed job site street
    address, D=job finish date, J=job number, N=job site name, P=phone
    number+unit ID, S=primary serviceperson's ID+finish date)  The default
    sort method is job finish date.
              For example,
(fixed width font)
SVCPERSON=ANDY0001, DATED 03/02/1995-03/02/1995
HISTORY screen image printed 03/03/1995
ͻ
    HISTORY SCREEN IMAGE         Cancelled: N     Material used   Amount   
ͼ                      Parkhunt spigot    30.00 
 Phone#: (406) 123-4567   Unit ID: ABCD            *Septic treatmt     5.00 
 Name/Address: Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.            10' water feed      3.30 
               Wheelbarrow Farm           XSeptic  coupler             0.50 
 Tax group: PM Martinsdale MT 59053        Sewer   Total material     38.80 
                                                   Labor              65.00 
 Billing Addr: Mrs. Annie Jenkins                  Labor discount      3.25 
               Farmer Henry P. Jenkins    Payment       (Discount %    5.00)
 Cust.Type: A  Wheelbarrow Farm           Type: P  Subcontract         5.25 
  Referred: R  Martinsdale MT 59053                Sales tax           2.72 
 Request date: 03/02/1995       P.O.#: ABCD123456  Untaxed charges:         
       & time: 10:08am          Job #: 1000425     City workpermit     5.00 
 Service date: 03/02/1995     Svcperson: ANDY0001  WorkOrder total   113.52 
   Time given: 11:00am   :OffHr  2ndSvc:           Deposit/Charge    113.52 
 Finish date:  03/02/1995     Turned in: Y         Check number  VI 4086    
       & time: 01:30pm        Revenue category: 3 Ķ
 Description:   Estimate: $100.00 NOT QUOTED        Wrnty: TaxedAmt   105.80 
 36 Bathroom Fixture Repair                          30day 1stPay 02/18/1995 
 Replace sink spigot in wellhouse north large barn.  60day FullPy 02/18/1995 
 Porcelain of sink is cracked, advised replacement. X90day Log in books: *   
 Mercer Road N, left at Y, 3 mi. lane on L. 2nd hs.  None  Xfer HISTORY: Y   
ͼ
























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 177


    H. Produces the Worker/WorkType Report.  This report is aimed at assisting
    commission calculation in companies that pay at varying rates determined
    by work type.  The Worker/WorkType Report is sorted by serviceperson, and
    by customer type within work type for each serviceperson.  For example,
(fixed width compressed font)
DATED 03/01/1995-03/02/1995
 PAGE NO.     1
 02/19/1995                                          WORKER / WORK TYPE REPORT

     TOTAL                                TOTAL  # OF      # OF               #     TOTAL
   REVENUE           UNSTARRED   STARRED      #  JOBS $/CK/CRCD    # OF      OF   REVENUE     TOTAL
 EXCLUDING     LABOR  MATERIAL  MATERIAL     OF  W/NO      PAID  RECALL  CHARGE INCLUDING  MATERIAL     SALES      SUB- 'UNTAXED'
       TAX   REVENUE   REVENUE   REVENUE   JOBS  HELP      JOBS    JOBS    JOBS SALES TAX   REVENUE       TAX  CONTRACT     ITEMS

** Serviceperson ANDY0001: Andrew Mackerelsmit Smith

* SvcP:ANDY0001 WorkType:23 CustType:A:Single-Family Dwelling
* Subsubtotal *
     60.00     60.00      0.00      0.00      1     1         0       0       1     60.00      0.00      0.00      0.00      0.00

* SvcP:ANDY0001 WorkType:36 CustType:A:Single-Family Dwelling
* Subsubtotal *
    110.80     65.00     33.80      5.00      1     1         1       0       0    113.52     38.80      2.72      5.25      5.00

** Subtotal **
    170.80    125.00     33.80      5.00      2     2         1       0       1    173.52     38.80      2.72      5.25      5.00
*** Total ***
    170.80    125.00     33.80      5.00      2     2         1       0       1    173.52     38.80      2.72      5.25      5.00

    I. Produces the Date History Report split by Tax Groups.  This report is
    aimed at analyzing business costs and income during a time period for job
    groups defined by tax group codes.  The Date/Tax Groups Report is sorted
    by job finish date for each tax group.  In format it is the same as the
    Date History Report (see page 175.)

    M. Recalls the History menu.

              ...............................................................

              THIS SECTION IS OUT OF DATE FOR 4.01, WHICH COMBINES THE {OD}
    AND {OE} REPORTS IN A NEW, MORE FLEXIBLE FORMAT.  THE SAMPLE REPORTS ARE
    STILL USEFUL.

              Function E) History Reports: Revenue/Income/Sales Tax produces
    reports limited by the job finish date range only.  Each printed report
    starts with a note of the date span covered.
              If you try to produce a report with no information included in
    the group onto the screen, no report will be displayed; not even titles
    will be shown.  If you try to produce a report with no information
    included in the group via printer, only titles will be printed.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 178


              This History Reports menu has these functions:

    A. Sets the group job finish date range (only) the same way as the History
    menu's function A) Set History Group Limits.  The date limits are shared
    between the History menu and this History Reports menu.

    B. Toggles screen vs. printer output.  All history reports have screen
    paging control when routed to the screen.  (For details on screen paging
    and printer error handling, see PRINTING AND VIEWING, page .)  Some
    of these reports are formatted for 132-column, so DRAINS sets the printer
    to compressed typeface for them.  (If your printer does not cooperate,
    call us.)
              Two of these reports are available in printed form only.  If one
    of these is requested on screen, it will be printed instead.

    C. Produces a Sales Tax Report.  This report is, of course, aimed at sales
    tax reporting requirements.  The report lists subtotals day-by-day of
    sales before tax, taxable sales, and sales tax charged.
              Two reporting modes are available.  Answering 'Y' to Exclude
    unpaid? includes the full tax due on only those jobs for which at least
    one partial (or full) payment has been received.  The date used for
    sorting and comparing to the allowed date span is the date of the first
    payment.
              Answering 'N' to Exclude unpaid? includes the full tax due on
    all completed jobs regardless of payment status, and the date used for
    sorting and comparing to the allowed date span is the job finish date.
              A sample report including unpaid work:

    Sales Tax Including Unpaid Report date span 03/01/1995 to 03/02/1995.
         PAGE NO.     1
         03/02/1995                DRAINS Sales Tax Report

                                   ALL                      SALES
                                 SALES       TAXABLE          TAX
                             EXCLUDING         SALES      CHARGED
                                   TAX

        ** Sales tax date 03/01/1995
        ** Subtotal **
                                 60.00         60.00         0.00

        ** Sales tax date 03/02/1995
        ** Subtotal **
                                110.80        105.80         2.72
        *** Total ***
                                170.80        165.80         2.72

    D. Produces the wide (132 column) version of the Income Log.  The Income
    Log draws from both the History file and the Accounts Receivable file.
              In the History file, the job finish date is compared to the
    limiting date span.  FullPy must also be within the date span, Cancelled
    must be "N", and Turned In must be "Y" for a work order to be included.
    The cash/recall and check/credit card job payments are copied to a special
    temporary file, DRINCOME.  Account charges are also copied, if Log in
    Books is "*".  The FullPy date is the transaction date used for cash and


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 179


    check income, job finish date for account charges.
              Only payments are copied from the Accounts Receivable file.  The
    payment date is compared to the limiting date span, and is the transaction
    date used.  Not copied to the Income Log are credits and debits entered
    into Accounts Receivable as Job charges, or penalty interest charges.
              The Income Log is sorted and subtotalled by transaction date.
    An example of the wide Income Log:
(fixed width compressed font)
Income Log Report date span 07/02/1994 to 07/02/1994.
PAGE NO.     1
02/20/1995                                               DRAINS INCOME LOG

TRANSACT    JOB           CASH      CREDIT     AMOUNT        ROAs PHONE
  DATE     NUMBER           IN      CARD &    CHARGED          IN NUMBER       UNIT NAME                 ADDRESS
                                    CHECKS
                                        IN
** Transaction date 07/02/1994
07/02/1994 1000256        0.00       96.00       0.00        0.00 406-751-4864      HAWK                 116 63RD. AVE. E.
07/02/1994 1000266       79.00        0.00       0.00        0.00 406-724-4672      KING                 913 14TH ST. W.
07/02/1994 1000277        0.00       64.00       0.00        0.00 406-372-0944      MARKEY               8843 WHISTLEWOOD CIR.
07/02/1994 1000278        0.00       64.00       0.00        0.00 406-373-1922      WALDING              4922 ROLLING GREEN
07/02/1994 1000280        0.00        0.00      79.00        0.00 406-745-2411      OFFICE DEPOT         5301 14TH ST. W.
07/02/1994 1000282       79.00        0.00       0.00        0.00 406-957-9700      COCHRAN              2937 BOYCE ST.
07/02/1994 1000317        0.00       83.00       0.00        0.00 406-482-2728 107  LAS PALMAS CONDO     319 ALBEE FARM RD.
07/02/1994 1000007        0.00        0.00       0.00      101.40 406-793-3300      QUALITY MAINT. REPAI 440 OLEANDER RD.
** Subtotal **
                        158.00      307.00      79.00      101.40
*** Total ***
                        158.00      307.00      79.00      101.40

    E. Produces a condensed version of the Income Log.  Compared to the wide
    Income Log, it is missing the name and address associated with each line
    item, and it is not subtotalled by date.  It is suited for viewing on
    screen.

    F. Produces a Summary Income Log.  It gives the daily subtotals and final
    total of the wide Income Log, without the transaction details.  This
    report is only available printed.
              For example,

    Summary Income Log Report date span 07/04/1994 to 07/05/1994.
    PAGE NO.     1
    02/20/1995                     DRAINS INCOME LOG
                               80 column Summary by Date

                                        CASH      CREDIT    AMOUNT       ROAs
                                          IN      CARD &   CHARGED         IN
                                                  CHECKS
                                                      IN
    ** Transaction date 07/04/94
    ** Subtotal **                      0.00      187.50     80.00       0.00

    ** Transaction date 07/05/94
    ** Subtotal **                     64.00      380.50      0.00      57.50
    *** Total ***


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 180


                                       64.00      568.00     80.00      57.50

    G. Produces the Revenue Category Report.  This analysis of how much
    revenue each type of work is bringing in is intended as an aid to business
    strategy and equipment purchase planning.  Is is sorted by job finish date
    within revenue category, and subtotalled by revenue category.  It includes
    a count of jobs in each category.
              For example,
(fixed width font)
Revenue Category Report date span 12/04/1993 to 12/05/1993.
PAGE NO.     1
01/02/1994          DRAINS REVENUE CATEGORY ANALYSIS REPORT

              TOTAL  MATERIALS
JOB         REVENUE        AND       SUB-                                    #
FINISH    EXCLUDING    UNTAXED   CONTRACT      LABOR JOB     CUSTOMER       OF
DATE            TAX    REVENUE    REVENUE    REVENUE NUMBER  NAME         JOBS

** REVENUE CATEGORY K:Large Capacity Pumpr
12/04/93     300.10       0.10       0.00     300.00     105 Matthew's F     1
12/05/93   12950.00   11380.00      70.00    1500.00     103 77 Musselsh     1
** Subtotal **
           13250.10   11380.10      70.00    1800.00                         2

** REVENUE CATEGORY Y:Jetter Equipment
12/04/93     600.00       0.00       0.00     600.00     106 Matthew's V     1
12/05/93   10222.00     222.00       0.00   10000.00     102 Concise Log     1
** Subtotal **
           10822.00     222.00       0.00   10600.00                         2
*** Total ***
           24072.10   11602.10      70.00   12400.00                         4


























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 181


    H. Produces a summary form of Revenue Category Report.  Job details are
    omitted; revenue category subtotals only are shown.  This report gives tax
    information as well as income type breakdowns.  This report is only
    available printed.
              For example,
(fixed width font)
Revenue Category Job Count Report date span 12/04/1993 to 12/05/1993.
PAGE NO.     1
01/01/1994        DRAINS REVENUE CATEGORY SUMMARY & JOB COUNT

     TOTAL                          REVENUE                      REVENUE
   REVENUE                          SUBJECT            REVENUE  ITEMIZED     #
 EXCLUDING  MATERIALS      LABOR         TO    SALES  ITEMIZED      SUB-    OF
       TAX    REVENUE    REVENUE  SALES TAX      TAX "UNTAXED" CONTRACTD  JOBS

** REVENUE CATEGORY K:Large Capacity Pumpr
** Subtotal **
  13250.10   11380.10    1800.00   12950.00  1295.00      0.00     70.00     2

** REVENUE CATEGORY Y:Jetter Equipment
** Subtotal **
  10822.00     222.00   10600.00     600.00    30.00      0.00      0.00     2
*** Total ***
  24072.10   11602.10   12400.00   13550.00  1325.00      0.00     70.00     4

































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 182


    I. Produces a Sales Tax report divided by tax group code.  Like the
    unsplit report, it is aimed at sales tax reporting requirements, but this
    version is intended for businesses that report to more than one
    jurisdiction.  For each relevant tax group code, the report lists
    subtotals day-by-day of sales before tax, taxable sales, and sales tax
    charged.
              The same two reporting modes are available for this report as
    for the unsplit version (see page 179.)  A sample report excluding
    unpaid work:
(fixed width font)
Sales Tax by TaxGrp Excluding Unpaid Report date span 12/06/1993 to 12/07/1993.
  PAGE NO.     1
  01/04/1994                 DRAINS Sales Tax Report
                                Split by Tax Group

                                 ALL                      SALES
                               SALES       TAXABLE          TAX
                           EXCLUDING         SALES      CHARGED
                                 TAX

 ** Tax Group CA California          : Labor 5.00%, Parts 0.00%
 * Sales tax date 12/06/1993
 * Subsubtotal *
                              100.00          0.00         0.00
 * Sales tax date 12/07/1993
 * Subsubtotal *
                              600.00        600.00        30.00
 ** Subtotal **
                              700.00        600.00        30.00

 ** Tax Group MT Montana             : Labor 0.00%, Parts 0.00%
 * Sales tax date 12/06/1993
 * Subsubtotal *
                            10222.00          0.00         0.00
 ** Subtotal **
                            10222.00          0.00         0.00
 *** Total ***
                            10922.00        600.00        30.00

    J. Produces an Income Log divided by tax group code.  Its content is the
    same as that of the wide Income Log, but it is subtotalled by transaction
    date within tax group code sections.















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 183


    K. Produces a Revenue Category Report like the regular revenue category
    report except that it is subtotalled by revenue category code + tax group
    code.  For example,
(fixed width font)
Revenue Category by Tax Group Report date span 12/03/1993 to 12/03/1993.
PAGE NO.     1
01/04/1994          DRAINS REVENUE CATEGORY ANALYSIS REPORT
                 Subtotaled by Tax Group and Revenue Category

              TOTAL  MATERIALS
JOB         REVENUE        AND       SUB-                                    #
FINISH    EXCLUDING    UNTAXED   CONTRACT      LABOR JOB     CUSTOMER       OF
DATE            TAX    REVENUE    REVENUE    REVENUE NUMBER  NAME         JOBS

** TAX GROUP NJ:New Jersey           / REVENUE CATEGORY N:Not categorized rev.
12/03/93    3160.00     660.00    2000.00     500.00     104 Concise Log     1
** Subtotal **
            3160.00     660.00    2000.00     500.00                         1

** TAX GROUP PA:Pennsylvania         / REVENUE CATEGORY N:Not categorized rev.
12/03/93       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00     101 Primrose, M     1
** Subtotal **
               0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00                         1
*** Total ***
            3160.00     660.00    2000.00     500.00                         2


              ...............................................................

              THIS SECTION IS {OE} IN 4.01^
              Function E) Change a Work Order's Payment Type helps coordinate
    corrections to History and the books (Accounts Receivable and the Bank
    Deposit Journal.)  If a payment type is coded incorrectly in the active
    work orders, and the error is not caught before the job's information is
    sent to the books, it has to date been often cumbersome to correct the
    mistake.  This is especially true if an account charge was coded as a
    cash, check, or credit card payment.  This new function (as of version
    2.15) is intended specifically to help in quick corrections of this sort.
              The user first seeks the archived work order needing correction,
    by the familiar phone/name/address/job# hunt process.  (See {OB} for
    details.)  Three choices are then given: 'H' to hunt a different work
    order, 'M' to abandon the function and return to the History menu, and 'C'
    to continue with the payment type change process.
              The function will refuse to work with a work order that has been
    cancelled, or that was never sent to the books in the first place.  If the
    work order currently shows payment type "A" (account charge), the function
    will refuse to work with it if it cannot locate a matching Accounts
    Receivable record that has no payment and no interest shown.  In any of
    these cases, a descriptive message appears at the screen bottom and a key
    press recalls the History menu.
              The function will complain if a Journal record matching a work
    order of payment type cash, check, credit card, or recall cannot be
    located, but will cooperate and continue after a key is pressed.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 184


              Enter the desired payment type.  (In the case of no change to
    the payment type, a message says so and a key press recalls the History
    menu.)  After confirming the change request, the change is made to the
    archived work order, and the books are altered as follows:

              Any non-account to any other non-account payment type: the
    Journal record, if it was found, is updated.  (No record is added if the
    original was not found.)
              Any non-account to account: the Journal record, if it was found,
    is deleted.  An Accounts Receivable record is added.
              Account to any non-account: the Accounts Receivable record is
    deleted, and a Journal record added.

              IMPORTANT!  If the change was TO OR FROM account charge, Main
    menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function F. Recalculate account
    balances must be run subsequently to bring the Client file's knowledge of
    account status up to date.  A reminder message will appear.  (This may be
    done once after several of these corrections have been entered.)
              A message indicates successful completion of payment type
    change, and a key press recalls the History menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 185



    P. Archive Closed Jobs

              (The password is needed for access.)

              Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs moves work orders marked
    for archiving (Xfer History is "Y") from the active work order file to
    History.  This makes the finished work orders available to history
    reporting functions and the ROA process and clears them from the active
    work order file.
              The process also deletes active work orders marked cancelled
    (Cancelled is "Y").  This job is therefore usually run at the end of each
    working day, when the chances are slim that a cancelled job will need to
    be revived to serve an indecisive customer.
              Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs can also pack and
    reindex all DRAINS data files, a datafile housekeeping procedure.  I
    recommend this housekeeping be done about once a month.  Doing it more
    often puts unneccessary wear on the computer's harddrive.

                              *  *  *  *  *

    Technical notes: Database packing and reindexing
    ------------------------------------------------
    When a record is deleted from a DRAINS file, the physical space on the
    harddisk that the record occupies is not released for reuse.  Instead, a
    marker is placed to declare the record deleted, a much quicker procedure.
    The maintenance process of packing copies the "live" (not-deleted) records
    from the existing file to a new one, then removes the old file and gives
    the new one the old one's name.  This eliminates from the file the unused
    space taken up by deleted records and makes it as small as possible.
              DRAINS' reindexing erases and rebuilds the index files that
    provide sorted access to the data files.

                              *  *  *  *  *

              A relevant function is called from the Archive Closed Jobs menu
    by entering its selection letter.

              ...............................................................

              Function T) Transfer jobs only deletes cancelled work orders
    from the active work order file and moves work orders marked for archiving
    from the active jobs file to History.  It also updates the Last job date
    stored in the long term client information of the clients whose work
    orders are being moved.  Each Last job date affected by this process
    becomes the job completion date of the work order being archived, if that
    date is later than the one already there.  The records are linked by phone
    number and unit ID.
              Screen messages report the progress of the file housekeeping.
    At the end of processing, the number of records found in each data file is
    displayed for your information.
              When the function is complete, a key press recalls the Main
    menu.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 186



              ...............................................................

              Function P) Pack, reindex & transfer does all that function T.
    Transfer jobs only does, and also packs the data files and builds new
    indexes for them.
              Status messages give a running account of the file processing
    DRAINS is doing.  These serve two functions:  1) The continued appearance
    of new messages gives reassurance that the computer is alive and working.
    2) In the unusual event of an error, the last messages displayed can help
    me figure out what's wrong.  These messages can thus be ignored as long as
    no errors are encountered.
              A non-serious hitch in the process may be reported:  If there is
    not enough room for a particular file's pack to take place, DRAINS will
    complain and skip that pack.  This message does not indicate a damaged
    file, it is a warning that available free space on the computer's
    harddrive is too small for comfort.
              A serious error in the process may halt DRAINS, or result in a
    final message of:
              ** Error(s) encountered during file maintenance.
                 Please call Concise Logic for assistance.
              The error checking routines and systematic opening of each
    DRAINS datafile makes this function ideal for testing DRAINS' data for
    health if an unusual event has raised the question.  Smooth running of
    this function is almost a guarantee of good file health.

              At the end of processing, the number of records found in each
    data file is displayed for your information.  When the function is
    complete, a key press recalls the Main menu.

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu without performing
    any file housekeeping.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *





















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 187



    Q. Exit DRAINS

    ͻ
                     DRAINS version 4.02 Multi-Session                   
                                serial #000001                           
                                                                         
                Copyright (C) 2001, all rights reserved, by              
                                                                         
                               CONCISE LOGIC                             
                          HC83-Bx532 10 Jawbone Rd                       
                         Martinsdale, MT 59053-9709                      
                         406-572-3323, 800-262-2617                      
                                                                         
                            Leave DRAINS (Y/N)? _                        
    ͼ

              Enter 'Q' at the Main menu display to choose the Exit DRAINS
    option.  This is the only proper way to leave the DRAINS system.  It is
    important to exit the DRAINS system properly; data may be lost or
    scrambled if the computer is turned off or re-booted while DRAINS is
    running.
              DRAINS' exit message shows the DRAINS version number and your
    copy's serial number.  When you call us for support, your serial number
    verifies your support privileges and helps us find our notes on your
    installation.
              Our company name and address, support line phone number and toll
    free sales line number are also displayed for your convenience.

              Confirm the request to leave DRAINS by entering 'Y', or return
    to the Main menu by entering 'N'.

      *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 188



    ^. Programmers' Tools

              (A special password is needed for access.)

              Enter '^' at the Main menu display to select the Programmers'
    Tools option.  Tremendous damage can be done to the information in a
    DRAINS system, and/or to other information on the computer or network, if
    these functions are misused.  Even if you are a competent FoxPro
    programmer, please discuss the ramifications of what you are planning with
    Concise Logic before using these functions.
              These tools have no multi-user conflict control.  They are best
    used when all other stations are not running DRAINS.

              ...............................................................

              Function A) SUSPEND program is only effective if DRAINS is being
    run under full interactive FoxPro.  The FoxPro runtime supplied with
    DRAINS cannot provide an interactive FoxPro environment.  When interactive
    work is completed, return to DRAINS by entering RESUME in the command
    window.

              ...............................................................

              Function B) CLEAR PROGRAM forces FoxPro to freshly read any
    modules it has used and remembered from the disk, the next time they are
    called.  This is most useful to programmers debugging or modifying
    modules.

              ...............................................................

              Function C) Set ESCAPE ON will remain effective until ESCAPE is
    SET OFF by DRAINS.  DRAINS controls some printing interruption with
    ESCAPE, most other times ON ESCAPE WAIT "*** Escape On error.  Press a
    key." is set.  This function will therefore not be of much use except to
    the debugging developer.

              ...............................................................

              Function D) Turn on F5 display of free memory will remain
    effective until you next exit DRAINS to DOS.  Pressing F5 will execute
    CLEAR PROGRAM to clear the compiled program buffer, then show the amount
    of free memory in the upper right corner of the screen.  This is safe to
    use while sitting at a submenu, but is likely to have bad effects during
    any function processing.

              ...............................................................

              Function E) List programmer's Function Keys lists the
    definitions active while the Programmers' Tools menu is active.  These
    shortcuts are intended to help a programmer running utilities and working
    with reports printed to disk.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 189



              ...............................................................

              Function F) Edit password permits the alteration of the regular
    DRAINS password.  This is intended for use when the system password has
    been set and lost.

              ...............................................................

              Function G) Edit U_WRNTYLST permits changing the warranty
    selection string.  If it is a network system, all other stations should
    exit DRAINS while the warranty list change is being made.
              The warranty selection string is better changed by using a
    utility intended for that transition.  (It was part of the Auxiliary
    Options program in version 3.xx.)

    F.Y.I. BACKGROUND:

    Early DRAINS versions permitted only 30 day, 60 day, 90 day, and None as
    non-custom warranty period selections.

              In DRAINS versions 2.11 and later, a field (U_WRNTYLST) in the
    Customization file DRCUSTOM contains four codes from the following list of
    available warranty periods:

              CODE   ABBREVIATION       WARRANTY PERIOD
              1      1year              1 year
              3      30day              30 day
              4      4mo.               4 month
              5      1/2yr              1/2 year (6 month)
              6      60day              60 day
              7      1week              7 days
              9      90day              90 day
              D      24hrs              1 day
              C      Cond.              Conditional
              N      None               None
              O      Other              Other

    These four codes determine the abbreviations available to be X'd when any
    Work Order is edited.  The code corresponding to the warranty choice X'd
    when a Work Order is edited is stored in the Work Order record's
    R_WARRANTY field.

              This expanded set of codes is "known" by the various invoice
    print formats and Work Order display functions.  Any set of four from the
    list will work equally well in the standard DRAINS program, without the
    need for program customization.

              The warranty list variable is not displayed or edited by Main
    menu option L. Maintain Customization, which alters other fields in the
    same file, as it should not be changed casually.  We recommend you select
    a suitable set when DRAINS is first installed and stick with it, as Work
    Order editing (whether of active or archived records) forces the selection
    of one of the current set.  If none of the displayed set is selected, the
    last (fourth) one listed is used by default.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 190


              Shuffling the order of the choices to alter which is default
    will cause no difficulties except the need to break users' habit of the
    old order when editing.

              ...............................................................

              Function H) Edit A/R cascade permits the alteration of A/R
    record types.  This is a browse in job number order, with the first
    editable record selected by job number.  Only the cascade code can be
    edited.

              Cascade Code              Status Message
              0                         Only record of this charge.

              1                         1st Partial payment record.
              2                         Partial payment record.
              3                         Current state of this charge.

              any other                 ** ERROR ** in A/R Cascade

              ...............................................................

              Function I) Edit DRBOOTID permits the alteration of any
    station's Station ID file.  Leave the path blank to edit the station's own
    ID file.  Enter the path to another station's DRBOOTID.DBF (for example,
    G:\FOXR\) to edit its ID file.
              Enter the drive letter ID of the data files from that station,
    the color selection code (N, B, or G), the backup floppy's drive letter
    (usually A).
              Enter the first printer's device and type, ditto for the second
    and third printers.  Only a 5 character printer device may be entered.
    "LPT1:" is the usual value.  Printer output may be routed to another
    device such as LPT2: or COM1:, or (printer 3 only) a disk file such as
    C:\DR.
              Enter the path to the DOS FORMAT command (C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND on
    most Windows systems).
              Enter the path to the DRAINS database indexes (usually same
    drive letter as the data plus ":\DRAINS\").
              Finally, enter the station's DRAINS user ID.  This is usually 00
    for the data server, 01 for the first remote station, etc.

    -Ctrl-End- recalls the Programmers' Tools menu.  After modification of a
    station's own ID file, the new values are not put into use until DRAINS is
    left and re-entered.

              This manual's section ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR MULTI-
    SESSION DRAINS USE contains useful background about DRAINS' configuration
    on a LAN.

              ...............................................................







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 191


              Function J) Issue DOS command allows DOS commands to be issued
    from withing DRAINS.  This really helps a programmer manipulate report
    files printed on the disk by DRAINS without leaving the program.

              ...............................................................

              Function K) Run program prompts for a program file name to run
    (include the path.)  Normally, this program would have to be in compiled
    FoxPro code (.FXP extension.)  If DRAINS is being run under interactive
    FoxPro, a .PRG extension source text program is permitted.  This is
    provided as a convenient way to run utility and diagnostic programs within
    the DRAINS environment.

              ...............................................................

              Function M) Main menu recalls the Main menu.

              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *







































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 192



    NEW DRAINS 4.02 INSTALLATION

    Concise Logic is happy to provide telephone support during installation
    and configuration of both demo and live DRAINS.  You can call us toll-free
    for assistance with this process at 800-262-2617.  (After the first half-
    hour of toll-free support, regular support and training are handled by
    406-572-3323.)
              Our usual scheduled hours are 9AM to 4:30PM Mountain Time
    weekdays.  Thanks to my home office, it is also often possible to reach me
    in the evening, on weekends, or at other odd hours.  If you get our
    answering machine, leave a message and I'll return your call shortly.  It
    is OK to call at strange times, the machine answers for me when taking a
    call would be inconvenient.

    A separate installation section with concise technical instructions for
    advanced computer users is available elsewhere in this document.  It is
    intended for consultants and "outside" experts who don't need to know what
    DRAINS does, but do need to know how to install it and how to check
    whether it is running properly.  Please see ^^^, page ^.

    From CD on a Windows 95-on-up machine
    -------------------------------------
    Put in the CD (it does not autoplay).

    Click Start, click Run.  The Run window (box) will appear.

    Click Browse.  The Browse window will appear.  Near the top is an input
    bar labeled "Look in:".  At its right is a button with a downward-pointed
    triangle.  Click the triangle.  (You may have to wait a moment if your
    drives are asleep.)

    A list of drives appears.  Look for one labeled "Drains_"(etc.)  It will
    have a drive letter next to it, like "(D:)" or "(F:)".  This is the drive
    letter of the CD-ROM drive that the DRAINS disk is in.

    Click Cancel in the Browse window twice - the list will disappear, then
    the Browse window.  The Run window will now be visible again.

    Click anywhere in the input bar labeled "Open:", then press the backspace
    key once to clear the input bar.

    The C: drive is the only harddrive on many computers.  It is usually the
    best drive to install DRAINS on.  In other words, C: is usually the best
    "destination drive" for the installation process.

    The easiest installation command installs DRAINS onto the C: drive of a
    W98/WMe system...  Type the drive-letter-plus-colon (:) of the CD-ROM,
    then "NewDrain", then a space, then the drive-letter-plus-colon (:) of the
    CD-ROM again.  For example,

              D:NEWDRAIN D:





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 193



    (If your machine is a W95, or if you are installing to a different drive,
    skip to instructions below, page 194, for other parameters...)

    Then press -Enter- or click OK.  If you did it right, NewDrain will
    respond with a list of the...
              Source files path:        D: (or F:, or..., your CD-ROM)
              Windows version or OS:    W98 (fine for Me/2000, too)
              Target harddrive:         C:
              Batch file path:          C:\WINDOWS
              Desktop shortcut path:    C:\WINDOWS\DESKTOP
              Remote-only non-server:   N (this is a full installation)
              Pre-upgrade backup file path: (not applicable to a new system)

    Press your space bar to continue.  NewDrain will unpack a bunch of files,
    and processing messages will scroll by.  When the scrolling stops, you
    should see a message near the bottom of the window:

     The program about to run gives you a chance to change basic DRAINS
        station configuration information.  Usually, no changes are needed.

        If you are installing a full DRAINS system to a drive other than C:,
        or if you need display color turned off (color N),
        or if this is a remote-only station (datafile drive and station #),
        tell DRAINS in this step . . .

    Press your space bar.  A blue Boot ID File Edit screen appears.  (-Enter-
    or -Tab- can move the cursor from field to field to allow changes.)  If
    you don't need to make changes for any of the reasons given above, press
    -Escape- to accept the default values.  It will respond:

        Done. Press a key to exit...

    Press your space bar.  Next, the README.TXT file appears.  After you've
    read it, press your space bar.

    When the scrolling stops again, the last line says "Exit NEWDRAIN.BAT.",
    and the title of the window has changed to "Finished - newdrain".

    Click the "X" button in the upper right corner of the window to close the
    installation program.

    You should now see three new icons on your desktop, DRAINS, DrainFix, and
    Dr4_info.

    If you have any difficulty with this process, please call Concise Logic!

    NewDrain.BAT's Other Parameters
    -------------------------------

    When installing onto the C: drive of a W95 system...  Add the system type
    and destination drive parameters.  For example,





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 194


              D:NEWDRAIN D: W95 C:

    When installing onto the D: drive of a W98/Me system...  Add the system
    type and destination drive parameters.  The CD-ROM is F: in this example,

              F:NEWDRAIN F: W98 D:

    For complete control of where DRAINS puts its components...  This is
    needed if you are installing on a Windows NT or (I believe) Windows 2000
    Professional system, or if you have a personal desktop set up.  The
    parameter order is:
    1) Source files path:  usually your CD-ROM, can be a drive and
         subdirectory.
    2) Windows version or OS:  choices are W95, W98, and DOS (anything else is
         treated as DOS).
    3) Target harddrive:  usually C:.  \DRAINS and \FOXR must hang from the
         root.  (The SUBST command can make a subdirectory perform as a
         separate drive, and DRAINS can run that way, but this method slows
         DRAINS' performance.)
    4) Batch file path:  bring up an MS-DOS window and enter "PATH" to find
         out which directories are on your path.  If the batch files are
         placed in one of those directories, you'll be able to use them
         without pathname prefixes no matter what directory is the default
         when you are working in your DOS window.  On an old plain-DOS
         machine, the root directory is usually a good choice.  On a Windows
         machine, C:\WINDOWS is usually a good choice.
    5) Desktop shortcut path:  C:\WINDOWS\DESKTOP on many Windows systems, but
         the pathname may include the username as a folder on some Windows NT
         and 2000 systems and those with personal desktop setups.
    6) Remote-only non-server:  When this is 'Y', only the subset of files
         wanted on a remote DRAINS station on a network is installed.  Data
         files and service request/invoice/statement formatting modules are
         not installed.
    7) Pre-upgrade backup file path: If the installation is an upgrade, this
         is where the pre-conversion "safety" backup compressed file will be
         made.  Not applicable to a new system.
    For example,

              E:NEWDRAIN E: W95 D: C:\WINDOWS C:\WINDOWS\DESKTOP N D:\DRAINS

    There is a NEWDRAIN.BAT 4.02 TECHNICAL TIPS section later in this manual,
    see page 246.

    To a DOS or Windows 3.11 machine
    --------------------------------
    Your installation is now unusual and is, as yet, undocumented here for
    version 4.02.  Please call Concise Logic for installation support.  I
    guarantee it can be done; older versions of DRAINS ran that way before W95
    was a twinkle in Bill Gates' eye.  (Most recent example of this type of
    DRAINS use:  in summer 2001, a DOS 6.22/W3.11 site running DRAINS 3.08
    multi-session finally upgraded their machines.)  My favorite DOS/W3.11
    network software is reliable, cheap Little Big LAN.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 195


              A system of this vintage may not have a CD-ROM drive, read on...

    From diskettes
    --------------
    Your installation is now unusual and is, as yet, undocumented here.
    Please call Concise Logic for installation support.  If you are a
    programmer, you can check the NewDrain.BAT installation file to see what
    it's usually trying to do.
              ***Untested advice:***  NewDrain may work partly - it should
    prompt you for the Common and Site disks.  The Documentation disk will
    have to be installed by hand.
              Invoking NewDrain with no parameters triggers help screens that
    explain the parameters it is expecting.

    To a Linux machine?  Not yet.
    -----------------------------
    DRAINS for Linux is not here yet, but we're leaning that way.  There is a
    product called Flagship that is supposed to compile FoxPro 2.6 program
    source files to run under Linux...
              Linux is a very stable, reliable operating system.  It is a
    multi-tasking system like Windows - that means several programs can be
    open-and-active simultaneously.  It is well documented and "open source" -
    developers are allowed and encouraged to see the operating system's
    program source text.  (An attitude very unlike Microsoft's ultra-
    proprietary EULA.)
              If you are interested in using the results of this project,
    please call me!


    THE "STATION IN USE" MESSAGE

    Station is already in use
    -------------------------
    The message you should recognise:  STATION IS ALREADY IN USE. Press a key
    to exit...

    Sometimes we call it the "Station in use" message.  This message is only
    seen when the DRAINS program has just been started up from the Windows
    desktop or DOS prompt - on its way "in" to the Main menu.

    This message happens when DRAINS thinks you already have a DRAINS session
    open on your computer.

    When it happens
    ---------------
    The most common cause of the problem is an abrupt termination of a DRAINS
    session.  This means leaving DRAINS without going out by the Main menu's
    Quit option.
              Some examples:  In Windows, closing the DRAINS window by
    clicking the "X" button in the top right corner.  (In Windows 3, File
    Close.)  A computer that is turned off or rebooted while in DRAINS
    (including just sitting at a menu).  A power outage shuts the machine
    down.  Someone tripping over a power cord and unplugging the machine.  A
    program error halting program execution (fortunately rare).



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 196


              When DRAINS use is next attempted, the "Station in use" message
    appears.

    How to fix it
    -------------
    1) If you are running multi-session DRAINS on a network, ask the other
        DRAINS users to exit from DRAINS.
    2) Reboot (Windows "restart" or "shut down", reset, or turn off then on)
        your computer.  This will make sure all DRAINS files on your computer
        are properly closed and that there are no hidden DRAINS sessions.
    3) If you are running multi-session DRAINS on a network, also reboot the
        DRAINS file server (makes sure all DRAINS data files are properly
        closed) and any other network station that is turned on and runs
        DRAINS (makes sure that there are no hidden DRAINS sessions active).
        We need *everyone* out of DRAINS.
    4) Run DrainFix:  Double-click the DrainFix icon on your desktop or enter
        DRAINFIX at the DOS prompt.  DrainFix will show the path it guesses
        the multiuser conflict control file DRSMULTI.DBF is on.
              Edit the path if needed, and press -Enter-.  On most systems no
        change is necessary, but if you are resetting a multi-user system from
        a remote station, you may need to change the drive letter to that of
        the DRAINS data server.  The rest of the path should be OK.
    5) If DrainFix says "Done", the Conflict Control file has been found and
        set to "no one is using DRAINS", and DRAINS should be ready to launch
        happily at any of its stations.  (Press -space- to exit to the desktop
        or DOS prompt...)

    For more information
    --------------------
    See DRAINS' CONFLICT CONTROL EXPLAINED in REFERENCE.RTF.



























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 197


    DRAINS' CONFLICT CONTROL EXPLAINED

              When multiple sessions share DRAINS data files, it is important
    to prevent them from attempting conflicting data use.  Problems can arise
    when two users try to modify the same datafile simultaneously in certain
    ways.  Conflict control is the process of checking on what data each
    active session is trying to use, and denying entry into a function at
    times when that function's use could result in danger to data.
              Conflict control is needed when DRAINS is used simultaneously by
    more than one station on a network.  It can also be important on a single
    machine running a multi-tasking operating system such as Windows, that has
    the ability to run two DRAINS sessions simultaneously.  Several users of
    DRAINS prior to version 3.00 ran into trouble by running single-user
    DRAINS, which had no conflict control, in two Windows sessions
    simultaneously.
              DRAINS uses a data file called the Conflict Control file
    (DRSMULTI.DBF, normally residing in \DRAINS\MULTI on C: or on the DRAINS
    data server), to keep track of how many active sessions are currently
    present and each session's activity's potential data resource use.

              Each DRAINS station has a user ID number (0 on a single-user
    system, a number from 0 to 11 on a multi-session system) stored in the
    Boot ID file in its FoxPro launch directory (usually C:\FOXR.)  When
    DRAINS is invoked, it checks the Conflict Control file to make sure that
    its station user ID is not already active.  The message 'STATION IS
    ALREADY IN USE. Press a key to exit...' results when a second session is
    attempted using an already-active ID.
              If, as is normal, DRAINS finds the station's user ID marked
    inactive in the Conflict Control file, it writes a notation in the file to
    declare the station active and continues on in to the Main menu.  When the
    station exits DRAINS normally (Quit from the Main menu), it declares
    itself inactive by again writing in the Conflict Control file.

              This simple login/logout system can be thrown awry if a terminal
    is turned off or rebooted while in DRAINS (including just sitting at a
    menu), if a general power failure occurs, or if a program error halts
    program execution.  A symptom of an 'orphan session' left by another
    station is messages that resources are in use (prohibiting or cautioning
    use of a Main menu option or submenu function) when that is in fact not
    the case.  The message 'STATION IS ALREADY IN USE. Press a key to exit...'
    usually indicates an orphan session left by one's own station.  (Please be
    sure that you don't already have a DRAINS session open in another window!
    A reboot is the best way to confirm that all DRAINS sessions on the
    machine are closed.)

              A utility called DrainFix can clear the "in use" notations in
    the Conflict Control file, forcing the indication of no DRAINS use by any
    station.  Make sure everyone really is out of DRAINS, then double-click on
    the DrainFix icon or enter DRAINFIX at the DOS prompt.  DrainFix will show
    the path it guesses DRSMULTI.DBF is on.  Edit the path if needed, and
    press -Enter-.  (On most systems no change is necessary, but if you are
    resetting a multi-user system from a remote station, you may need to
    change the drive letter to that of the DRAINS data server.  The rest of
    the path should be OK.)



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 198


              If DrainFix says "Done", the Conflict Control file has been
    found and cleared, and DRAINS should be ready for use again by any
    station.


    SOLVING COMMON WINDOWS DIFFICULTIES

    Windows is a multi-tasking operating system, which means that the computer
    is often trying to juggle several tasks at once.  The actions of other
    programs running at the same time as DRAINS can affect your DRAINS
    session.  For example,

    When running DRAINS in Windows, you may occasionally find another "window"
    has become active, due to a printer status message being triggered or
    someone clicking outside of DRAINS' window or...  If that happens, you'll
    have to use the mouse to click somewhere inside DRAINS' window to make
    DRAINS' window active again - clicking in its window should make the
    computer realize that you are using the keyboard to talk to DRAINS.  The
    place the cursor should be blinking (or is blinking) is a good spot.
    Another possibility is the "button" (rectangle representing the running
    program) in Windows' taskbar, described in the next paragraph.

    Another common hiccough is the action of another program "minimizing"
    DRAINS - DRAINS' window disappears, leaving behind only a "button"
    (labeled rectangle) in Windows' taskbar.  (On most systems, the taskbar is
    located at the screen's bottom.)  The taskbar button may say DRAINS, or it
    may say FOXDX260 or FOXD2600, or possibly even MS-DOS.  If you click on
    the button, the DRAINS window should reappear and be back to normal.
              It is important to understand that DRAINS is not closed when it
    is minimized.  To be able to exit DRAINS properly, you have to bring it
    back to size.  Please *do not* run DrainFix while DRAINS is minimized -
    data can get damaged!  (That is why I recommend a Windows restart to make
    *sure* DRAINS is not active, before DrainFix is run.  A restart forces a
    minimized DRAINS session closed.)


                             <<< GETTING STARTED >>>

    EQUIPMENT NEEDED BY SINGLE-USER DRAINS

    Single-user DRAINS can run on any Windows 95/98, or Windows Millenium
    computer, on Windows 2000/NT computers, on most Windows 3.11 computers,
    and even some MS-DOS compatible computers.  Windows is not required.
              Indeed, it is easy these days to find a suitable used system for
    a couple of hundred dollars, or as a hand-me-down.

    DRAINS works well with monochrome or color displays, and does not require
    graphics capabilities.  Color is nice, but you may find a monochrome
    bargain in a laptop.

    DRAINS produces a lot of reports, so you'll want a printer.  The typical
    "older" setup of a printer cabled to the computer's LPT1: primary parallel
    interface port works well, but DRAINS can also support parallel interface
    printers on LPT ports 2-4 and serial interface printers on COM ports 1-4.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 199


              DRAINS DOES NOT WORK WITH USB PRINTER CABLING (except across a
    network, as a "port capture" device.)  Some HP color inkjets, many
    Lexmarks, and the bulk of inexpensive printers produced after 1998 are
    also a problem.  You need a "DOS compatible" printer.  Many printers
    require Windows print driver services, but work happily with DOS programs
    running under Windows.  Others are stubbornly Windows-only.
              Our favorite setup is a quiet laser printer using regular
    8.5x11" cut-sheet paper for invoices, statements, and reports, and an
    inexpensive dot-matrix printer printing dispatch cards on colored 3x5"
    fanfold cardstock.

    Equipment suggestions

    The 120V A.C. current delivered from wall outlets has irregularities in it
    that can damage computer equipment.  You should at the least have a surge
    or spike suppressor between the wall outlet and your machine.  These are
    usually sold in the form of a multiple outlet power strip.
              A more expensive but better protector of your equipment is a
    power conditioner, such as the Tripplite LC1200.  It does a better job of
    cancelling surges and spikes and can keep your machine happy during
    brown-out conditions. It cannot provide power in a complete blackout.
              If your area experiences frequent power outages, consider a
    Battery Backup or Uninterruptible Power Supply.  A UPS can provide power
    to the computer for a period of time with no A.C. current input at all.
    Many UPSs also fill the roll of power conditioners.

    We like to provide direct machine-to-machine support for DRAINS, which
    requires a modem and specialized communication software.  (Best choice in
    2002 is pcAnywhere 9.x.)  We do not require you to take advantage of this,
    and will talk you through procedures if you prefer.  However, this high-
    tech support method is much easier for both of us...

    EQUIPMENT NEEDED BY MULTI-SESSION DRAINS

    To run multi-user DRAINS on more than one station, you will need a Local
    Area Network (LAN) of at least two stations.  Windows 95, 98, NT, ME, etc
    have built-in networking.  If you are going to buy network cards, 100-
    speed Ethernet is far better than 10-speed, for about the same price.
              For DOS systems, LANtastic and Novelle are highly regarded LAN
    software types.  We recommend Little Big LAN by Information Modes as a
    workable low-budget alternative in DOS LAN software.

    Remote (off-site) stations may be attached to the LAN via modem and
    CO/Session, PC-Anywhere, or similar communication software.  Each remote
    requires a computer "host", which can be merely a monitorless "dummy",
    cabled into the LAN.  A minimum transfer rate of 9600 baud is recommended
    for reasonable response time.










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 200


    ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR SINGLE-USER DRAINS USE

    Single-user DRAINS 3.08 is written in FoxPro, and is provided as several
    compiled modules executable by a FoxPro runtime (included with the DRAINS
    package).

    DOS & Windows 3.11 systems:  Single-user DRAINS needs about 500K of free
    RAM to run in.  CONFIG.SYS must specify a minimum of FILES=26.  If
    BUFFERS= is present, BUFFERS=20 is minimum.  (It may say BUFFERS=20,0.)
    If the DOS is version 2.x or 3.x, BUFFERS= must be present.

    Windows 95/98/etc: You have plenty of resources.

    The FoxPro runtime files and CONFIG.FP FoxPro configuration file reside in
    a subdirectory on the computer's harddrive.  The batch files and Windows
    shortcut files supplied with DRAINS assume the subdirectory name \FOXR.

    DRAINS' program files reside in a subdirectory on the same harddrive as
    \FOXR.  The subdirectory name \DRAINS is required, and its subdirectory
    name \DRAINS\OVL is also required.

    The data files may reside on another drive, but the data subdirectory
    names \DRAINS and \DRAINS\MULTI are required.
              DRAINS' index files can reside in any directory whose full path,
    including drive and trailing backslash, is not over 10 characters long.
    For example, C:\DRAINS\ or D:\DATA\D\.

    A Windows shortcut file, DRAINS.PIF, which resides in the \WINDOWS\DESKTOP
    directory, normally invokes DRAINS on a Windows system.  A batch file
    named DRAINS.BAT, which resides in the harddrive's root directory,
    normally invokes DRAINS on a DOS system.

    DRAINS' History dump function uses diskette drive A:.
























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 201


    ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR MULTI-SESSION DRAINS USE

    Standard DRAINS 3.08 Multi-session permits the use of up to 12 stations
    maximum (IDs 00..11).  Additional "blocks" of stations (up to 24, up to 36
    etc.) can be added for you by Concise Logic, with a slightly longer delay
    in conflict control checking.  DRAINS Multi-session may optionally be run
    with just one station.

    Read ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR SINGLE-USER DRAINS USE, above, to
    understand the directory-name requirements for DRAINS.

    There are three Local Area Network (LAN) configurations to consider:
              - In a peer-to-peer LAN, each computer is set up to be someone's
    workstation.  Each machine has roughly the same speed, drive storage
    capacity, and device resources.  One of the computers is chosen as the
    "data server" for each application - its drive is where that application's
    database is stored.  Each workstation has its own copy of the application
    programs.
              - In a dedicated server LAN, one computer is faster and has
    greater drive storage capacity.  It probably is equipped with a mass
    backup device.  Its job is to act as data waitress and "serve" the data to
    the work stations as they request it.  The server is not expected to also
    have a user working at it.  Each workstation still has its own copy of the
    application programs.
              - In a server-and-terminal LAN, one much more powerful computer
    plays dedicated server to an even greater extent - not only is the
    application database on the server, the application programs are there
    also.  The terminals only need enough storage to hold programs that tell
    them how to reach the server's drive(s) and the programs stored there.


    In a peer-to-peer LAN, the ID 00 station should be the one on whose
    harddrive the DRAINS data files will reside.  Each station will have its
    own copy of the DRAINS program files and FoxPro runtime files.  This
    avoids having to load program modules across the network.

    Normally resident on the server in a server-and-terminal LAN are: the
    DRAINS data files, one copy of the DRAINS program files, and two or more
    copies of the FoxPro runtime "launch" directory (one for each user
    terminal.)

    Typical DRAINS 3.08 Multi-session use has two stations assigned to
    differing functions:  Dispatch and Bookkeeping.
              The Dispatch station is normally used to enter new jobs, assign,
    edit, and close jobs, print invoices, transfer information to books, look
    up job history, do file maintenance and do backups.
              The Bookkeeping station is normally used to maintain lookup
    tables, use the bank deposit journal, enter ROAs and maintain Accounts
    Receivable, print statements, do commission reports, make mailings, and
    print History reports.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 202


    Both stations can access all DRAINS functions.  However, the use of each
    function on one machine usually blocks the use of some functions on the
    other because of multi-user conflict control.  Doing similar entries on
    both stations is in a few instances prohibited.

    The Dispatch station's user, pursuing customer satisfaction and efficient
    serviceperson dispatch/support, will probably need the most rapid access
    to the DRAINS databases.  In a peer-to-peer network, and if a choice
    exists, we recommend the Dispatch station be given the better system, with
    a fast, high-capacity harddrive.  The databases and indexes can then
    reside at the dispatch station, so the slightly slower access speed of
    across-the-network data transfers will affect the bookkeeping station.

    Each peer-to-peer LAN station should have the DRAINS Multi-session program
    files in a \DRAINS directory tree on the same drive as its \FOXR FoxPro
    runtime files.  Keeping programs and runtime on each machine's own drive
    gives very rapid access to the program material.  Only the database files
    and their indexes are shared, and program material does not need to flow
    over the LAN.

    Both stations need to know what (network) drive ID to use to locate the
    database files, and also its own station ID.  Each station's own \FOXR has
    a DRBOOTID.DBF Station ID database file containing these facts, which are
    read when DRAINS Multi-session is invoked.  The DRBOOTID.DBF Station ID
    database file also contains each station's own record of which drive
    letter to associate with DRAINS data, the path to the DRAINS indexes, what
    printer devices to use, and what printer types are attached.

    Control must be kept over how many users can use each file in certain ways
    at any given time.  The stations thus need an idea of which data files may
    be in use on eachother, and how those files may be used.  The DRSMULTI.DBF
    file, located in \DRAINS\MULTI on the drive with the DRAINS data files,
    keeps track of which resources each station is potentially using.  It is
    consulted whenever a Main menu option or submenu function is requested,
    and permission to use the function is granted or denied based on potential
    resource conflicts.  (In some cases, access is granted with an advisory
    message.)
              Resources are reserved by the placement of tokens in
    DRSMULTI.DBF when an function is successfully invoked.  Resources are
    declared freed (by token removal) upon exit from the function to the Main
    menu or the submenu function's parent menu.

    The DRSMULTI.DBF Conflict Control file is located in a different
    subdirectory (\DRAINS\MULTI) than the rest of the data files, normally on
    the station 00 computer.  The use and placement of this file has two main
    advantages:
              1) Station 00's DRAINS can be run while station 01 is turned
    off.  Station 00 does not need to communicate with station 01 to determine
    whether resources are reserved.
              2) The Conflict Control file is accessible to station 01 during
    a data backup by station 00.  (Files being backed up are readable only by
    the station backing them up.)  The exclusion of the Conflict Control file
    from the information back up is not a problem; a servicable Conflict
    Control file can be copied from the DRAINS Program Disk whenever
    necessary.  No long term data resides in the Conflict Control file.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 203



    Only two situations, database backups and file packing/reindexing, make
    the reading of any entire file necessarily prohibited.  Following suit in
    DRAINS' conflict control by permitting file record reading when changes
    MIGHT be made by the other station implies the possibility of changes made
    to file records while they are being read.  One can imagine an occasional
    odd report resulting.
              However, the much greater utility of a system that permits
    lookups and reports at almost any time makes prohibiting all such reading
    over-strict.  We believe inconveniences resulting from this leniency will
    be very rare.  (A warning is provided on function entry alerting users to
    possible write/read file conflicts.)

    DRAINS 3.08 Multi-session is written in FoxPro, and is provided as a
    compiled module executable by a FoxPro runtime, which is included in the
    DRAINS package.
              For DOS and Windows 3.11 systems, at each station, DRAINS Multi-
    session needs about 500K of free RAM to run in.  Each station's CONFIG.SYS
    must specify a minimum of FILES=26.  If BUFFERS= is present, BUFFERS=20 is
    minimum.  (It may say BUFFERS=20,0.)  If the DOS is version 3.x, BUFFERS=
    must be present.

    The multiuser FoxPro runtime files and CONFIG.FP FoxPro configuration file
    reside in a \FOXR subdirectory on each stations's harddrive.  The batch
    files and Windows shortcuts supplied with DRAINS assume the subdirectory
    name \FOXR.  If a different directory is used, those files may be altered
    accordingly.

    DRAINS' data files normally reside in a subdirectory on the base station's
    (ID 00) or file server's harddrive.  The subdirectory name \DRAINS is
    required.
              A Windows shortcut file, DRAINS.PIF, which resides in the
    \WINDOWS\DESKTOP directory, normally invokes DRAINS on a Windows system.
    A batch file named DRAINS.BAT, which resides in the harddrive's root
    directory, normally invokes DRAINS on a DOS system.

    DRAINS' index files can reside in any directory whose full path, including
    drive and trailing backslash, is not over 10 characters long.  For
    example, C:\DRAINS\ or F:\DATA\D\.

    DRAINS' History dump function uses diskette drive A: on whatever station
    is running the function.

    On DOS and Windows 3.11 systems running most LAN (Local Area Network)
    software, including Little Big LAN and LANtastic, DOS' SHARE utility
    should be loaded by each station's CONFIG.SYS or AUTOEXEC.BAT boot file to
    facilitate locking of shared file records.
              For example
                     INSTALL=C:\DOS\SHARE.EXE /F:2048 /L:40  on server
                     INSTALL=C:\DOS\SHARE.EXE /F:2048 /L:20  on remote







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 204


    TROUBLESHOOTING: LITTLE BIG LAN

    Little Big LAN's NET21 command HANDLES parameter should be set to more
    than the default 30 on any non-server station running Windows.  A typical
    symptom that this parameter is needed are messages that a file, usually an
    index, is not found on the server.
              For example
                     NET21 HANDLES:70 BUFSIZE:4096 WAIT:60,3

    DRAINS 3.08 SINGLE-USER NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION

              For installation phone support, please call us.  We will be
    happy to assist you.

              If you are upgrading from a DRAINS Demo to full DRAINS, from
    Single-user to Multi-user DRAINS, or if you are upgrading from one DRAINS
    version to another, please see the appropriate discussion in the <<<
    DRAINS 3.08 DEMOS AND UPGRADES >>> section of this manual.

              This installation program is designed to be non-destructive to
    existing DRAINS system data if it is re-run inadvertently.

              Boot your computer normally (from the harddrive).  DRAINS should
    be installed on a hard disk drive having at least 5 million bytes free, to
    allow some room for file growth.  A new DRAINS system takes up about 1.5
    million bytes (1.5 Megabytes.)  The final size of the system depends on
    the quantity of your data.

    Installation from DRAINS 3.08 CD
    --------------------------------
    ^^^

    Installation from DRAINS 3.02 diskette set, plus 3.08 upgrade
    -------------------------------------------------------------
    These instructions should be executed from an MS-DOS prompt.  Old DOS
    systems boot to a DOS prompt.  If your Windows 3.11 system boots to a
    "Program Manager" screen, Alt-F4 and OK to exit to DOS.  If you have a
    Windows 95 or Windows 98 system, left-click Start, point to Programs, and
    left-click on MS-DOS prompt.
              Any MS-DOS prompt, such as "C:", "C:\>", or "C:\WINDOWS>" is OK.

              Our installation command examples are for installation from
    floppy drive A: to harddrive C:.

    For many computer systems, the command

              A:\NEWDRAIN A: C:

    has the correct parameters.  It installs DRAINS from a source diskette in
    drive A: to target harddrive C:.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 205


              The source drive is the one you are using to read the DRAINS
    program disks.

              ==> You will need to know the source diskette drive's
    designation.

              Your DOS prompt after boot will indicate the harddrive's
    designation letter.  For example, a prompt of C> or C:\> indicates drive
    C:.
              ==> You will need to know the target harddrive's designation.

              The subdirectory names \DRAINS and \FOXR are required by the
    DRAINS program.  If you already have a subdirectory of the name \DRAINS
    with something else in it, refer to your DOS manual for the syntax to move
    all of its files to another location and remove that subdirectory.  (The
    DRAINS installation program will re-create the subdirectory name \DRAINS.)
    The same goes for \FOXR.
              A file named "DRAINS." or "FOXR." in the root directory of the
    target harddrive will also cause problems.  It must be moved or renamed.

              ==> Enter DIR \DRAINS to check for a current DRAINS
    subdirectory.  You should see "File not found".

              ==> Enter DIR \FOXR to check for a current FOXR subdirectory.
    You should see "File not found".

              ==> Put the DRAINS 3.02 program diskette #2/2 in the source
    floppy drive.  (You could start with #1/2, but #2/2 will save you a disk
    change.)

              ==> Enter SourceDrive:NEWDRAIN SourceDrive: TargetDrive:,
    replacing the parameter designations with your choices.

              The source diskette drive designation letter (SourceDrive)
    should have a colon following it.  The target harddrive designation letter
    (TargetDrive) should also have a colon following it.

              For example, "A:NEWDRAIN A: C:" installs DRAINS from floppy
    drive A: onto harddrive C:.

              The installation batch file checks the parameters you gave it.
    If there is a problem, a descriptive error message appears and the DOS
    prompt is recalled.  If the parameters are approved,

              ==> press the space bar to continue.












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 206


              The installation batch file next checks for a CONFIG.SYS boot
    file in the root directory of the target harddrive.  If it finds one, it
    displays the contents for you to read, and also displays the minimum FILES
    and BUFFERS values for this version of DRAINS.  CONFIG.SYS must specify a
    minimum of FILES=26.  If BUFFERS= is present, BUFFERS=20 is minimum.  (It
    may say BUFFERS=20,0.)  If the system is DOS-only or Windows 3.11 is
    version 3.x, BUFFERS= must be present.  (If Windows 95 or beyond, you have
    plenty of resources and don't need to check anything.)
              If it does not find CONFIG.SYS, a message appears and a
    CONFIG.SYS file is copied into the target harddrive's root directory.  In
    either case,

              ==> press the space bar to continue.

              Many files are now unpacked and copied into the newly created
    \DRAINS, \DRAINS\OVL, and \DRAINS\MULTI subdirectories.  The invoking
    batch file is copied to the root directory.
              The \FOXR subdirectory is created and several files are unpacked
    into it.

              You will be prompted for a disk swap.  When the process is
    complete, a message appears announcing successful installation and the DOS
    prompt is recalled.

              ==> Take the DRAINS Program Disk out of the floppy drive and put
    it away in a safe and logical place.

              ==> (If you are not installing from A: to C:, call Concise Logic
    for help or look at the DRAIN308.BAT to see what needs to be done.)  If
    you are installing from A: to C:, put in the DRAINS 3.08 upgrade disk and
    enter:
                     A:DRAIN308

              ==> press the space bar to continue.  Follow on-screen
    instructions.

              ==> If you have a DOS-only or Windows 3.11 system and your
    CONFIG.SYS needs modification, do that now.  (Refer to your DOS manual for
    instructions on the use of EDLIN (DOS 5 and below) or EDIT (DOS 6), if you
    need an editor.)

              ==> If CONFIG.SYS has been added to or modified on a DOS-only or
    Windows 3.11 system, reboot the computer by holding down -Ctrl- and -Alt-
    while you type -Delete-.  Release all 3 keys.  The computer should beep
    and run through its "wake up" procedures.












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 207


    If you have installed DRAINS to a drive other than your boot drive,
              1) If DOS-only or Windows 3.11, check the CONFIG.SYS file on the
    boot drive to be sure it has the minimum FILES and BUFFERS values for this
    version of DRAINS.
              2) Check for, and erase if found, the useless CONFIG.SYS
    NEWDRAIN.BAT may have placed in the root directory of the target
    harddrive.
              3) The DRAINS harddrive must be the default drive when the
    program is invoked; you may want to move the \DRAINS.BAT batch file to
    your boot drive and edit it to provide the shift to the DRAINS drive
    before the program launches.
              4) If you have installed DRAINS to a drive other than C:, refer
    to the DRAINS 3.08 MULTI-SESSION NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION section below for
    instructions about running the DRINI300 utility.  Change the Drive to find
    data files on value to the correct letter.  (Own station ID should remain
    "00".)

              ==> Enter DRAINS to invoke the program.

              Tutorial sections 1 through 3 cover setting up DRAINS for use,
    including the following two steps.

              ==> Select Main menu option L. Maintain Customization and fill
    in the defaults and information for your business.
              Certain customization information must be correct for DRAINS to
    work properly on your computer:
                     1) Path to DOS utilities.  Needed for diskette FORMAT
    function to work on the Backup menu.  Usually C:\DOS on a DOS-only system,
    or C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND on a Windows system.
                     2) Printer types.  Needed for the proper formatting of
    132-column reports.  Ideally, the printer should be able to print the IBM
    extended (graphics) character set that can produce single- and double-line
    boxes.  The printer should NOT be set to "skip over perforation".
                     3) Printer destinations.  DRAINS requires parallel (LPTx)
    or COMx port printers and cannot handle a local USB-interfaced printer.

              ==> Select Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs from the Main
    menu and enter 'P' to use function P. Pack, Reindex & Transfer.  This will
    create the database file indexes needed.

              Exit from DRAINS.  On a W95/W98/etc system, enter "EXIT" to
    recall the Windows desktop.

              On a W95/W98/etc system, move the DRAINS.PIF and DRAINFIX.PIF
    files from \WINDOWS to \WINDOWS\DESKTOP for use.  You can right-click on
    each, and use the Change Icon button on Properties/Program to select the
    \WINDOWS\DRAINS.ICO or \WINDOWS\DRAINFIX.ICO icons, respectively.

              DRAINS is ready for use.








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 208


    DRAINS 3.08 MULTI-SESSION NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION

    Technical Background
    --------------------
    The DRCUSTOM.DBF Customization file (altered by DRAINS' Main menu option
    L. Maintain Customization) keeps track of the maximum number of active
    sessions DRAINS should expect.  If you have 3 stations, a DRAINS file
    server station and two remote stations, and each will run only one DRAINS
    session at a time (the normal situation), you should set # of simultaneous
    sessions to 3.  This will prepare DRAINS to accept sessions from terminal
    IDs 00, 01, and 02.
              # of simultaneous sessions can be set to any number from 1 to 12
    in the multi-session version.  (It may only be set to 1 in the single-user
    version.)

    To meet special circumstances, a computer running Windows may be
    configured to run more than one simultaneous multi-session DRAINS session.

    Each session must have its own launch directory, with a copy of the FoxPro
    runtime files, CONFIG.FP, and its own unique terminal ID# stored in
    DRBOOTID.DBF.  Normally, each DRAINS station's launch directory is
    C:\FOXR.
              Each session also needs access to \DRAINS\DRAINS.FXP on the same
    drive as the launch directory, and to all the formatting modules in
    \DRAINS\OVL.  Access to certain utilities in \DRAINS\UTIL may also be
    desirable, if you trust the person at that station with them.
    DRSRESET.FXP is most important, it is the DrainFix program.
              You may want Windows shortcuts in \WINDOWS\DESKTOP for each
    session.
              The DRAINS datafiles, *.MEM printer control files, invoice,
    statement, and service request formatting files are not needed at remote
    stations, they are only needed (in \DRAINS) on the server.

    I recommend that the computer with the DRAINS datafiles on it (the "DRAINS
    file server") be given terminal ID 00.  That way, that computer can run
    DRAINS without any of the other machines being turned on, and it can be
    told how many simultaneous sessions to expect.

    There are two ways to alter the terminal ID field in a DRBOOTID.DBF.  One
    is to sit at the machine whose ID you want to set, and run the DRINI300
    utility.  For example,

              C:\>CD \FOXR
              C:\FOXR>FOXR \DRAINS\UTIL\DRINI300

    The other way is to be at a running DRAINS station (usually the server)
    that knows the machine to be set up by a drive letter.  From the Main
    menu, enter a carat '^'.  Enter the Programmers' Tools password.  Enter a
    'G' to select function G) Edit DRBOOTID, then enter the path to the
    DRBOOTID.DBF to be altered.  For example, "G:\FOXR\".







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 209


    PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK
    --------------------
    In a peer-to-peer network like a Windows network, Little Big LAN or
    LANtastic, you will need to determine which machine will be the base
    station (ID 00) and which the remote station(s) (ID 01, 02...)  The DRAINS
    data files normally reside on the base station.  Please see the discussion
    about selecting which computer to use for which in this manual's
    ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPUTER FOR MULTI-SESSION DRAINS USE section, page
    202.

    Refer the DRAINS 3.00 SINGLE-USER NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION section (above)
    for instructions on using NEWDRAIN, and on setting up initial program
    values once DRAINS is installed.  The procedure for installing the base
    station (ID 00) is identical to that for installing a single-user new
    DRAINS system.

    At the base station, on DRAINS' Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization's ADMINISTRATIVE ACCESS screen, enter the correct number of
    DRAINS stations in Simultaneous sessions.

    When installing the first remote station (ID 01), the procedure is similar
    except that you must specify both an Auxiliary Options request or denial
    and the ID, 01.  For example,

              A:NEWDRAIN A: C:

    After running NEWDRAIN at the remote station, run the DRINI300.FXP utility
    found in the DRAINS utility programs directory to modify that station's
    DRBOOTID to specify the base station's drive ID letter.  For example,

              C:\>CD \FOXR
              C:\FOXR>FOXR C:\DRAINS\UTIL\DRINI300

    Enter the drive ID letter of the databases' drive.  Change the Own station
    ID to "01".  Press the space bar to exit DRAINS.

    Proceed similarly with stations 02..11.

    DRAINS Multi-session is ready for use.


















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 210


    DEDICATED SERVER NETWORK

    In a dedicated-server network, the network server is not used as a
    terminal station.  If the terminals have harddrives, use the peer-to-peer
    instructions from this section to install one DRAINS station as ID 00, the
    other as ID 01.  (It doesn't matter which is which.)

    On the server, create the \DRAINS and \DRAINS\MULTI directories.

    Copy from station 00 to the server all of the \DRAINS\*.DBF files except
    DRBOOTID.DBF.  Also copy \DRAINS\MULTI\DRSMULTI.DBF from station 00 to the
    server.  Put everything in directories of the name they came from, of
    course.

    Erase the copied files from station 00, remembering to keep DRBOOTID.DBF.

    Use the DRINI300.FXP utility to modify each station's DRBOOTID to point to
    the server's drive.


    DEDICATED SERVER NETWORK WITH FLOPPY-ONLY TERMINALS

    If the server is the only machine in the network with a harddrive, each
    floppy-only terminal's program files can reside on the server in a
    different partition (drive ID letter.)

    The data files can be in either partition.  Each terminal MUST have its
    own DRBOOTID.DBF Station ID file, as they must know themselves as "00" and
    "01".  (DRAINS expects to find its program files with DRBOOTID.DBF, so we
    must allow duplication of these on the two partitions.)

    GETTING ACQUAINTED WITH DRAINS

    If you have never run DRAINS before, working through the DRAINS 3.08
    tutorial is an excellent way to train yourself in all aspects of DRAINS.
    As a side benefit, your system will be set up for use when you complete
    the first three tutorial sections.  The <<< DRAINS 3.08 TUTORIAL >>>
    section is organized in the approximate order that most businesses need,
    to know DRAINS' various functions.  (This manual's convention: Main menu
    options are selected from the Main menu, functions are selected from
    submenus presented by options.)

    A person being trained only as a dispatcher at a business whose DRAINS
    system is already in use can be trained by tutorial sections (^4 through
    8^).

    The <<< DRAINS 3.08 OPERATION >>> OPTION AND FUNCTION DETAILS AND USE
    section of this manual provides information about operating each Main menu
    option and submenu function.  It is a reference section organized in the
    order of the Main menu.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 211


    Once the operation of various tasks has been learned, the SAMPLE WORK FLOW
    on page 40 is a good quick reference, providing the usual order of
    steps in routine DRAINS use.

    Almost every DRAINS screen displays instructions for using the functions
    available at that point in the program.  If you get confused on a data
    screen, hold down -Escape- until a mini-menu appears.  You are welcome to
    call for help when you feel confused.  Concise Logic's customer support
    number is 406-572-3323.  (If you cannot reach us at that number, call our
    sales line, 800-262-2617.)















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 212



    NON-C: BATCH FILE SETUP FOR DRAINS AND DRAINFIX

    If your DRAINS program files are not on C:, use a flat-ASCII editor (such
    as DOS' EDIT or Windows' Notepad) to change 'C:' to the proper drive
    letter in these files:
              DRAINS.BAT
              DRAINFIX.BAT

    W98 SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINS

    The DRAINS.PIF shortcut file should reside in C:\WINDOWS\DESKTOP and have
    these Properties:

    General: ok Archive (allows backup); no Read-only (might need to modify);
    no Hidden (no reason to hide)
    Program: (name) DRAINS
              Cmd line: C:\FOXR\FOXR.EXE -t c:\drains\drains (Drive only
    should be changed if programs reside on a different drive than C:.  \FOXR
    and \DRAINS are mandatory directory names and must hang from the root.
    Recommend that programs reside on own machine, not server, for
    speed/reliability/reduction of network traffic.)
              Working: C:\FOXR (Same)
              Batch file: (none)
              Shortcut key: (none)
              Run: Normal window (so user can switch to normal window with
    Alt-Enter if desired)
              Close on exit: yes, so DOS window does not stay open.
    Program/Advanced: no to all 3: Prevent Windows detection, Suggest MS-DOS,
    MS-DOS mode.  These are not needed/not wanted.
    Program/Change Icon: c:\foxr\drains.ico (See notes on Cmd line, above)
              If not found there, try c:\windows\drains.ico.
              And if not found there, try c:\drains\drains.ico.
    Font: Both font types, Auto is a good place to start.  Tinker as needed.
    Memory: Conventional Auto (since amt needed is unknown)
              Protected: yes (protects system memory from FoxPro)
              Initial environment: 4096 (Reserve a generous amount for
    Command.COM and *.BAT to play with.  Auto would set it from SHELL= in
    Config.sys.)
              EMS: Auto gives no limit on expanded memory, the kind FoxPro
    likes.
              XMS: None.  FoxPro can't use extended memory unless no EMS
    (preferred) is present.
              HMA: Allow use by FoxPro if not otherwise occupied.
              DPMI: Auto allows Windows to choose the limit.
    Screen: Usage full-screen uses least memory, and is least distracting to
    the user. (Setting usage to 'Window' kept it from hanging on the way out
    of the program, on a W95 machine with only 532K of DOS window conventional
    memory. To correct the small window, set 'initial size' to 25 lines and
    pick a suitable font (8x14 on that system). Run 'maximized'.)
              Initial size: Default
              Display toolbar: No display of MS-DOS toolbar, so program can't
    be shut down improperly w/corner "X".




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 213


              Window settings: Yes, return to defaults when done.  N/A in
    full-screen.
              Fast ROM: No faster screen writing w/display driver emulating
    ROM video functions.  Not needed and could cause trouble.
              Dynamic memory: Yes, maximize the amount of memory available to
    other programs by not reserving graphics mode memory.
    Misc: Yes, allow screen saver.  DRAINS may be up all day.
              No, don't suspend in background.  DRAINS may be compiling a
    report.
              Idle sensitivity: medium for moderate CPU allocation when
    running in the background.
              Mouse QuickEdit: no, N/A.
              Mouse Exclusive: No, use mouse as standard Windows pointer.
              Termination warning: Yes, DRAINS should not be shut down by
    closing its window.
              Fast pasting: no, N/A.
              Windows shortcut keys:
                     ok Alt-Tab switches between programs
                     ok Alt-Esc cycles through programs
                     ok Ctrl-Esc displays the Start menu
                     no PrintScreen screen image ->clipboard if yes, printer
    if no
                     ok Alt-PrintScreen window image goes to clipboard
                     ok Alt-Enter toggles window & full screen
                     no Alt-Space displays the program's System menu

    W98 SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINFIX

    The DRAINFIX.PIF shortcut file should reside in C:\WINDOWS\DESKTOP and
    have Properties like DRAINS.PIF (see above) except for:

    Program: (name) DrainFix
              Cmd line: C:\FOXR\FOXR.EXE -t c:\drains\util\drsreset
    Program/Change Icon: c:\foxr\drainfix.ico
              If not found there, try c:\windows\drainfix.ico.
              And if not found there, try c:\drains\drainfix.ico.
    Misc: No, don't allow screen saver.  DrainFix is an in-and-out.
              Yes, suspend in background.  No substantial processing.



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 214


    W98 WORDPAD SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINS .RTF DOCUMENTATION

    For some reason, W98 refuses to allow parameters on shortcuts to the
    utilities in the Accessorties subdirectory.  So:

              1) Make a copy of WORDPAD.EXE into another directory (W98
    normally has it in "C:\Program Files\Accessories".  I recommend \FOXR.
              2) Copy the .RTF documentation files from the DRAINS program CD
    to the harddrive for convenience.  I recommend copying to the \DRAINS
    directory.
              3) Right-click on an empty part of the desktop and select
    New/Shortcut from the menu presented.
              4) Command Line: c:\foxr\wordpad.exe c:\drains\referenc.rtf
              5) Click Next.
              6) Select a name for the shortcut: Dr4_Info
              7) Click Finish.
              8) You'll be back on the desktop with your new icon.  Tip:
    Ctrl-F asks WordPad to search for something.

    NON-C: SHORTCUT SETUP FOR DRAINS AND DRAINFIX

    If your DRAINS program files are not on C:, you will need to modify your
    Windows shortcuts before use.  Right-click the shortcut and select
    Properties from the mini-menu.  Click the Program tab.  Change each 'C:'
    to the proper drive letter in the 'Cmd line' and 'Working' fields.
              Click the Change Icon button.  Again change the 'C:' to the
    proper drive letter.
              DRAINS.BAT
              DRAINFIX.BAT




























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 215


                           <<< DRAINS 4.02 TUTORIAL >>>

    THE DRAINS 4.02 TUTORIAL

              The purpose of the DRAINS 4.02 tutorial is to teach, in ^
    sequenced lessons, all of the functions of DRAINS 4.02.  The program
    sections are presented in a logical order, from program setup, through
    basic and advanced information entry, to management reports and common
    utilities.  Following this order ensures that you meet each section with
    the background you need to use it successfully.
              The tutorial also presents background information about using a
    computer for recordkeeping, and briefly covers recognising and fixing the
    most common hardware and operating system (Windows) problems encountered
    by DRAINS users.  The tutorial covers all of DRAINS proper, but does not
    cover special utilites, unusual reports, or programmers' tools in detail.
              I do not intend that you complete the whole tutorial before
    beginning to use DRAINS in your business.  Learn the core functions - job
    entry, billing, crucial reports - and use them to make your work easier
    and more organized.  That should give you time later to continue with
    later tutorial sections and add to your DRAINS skills.
              DRAINS can do a lot of things, some pretty specialized.  You
    won't need everything, but in the long run you will best serve your
    business by learning about everything that DRAINS can do.  We encourage
    you to complete the tutorial's reading suggestions and look at the
    matching screens in DRAINS, even if you don't actually exercise the
    functions.

              A person being trained only as a dispatcher at a business whose
    DRAINS system is already in use (and overseen by someone familiar with the
    backup and bookkeeping functions) should do fine with just tutorial
    sections (^4 through 8^).

              As you learn DRAINS, it is a good idea to jot down your
    questions, ideas, and concerns and call us to discuss them every so often.
    Our user support is an important part of DRAINS.  If you get stuck or
    start to feel frustrated, pick up the phone!

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 216


    Tutorial section 1. STARTING AND STOPPING DRAINS / BACKUP

    Items you will want for this lesson:
              [] A new floppy diskette of correct type for (either of) your
                  drive(s.)

              For background, read or skim the <<< GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR
    USE >>> section of REFERENC.RTF, starting on page 14, including CALLING
    DRAINS, THE MAIN MENU, GENERAL EDITING ADVICE, PRINTING AND VIEWING,
    GENERAL PRECAUTIONS, and FoxBASE+ PROGRAM ERROR MESSAGES.  If your DRAINS
    system is not multi-user, you may skip the MULTI-SESSION GENERAL ADVICE.

    [] Invoke DRAINS and look at the Main menu.  If the Bookkeeping and
        Utility Main menu options are missing, enter 'L' and enter your DRAINS
        password.

              The first thing to know is how to make a data backup.  It is
    very important to make periodic copies of the information stored in
    DRAINS.
              For those just starting out with DRAINS, if you make a backup
    when you have your DRAINS system set up to your satisfaction, then you can
    experiment from that point with peace of mind, knowing it can be put back
    to the earlier state easily.

              Read the Main menu option N. Backup section (starting on page
    155) of the <<< DRAINS 3.08 OPERATION >>> section of REFERENC.RTF.

    [] Enter 'N' at the Main menu to invoke the Backup menu.
    [] Enter 'A' to use function A) Select drives if the drive designations
        shown are not the ones you need to use.
    [] Use function B) Format floppy diskette(s) to format a new floppy
        diskette.
    [] Use function C) Backup database files to make a practice backup of your
        data files.
    [] Use function D) Write backup batch file to create your DOS
        backup-DRAINS command, DRAINBAK.
    [] When done, enter 'M' to return to the Main menu.

              Read the Main menu option Q. Exit DRAINS section, page 188.
    Notice that you do not need documentation to find our phone numbers; they
    are displayed when Main menu option Q. Exit DRAINS is selected.  (Please
    do not use the toll-free sales number for normal support unless you have
    trouble getting through on the support line.)

    WARNING!  AVOID TURNING OFF OR REBOOTING YOUR COMPUTER WHILE YOU ARE IN
    DRAINS.  If a data file is open when the computer is turned off or
    rebooted, it may be made partially or wholly unreadable.  Any data waiting
    to be written to the disk will be lost.
              Also, you will be faced with a "Station in use" message the next
    time you try to enter DRAINS, and have to run DrainFix to clear the
    problem up.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 217


              Properly exiting DRAINS before you turn off or reboot your
    computer is very important.

    [] Exit DRAINS.
    [] On a Window system, click the Start button, point to Programs, and
        click on "MS-DOS Prompt" or "Command Prompt" to get a black window
        with a "C:\WINDOWS>" DOS prompt and a blinking cursor.  At the DOS
        prompt, enter \DRAINBAK.  You can use the same diskette again to make
        this second practice DRAINS backup.

    A good start!  This ends tutorial section 1.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------












































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 218


    Tutorial section 2. SETUP DRAINS FOR USE

    If your DRAINS is newly installed, you should tell it about your business
    before trying to enter jobs.  This section will explain how.

    If you are learning DRAINS on a system already set up, and will be doing
    bookkeeping or will be responsible for DRAINS' administration, skimming
    through this section will help you understand possibilities that may not
    be currently active at your site.

    If you will only be logging customers' phone calls, entering jobs, and/or
    dispatching drivers, you can skip this section.

              To best serve you, DRAINS needs to know some things about you
    and your equipment, such as the name of your business and the type of
    printer you are using.  DRAINS also gives you choices about how certain
    functions are to be performed.  The first step in setting up DRAINS for
    use is to tell it about you and your needs.
              You can change your choices later and as often as you like, so
    don't be shy; if you're not sure about something, make a guess and see how
    it works out, or call and ask.

              Read the Main menu option L. Maintain Customization section of
    REFERENC.RTF, starting on page 122.

    [] Enter 'L' at the Main menu to invoke the Customization Maintenance
        screens.  Following the reference manual's descriptions of the fields,
        enter values that suit your business.
              When prompted, enter 'Y' to save the new field values, then
        press a key to recall the Main menu.  (If you have changed or added a
        password, the BOOKKEEPING and UTILITY Main menu options will be hidden
        until the password is reentered.)

              Whenever the Address parsing field of Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization is changed, Main menu option P. Archive Closed
    Jobs's function P. Pack, Reindex & Transfer should be run to create the
    changed indexes.  Reindexing has other benefits as well.
              Read the Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs section of
    REFERENC.RTF (pg. 186), paying particular attention to function P. Pack,
    Reindex & Transfer.

    [] Invoke Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs and enter 'P' to ask
        DRAINS to index your data files.  When prompted, press a key to recall
        the Main menu.

              This completes the minimum setup for DRAINS' use, ending
    tutorial section 2.  (Section 3 will complete the full DRAINS setup.)

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 219


    Tutorial section 3. PREPARE LOOKUP DATABASES AND PRINTOUTS

              DRAINS' Serviceperson and lookup files give DRAINS long term
    information about your business.  When a worker's ID is entered on a
    service request or work order, the Serviceperson file is checked to cross
    reference alphabetical and numeric serviceperson codes.  Serviceperson
    information is also used in producing Commission reports.
              The lookup code files do two things.  Some help you categorize
    jobs by Revenue type, Customer type, Tax Group, or how the customer was
    Referred.  Other codes let you set up "shorthand" convenience codes that
    turn into full job description or City State Zip lines.  Work Type codes
    can do both.  The ZIPcode Check file lets you tell DRAINS which ZIP codes
    it should recognise as belonging to your area.

              DRAINS can function happily without information in these files,
    or with only partial information.  However, DRAINS' reports will be more
    useful to your business if these are set up properly.
              As with DRAINS' customization, you can change the entered lookup
    information later.  You can change the code descriptions anytime.  If you
    want to change a code you have been using, call me.  I have utilities to
    change codes in the records you have already entered.

              Read the Main menu option K. Servicepeople & Finders section of
    REFERENC.RTF (pg. 112), paying particular attention to functions A.
    Add/Edit/Delete Serviceperson Information and 1. Print Serviceperson List.

    [] Use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Serviceperson Information to enter your
        service people's information and assign ID codes to each of them.
    [] Use function 1. Print Serviceperson List to print a listing of the
        entered codes and information.
    [] Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              Read the Main menu option M. Lookup Table Maintenance section of
    REFERENC.RTF. (pg. 141)^

    [] Use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Revenue Category Information to create
        several job types.
    [] Use function 1. Print Revenue Category Information to print a listing
        of the entered revenue category codes and their descriptions.

    [] Use function B. Add/Edit/Delete Customer Type Information to create
        several customer types.
    [] Use function 2. Print Customer Type Information to print a listing of
        the entered customer codes and their descriptions.

    [] Use function C. Add/Edit/Delete Referral Code Information to create
        several referral codes.
    [] Use function 3. Print Referral Code Information to print a listing of
        the entered referral codes and their descriptions.

    [] Use function D. Add/Edit/Delete Work Type Information to create several
        work type codes.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 220


    [] Use function 4. Print Work Type Information to print a listing of the
        entered work type codes and their translations.

    [] Use function E. Add/Edit/Delete Municipality Code Information to create
        several City State ZIP "shorthand" codes.
    [] Use function 5. Print Municipality Code Information to print a listing
        of the entered municipality codes and their translations.

    [] Use function F. Add/Edit/Delete ZIPcode Check Information to add
        several local ZIP codes to the list.
    [] Use function 6. Print ZIPcode Check Information to print a listing of
        the entered ZIP codes.

    [] If Tax Groups are turned on in Main menu option L. Maintain
        Customization, use function G. Add/Edit/Delete Tax Group Information
        to create several  tax groups.
    [] If Tax Groups are turned on in Main menu option L. Maintain
        Customization, use function 7. Print Tax Group Information to print a
        listing of the entered  tax groups and their descriptions.

    [] Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              These reference lists should be available to anyone entering
    service requests, dispatching jobs, and/or closing jobs.  You might want
    to post a copy next to the computer.

              This completes DRAINS' setup for your business, and ends
    tutorial section 3.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------



























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 221


    Tutorial section 4. JOB TRACKING I: NEW JOB ENTRY

    Items you may want for this lesson:
              [] Some job records to enter.  If you are evaluating a demo or
                  starting a new system, I recommend using job slips from your
                  A/R (Account Receivable) folder.  The jobs people owe you
                  money on are excellent practice material.

              If you backup the DRAINS database files before starting this
    tutorial section, your system can easily be put back the way it was before
    you began practicing.  This is particularly recommended if you are
    learning on a live system.

              DRAINS tracks each job as a work order record.  A new work order
    gets its initial information when a service request is created.  Most new
    work orders are created in the Active Work Order file by Main menu option
    A. Create Service Request.  (FYI:  Work orders can also be added to the
    Active Work Order file by the Scheduled Service system, described later.)

              Read the Main menu option A. Create Service Request section of
    REFERENC.RTF, (pg. 46).  I especially want you to practice using this
    option's client search mini-menu.

    [] Invoke Main menu option A. Create Service Request by entering 'A' at
        the Main menu.  Create at least five service requests.  If you are
        using tax groups, please try to vary your tax groups in the following:

       1) One with a new residential client.  Enter the phone number, unit ID
           if applicable, name, and street address of a new client.  At the
           mini-menu, enter 'C' to continue.
              Continue with entry:  Enter the client's city and 'X' the Septic
           drainage type if the site is connected to a septic tank.  You can
           use a municipality code to enter the city, if you have set up one
           that matches.  Enter the date and time the trouble call was
           received (if known, otherwise use the job date).
              Enter the problem and any modifications the billing address
           requires.  Enter the Allowed payment type (the codes are in the
           status box in the lower right corner) and the Revenue category code
           if you have one.
               'X' a default labor charge (you can change it later if it isn't
           right), and leave Labor quoted "N" to indicate it was not quoted to
           the client.  Use 'S' to save the information without printing a
           service request.














       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 222


       2) One with a new commercial client.  This time, pretend that you are
           not sure whether this one is new.  Start by just entering the
           Customer name, leaving the phone number, unit ID and address fields
           blank.  The mini-menu will have 'N' for name search selected when
           it appears, so press enter to see a list of names on file.  Press
           -Escape- to leave the list.  The Service Request screen reappears,
           now filled in with the file information of the client whose name
           was highlighted when -Escape- was pressed.
              Back at the mini-menu, enter 'R' to recover the name you
           entered.  Fill in the client's street address.  Enter 'A' at the
           mini-menu to see a list of addresses on file.  Again press -Escape-
           to leave the list.
              Once more, enter 'R' to recover the entered information.
           Convinced now that this is a new client, proceed to enter the
           client's phone number.  Enter 'C' to continue at the mini-menu.
              Enter an office address as the billing address.  Choose payment
           type 'A' for 'Account charge OK' and enter a Revenue category.
           Enter a serviceperson's ID in Job assigned to.
              Use 'P' to save the information and print a service request for
           the job.

       3) One with an existing client.  Enter the phone number (and unit ID if
           applicable) of a client on file.  (On a brand new system, it will
           have to be one of the two you just entered in steps 1 and 2.)  When
           'P' is entered at the mini-menu, the client's information should
           appear immediately.  (If it doesn't due to an error in spelling,
           move the list cursor up or down to the correct client's information
           and press -Escape- to leave the list.)
              Enter 'C' to continue at the mini-menu.  Mark the job payment
           type Recall.  When you complete the information entry, enter 'E' to
           practice re-editing the service request.  Use -Escape- to skip
           block-by-block back down toward the bottom.  Change the payment
           type to the correct one and add a labor amount, if there is one.
           At the bottom mini-menu, enter 'S' to save.

       4) Another one with an existing client.  Enter just the street number
           and part of the street name.  The mini-menu will have 'A' for
           address search selected when it appears, so press enter to see a
           list of addresses on file.  Move the name list cursor up or down to
           the correct address and press -Escape- to leave the list.
              Request a history search by entering 'H'.  You may see "Address
           history not found" in the status box at the bottom right, or (on an
           existing live system) you may see history.
              Now enter 'C' to continue.
              Mark this job's payment type as '$' for Cash or 'P' for Plastic
           (Credit Card) or 'C' for Check.  Do not 'X' any labor charge, then
           enter a labor charge in the Labor entry field presented.  Enter 'Y'
           in Labor quoted to record that in this case you quoted the charge
           to the client.
              Save.
       5) Another job with payment type Account charge, unassigned
           (=undispatched, no serviceperson ID entered.)  While editing, note
           that PageUp can "back up" to edit earlier parts of the screen.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 223


       6) Another job with payment type Credit card (P for plastic.)

              In mastering the basics of work order creation, you are well
    launched on DRAINS' job tracking, and have completed tutorial section 4.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Tutorial section 5. JOB TRACKING II: DISPATCHING

              DRAINS 3.08's job tracking includes functions designed
    specifically to help the dispatcher.  Screen and printed reports identify
    quickly which jobs have not been assigned and which are incomplete.  Easy
    service request cancellation and revival are useful when dealing with
    customers who change their minds.

              Read the Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools section of
    REFERENC.RTF (pg. 60).

    [] Invoke Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools and ask to work with both
        dispatched and undispatched jobs.  (Any sort order is OK.)
    [] Use Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools' function P. Print Active Work
        Order List to print a dispatcher's report of all active jobs.  (If no
        active work orders are on file, add some and try again.)
    [] Now use Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools' function S. Display active
        work order synopsis list to display on screen a list of all active
        jobs.  Compare the printed report to the display; they are similar,
        but the printed report gives more complete information.  The
        serviceperson, assignment time/time out, and completion date columns
        tell at a glance which jobs have been assigned and which have been
        completed.

    [] Use Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools' function C. Change sort &
        selection limit to select only the undispatched jobs.  The synopsis
        list will show only jobs without a serviceperson's ID.
    [] Use Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools' function A. Modify job
        assignments to enter a serviceperson ID for a job or two.  Each time
        -Enter- is pressed on a filled-in serviceperson ID, the job disappears
        from the list of unassigned jobs.
              Press -Escape- to recall the Scan menu.

    [] Now use function C. Change sort & selection limit again to select only
        the dispatched jobs.  The synopsis list will now show only jobs having
        a serviceperson's ID.
    [] If you are using tax groups, set the selection limit to both again, and
        use function T. Print Active Work Order List split by Tax Groups.
        This regionalized list is especially helpful to dispatchers managing
        several servicepeople in a large territory.
    [] Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              Scan the Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order section of
    REFERENC.RTF (pg. 53), and read carefully about its work order
    cancellation function "X", (pg. 55).






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 224


    [] In Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order, select any work order.
        Enter 'X', then 'Y' in Cancelled to declare it void.  (If you use
        password protection and the password has not yet been entered, you
        must enter the password before proceeding to mark the Cancelled field
        "Y".)
              The information is then presented on a different color
        background to prevent its being mistaken for a live job.  Cancelled
        jobs DO NOT appear in the dispatching reports.
    [] Enter 'X' at the mini-menu again, and 'N' in Cancelled to bring it back
        to life.
    [] Enter 'H' at the mini-menu to hunt again.  Select any work order.
    [] Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              You have completed tutorial section 5.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------









































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 225


    Tutorial section 6. JOB TRACKING III: JOB CLOSE / INVOICE PRINT

    Items you may want for this lesson (optional):
              [] A window envelope of suitable size for your DRAINS invoice
                  format.

              After active work order creation, information about how the job
    is progressing can be added and edited.  When the job is completed, the
    active work order is closed; its work information is edited a final time
    and payment or billing information is added.  All of these functions are
    performed by Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order.
              The work order remains in the Active Work Order file until it is
    archived.  (Archiving is covered below in tutorial section 7. JOB TRACKING
    IV: FILING CLOSED JOBS.)

              Read the Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order section of
    REFERENC.RTF, (pg. 53).

    [] Invoke Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order.  Select any work
        order on file and practice using -Enter- and 'P' to step forward and
        backward through the active work orders.
    [] Enter 'E' to edit a work order that has a blank Svcperson field, adding
        a time given and serviceperson ID.  Save the change.
    [] Enter 'C' to close each of the work orders created by the service
        requests specified in tutorial section 4. JOB TRACKING I: NEW JOB
        ENTRY, above.  Be sure to mark Turned in 'Y' on each, and leave Xfer
        HISTORY 'N'.
    [] After closing the last work order, enter 'T' to enter a sales tax
        amount different from the pre-calculated one.  Enter 'T' again to
        return it to the calculated value.
    [] Step forward and backward through the active work orders.  Note down
        some job numbers; you will need to know the job numbers of some work
        orders when you ask Main menu option D. Invoice Batch Print to print
        invoices for them later in this lesson.

              DRAINS can print both invoices and statements.  Charged work may
    be invoiced immediately upon completion, and periodic statements
    subsequently used as reminders of account status.  Invoices may also be
    prepared for clients who request a formal acknowledgement of their cash or
    check payment.
              DRAINS 3.08 can print invoices two ways.  When a work order has
    been edited with Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order's closing
    function "C", and the changes (if any) are saved, an invoice can be
    printed.  Main menu option D. Invoice Batch Print can print invoices for
    any range of job numbers, either in the Active Work Order file or in the
    History file.

    [] While still in Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order, select any
        work order except one with a specially-changed sales tax amount.
        Enter 'C' to request a closing edit.  If the work order already has
        its correct closing information, just press -Ctrl-End- (or -Escape-
        several times) to skip through it without changes.  If it needs
        closing information, enter that now.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 226


              Enter 'S' to save the work order, then 'Y' to print an invoice.
    [] Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              The format of the printed invoice depends on the content of Main
    menu option L. Maintain Customization's Invoice format field.  (Some
    sample invoices are shown in the <<< SAMPLE OUTPUT AND FORMS >>> section
    of REFERENC.RTF.)

              Read the Main menu option D. Invoice Batch Print section of
    REFERENC.RTF (pg. 62).

    [] Invoke Main menu option D. Invoice Batch Print.  This option can print
        invoices based on either active work orders or on job records in
        History.  Enter 'A' to print invoices for jobs in the Active Work
        Order file.
    [] Print a single invoice specified by one number typed into the Begin
        field.  Leave the End field blank.
    [] If you have a window envelope of appropriate size, test fold and
        envelope the invoice.  If you are using a tractor-fed printer (dot-
        matrix), note whether your printer's top-of-form needs to be adjusted
        to make them fit easily and neatly.  Some of DRAINS' invoice formats
        are adjusted to start higher or lower, please call if you would like
        assistance selecting the best one.
    [] Request two or more invoices by a range of job numbers.  (You can
        select printer "S" to avoid actually having to print that many if you
        like.)

    [] Invoke Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools.  (Any limits and sort order
        is OK.)
    [] Use Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools' function D. Print Done Jobs
        Report to print a report of all completed jobs in the active file.
    [] Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              In mastering the basics of work order information entry, you are
    well launched on DRAINS' job tracking, and have completed tutorial section
    6.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 227


    Tutorial section 7. JOB TRACKING IV: FILING CLOSED JOBS

              Closed work orders should remain active until payment
    information is copied from them, to the bank deposit Journal and Accounts
    Receivable files.  The work orders are then marked for transfer to History
    (usually as a batch, but optionally individually), and sent to History as
    a batch.  They are copied to the History file and deleted from the Active
    Work Order file by Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs.
              Work orders in the History file are available to the Main menu
    option O. History Reports & Maintenance functions and the Main menu option
    A. Create Service Request's History lookup.

              Read about Main menu option F. Bank Deposit Journal's function
    A. Copy information from Work Orders, (pg. 73).

    [] Use that function by entering 'A' from the Journal menu.  A display
        shows how many jobs of each payment type are being processed.
              Enter 'N' when asked whether to mark all the copied work orders
        for transfer to History.  (The usual method is to enter 'Y' here and
        avoid the one-by-one method you will be learning in the next step.)
              Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              Read the Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools section of
    REFERENC.RTF (pg. 60), paying particular attention to the screen
    display function " ".

    [] Invoke Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools.  Set the sort order any way,
        and the selection limit to 'D' for dispatched or 'B' for both.
    [] Press -Enter- at the Scan menu to use the one-by-one active work order
        screen display function.  Press -Enter- (if needed) until you get to
        the first of the five work orders you created while following Tutorial
        section 4.
              This should be a closed job whose Log in books field was marked
        "Y", and that now has an asterisk (*) in that field.  The asterisk
        indicates that its payment information was copied to the bank deposit
        journal or Accounts Receivable file by Main menu option F. Bank
        Deposit Journal's function A. Copy information from Work Orders.
              This work order fulfills all of DRAINS' criteria for transfer to
        History but is not yet marked for archiving, so the mini-menu will
        offer a function "H".  Enter 'H', and the Xfer HISTORY field will
        change from "N" to "Y".
              Press -Enter- to proceed to viewing the next active work order.
        Mark all of your practice work orders for archiving.
              After all of the active work orders have been shown, the Scan
        menu is recalled.  Enter 'M' to recall the Main menu.

              Once more refer to the Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs
    section of REFERENC.RTF, paying particular attention to function T.
    Transfer jobs only.

    [] Use Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's function T. Transfer jobs
        only to move the active work orders marked for transfer to the History
        file.  When prompted, press a key to recall the Main menu.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 228


    [] Use Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools's screen display function " " to
        scan through all of the active work orders again.
              All work orders that were marked for transfer to History are
        gone; the Active Work Orders file has been cleared of old jobs and now
        shows only pending and unfinished business.  If no active jobs remain,
        a message says so.
              Recall the Main menu.

              This completes your instruction in the main path of DRAINS' job
    tracking system and ends tutorial section 7.

              If you want to restore the former DRAINS data from a backup,
    follow the instructions in the RESTORING DATA TO DRAINS FROM BACKUP
    DISKETTE(S) section of the <<< TECHNICAL TOPICS >>> section of
    REFERENC.RTF.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------








































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 229


    Tutorial section 8. SCHEDULED SERVICE PROGRAM CLIENT SETUP AND REPORTS

              Scheduled service programs are excellent business builders.  One
    of the advantages of the service request History lookup is knowing which
    properties are good candidates for scheduled service, and being able to
    tell the client about your program when the client is already focused on
    the problem.

              A Scheduled Service List should be printed at intervals.  If you
    have a substantial number of prescheduled services, I recommend printing
    it each Thursday or Friday for the following Monday through Sunday week.
    If you have fewer, try every two weeks or once a month.  Mark your
    calendar to remind yourself to do it on time.  DRAINS won't show you jobs
    that should have been done before today without special persuasion.
              After the report has been scanned and approved, DRAINS can
    create work orders for the jobs shown on the list.
              Clients are "signed up" for prescheduled service on their long-
    term record in the Client file.

              Read two selections from the Main menu option J. Client File
    Maintenance section of REFERENC.RTF (pg. 94): functions A.
    Add/Edit/Delete Client Information, and C. Scheduled Service Reports and
    Work Order Generation.

    [] Use Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function A.
        Add/Edit/Delete Client Information to add a client.  Be sure to start
        the information entry in the Phone number field!  Fill in a Contact
        name.  Enter a serviceperson ID in the Regular serviceperson field,
        and "10.00" as the Labor disount.
              Tell DRAINS you want to edit a schedule for the client.
              Enter today as the 1stService date, leave Years YY 0, change
        Months MM to 24, leave Weeks WW and Days DDD 0, and change Day# D# to
        any number (1..28).  In allowed days of week DoW enter "TWH" to allow
        scheduling on T=Tuesday, W=Wednesday, and H=Thursday.  This will
        produce a set of every-two-year dates.
              Enter 'Y' in Call first (Y/N), 'Y' to automatically generate a
        work order (SvRq), and 'Y' in Active.  Enter "Snake main line." in the
        Notes area and $70 in the estimate (Est$) field.
              Save.
              Fill in an Alternate phone number and save.

    [] Invoke Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function C.
        Scheduled Service Reports.
    [] Use function B. Scheduled Service Report Selections to ask for a report
        on this week starting with today.
    [] Use function C. Scheduled Service List to print a list with the sample
        entry on it.
    [] Use function D. Create Work Orders for Marked Scheduled Service to
        create work orders for the listed jobs in the Active Work Order file.
    [] Enter 'M' twice to recall the Main menu.

    [] Invoke Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order and look at the work
    orders you created.  They have the special job number "SCHDSVC".




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 230



              This completes the dispatcher's training for DRAINS, and ends
    tutorial section 8.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------




















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 231


    Tutorial section 9. BANK DEPOSIT JOURNAL

              The Bank Deposit Journal is a double-check on the information
    entered into DRAINS.  It is designed to match your business' bank deposit.
    A Bank Deposit Journal Report should be printed each time a bank deposit
    is made, and the Journal file then cleared.

              Read the Main menu option F. Bank Deposit Journal section of
    REFERENC.RTF, (pg. 72).

    [] Invoke the Journal menu.  Use function D. Cash & Check Journal
        Reports's function C. Bank Deposit Journal 80-column to look at a
        journal on-screen.  Enter 'M' to return to the Journal menu from the
        Journal Reports menu.

    [] Use function C. Add Journal record to add a bank deposit journal
        record.
    [] Use function B. Scan / Edit / Delete Journal records to change one
        Journal record and delete another.

    [] Invoke function D. Cash & Check Journal Reports again.  Use function A.
        Toggle screen display / printer printout to select "Printer".
    [] Use function B. Select name, job#, or phone sort to tell DRAINS to sort
        by job number.
    [] Use function D. Bank Deposit Journal 80-column to print a 132-column
        Bank Deposit Journal.
    [] If you use tax groups, use function E. Tax Group Revenue Report to
        print the non-sales-tax deposit amount for each tax group.
    [] Enter 'M' to return to the Journal menu.

    [] Use function E. Clear Cash & Check Journal Records to erase the Journal
        file's contents.
    [] Function D. Cash & Check Journal Reports's function C. Bank Deposit
        Journal 80-column will just "hiccup" and return to the Journal Reports
        menu now if asked for an on-screen report; it cannot display the empty
        file.  An empty report CAN be printed.

              The Credit Card Journal Reports work similarly, but with the
    records created when jobs and ROAs are paid by credit card.  The reports
    and ability to clear records are separated because the two payment types
    often have different deposit schedules.

              Enter 'M' to return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 9.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 232


    Tutorial section 10. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

              Received on Account payments are usually received as payment for
    charged jobs.  Work order records of those jobs were created by Main menu
    option A. Create Service Request (or by the scheduled service system) and
    closed by Main menu option B. Edit / Close Work Order.  The charge
    information was copied to the Accounts Receivable file by Main menu option
    F. Bank Deposit Journal's function A. Copy information from Work Orders.
              The work orders were then marked for archiving as a batch by
    {FA} (or individually by Main menu option C. Dispatch Tools) and moved to
    History by Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs.  Tutorial sections 4,
    6, and 7 covered this entire process.
              If no unpaid charge jobs that have been created, closed, and
    archived are now on file, please create, close, and send to History at
    least two before continuing with this tutorial section.

              Read the Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA section
    of REFERENC.RTF (pg. 77), particularly attending to functions A, B, E
    and F.

    [] Use function A. Record a Received on Account payment, or scan client
        accounts / change or delete records to log ROA payments for charged
        jobs whose work orders have already been transferred to History.  Be
        sure to use 'R' (Receive on Account), not 'E' (Edit), from the mini-
        menu.  Enter:
              1) a check complete payment, and
              2) a cash partial payment.  After saving, note the differing
        color now distinguishing the partial payment record, then press
        -Enter- to see the balance due record for the job.
              Enter 'M' to recall the Accounts Receivable menu, and 'M' again
        to recall the Main menu.
    [] Use Main menu option F. Bank Deposit Journal's function D. Cash & Check
        Journal Reports to look at the record of the ROA payments in the bank
        deposit journal.  Recall the Main menu.

    [] Use Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function B. Record
        an account debit or an account credit to enter a debit (in the Job
        charge field) for a returned $100 check.  Back date it two months ago
        and enter a grace period date of a month ago.
    [] Run function E. Add interest to accounts, asking it to add interest
        through today.  Function F. Recalculate account balances will run
        automatically following {GE}.  The annual percentage used depends on
        the content of Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's Overdue
        account field.
    [] Again use function A. Record a Received on Account payment, or scan
        client accounts / change or delete records, this time to look at the
        interest added to the account debit record you entered.

              Return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 10.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 233


    Tutorial section 11. STATEMENTS

              Statements are based on Accounts Receivable file records.  If no
    accounts have charges on file, use Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable
    / ROA's function B. Record an account debit or an account credit (or enter
    and track some charge jobs) to create a couple of account records before
    continuing with this tutorial section.

              Read the Main menu option H. Statements section of REFERENC.RTF,
    (pg. 86).

    [] If needed, check that Main menu option L. Maintain Customization's
        Statement description field, which determines whether job descriptions
        are printed on statements, is set to your satisfaction.  If "N"
        appears in this field, only the job and purchase order numbers
        identify statement items, otherwise a 3 line job description will also
        appear.  Set the Statement format field to determine whether
        statements are formatted for printing on 8.5" x 11" plain paper or on
        preprinted forms.
              If you want help selecting a statement format, please call
        Concise Logic 406-572-3323.

    [] Use function B. Specify itemization start date to set an itemization
        start date of 01/01/70.  This old date should be prior to any job date
        and cause all statement items to be detailed.
    [] Use function C. Enter message to include with statements to enter a
        message that will be printed at the bottom of each statement.
    [] Use function D. Forms justification test print to print a test
        "statement" in the format you chose.  Your message appears at the
        bottom of the test print.
    [] Use function E. Print statements to print statements dated today, and
        Print zero balance statements set to 'N'.  Set Include jobs paid in
        full to "Y" to see all charges and payments.  All of the account
        records will be present and fully itemized for any billing address
        with an account balance that's not $0.00.
              (Note for live, existing system new trainees: rather than waste
        a huge pile of paper on this practice task, why not help with a
        regular statement run OR turn off the printer part way through the
        practice run and let the rest of the statements just output to the
        screen?)

    [] Use function A. Set statement group limits, entering a phone number
        that appears on a statement.  Use function E. Print statements again.
        A statement is produced for that phone number only.  (If the number
        has account charges with more than one billing address, one statement
        will be printed for each billing address.)

              Return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 11.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 234


    Tutorial section 12. HISTORY MAINTENANCE & REPORTS / SERVICEPERSON REPORTS

              The entire work order prepared for each job is passed from the
    active job file to History.  History records are used by many parts of
    DRAINS.  Main menu option A. Create Service Request looks up addresses in
    the History file, many reports analyse job records from History, and
    Client Mailings can draw on History information.  For these reasons, it is
    important that information in History be accurate and complete.
              Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance maintains, and
    reports on, work orders in History.

              Read the Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance
    section of REFERENC.RTF (pg. 169), particularly attending to functions
    A, B, C and D.

    [] Invoke Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance.  Use Function
        B. Scan/Edit/Delete History records to look at the charged-job work
        orders stored in History for which you entered ROAs.  Notice that the
        1stPay date has been filled in for both, and the FullPy date for the
        one paid in full.
              Use the editing function to change the revenue category and
        warranty period of a work order.
              Use the "Brief mini-menu" function to drop the menu to the
        bottom of the screen.  Press -Enter- a couple of times to look through
        some jobs.  Try the "Hunt again" function to look up another job.
        Write down the job number of a cash or check job, to use in the next
        step.  Enter 'M' to recall the History menu.
    [] Use function G. Change a Work Order's payment type in History and books
        to change a cash or check job to be an account charge, then use it
        again to change it back.

    [] Use Function A. Set History group limits to define a group of History
        records.  Setting a date range to work only with jobs completed on one
        day is probably best.
    [] Use Function C. Display History record synopsis list to display the
        group you defined.  If more than 15 records are included, add more
        restrictions to further limit the group, then re-display the synopsis
        list.
              If less than 2 records are included, reduce the restriction or
        choose other ones.  If no records are included, DRAINS will not be
        able to show the list; it will just "hiccup" to a blank screen and
        back to the History menu.

    [] Invoke Function D. History reports: Client/Date/Svcperson.  Note that
        the limits set on the History menu have followed you to this History
        Reports menu, and that they may be changed here if need be.  The
        reports produced from this menu will be only for the defined group.
              Use function B. Toggle Screen Display / Printer Printout to send
        the output to the printer.
    [] Use these functions in turn to print sample reports of the various
        types:
              C. Client Report,





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 235


              D. Date Report,
              E. Serviceperson Report,
              F. Analysis Report, and
              H. Worker/WorkType History Report.
        If you use tax groups, also try a function I. Date/Tax Groups Report.

    [] Return output to the screen, then use function G. WkO Image History
        Report to see the work order images that can be printed by this
        function.
    [] Recall the Main menu.

              Refer to the Main menu option K. Servicepeople & Finders section
    of REFERENC.RTF, this time paying particular attention to function C.
    Close Ratio Report.

    [] Invoke Main menu option K. Servicepeople & Finders's function C. Close
        Ratio Report.  Toggle the output to go to the printer.  Use function
        B. Edit report date span to include your test invoices' job finish
        dates within the date limits.
    [] Use function D. Produce Close Ratio Report to print the report.  Return
        to the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

              If the serviceperson commission system is not active on your
        system, the rest of this tutorial section may be skipped.
              Again refer to the Main menu option K. Servicepeople & Finders
        section of REFERENC.RTF (pg. 112), this time paying particular
        attention to function D. Serviceperson Commission Report, (pg. 118).

    [] Invoke Main menu option K. Servicepeople & Finders's function D.
        Serviceperson Commission Report.  Toggle the output to go to the
        printer.  Use function B. Edit report date span to include your test
        invoices' job finish dates within the date limits.
    [] Use function F. Produce Commission Report to print the report.  Return
        to the Servicepeople & Finders menu.

              Return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 12.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------



















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 236


    Tutorial section 13. ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS

              Complementing the Client, Date, and Serviceperson History
    Reports are several Revenue, Income, and Sales Tax accountants' reports.
              If the Accounts Receivable file has no unpaid account charges,
    or no ROAs, enter a couple of each before continuing.

              Review the Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA section
    of REFERENC.RTF (pg. 77), particularly attending to function C.
    Accounts Receivable reports.

    [] Invoke Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function C.
        Accounts Receivable reports.  Use function C. Report setup to chose
        Job# sort.  Leave Exclude jobs paid in full "Y".
    [] Use function D. Acc.Rcv. Detail Report to print a list of unpaid jobs.
    [] Use function C. Report setup to chose Billing Address sort.  Print a
        function E. Acc.Rcv. Summary Report.
    [] Use function F. Aging Report (wide) to print a list of who has owed how
        much for how long.

    [] Use function A. Toggle Screen Display / Printer Printout to toggle
        output to the screen.  Use function G. Aging Report (narrow) to view
        the same information on the screen.
    [] Use function B. Group limits to select a couple of days you see on the
        Acc.Rcv. Detail Report you printed.  Use function D. Acc.Rcv. Detail
        Report to see unpaid jobs for just those days.
              Recall the Main menu.

              Review the Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance's
    function E. History reports: Revenue/Income/Sales Tax section of
    REFERENC.RTF, (pg. 178).

    [] Invoke Function E. History reports: Revenue/Income/Sales Tax.  Note
        that only the date limits that can be set on the History menu are
        accessible on this History Reports menu.  The reports produced from
        this menu are limited only by the date range, ignoring other group
        limits set on the History menu.
              Use function A. Set date range to set a date range no larger
        than is needed to work with some jobs and a few ROAs.
              Use function B. Toggle Screen Display / Printer Printout to send
        the output to the printer.
    [] Use these functions in turn to print sample reports of these various
        types:
              C. Sales Tax Report,
              D. Income Log/wide,
              F. Summary Income Log Report,
              G. Revenue Category Report, and
              H. Revenue Category/Job Count Report.
        If you use tax groups, also try a function I. Sales Tax Report by Tax
        Group.  Notice that the Income Log and Revenue Category reports are
        also available split by tax group.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 237


              Return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 13.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------






















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 238


    Tutorial section 14. CLIENT DATABASE PRINTOUTS

              Several Client reports are provided for reference by
    dispatchers, service people, and business builders.

              Review the Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance section
    of REFERENC.RTF (pg. 94), particularly attending to function B, and
    functions F through J.

    [] Use function B. Print Client Information to print a Client File
        Listing, sorted any of the three ways.  If you have a substantial
        number of clients on file, you may want to use printer "S" to send the
        report to the screen.
    [] Use function G. Print List of Clients Authorized to Charge.
              Note that another version of this report is available, function
        I. Print List of Unduplicated Clients Authorized to Charge.  This
        similar list prints only one entry for each phone number, no matter
        how many different Unit IDs are associated with it.  It is meant to
        eliminate duplications in the list caused by managed apartment
        complexes.
    [] Use function H. Print List of Charge Allowed and Scheduled Service
        Clients to print a list of both Charge OK and scheduled service
        clients.

    [] Use function F. Print Inactive Client List to print a list of past
        clients.  When selecting a No activity since date, you may look at the
        contents of the Date of last job column in the Client File Listing you
        just produced.  Select a date older than some last job dates and more
        recent than others.  The older the date, the fewer clients will appear
        on the list.
    [] Use function J. Print List of Best Clients to print a list of sites
        that have spent most with you.
              Recall the Main menu.

              Read the Main menu option E. Client Mailings section of
    REFERENC.RTF, page 63.

    [] Invoke Main menu option E. Client mailings.  On the Mailings menu
        screen, find:
              1) The mailings source file message.
              2) The list of restrictions set on the current mailing.
              3) The message stating the number of label columns set and their
        widths.
    [] Use function A. Toggle screen/printer to select screen output.
    [] Use function B. Edit selection limits to select all customers whose
        Last job date range is the past month.  Leave all of the other fields
        at their default settings.
              Save the selection limit change.
              Note the change in the Mailings menu restrictions list.
    [] Use function C. Edit label format to change the Label rows/page to 1.
        This makes sure the final rows of the screen display will not scroll
        off the screen.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 239



    [] Use function E. Print job site labels.  Notice the Mailings file
        creation messages as the file is prepared.  The labels will be sorted
        by name.
              If fewer than four labels are produced, try varying the
        selection limits to find a reasonably sized group.
    [] Use function I. Sort by city/name/zip to select zip sort order.
    [] Use function D. Print billing address labels.  Note that the Mailings
        file did not have to be re-created to produce another type of mailing
        using the same limits.

    [] Notice function H. Test print labels.  Use function F. Select & check
        text to load file \DRAINS\MAILING2.TXT, a demonstration postcard.
        Notice function H again; it now reads H. Test print labels or text.
    [] Use function H. Test print labels or text to test print the loaded text
        (enter 'T'.)  Use it again to test print labels (enter 'L'.)

    [] Toggle function J. Ignore Unit ID when eliminating duplicate phone
        numbers to "Yes".
    [] Use function A. Toggle screen/printer to select printed output.
    [] Use function G. Print text, replacing tokens to print some postcards.
        The loaded text is merged with each Mailings file record's information
        to produce a series of tailored documents.

    [] Enter 'M' to return to the Main menu, then 'E' to come back to the
        Client Mailings menu.  This clears selection limits and the label
        format to defaults.
              Invoke function B. Edit selection limits again.  Think of a word
        or phrase that might be in several work orders, such as "roots",
        "overflow" or "snaked".  Enter that as the Job description phrase to
        be required.  Save the selection limit change.
              Note the change in the Mailings menu restrictions list and in
        the mailings source file message.
    [] Toggle output to the screen.  Use function C. Edit label format to
        change 2nd column start to 50 and 3rd column start to 0.  Set
        Lines/label to 4 and Label height to 5.
    [] Use function E. Print job site labels.  Notice the phone number has
        been included and the format is now only two columns.

              Return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 14.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 240


    Tutorial section 15. SPECIAL TYPES OF DATABASE MAINTENANCE

              Several functions are designed for manipulating DRAINS files in
        special situations or for periodic weeding of information on file.

              Merely reading about, and NOT trying, Main menu option G.
        Accounts Receivable / ROA's function D. Discard $0.00 balances older
        than specified date and Main menu option O. History Reports &
        Maintenance's function F. Dump old history records to diskette is a
        good idea.  With improvements made elsewhere in DRAINS, and the larger
        capacity of today's machines, we do not recommend using these two
        utilities.

              Review the Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's
        functions D. Discard $0.00 balances older than specified date, and F.
        Recalculate account balances sections of REFERENC.RTF.

    [] Read about Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function D.
        Discard $0.00 balances older than specified date.  This function
        eliminates older paid account records.  The Accounts Receivable file
        is the only record in DRAINS of these payments, so we encourage you to
        keep them, NOT discard them.  They are needed if you want to produce
        an accurate Income Log for their time period.
              As of DRAINS 3, itemization of older records on statements can
        be suppressed, and fully paid jobs can be suppressed on A/R reports.
              If you choose to use this function, please make a backup before
        proceeding!

    [] Use Main menu option G. Accounts Receivable / ROA's function F.
        Recalculate account balances to recalculate the Client file's Account
        field values.

              Read Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function D.
        Change Client's Phone Number and E. Change Client's Billing Address
        sections.

    [] Use Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function D. Change
        Client's Phone Number to change a client's phone number.  You may use
        it again to change the number back.
    [] Use Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function E. Change
        Client's Billing Address to change a client's billing address.  Be
        aware that more than one billing address of that client may be
        changed.  You may use it again to change the address back.

              Read Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance's
        function F. Dump old history records to diskette section.  This was
        developed to reduce DRAINS' storage needs in the days of smaller
        harddrives.  It is rarely needed with today's large storage
        capacities.

    [] Read about how Main menu option O. History Reports & Maintenance's
        function F. Dump old history records to diskette can transfer work
        orders that are too old to be useful as accessible history from the
        harddrive to a diskette in A:.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 241


              If you choose to use this function, please make a backup before
        proceeding!  You will need a formatted floppy diskette to use this
        function.  (You may want to use Main menu option N. Backup's function
        B. Format floppy diskette(s).)

              Return to the Main menu, ending tutorial section 15.

    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------

















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 242


    Tutorial section 16. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

              The Accounts Payable functions are logically separate from the
    rest of DRAINS; Accounts Payable does not reference or interact with any
    other files.  This option is old and pretty crude.  Today's general
    ledgers, such as QuickBooks, will do a much better job of tracking your
    expenses, and many can print checks and do other useful things.
              Unless you just need a simple list of outstanding bills, I
    recommend you not bother learning this part of the program.

              If you really want to, read the Main menu option I. Accounts
    Payable section of REFERENC.RTF, (pg. 90).

    [] Use function A. Add/Edit/Delete Payable bills to add three bills, then
        to change one and delete another.
    [] Use function B. Enter payments to record the payment of one bill.
    [] Use function C. Display Payable record synopsis list to view the
        Payables on file.

    [] Use function D. Vendor bill balance report to print an Accounts Payable
        Itemization List.  Use it again to print an Accounts Payable Summary
        Report of amounts owed to vendors, and compare the two reports.
    [] Use function E. Clear paid bills to erase paid bills from the Accounts
        Payable file.  Use function C. Display Payable record synopsis list
        again to view the remaining outstanding bills.

              Return to the Main menu, ending the last tutorial lesson.

              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

                       SYSTEM MANAGEMENT TOOLS & UTILITIES

    Create Printer Control File

              The DRAINS program disk contains several printer control files.
    Most printers can be controlled by one of these standard files.  (For
    discussion see the PRINTER.MEM - HOW DRAINS WORKS WITH YOUR PRINTER
    section of this manual, page 265.)
              This utility permits the creation and alteration of DRAINS
    printer control files.  Some printers need a special file, or a special
    file may be wanted for output sent to disk, perhaps with a text editor's
    formatting commands in it.

              Enter the new or existing name of the printer file to modify.
    If it is an existing file, the current content will be shown.  Edit the
    command to set the printer to normal 80 column printing, then the command
    for compressed 132 column printing.
              Most characters can be typed in without difficulty.  Some
    characters used in editing cannot.  Any character may be represented by
    its 3-digit ASCII code following an equals sign.  Thus the equals sign
    itself must be represented as "=061".  -Escape- is "=027" and -Enter- is
    "=013".





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 243



              *** IMPORTANT! DISASTER RECOVERY PREPARATION ***

              The *.MEM files in the \DRAINS base station datafile directory
    are the printer control files.  These are not backed up with the *.DBF
    database files.  It is a good idea to copy any new or changed printer
    control files to a diskette, in case the system ever needs to be rebuilt.
    The COPY or XCOPY command works well; BACKUP is not needed for such small
    files.
              For example,

              COPY \DRAINS\*.MEM A:

              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *











































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 244



























































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 245


                      <<< DRAINS 3.00 DEMOS AND UPGRADES >>>

    DRAINS 3.xx to 4.02 UPGRADE^
    (^^^preliminary draft^^^)

    Safety backup 3.xx datafiles {NC}.
    Run A/R diags (HDupNums, DrainAux 3B copy, DrainAux 1C groups, DrainAux 1D
         dups, HVA3NATL).  Get Concise Logic to help - no charge for
         diagnostics.
    Clear Journal if not needed {FE} and {FF}.
    Backup 3.xx final datafiles {NC}.
    Run NEWDRAIN.BAT from the DRAINS 4.02 diskette set or CD.  It understands
         new vs upgrading.
    Run Drains 4.02 {PP}.
    Run Drains 4.02 {KDB}.

    NEWDRAIN.BAT 4.02 TECHNICAL TIPS

    NewDRAIN.BAT looks for...
    -------------------------
    ...Itself, to identify (any) installation disk.
    ...FOXD2600.ZIP, to identify the Site's installation disk.
    ...FOXDX260.ZIP, to identify the Common installation disk.

    ...all directories called for specifically or by default.  If not present,
       they are created.  (These may include C:\WINDOWS and
       C:\WINDOWS\DESKTOP.  On the target drive \DRAINS, \DRAINS\MULTI,
       \DRAINS\UTIL, \DRAINS\OVL, and \FOXR are always needed.)

    ...any specified or default DOS Batch file path and Windows shortcut path.
       If not found, installation is halted.

    ...safety backup file PRE402BK.ZIP, either in the specified directory or
       in the default directory \DRAINS on the target drive.  If found,
       installation is halted so that the existing backup is not overwritten.

    ...FoxPro runtime utilities FOXR\FOXD2600.ESL, .ESO, FOXDX260.ESL, and
       FOXR.EXE.  If present, they are renamed OLD*.* before fresh files are
       installed.  (If those specific OLD*.*s are already present, they are
       erased first.)

    ...compressed backup utilities \DRAINS\OVL\PKZIP.EXE,
       \DRAINS\UTIL\PKUNZIP.EXE on the target drive.  If present, they are
       renamed *.OLD before fresh files are installed.  (If those specific
       *.OLDs are already present, they are erased first.)

    ...DRAINS data version marker files DRAIN300.DBF, DRAIN400.DBF, and
       DRAIN*.DBF in \DRAINS on the target drive.  These are used to determine
       whether it is a new installation, and whether a data upgrade should be
       performed.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 246


    ...DRAINS station Boot ID file FOXR\DRBOOTID.DBF on the target harddrive.
       If it is not present, FOXR\INBOOTID.DBF is renamed DR*.*.  If it is
       present, FOXR\INBOOTID.DBF is erased.

    ...DRAINS customization datafile \DRAINS\DRCUSTOM.DBF on the target drive
       when a "REMOTE" installation is asked for.  If found, the user is asked
       "Are you sure this is a remote-only?  The DRAINS directory has
       datafiles in it." and given a chance to stop the installation.

    ...DRAINS master program module \DRAINS\DRAINS.F* (.FXP and .FOX are
       filename extensions for later and earlier versions of DRAINS,
       respectively) on the target drive.  If found, an upgrade or
       reinstallation is assumed, and a safety backup is made (if not
       specifically blocked).
              If DRAINS.FXP is present, it is renamed *.OLD before the new
       file is installed.  (If DRAINS.OLD is already present, it is erased
       first.)

    ...upgrade utility \DRAINS\UTIL\DRAINSUP.FXP on the target drive.  It is
       renamed *.402 after use or if not needed.

    NewDRAIN.BAT use tips
    ---------------------
    Do not add a trailing backslash to any file path specification.

    To specify a file path to a drive's root directory, such as C:\, just give
       the drive letter and colon, such as C:.  A single backslash or a
       trailing backslash is not accepted.

    DRAINS DEMO AND LIVE PROGRAM VERSIONS

              Our demo version programs are intended to give users a chance to
    1) make sure they like the program, 2) make sure it does what they need it
    to, 3) make sure it works with their equipment, and 4) try out our
    support.  Full installation support and training is available for our
    demos.
              We intend the demo to have sufficient capacity to do a
    reasonable amount of real work for you.  By the time you bump into the
    demo's limit, we hope you will be comfortable with DRAINS and with our
    support.
              If you are confident about your purchase when you sign that big
    check, it is less stressful for both of us.

              Demos of both DRAINS Single-user and Multi-session are available
    from Concise Logic.  Both demos (serial number DemoPR) install and operate
    in the same way as their fully functional counterparts.  All demo version
    reports and processes are functional.  The printed manual is supplied with
    all DRAINS versions.  Demos also receive equal support priviledges.

              DRAINS 4.02 demos are restricted to a maximum of 250 clients and
    500 jobs on file.  Neither Main menu option A. Create Service Request nor
    Main menu option J. Client File Maintenance's function A. Add/Edit/Delete
    Client Information will add another client once the maximum number of
    clients is reached, unless the number of clients on file is first reduced
    by deletion and packing.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 247


              Main menu option A. Create Service Request will refuse to create
    another service request once the maximum number of jobs is reached, unless
    the number of jobs on file is first reduced by deletion and packing.

              Upgrading from demo to live does *NOT* involve loss of data.  We
    just remove the restriction on adding more.

              DRAINS demos have the same requirements for operation as the
    fully functional programs, and are installed using the same procedures as
    their counterparts.

    Copy Protection
    ---------------
    No DRAINS disks are copy-protected.  Any DRAINS program material that you
    receive from Concise Logic, both disks and manuals, may be freely copied
    for your own use.

    Live programs sold are marked with the purchasing site's reference number.
    If a copy of a live program is made, and someone unknown to us calls for
    support, we know where they got it and can contact the source site to get
    the story.

    DRAINS program diskettes and CDs, Demo version ONLY, may be freely copied
    for others only if no fee is charged for the copy or for shipping or
    handling the copy.  We request that a full-sized copy of its proper
    printed manual is supplied to each recipient with the diskette copy.

    The Printed Manual
    ------------------
    DRAINS' printed manual is provided in a looseleaf format.  This has
    several advantages:

    The manual cover has front and back pockets to hold loose notes.  (I
    recommend at least a sheet of "Questions" and one of "Suggestions".)

    Pages of your notes may be inserted into the manual as desired.

    Looseleaf is the easiest format to have copied.  If you want another copy
    of it, you have our permission to get the local copy shop to run off as
    many as are useful.

    Free Demo Upgrades
    ------------------
              Only demos supplied by Concise Logic are covered under Concise
    Logic's Demo Upgrade Policy.  Our current policy is to upgrade any demo to
    any available higher-level requested demo at no charge, upon return of the
    old demo's program disk(s) and manual.  (We may choose to waive the
    return.  Please call me before shipping the old one.)









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 248


    UPGRADING FROM DRAINS 3.00 DEMO TO FULLY FUNCTIONAL DRAINS 3.00

    SINGLE DEMO TO SINGLE LIVE

    Single-to-Single Copy method:

              Put the DRAINS Program Disk in a floppy drive and copy
    DRAINS.FXP from the source diskette to its proper place on the target
    harddrive.  These examples assume the source diskette is in drive A: and
    the DRAINS system to be upgraded on drive C:.  For example, enter

              C:\>COPY A:DRAINS.FXP C:\DRAINS /V


    Single-to-Single Upgrade method:

              Do not use this method if you have modified any of the *.MEM
    printer control files that came with DRAINS, \FOXR\CONFIG.FP, MAILING1.TXT
    or MAILING2.TXT.  They would be overwritten.  Use the Copy method above.

              As for a new installation, you need to know the ID of the drive
    reading the DRAINS Program Diskette, the drive ID of your DRAINS system,
    and whether you would like to install the Auxiliary Options Program.
              For more information about UP21T217.BAT, see UPGRADING AN
    EXISTING DRAINS 1.7..2.16 TO 2.16 SINGLE-USER, page , below.

              These examples assume the source diskette is in drive A: and the
    DRAINS system to be upgraded on drive C:.  For example, to upgrade and
    install the Auxiliary Options Program, enter

              UP21T217 A: C: YES

              Your CONFIG.SYS is displayed for a visual check to make sure
    your boot configuration is adequate.  Press the space bar to continue.

              A message indicates successful completion.

              Invoke DRAINS and run Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's
    function P. Pack & Reindex.


    Single-to-Single Re-installation method:

              Do not use this method if you have modified any of the *.MEM
    printer control files that came with DRAINS, \FOXR\CONFIG.FP, MAILING1.TXT
    or MAILING2.TXT.  They would be overwritten.  Use the Copy method above.

              Go through the normal installation procedure described in the
    DRAINS 3.00 SINGLE-USER NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION instructions in the <<<
    GETTING STARTED >>> section of this manual.  Your data files and indexes
    will not be harmed.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 249



              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


    MULTI-SESSION DEMO TO MULTI-SESSION LIVE

    Multi-to-Multi Copy method:

              At each station, copy DRAINS.FXP from the DRAINS Program
    Diskette to its proper place on the target harddrive.  These examples
    assume the source diskette is in drive A: and the DRAINS system to be
    upgraded on drive C:.  For example, enter

              C:\>COPY A:DRAINS.FXP C:\DRAINS /V


    Multi-to-Multi Upgrade method:

              Do not use this method if you have modified any of the *.MEM
    printer control files that came with DRAINS, \FOXR\CONFIG.FP, MAILING1.TXT
    or MAILING2.TXT.  They would be overwritten.  Use the Copy method above.

              At each station, invoke UP19T214 with these parameters:  the ID
    of the drive reading the DRAINS Program Diskette, the drive ID of your
    installed DRAINS system, and whether you would like to install the
    Auxiliary Options Program.
              For more information about UP19T214.BAT, see UPGRADING AN
    EXISTING DRAINS 1.7..2.16 TO 2.16 MULTI-USER, page 256, below.
              These examples assume the DRAINS Program Diskette is in drive A:
    and the DRAINS system to be upgraded is on drive C:.  For example, to
    upgrade and install the Auxiliary Options Program, enter

              UP19T214 A: C: YES

              Your CONFIG.SYS is displayed for a visual check to make sure
    your boot configuration is adequate.  Press the space bar to continue.

              A message indicates successful completion.

              Invoke DRAINS and run Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's
    function P. Pack & Reindex.


    Multi-to-Multi Re-installation method:

              Do not use this method if you have modified any of the *.MEM
    printer control files that came with DRAINS, \FOXR\CONFIG.FP, MAILING1.TXT
    or MAILING2.TXT.  They would be overwritten.  Use the Copy method above.

              At each station, go through the normal installation procedure
    described in the DRAINS 3.00 MULTI-SESSION NEW SYSTEM INSTALLATION
    instructions in the <<< GETTING STARTED >>> section of this manual, page
    209.  Your data files and indexes will not be harmed, nor will the
    Station ID file (DRBOOTID) be overwritten.  Remember to specify "01" at
    the remote station.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 250




              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


    SINGLE DEMO TO MULTI-SESSION LIVE

    Single-to-Multi Upgrade method:

              Do not use this method if you have modified any of the *.MEM
    printer control files that came with DRAINS, \FOXR\CONFIG.FP, MAILING1.TXT
    or MAILING2.TXT.  They would be overwritten.  Use the Hand method below.

              The currently installed station will be the base station (ID 00)
    of the Multi-session system.  Invoke UP19T214 with these parameters:  the
    ID of the drive reading the DRAINS Program Diskette, the drive ID of your
    installed DRAINS system, and whether you would like to install the
    Auxiliary Options Program.
              For more information about UP19T214.BAT, see UPGRADING AN
    EXISTING DRAINS 1.7..2.16 TO 2.16 MULTI-USER, page 256, below.

              These examples assume the source diskette is in drive A: and the
    DRAINS system to be upgraded on drive C:.  For example, to upgrade from
    single to multi-session, NOT install the Auxiliary Options Program, and DO
    delete the \FOXRUN directory, enter

              UP19T214 A: C: NO YES

              Your CONFIG.SYS is displayed for a visual check to make sure
    your boot configuration is adequate.  Press the space bar to continue.

              A message indicates successful completion of the base station
    upgrade.

              Invoke DRAINS and run Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's
    function P. Pack & Reindex.

    At the new remote station (ID 01), follow the normal Station 01
    installation procedure described in DRAINS 3.00 MULTI-SESSION NEW SYSTEM
    INSTALLATION in the <<< GETTING STARTED >>> section, page 209.
              Remember to add DOS' SHARE command to your AUTOEXEC.BAT or
    CONFIG.SYS, if your network requires it to enable file and record locking.
    (Failure to do so results in endless carats ("^") on screen when DRAINS is
    invoked.  Reboot, add SHARE, reboot, and try again.)













       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 251


    Single-to-Multi Hand method:

              The presently installed station will be the base station (ID 00)
    of the Multi-session system.  At that station, copy DRAINS.FXP, DRAINS.BAT
    and (if you have the Auxiliary Program on the drive) DRAINAUX.BAT from the
    DRAINS Program Diskette to their proper places on the target harddrive.
              These examples assume the source diskette is in drive A: and the
    DRAINS system to be upgraded on drive C:.  For example, enter

              C:\>COPY A:DRAINS.FXP C:\DRAINS /V
              C:\>COPY A:DRAINS.BAT C:\ /V
              C:\>COPY A:DRAINAUX.BAT C:\ /V

    Next, unless there is reason not to, due to some other program's need for
    it, delete the \FOXRUN directory.  For example, enter

              C:\>ERASE C:\FOXRUN\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\FOXRUN

    Create the \MFOXRUN directory.  For example, enter

              C:\>C:
              C:\>MD C:\MFOXRUN
              C:\>CD C:\MFOXRUN
              C:\MFOXRUN>A:PKXARC -X A:MFOXRUN
              C:\MFOXRUN>COPY A:CONFIG.FX C:\MFOXRUN
              C:\MFOXRUN>CD C:\
              C:\>

    At the new remote station (ID 01), follow the normal Station 01
    installation procedure described in DRAINS 3.00 MULTI-SESSION NEW SYSTEM
    INSTALLATION in the <<< GETTING STARTED >>> section, page 209.
              Remember to add DOS' SHARE command to your CONFIG.SYS or
    AUTOEXEC.BAT, if your network requires it to enable file and record
    locking.  (Failure to do so results in endless carats ("^") on screen when
    DRAINS is invoked.  Reboot, add SHARE, reboot, and try again.)


              * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


    MULTI-SESSION DEMO TO SINGLE LIVE

    Multi-to-Single Upgrade method:

              The present base station (ID 00) of the Multi-session system
    will become the standalone DRAINS' computer.  At that station, invoke
    UP19T214 with these parameters:  the ID of the drive reading the DRAINS
    Program Diskette, the drive ID of your installed DRAINS system, and
    whether you would like to install the Auxiliary Options Program.
              Unless there is reason not to, due to some other program's need
    for it, also ask the upgrade to automatically delete the \MFOXRUN
    directory.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 252


              For more information about UP19T214.BAT, see UPGRADING AN
    EXISTING DRAINS 1.7..2.16 TO 2.16 SINGLE-USER, page , below.

              These examples assume the source diskette is in drive A: and the
    DRAINS system to be upgraded on drive C:.  For example, to upgrade from
    multi-session to single, NOT install the Auxiliary Options Program, and DO
    delete the \MFOXRUN directory, enter

              UP19T214 A: C: NO YES

              Your CONFIG.SYS is displayed for a visual check to make sure
    your boot configuration is adequate.  Press the space bar to continue.

              A message indicates successful completion of the base station
    upgrade.

    At the obsolete remote station (ID 01), enter,

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS\OVL\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\DRAINS\OVL

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS\MULTI\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\DRAINS\MULTI

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\DRAINS

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS.BAT
              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINAUX.BAT

    Unless there is reason not to, due to some other program's need for it,
    also delete the \MFOXRUN directory.

              C:\>ERASE C:\MFOXRUN\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\MFOXRUN

              Invoke the single-user DRAINS and run Main menu option P.
    Archive Closed Jobs's function P. Pack & Reindex.


    Multi-to-Single Hand method:

              The present base station (ID 00) of the Multi-session system
    will become the standalone DRAINS' computer.  At that station, copy
    DRAINS.FXP, DRAINS.BAT and (if you have the Auxiliary Program on the
    drive) DRAINAUX.BAT from the DRAINS Program Diskette to their proper
    places on the target harddrive.
              You need to know the ID of the drive reading the DRAINS Program
    Diskette, the drive ID of your DRAINS system, and whether you have
    installed the Auxiliary Options Program.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 253


              These examples assume the source diskette is in drive A:, the
    DRAINS system to be upgraded is on drive C:, and the Auxiliary Options
    Program has been installed.  For example, enter

              C:\>COPY A:DRAINS.FXP C:\DRAINS /V
              C:\>COPY A:DRAINS.BAT C:\ /V
              C:\>COPY A:DRAINAUX.BAT C:\ /V

    Next, unless there is reason not to, due to some other program's need for
    it, delete the \MFOXRUN directory.  For example, enter

              C:\>ERASE C:\MFOXRUN\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\MFOXRUN

    Create the \FOXRUN directory.  For example, enter

              C:\>C:
              C:\>MD C:\FOXRUN
              C:\>CD C:\FOXRUN
              C:\FOXRUN>A:PKXARC -X A:FOXRUN
              C:\FOXRUN>COPY A:CONFIG.FX C:\FOXRUN
              C:\FOXRUN>CD C:\
              C:\>

    At the obsolete remote station (ID 01), enter,

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS\OVL\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\DRAINS\OVL

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS\MULTI\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\DRAINS\MULTI

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\DRAINS

              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINS.BAT
              C:\>ERASE C:\DRAINAUX.BAT

    Unless there is reason not to, due to some other program's need for it,
    also delete the \MFOXRUN directory.

              C:\>ERASE C:\MFOXRUN\*.*
              C:\>RD C:\MFOXRUN


    UPGRADING FROM DRAINS 1.6 TO DRAINS 3.00

              DRAINS 1.6 users must upgrade first from 1.6 to 1.9, then from
    1.9 to 2.13, and then from 2.13 to 3.00.  Please contact Concise Logic for
    assistance.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 254


    UPGRADING AN EXISTING DRAINS 2.13..3.00 TO 3.00 SINGLE-USER

    0) If remote upgrade, make sure HOST prints to Host not Remote.
        (\HOST\PRINTO)
    1) Copy master disks #1 & #2 to \CONCISE.  (Copy COMP.EXE and PK*.*
        utilities to \DOS.)
    2) PKZIP old .DBFs to safekeeping.
    3) MD \FOXR; CD \FOXR; PKUNZIP \CONCISE\FOX*.ZIP
    4) Weed out old programs, save custom programs in \CONCISE.
    5) C:\>PKUNZIP -d \CONCISE\DRAIN302.ZIP (overwriting)
    6) C:\FOXR>FOXR \DRAINS\UTIL\ROUTIMNT (enter printer type)
    7) COPY \DRAINS\ROUTIMNT.RPT+CON: LPT1: (Enter ^L^Z to eject last page.)
    8) COPY \CONCISE\DRAINS.FXP \DRAINS
    9) COPY \CONCISE\DRAINAUX.FXP \DRAINS\UTIL
    10) Check/edit DRAINS.BAT & DRAINAUX.BAT.
    11) C:\FOXR>FOXR \DRAINS\UTIL\STRCDIFF
    12) C:\FOXR>FOXR \DRAINS\UTIL\DRAINSUP
    13) COPY \DRAINS\DRBOOTID.DBF \FOXR
    14) C:\FOXR>FOXR \DRAINS\UTIL\DRINI300
    15) COPY \FOXR\DRBOOTID.DBF \DRAINS
    16) Enter \DRAINS; run {PP}, {L}, {M}
    17) Set up remote if needed: copy \FOXR\*.*; \DRAINS\OVL\*.*;
        \DRAINS\UTIL\DRINI300.FXP, DRSRESET.FXP, DRAINAUX.FXP; \DRAINS.BAT,
        DRAINAUX.BAT; \DRAINS\DRAINS.FXP (See DOREMOTE.BAT.)
    18) Set up Windows icons if needed.

              The DRAINS 2.16 upgrade procedure revises DRAINS version
    1.7...1.9, version 2.5...2.10, or version 2.11..2.16 data files for use by
    the DRAINS 2.16 program, installs the new program files, and can
    optionally install the latest version of the DRAINS Auxiliary Options
    program in the \DRAINS harddrive subdirectory.

              - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

    STEP 1:  Make a backup of your present DRAINS data files (*.DBF) before
    upgrading!

    STEP 2:  If you have any special printer (*.MEM), utility or formatting
    files (*.FXP other than standard) in \DRAINS, please be sure they are
    copied elsewhere (diskette preferred) before upgrading!  Also, if you have
    modified your \DRAINS.BAT and/or \DRAINAUX.BAT, please be sure they are
    copied elsewhere before upgrading.  The same applies to a modified
    CONFIG.FP in \FOXR.

    STEP 3:  Check the present version of your DRAINS system by entering 'Q'
    at the Main menu.  If it is 1.7...1.9 or 2.5...2.16, write the version
    number on your backup set and proceed.
              If it is version 2.0..2.4, STOP, do not proceed, and call
    Concise Logic for assistance.  The data file upgrade program was not
    written to handle those versions of DRAINS data files!

              - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 255



    STEP 4: If you are upgrading from a single-user DRAINS (1.7..2.12,
    2.13..2.16 Single) to a multi-user DRAINS (2.14 or 2.16 Dual), or from
    multi- to single-user, determine whether any other programs are sharing
    the \FOXRUN (or \MFOXRUN) FoxPro runtime files used by the current DRAINS.
    If not, we recommend you ask UP19T214 to remove the obsolete runtime
    during the upgrade process.  (See the next step.)

    STEP 5: To upgrade from the DRAINS Program Diskette in the A: drive to a
    system on the C: harddrive, and also install the Auxiliary Options
    program, the DOS syntax is:
              A:UP19T214 A: C: YES

    If you would prefer not to install the DRAINS Auxiliary Options program at
    this time (it is easy to add later if you ever need it), the DOS syntax
    is:
              A:UP19T214 A: C:
    or
              A:UP19T214 A: C: NO

    If you want to remove an obsolete runtime, add "YES" as the fourth
    parameter.  Be sure to specify YES or NO regarding Auxiliary Program
    installation as the third parameter.  For example,

              A:UP19T214 A: C: NO YES

    The upgrade procedure includes further instructions on-screen.  If you
    would like phone assistance during upgrade, please call our support line,
    406-572-3323.

    STEP 6: If you are upgrading a system whose datafiles reside on a drive
    other than C:, you must edit the DRAINS Station ID file.  For example,

              C:\>CD \FOXRUN
              C:\FOXRUN>FOXPRUN A:DRINI300

              Enter the drive ID letter of the databases' drive.  The Own
    station ID should remain "0", so just press -Enter- to accept that value.
    Press the space bar to exit DRAINS.

    STEP 7: Enter DRAINS at the DOS prompt and run Main menu option P. Archive
    Closed Jobs's function P. Pack & Reindex, then Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization.

              DRAINS 2.16 Single is ready for use.


    UPGRADING AN EXISTING DRAINS 1.7..2.16 TO 2.16 MULTI-USER

    STEP A: If you are upgrading to DRAINS 2.16 Dual from any single-user
    DRAINS, install the new remote station (ID 01) on your other computer
    following the instructions given in DRAINS 2.16 DUAL NEW SYSTEM
    INSTALLATION in the <<< GETTING STARTED >>> section, page 209.
              Remember to add DOS' SHARE command to your AUTOEXEC.BAT, if your
    network requires it to enable file and record locking.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 256


              Upgrade just the base station (ID 00) in the following manner...

              If you are upgrading from a multi-user DRAINS (such as from 2.16
    Dual demo to 2.16 Dual live), upgrade EACH station in the following
    manner...

    STEP B: Follow steps 1 through 5 of UPGRADING AN EXISTING DRAINS 1.7..2.16
    TO 2.16 SINGLE-USER, page , above.

    STEP C: If you are upgrading a system whose datafiles reside on a drive
    other than C:, you must edit the DRAINS Station ID file.  For example,

              C:\>CD \MFOXRUN
              C:\MFOXRUN>MFOXPRUN A:DRINI300

              Enter the drive ID letter of the databases' drive.  The Own
    station ID should remain as it is, so just press -Enter- to accept "0" on
    the base station and "1" on the remote.  Press the space bar to exit
    DRAINS.

    STEP D: (This need not be done on the remote station.)  Enter DRAINS at
    the DOS prompt and run Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's function
    P. Pack & Reindex, then Main menu option L. Maintain Customization.

              DRAINS 2.16 Dual is ready for use.


    UPGRADING AN EXISTING DRAINS 2.13..3.00 TO 3.00 MULTI-SESSION
    ^^^
    Sorry, section is not yet written.  Call Concise Logic for assistance.

    KNOWN ERRORS IN DRAINS 3.08
    {GC} Billing address L2 limit of A/R reports is incorrectly applied to
       site name, not to billing name.
    {JD} When two Client records are merged by a phone#/unitID change, the
       number of scheduled service intervals in the resulting client record is
       not properly updated.  This is only a problem if the eliminated record
       has associated sch.svc. record(s).  (Note: Interval records do have the
       phone#/unitID changed properly.  Programmer intervention can update the
       number of scheduled service intervals in the resulting client record,
       to make the schedules reappear.)
    {JJ} Best Clients report gives right group of clients in right order, but
       gives dollar amount for them from whole database, not from time period
       selected.  (BestClnt utility available with corrected report.)













       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 257


    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DRAINS 3.08 AND 4.00
    Some new file structures, some new files, some new indexes. Multiple
       separate indexes serving one file have been combined into compound
       indexes.
    Unique timestamped record marker fields have been added to job-related
       files. Each job has a unique ID field (unseen by the user) so that
       jobs, account records, and journal records can be linked more reliably.
       The new commission records are also linked.
    {BC/D} intelligent return addressing and business phone# printing.
    {O} History reports {OD} and {OE} have been combined on {OD}. New limit
       and sort options have been added and report setup has been changed.
    {OD} Income Log generation file name/structure change from DRPAYLOG to
       DRINCOME.
    {O} History & books change has changed its position on the menu from {OG}
       to {OE}.
    {OF} History dump {OF} is gone.
    {B/OB} More job description area available.
    {GD} Discard $0.00 balances, and {A} Service Request's Discard have both
       been given warning messages for the user.
    {L/OD} Up to 3 businesses can be handled in the same database, with
       intelligent return addressing and business separation on History
       reports.
    {HE} intelligent return addressing and business phone# printing.
    {I} Accounts Payable has been replaced by the Site-Specific Auxiliary
       submenus.  This is a group of 9 12-item menus (A..L) where utility,
       special report, and other modules can be "plugged in" for convenient
       use without leaving DRAINS.  The plan is to have most of DRAINS 3's
       utilities available in revamped form.  This facility replaces DRAINS
       3's separate Drain4Us program.  These menus (like Drain4Us) are loaded
       from the DRAUXPRG.DBF data file.
              The Standard Utility program (DrStdUtl) replaces DRAINS 3's
       separate DrainAux program.  When "plugged in" to a Site-Specific
       Auxiliary submenu, it provides password-protected a further 9 12-item
       menus for Concise Logic's chosen suite of utilities, especially
       diagnostics.  These menus are loaded from the DRSTDUTL.DBF data file,
       which will be updated periodically by Concise Logic as new modules are
       ready.
    {I} A/R job site & billing address compare & edit (Tri_Bill) module is
       available.  Accounts Payable (DrAccPay) module is available - this was
       {I} in DRAINS 3.  Client File Unique Phone#/Unit ID Check & Correct
       (PhonUniq) module is available.  Complex Area Code change by Exchange
       (Chg_ACEx) module is available.  Create/edit Printer Control File
       (PrntCtrl) module is available - this was {4A} in DrainAux 3.  History
       Reports combines taxgroups WC MV NR WP YK to WC (728Histr) module is
       available - a special report for a certain site and probably only
       useful to them.  Master Client File Edit/Browse (CustEdit) module is
       available.  Simple Area Code change (AreaCChg) module is available.
       SubContractor Assignment Report lists incomplete jobs (SubContr) module
       is available - written for a certain site but may be useful to others.
    {JC} A new function allows easy display of recent jobs for sites with
       scheduled service coming due.
    {JJ} Error in 3.08's Best Client report that caused incorrect totals shown
       in correctly ordered report fixed in 4.00 or 4.01.  (BestClnt utility
       is available for 3.08.)
    {A/B/OB/K} Finder fees.


       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 258


    {B/OB/K} More detailed commission reporting.

    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DRAINS 4.00 AND 4.01
    {Program startup} Test for indexes on the way in.  If missing, prompt for
       creation.  If password protected, prompt for entry.
    {Demo} Capacity has been increased to 500 jobs, 250 clients
    {B/OB} As of 4.01, taxed amount now does not include amounts taxed at 0%.
    {JCD} is now View History for Scheduled Service List Members, the old
       functions D..I are now E..J.
    {C} has new dispatching tools.
    {B/D/O} New warranty periods available - 1 day, 1 week.
    {NE} Backup disk/file test added.
    {OD} History Reports w/non-primary SvcP limit require Cmmn records to have
       been generated.
    {Everywhere} Job ID codes require year range 1900..2559, station ID range
       00..56. (Procedures MakeStamp & UnStamp)









































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 259


    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DRAINS 4.01 AND 4.02
    {Batch files} No longer force drive C: to be used. User is now responsible
       for having correct drive as default when batch file is called. Separate
       installations on two or more drives is easier without batch file
       modifications. (Modification to force use of C: can be done if needed.)
    {Program startup} Screen clears before session ID processing messages.  If
       session ID exceeds permitted number of sessions, proper logout is
       attempted after message.
    {MainMenu} Now properly says "Enter selection" instead of old "Press
       selection".
    {A} Mini-menu now properly shows 'A' for address.
    {A/BC/BE/FB/FC/GA/JA} Unit ID entry is now properly forced to uppercase.
    {A} Value-checked fields have descriptive error messages giving some or
       all valid choices.
    {A} Y, B, H, F, and E format service requests now include the alternate
       phone#. D and P format service requests now figure out tax exemption
       from the R_TAX field.
    {BC/D} Minor corrections to invoice formats 5 and 6.  Most invoice formats
       had some bare linefeeds, now changed to LF+CR for easier modifications
       to format files, and presumably more standard interpretation by
       printers.  (If a format that worked for you now doesn't, please call
       for free alterations.)
    {GC} A couple of minor corrections in report header format.  Error in
       limiting by billing address fixed.
    {HD} Most statement justification formats had some bare linefeeds, now
       changed to LF+CR for easier modifications to format files, and
       presumably more standard interpretation by printers.  (If a format that
       worked for you now doesn't, please call for free alterations.)
    {HE} Most statement formatting modules had some bare linefeeds, now
       changed to LF+CR for easier modifications to format files, and
       presumably more standard interpretation by printers.  (If a format that
       worked for you now doesn't, please call for free alterations.)
    {I} Work Analysis by Tax Group Summary Report (TxWrkSum) module is
       available.  List Duplicate Job#s in History (HDupNums) module is
       available.  Catch/correct obvious History problems (HForcPay) module is
       available.  Jobsite name 'First Last'-->'Last, First' swap utility
       (LastFrst) module is available.  Clean up CityStateZip and BillAddr4s
       (GoodCity) module is available, with a new ability to list uses of a
       specified City State Zip line.  Check A/Rs for bad groups & duplicate
       job#s (BadGroup) module is available.  Client vs History Address
       Compare & Edit (CustFind) module is available.  History vs Accounts
       Receivable diagnostic (HistVsAR) module is available.  Serviceperson
       Paytype Reports (SvcCheck/PayTyCnt.FRM) module is available.  These and
       other utility modules can be accessed through the DRAINS Standard
       Utility menus (DrStdUtl), or individually.
    {FC} Entry of phone number when client file is empty screen position
       corrected.
    {JCB} Allows selection of primary sort by worktype code in service notes.
       SCHEDSVC.FRM date formats revised.
    {JCC/JCI/JCJ} Page date format corrected.
    {JD} When Client records are merged by a phone#/unitID change, the number
       of scheduled service intervals is now properly updated in the resulting
       record.  Last job date is also updated if newer on the eliminated
       record.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 260


    {K} "Serviceperson menu" is now "Servicepeople & Finders menu".
    {NA} As a safety precaution, "C:" is no longer accepted as a backup
       destination drive, even if the DRAINS file server is not C:.






















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 261


                            <<< SPECIAL SITUATIONS >>>

    HANDLE AN ACCOUNT THAT HAS GONE TO COLLECTION

    1) In {GA}, look up the job record.  Change the penalty interest start
    date to some future date, like "01/01/20".  This will prevent interest
    from being added to the job.  The next time interest is run (by {GE}), the
    penalty charge on this record will be forced to $0.00, so WRITE DOWN THE
    INTEREST AMOUNT that was reported to the collection agency, and change the
    penalty charge on this record to $0.00.

    2) In {GB}, create a record for the collectable customer.
              a) To avoid confusion, the job number should not be exactly the
    same as that of the original job, so I usually add an "X" to the end of
    the original job number.
              b) The date of work can be the date the account was sent to
    collection, or the original work's date.
              c) The description should itemize the interest and collection
    fee, such as "$3.66 interest 12/01/95..03/16/96 plus $20.00 collection
    fee."
              d) Make the penalty interest start date some future date, like
    "01/01/20".
              e) The entire amount owed, interest plus collection, should be
    in the "Charge" field at the top of the right column, NOT the penalty
    field.  (The next time interest is run, the penalty charge on this record
    will be forced to $0.00.)

    3) In {JA}, you may mark the customer for statement non-print if ALL of
    their unpaid jobs have gone to collection.  (Some sites have a special
    customer type code for non-print.)

                             <<< TECHNICAL TOPICS >>>

    NATIONALITY AND TAX: U.S.A. vs. CANADA
    DRAINS' tax method(s) and rates are controlled and set in two places.  The
    relevant Customization file controls are maintained on Main menu option L.
    Maintain Customization's Formats & Percents screen:
              1) Nationality: the country (USA or Canada) whose tax scheme is
    being applied,
              2) General Sales Tax: (GST) a tax rate to be applied nationally
    (currently only used by Canada),
              3) Sales tax (default): a single tax rate to be applied locally
    (State Sales Tax in the USA, Provincial Sales Tax in Canada) to both parts
    and labor, if tax groups are not active or in the case of an invalid tax
    group code, and
              4) Sales tax breakdown: whether tax groups are active, with
    rates from the Tax Group file overriding the default sales tax for local
    parts and labor taxes.  All tax schemes have this option of using Tax
    Groups, which can separate labor and parts tax rates, or a single tax rate
    which applies to both parts and labor.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 262


    The Tax Group codes are maintained in Main menu option M. Maintain Lookup
    Tables.  Maintenance of Tax Group codes for local taxes (State Sales Tax
    in the USA, Provincial Sales Tax in Canada) is only available if Tax
    Groups are active.

    If Nationality is set to "U" in Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization, tax is applied to all invoiced charges except for Untaxed
    charges.  Tax is applied to Labor and Subcontract less any Labor discount
    at the state sales tax labor rate.  Tax is applied to Total material at
    the state sales tax parts rate.  Tax amounts round up to the next cent.

    If Nationality is set to "C" in Main menu option L. Maintain
    Customization, tax is applied to all invoiced charges except Untaxed
    charges at the GST rate.  NOTE: Since permits are GST taxable, they should
    be listed as materials, and not in the untaxed space.  Disposal fees are
    not taxable, and should be entered as untaxed charges.
              Tax is applied to Labor less any Labor discount at the PST labor
    rate.  Tax is applied to any Material used whose description starts with
    an asterisk (*) at the PST parts rate.  No tax is applied to unstarred
    materials, subcontractor charges, or untaxed charges.  Tax amounts round
    to the nearest penny.

    DISASTER RECOVERY

    A calm, step-by-step reaction to major computer trouble does the trick.

    1) When was your last presumed-good DRAINS data backup made?  Find it,
    write-protect it, and label it (PostIt?) so you'll know it.  (If you have
    a custom DRAINS printer driver (*.MEM) or custom service request, invoice,
    or statement format file, locate the diskette with that, also.)

    2) What has been entered since that backup was made?  What resources
    (documents, people) may be needed to re-enter that information?

    3) If intermittent equipment is the problem, can you (do you want to) try
    to make a newer backup set on new diskettes?  (In some cases, getting
    expert assistance in recovering difficult-to-replace information from a
    failing hard disk is well worth the cost.)

    4) Accomplish repair of computer "hardware" equipment if needed.

    5) Assess the extent of damage to your programs and data.  What's there,
    what isn't?  What works, what doesn't?
              Play it safe; call for help if you feel unsure!  Concise Logic
    can help you diagnose.  The idea is to get your system up and running with
    a minimum of time lost and effort expended.

    6) Correct damage to programs and data:
              A) All gone.  Old drive dead, gone, or wiped.  Accidental
    harddrive formatting can often be reversed painlessly IF no writing to the
    disk is done between the format and the un-format.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 263


              If you have a backup of your entire harddrive, use that for an
    initial whole-drive restore.  Restore/verify DRAINS programs from master
    diskette if needed.  (Make sure it's the correct version.)  Restore/verify
    DRAINS database files from your site's best backup diskettes.  Recreate
    DRAINS indexes.  (Also load custom DRAINS printer driver or format file,
    if you have one.)

              If no system backup exists, format the drive for DOS boot and
    copy the DOS utilities into \DOS.  Install a fresh DRAINS system from a
    DRAINS master disk, restore current databases from the most recent DRAINS
    backup diskettes, and recreate the indexes.  (Also load custom DRAINS
    printer driver or format file, if you have one.)

              B) Some files present but programs don't run.  If you're unsure
    about the extent of the damage, ask for expert help.  It's easy to make
    mistakes with unfamiliar procedures in a tense situation.

              C) Only DRAINS data file(s) damaged.  Restore databases from the
    most recent DRAINS backup diskettes, and recreate the indexes.

    RESTORING DATA TO DRAINS FROM BACKUP DISKETTE(S)

              Restoring data to DRAINS from backup diskette(s) is done from
    the DOS prompt.  This process overwrites (destroys) DRAINS' current
    databases, replacing them with the databases that were current when the
    backup was made.
              Please call us if you would like phone support during this
    procedure.

              Exit DRAINS to DOS.  The DOS prompt is likely to look like "C>"
    or "C:\>".

              Write-protect the backup diskette(s) so that a mistake cannot
    alter it.
              Put the backup diskette, or the first one of a set of backup
    diskettes, in a floppy diskette drive.  This example uses drive A: and
    assumes your DRAINS system is on C:.
              Enter:

              RESTORE A: C:\DRAINS\*.DBF

    The names of the files being restored from the diskette to the harddrive
    are listed as they are copied.  You may be prompted to insert additional
    diskettes from a set.  When the process is complete, the DOS prompt is
    recalled.

    *** IMPORTANT! *** You must run DRAINS' Main menu option P. Archive Closed
    Jobs's function P. Pack, Reindex & Transfer to make new indexes that match
    the restored database files.  Do this before any other DRAINS activities!

              An interesting quirk of DOS' RESTORE utility is that it only
    restores files to the subdirectory they were backed up from.  If you try
    to restore to a subdirectory of another name, no error message is issued,
    but no files are restored either.



       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 264



              If you restore database files backed up on one machine to
    another "slave" machine for lookup and reporting purposes, check whether
    the DOS versions of the two systems match.  (Entering "VER" at the DOS
    prompt will make a computer display its DOS version.)  The BACKUP and
    RESTORE utilities are a matched set, and mixing types may not give the
    desired result.  (A later version RESTORE may know how to handle an
    earlier BACKUP, but the reverse is not likely.)

    PRINTER.MEM - HOW DRAINS WORKS WITH YOUR PRINTER

    In versions of DRAINS through 1.9, the file containing the escape
    sequences needed to put the printer into 80 column normal typeface mode
    and 132 column condensed print mode was required to be called PRINTER.MEM.
    During the installation of DRAINS prior to version 2.13, (an early version
    of) one of the printer control files named below was copied to
    \DRAINS\PRINTER.MEM.

    In version 2.17, the printer control codes available were expanded to
    include 176 column condensed (when the output device is capable), boldface
    on and off, and underlining on and off.  These new codes are not yet used
    in standard DRAINS, but are available for custom modules and future
    improvements.

    These printer files are provided with DRAINS:
              DOTMATRX.MEM - codes for Epson-compatible dot matrix printers
              HP3P.MEM - codes for Hewlett Packard (R) LaserJet III P and
    compatible printers, that can do condensed print in protrait orientation
              LASER.MEM - codes for original LaserJet and compatible printers,
    that can only do condensed print in landscape orientation
              NULLCODE.MEM - null codes for no typeface changes
              WIDECARR.MEM - codes for Epson-compatible dot matrix
    wide-carriage printers loaded with wide paper
              XYWRITE.MEM - margin and attribute codes for XyWrite text
    editor.
              DMP2100D.MEM - codes for (?brand?) dot matrix printer model 2100
    in draft quality
              DMP2100L.MEM - codes for dot matrix 2100 in letter quality

    DRAINS permits printer control file name specification (the .MEM extension
    is still required) in Terminal Dependent Customization Maintenance (Main
    menu option L. Maintain Customization, page 138.)

    The PrntCtrl Utility Create Printer Control File (see page 243) can
    create tailored printer control files to serve your particular needs.  If
    you desire assistance, Concise Logic will be glad to help you set up a
    control file for any particular printer.

    F.Y.I. All DRAINS *.MEM files are FoxPro memory save files containing the
    variables SET80, SET132, SET176, SETBO, SETNOBO, SETUL, and SETNOUL.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 265


    HOW TO USE PRINTER 3 FOR LONG REPORTS THAT MAY "TIMEOUT" THE PRINTER

    The problem: In DRAINS, many reports will restart at the beginning when
    "Printer not ready, retry (Y/N)?" is answered Yes.  (This is because
    FoxPro can generate most reports with a single command.)

    The solution: An intermediate output file on disk.

    PREPARATION: Set up DRAINS' printer #3 as a disk file.  Find the printer
    setup on the TERMINAL DEPENDENT CUSTOMIZATION MAINTENANCE screen.  This is
    the fourth Customization Maintenance screen.
              For printer #3, set the type to the same as printer #1.  Printer
    #1 is the default full page printer, normally device HP-PCL5A.  Set the
    device to a disk file name, which can only be 5 characters long.  I
    recommend C:\DR.

    USE: 1) Print the report to printer #3.  The report will fly up the
    screen.
            (The printer is not involved in this step.)

         2) Exit from DRAINS.

         3) Find a DOS prompt.  Start/Programs/MS-DOS Prompt on most Windows
    95/98/etc systems.  In Windows 3.11, choose Main/MSDOS.

         4) At the DOS (C:\>) prompt, type

              COPY \RR LPT1:

              and press -Enter-.  (If you need to print on a remote printer,
    it's probably LPT2:.)

         5) To return to Windows from a DOS window, enter EXIT.
























       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 266


    SPEED UP A W95/98 NETWORK PRINTER

    Windows 95 & W98 have a network printer "timeout" setting, the amount of
    time a network printer will wait before assuming a DOS-based program's
    print job has been completely received and is ready to start printing.
    The default is pretty long, 45 seconds or more.  To reduce the wait, you
    can alter the Windows configuration file \WINDOWS\SYSTEM.INI.
              SYSTEM.INI is divided into sections, each section titled in
    square brackets.  If a section is missing, you will need to type in the
    title as well as the setting.  The "PrintBufTime" setting is the printer
    buffer timeout.  Its number is the number of seconds the buffer waits for
    more after receiving characters, before assuming the printer should start.
              PrintBufTime should appear in two sections, with the same
    number.  For example,

    [Network]
    PrintBufTime=5

    [IFSMGR]
    PrintBufTime=5

    If pages kick out split onto two sheets, with blank space at the bottom of
    the first sheet and the remainder of the page at the top of the next
    sheet, the number should be increased.  I usually choose 5 seconds.

    Copy a W98 DOS text window (DRAINS) image to a text file

    To copy a W98 DRAINS displayed screen to a text file, right-click the top
    bar of the DRAINS window, choose Edit/Mark.  A blinking box appears in the
    upper left corner of the window.  With the mouse, click-and-drag from the
    upper left corner of the area to be defined to the opposite corner.  The
    defined area changes color.  Press -Enter- to Copy.  Switch to NotePad and
    Paste.  File/Save As desired text file pathname.
              Unfortunately, IBM's boxes & borders characters (ASCII 176..223)
    get mangled to simplified substitutes even if NotePad is set to a font
    that supports them.  Also true of WordPad.

    TROUBLESHOOTING A W95/98 LOCAL PRINTER PROBLEM

    Unfortunately, not all printers cooperate with DRAINS.  DRAINS is written
    in an older database language (FoxPro 2.6 for DOS), that expects DOS-style
    printer access.  It has been getting harder to find compatible new
    printers for sale.
              From a support standpoint, there are several categories of
    printers:
              Fully DOS-compatible printers - These include the older HPs,
    especially LaserJet 1-6 series printers.  (Try DRAINS' printer type HP-
    PCL5A.)  Also dotmatrix Epsons, Citizens, and Okidatas.  (Type DOTMATRX.)
    DRAINS under straight DOS (no Windows involved) must have a printer in
    this category.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 267


              DOS-window-compatible Windows-driver printers - These printers'
    standard Windows drivers support DRAINS running in a Windows' DOS window
    just fine.  (Most are DRAINS' printer type HP-PCL5A.)  The printer must be
    set as Windows' "default printer" during DRAINS' use.
    (Start/Settings/Printers, Rt-click on the printer wanted and
    click-to-check Set as Default)  Older HP DeskJet inkjet printers through
    the 600 series are in this group.
              DOS-window-compatible older-Windows-driver-compatible printers -
    Some of the new parallel-cable interface multi-function and color printers
    will cooperate nicely with DRAINS only when used through an older, simpler
    Windows driver.  Windows' included printer driver database usually
    includes an HP LaserJet 4 driver - a good one to try.  Windows does not
    mind having two or more drivers set up for the same physical printer.  The
    simpler printer driver must be set as Windows' "default printer" during
    DRAINS' use.
              USB (& other?) Windows-network-remote-use printers - Some
    printers work beautifully across a Windows network by using the "Capture
    printer port" function of W98/WMe.  However, they cannot be used by DRAINS
    at the station the printer is locally connected to.
              I have done some research into utilities that would let DRAINS
    use a USB printer.  The only one I have found is expensive per-site and
    would require a different version of DRAINS' main program at sites that
    want to use a USB printer.
              "Give up & try another" printers - Many Lexmarks and inexpensive
    new HPs are in this category.  Their Windows drivers are DOS-unfriendly,
    and they are not compatible with any known friendly drivers.

    Uncooperativeness with DRAINS takes several common forms:
     - DRAINS seems to print, but the printer is oblivious.
     - The printer prints, but goes to an error condition after the job.
    Pushing a button on the printer clears the error.  (Some new HPs claimed
    to be DOS-compatible are in this group.)
     - The printer doesn't start printing until DRAINS is shut down.
     - The printer's window pops up, minimizing DRAINS.  Clicking on DRAINS'
    "button" in the taskbar brings it back to a usable window.
     - The printer prints, but only after a 3-5 minute delay.

    To troubleshoot a local printer that has previously been working from
    DRAINS (from W95/W98/WMe):

    [] Test printer's ability to print
              Turn printer off, wait 10 seconds, turn back on.  (If it has no
    power switch, unplug it for 10 seconds.)
              Start / Settings / Printers. Right-click on the printer / Click
    Properties. Click Print Test page.
              If no print, problem is in physical printer.  Out of paper,
    power or data cable loose, or etc.  Diagnose, correct, and retry.
              If successful, proceed to:

    [] Check DOS access to printer
              Start / Programs / MSDOS Prompt
              At C:\WINDOWS> prompt, type





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 268


                     COPY CON: LPT1:
                     press -Enter-.  Cursor will drop to next line.  Type
                     THIS IS A TEST.  HELLO PRINTER? (or whatever you like)
                     press -Enter-.  Cursor will drop to next line.  Type
                     -Ctrl-L -Ctrl-Z (you will see ^L^Z)
                     press -Enter-.
              It should respond "1 file(s) copied." and the printer should
    wake up & print a page with what you typed on it.  If this works, DRAINS
    should now be able to use the printer.  Enter EXIT to return to the
    desktop.

              If instead you see "write fault error. abort/retry/cancel?" or
    some other error message, press 'A' to abort the copy.
                     Enter 'EXIT' to return to the desktop.  Start / Settings
    / Printers.  Make sure the printer is set as default (icon has checkmark.)
    If it is not, Right-click on the printer / Click Properties,
    Click-to-check Set As Default, and retry the DOS print test.


    TROUBLESHOOTING A W95/98 NETWORK PRINTER PROBLEM

    [] Test printer's ability to print
    ON MACHINE PRINTER IS PHYSICALLY ATTACHED TO
              Start / Settings / Printers.  Right-click on the printer / Click
    Properties.  Click Print Test page.
              If no print, problem is in physical printer.  Out of paper,
    unplugged, cable loose, or etc.  Diagnose, correct, and retry.
              If successful, proceed to:

    [] Test connection to printer's host
    ON NETWORK MACHINE HAVING TROUBLE W/THE PRINTER
              Start / Settings / Printers.  Right-click on the printer / Click
    Properties.  (On General tab) Click Print Test Page.
              If no print, problem may be in network connection (Ethernet
    cabling or cards or boot order of machines), or in printer setup.
              If it prints, problem may be in port capture.
              Either way,

    [] Check on port capture for DOS program use
              On Details tab, Click End Capture.
              If the misbehaving network printer is shown, Click Cancel.
              If "no network printers", Click Capture Printer Port, choose
    Device LPT1, click arrow by Path, choose printer's host machine, check
    Reconnect at Logon, OK, OK...
              Close the Printers screen and return to the Windows desktop.

    [] Check DOS access to printer
              Start / Programs / MSDOS Prompt
              At C:\WINDOWS> prompt, type
                     COPY CON: LPT1:
                     press -Enter-.  Cursor will drop to next line.  Type
                     THIS IS A TEST. HELLO PRINTER? (or whatever you like)





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 269


                     press -Enter-.  Cursor will drop to next line.  Type
                     -Ctrl-L -Ctrl-Z (you will see ^L^Z)
                     press -Enter-.
              It should respond "1 file(s) copied." and the printer should
    wake up & print a page with what you typed on it.  If this works, DRAINS
    should now be able to use the printer.  Enter EXIT to return to the
    desktop.

              If instead you see "write fault error. abort/retry/cancel?" or
    some other error message, press 'A' to abort the copy.
                     Enter EXIT to return to the desktop.  Start / Settings /
    Printers.  Make sure the printer is set as default (icon has checkmark.)
    If it is not, Right-click on the printer / Click Properties,
    Click-to-check Set As Default, and retry the DOS print test.

    [] Try a long shot
              If it's still not working, try ending and reforming the port
    capture on the machine having trouble.  Then, on the Shut Down menu,
    Restart the printer's host, then Shut Down / Restart the machine having
    trouble with the printer.  Then restart testing from the top of this list.
    [] Yell for help
              If you get back to this point a second time, cuss the machine
    out, sigh, and call Concise Logic or your network person for expert
    assistance.

    DRAINS 3.00 PROGRAM DISK CONTENTS

    Installation/upgrade system; these files normally stay on Program Disk:
    NEWDRAIN.BAT  Installs a fresh DRAINS 3.00 Multi-session system.
    UP19T214.BAT  Upgrades DRAINS 1.9..2.13 single to DRAINS 2.16 Dual.
    DR19T214.FXP  Converts DRAINS 1.9..2.13 databases to DRAINS 2.16 format.
    \CONFIG.SYS   DOS boot configuration for addition ONLY if none exists.
    DRINI300.FXP  Edits DRBOOTID.DBF.

    Archive file system; these files normally stay on Program Disk; the .ZIP
        file contents are unpacked onto the harddrive:
    PKXARC.COM   unpacks the archive files
    DRAIN214.ZIP -> \DRAINS     document formatting files ?SERVREQ.FXP,
                                  ?INVOICE.FXP, ?JUSTSTM.FXP, ?STATEMT.FXP.
                                  (See list below.)
    DRIDX300.ZIP -> \DRAINS     initialized indexes.
    DROVL300.ZIP -> \DRAINS\OVL report formatting files *.FRM.
    FOXDX260.ZIP -> \FOXR       FoxPro enhanced runtime files
    FOXD2600.ZIP -> \FOXR       FoxPro runtime files

    Program files not archived:
    \DRAINS\DRAINAUX.FXP  Auxiliary Options program (optional install.)
    \DRAINS\DRAINS.FXP    Main menu program (differs demo/live/single/multi.)
    \FOXR\CONFIG.FP       FoxPro mode defaults.

    Batch files:
    \DRAINAUX.BAT  Invokes the Auxiliary Options program.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 270


    \DRAINS.BAT    Invokes the Main menu program.

    Database files:
    DRBOOTID.000  -> \DRAINS\DRBOOTID.DBF Base station version of the Station
                                  ID file.
    DRBOOTID.001  -> \DRAINS\DRBOOTID.DBF Remote station version of the
                                  Station ID file.
    \DRAINS\MULTI\DRSMULTI.DBF  Multiuser conflict control file.

    IN*.DBF initialized database files: these files are renamed DR*.DBF after
        they are copied to the harddrive.  (This method prevents overwriting
        existing data if re-installation is attempted.)
    \DRAINS\DRACCRCV.DBF  Accounts Receivable.
    \DRAINS\DRAGINGR.DBF  Aging Report.
    \DRAINS\DRAIN214.DBF  Version marker dummy database file.
    \DRAINS\DRCLIENT.DBF  Client.
    \DRAINS\DRCUSTOM.DBF  Customization.
    \DRAINS\DREMPCOM.DBF  Employee Commission Report.
    \DRAINS\DRJOURNL.DBF  Bank Deposit Journal.
    \DRAINS\DRPAYABL.DBF  Accounts Payable.
    \DRAINS\DRINCOME.DBF  Income Log Report.
    \DRAINS\DRPHONEG.DBF  Area. (Groups defined by area code and exchange.)
    \DRAINS\DRREVCAT.DBF  Revenue Category; blank, "N", and "Y" defined.
    \DRAINS\DRSTR131.DBF  132-column report skeleton.
    \DRAINS\DRSTRG79.DBF  80-column report skeleton.
    \DRAINS\DRSVCPER.DBF  Servicepeople.
    \DRAINS\DRTAXGRP.DBF  Tax Group; blank defined.
    \DRAINS\DRTMPTAX.DBF  Temporary bridge between Area and Tax Group, used by
                                  Auxiliary Options program.
    \DRAINS\DRWOHIST.DBF  Work Order History.
    \DRAINS\DRWORKOR.DBF  Active Work Orders.

    Printer control code files:
    \DRAINS\DOTMATRX.MEM  Epson compatible.
    \DRAINS\HP3P.MEM      Hewlett-Packard HP3P.
    \DRAINS\LASER.MEM     Hewlett-Packard LaserJet.
    \DRAINS\WIDECARR.MEM  For use with wide paper; no compression.
    \DRAINS\DMP2100D.MEM  dot-matrix, draft
    \DRAINS\DMP2100L.MEM  dot-matrix, NLQ

    Sample mailings format files:
    \DRAINS\MAILING1.TXT  Letter.
    \DRAINS\MAILING2.TXT  Postcard.

    Document formatting files:
    (service request list current as of 4.02:)
    \DRAINS\YServReq is standard full-page plain paper service request 56L+FF
    \DRAINS\BServReq is std full-pg plain paper service request w/o IBM chrs
        56L+FF
    \DRAINS\HServReq is half-page plain paper svc req for 66 line printers 33L
    \DRAINS\FServReq is 'half-page' plain paper svc req 27L+FF
    \DRAINS\EServReq is half-page (66/2) plain paper svc req 33L no IBM
        graphics chr




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 271


    \DRAINS\DServReq is dispatch card style service request for 3x5" 18L
        compressed
    \DRAINS\PServReq is dispatch card style svc req for 3x5" 18L compressed
        +FF

    \DRAINS\YServReq is standard full-page plain paper service request.
    \DRAINS\DServReq is dispatch card format service request.
    \DRAINS\HServReq is half page service request.
    \DRAINS\PServReq is Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY's special service request,
        available only to Roto-Rooters.

    \DRAINS\4Invoice is Roto-Rooter Johnson City TN std plain paper full-page
        invoice + 4th job description line.
    \DRAINS\AInvoice is All Drains' invoice for Viking form FA3, cut-sheet.
    \DRAINS\LInvoice is standard letterhead full-page invoice.
    \DRAINS\NInvoice is Jim Dandy invoice.
    \DRAINS\CInvoice is compressed space invoice, intended for internal use.
    \DRAINS\JInvoice is total-only plain paper full-page invoice.
    \DRAINS\PInvoice is Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY's special invoice,
        available only to Roto-Rooters.
    \DRAINS\YInvoice is standard plain paper full-page invoice.
    \DRAINS\BInvoice is minimal plain paper full-page invoice.

    \DRAINS\CJustStm is justification dummy for compressed space statement.
    \DRAINS\CStatemt is compressed space statement.

    \DRAINS\JJustStm is justification for address-shifted full page plain
        paper statement.
    \DRAINS\JStatemt is address-shifted full page plain paper statement.

    \DRAINS\NJustStm is justification for REDIFORM preprinted form statement.
    \DRAINS\NStatemt is REDIFORM preprinted form statements.

    \DRAINS\PJustStm is Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY's special statement
        justification.
    \DRAINS\PStatemt is Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY's special statement
        w/Aging.

    \DRAINS\YJustStm is justification for standard full page plain paper
        statement.
    \DRAINS\YStatemt is standard full page plain paper statement.
















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 272


    MANUAL INSTALLATION / RUNNING LEAN AND MEAN

    Some people prefer manual installation to trusting a batch file, and some
    may wish to optimize their DRAINS system for its use in minimum harddrive
    space.  This section provides a discussion of minimum DRAINS system
    requirements and where each file should reside.
              The prior section, DRAINS 3.00 PROGRAM DISK CONTENTS, page
    270, gives a good idea of where files should go and what they are.
              We currently use the archive unpacking utility PKXARC.COM.  If
    you just enter PKXARC with no parameters, it will explain its own
    parameter syntax.  Normally, one makes the destination of the unpacked
    files the default disk and directory, then enters
              path-to-pkxarc.com\PKXARC -X pathname-of-file-to-unpack

              You may want to look at NEWDRAIN.BAT and see how the program is
    usually installed.

    After installation:

    1) Unused document formatting files can be erased. (\DRAINS\?SERVREQ.FXP,
       ?INVOICE.FXP, ?JUSTSTM.FXP, ?STATEMT.FXP).  You should keep at least
       one of each type.  Each ?STATEMT should be accompanied by a ?JUSTSTM of
       matching first letter.

    2) Set the Customization Path to DOS utilities to point to the DOS
       directory and make sure no copy of FORMAT is in the \DRAINS or \FOXR
       directories.

    3) Unused printer control code files (*.MEM) can be erased.  If
       PRINTER.MEM is found in \DRAINS, set the Customization Printer type to
       the type that PRINTER.MEM is a copy of, and erase PRINTER.MEM.

    4) Unused mailings format files (usually *.TXT) can be erased.


    DRAINS DOCUMENTATION

    An actual paper book
    --------------------
    A printed manual is nice for learning a program.  You can make margin
    notes.  A bookmark can mark progress.  It can be open on your lap while
    you are working with a described screen.
              A printed manual is a good place for detailed installation help,
    a beginner's guide, and a description of the program's documentation and
    support resources.
              Sample output in a printed manual is the most convenient way to
    browse available reports.

    I have tried to organize DRAINS' printed manual, The DRAINS Companion, in
    a good order to learn things in.  New users will benefit from starting at
    the beginning.






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 273


    The DRAINS Companion contains the basics of the DRAINS program's
    operation, plus "normal" installations/upgrades, and how to access the
    more extensive disk-based documentation provided with the program.

    The DRAINS Companion has reference material about running DRAINS blended
    in with the tutorial instructions, so that new users won't have to page
    back and forth in the book as they learn.

    Documentation on disk
    ---------------------
    Reference material on disk is nice because it can be searched by an
    editor.  It is also a very compact form of documentation, cheap to
    publish, easy to update, economical in use of paper and shelf space.  It
    can contain lots of technical background, history of the software, and
    notes about unusual situations.

    Almost everything that's in the printed manual is copied (excerpted and
    reorganized) from the main disk-based documentation file REFERENC.RTF on
    DRAINS' program disk.  REFERENC.RTF may be accessed through the Dr4_Info
    icon on the Windows desktop once DRAINS 4.02 is installed.
              Technical reference, troubleshooting, and unusual needs are also
    covered in REFERENC.RTF.  In REFERENC.RTF, the program function reference
    section is in menu order instead of tutorial order.

    After program installation, the \DRAINS directory on your computer will
    contain three DRAINS documentation files.
              REFERENC.RTF has its reference material about running the
    program in menu structure order.  It has lots of additional information:
    technical reference, troubleshooting, and meeting unusual needs.
              TUTORIAL.RTF has the tutorial instructions "bare" for compact
    printing, and its page numbers for reference material locate pages in
    REFERENC.RTF.  ("Matching" versions of these two files will have the same
    date and time in their directory listing or properties.)
              DR_FILES.RTF has programmers' notes such as file structures and
    how certain functions are carried out.  Most users won't need this one.
              REFERENC.TXT, TUTORIAL.TXT, and DR_FILES.TXT are unformatted
    files containing the same information.  If you don't have Windows' WordPad
    or another editor that can use RTF (Rich Text Format) files, try these
    unformatted files.  They can be used by many editors, including DOS' EDIT.

    Documentation updates
    ---------------------
    The DRAINS Companion is mastered from REFERENC.RTF.  Updating of
    REFERENC.RTF is constantly ongoing.  Since printed manual masters are only
    produced at intervals, it is likely that the REFERENC.RTF you received on
    your disk, or that you may have downloaded from our website (^^^URL^^^),
    is somewhat more current than your printed manual.

    Kate Nicholes 01/07/2002








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 274




    OBTAINING PROGRAMMERS' DOCUMENTATION

    DRAINS' data files are compatible with FoxPro, and some files are
    compatible with dBASE III PLUS and FoxBASE.  If you want to access DRAINS'
    files interactively or with other dBASE III PLUS, FoxBASE+, or FoxPro
    programs, you should contact Concise Logic to obtain file structure
    documentation and other useful programmers' documentation.

    Concise Logic takes no responsibility for difficulties caused by other
    programs' changes to DRAINS' data!  We recommend you operate other
    programs on copies of your DRAINS files, rather than on the live files
    themselves.

    dBASE III PLUS is a registered trademark of Ashton-Tate.  FoxBASE+ and
    FoxPro were registered trademarks of Fox Software, Inc.  FoxPro is now a
    registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.


    PURGING DRAINS DATA

    Purging the data files means to remove all entered data from the files.
    This is a drastic step that should never be necessary.  Please call
    Concise Logic for help in purging files.

    Occasionally it makes sense to purge one or several files, retaining the
    content of others.  We can help you decide which to purge and which to
    keep.

    Empty and initialized DRAINS database files are available on the DRAINS
    Program Disk.  Their names start with IN and they have a .DBF extension.
    If an IN*.DBF file is copied over its DR*.DBF counterpart, the file is
    initialized (purged.)  Main menu option P. Archive Closed Jobs's function
    P. Pack & Reindex must be run immediately after the copy(s) to make the
    indexes match the new file content.





















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 275



                               <<< OTHER TOOLS >>>

    Auxiliary program(s) & utilities

    Utility modules normally reside in \DRAINS\UTIL.

    DrStdUtl is the DRAINS Standard Utility menu.  DrStdUtl.FXP normally also
    resides in \DRAINS\UTIL, and is expected to be attached to a function
    somewhere in the 9 menus of DRAINS' Main menu option I. Site-Specific
    Auxiliary.  DrStdUtl is password-protected, as many of the utilities are
    powerful enough to be very destructive if misused.

    As of 01/23/02, these DRAINS 4.02 utilities are available in the DrStdUtl
    menu structure as maintained by Concise Logic:

    First Page - REPORTS
    -------------------------------------------------------
    SubContractor Assignment Report lists incomplete jobs   written for Pete
              Iovino #000559 05/10/00
    History Reports combines taxgroups WC MV NR WP YK to WC written for
              American Minutemen #000728 09/00
    Work Analysis by Tax Group Summary Report               written for RR
              Bloomsburg #000171 10/17/01
    Serviceperson Paytype Reports                           written for Cheap-
              O #000071 updated 01/17/02
    SvcCheck - Serviceperson Paytype Reports
     - PayType Count Report (uses PayTyCnt.FRM)
       "Cash No-Go" is count of jobs with paytype $, and a workorder total of
            $0.00 or less.
       "Recall Count" is count of jobs with paytype R
       "Non-cash No-Go Count" is count of jobs with paytype not $, and a
            workorder total of $0.00 or less.
       "Cash Sale Job Count" is count of jobs with paytype $ or R, and a
            workorder total greater than $0.00.
       "Cash Job Revenue" is total value of jobs with paytype $ or R, and a
            workorder total greater than $0.00.
       "Non-Cash Job Revenue" is total value of jobs with neither a paytype of
            $ or R, nor a workorder total of $0.00 or less.
       "Non-Cash Job Count" is count of jobs with neither a paytype of $ or R,
            nor a workorder total of $0.00 or less.
       "Job Payment ID" is check number field.















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 276


       Sample report:
(fixed width compressed font)
Report date span 01/01/2000 through 12/31/2000.
PAGE NO.     1
01/17/02
                                                  DRAINS PAYMENT TYPE COUNT REPORT
                                                  --------------------------------
                                  Non-  Cash                Non-  Non-      Job Site
         Date                     Cash  Sale      Cash      Cash  Cash      Name,                     Job Site
Service  Work        Cash Recall No-Go   Job       Job       Job   Job Pay  Address,                  Phone# / UnitID,      Job
Person   Done       No-Go  Count Count Count   Revenue   Revenue Count Type City St Zip               Job Payment ID        Number
** Serviceperson ANDY1234
ANDY1234 02/03/2000     1      0     0     0      0.00      0.00     0  $   Howe, Brian               (321) XXX-8499 / 8499  000235
                                                                            2271 Dexter Ave SW        Payment ID: #
                                                                            Palm Bay FL 32908
ANDY1234 02/04/2000     0      1     0     0      0.00      0.00     0  R   Banana Bay                (321) XXX-8026 / 8026    3094
                                                                            2425 Pinapple Ave         Payment ID: #
                                                                            Melbourne FL 32935
ANDY1234 02/04/2000     0      0     1     0      0.00      0.00     0  C   Noll, Peggy               (321) XXX-8236 / 8236  000236
                                                                            600 Seaport Terrace SE    Payment ID: #
                                                                            Palm Bay FL 32909
ANDY1234 01/10/2000     0      0     0     1   1849.25      0.00     0  $   Texas Roadhouse           (407) 773-3220 / 7683    3030
                                                                            Eau Gallie
                                                                            Indian Harbor Beach FL
ANDY1234 01/03/2000     0      0     0     0      0.00    265.00     1  P   Syfrett, Sherman          (321) 956-1314 / 8088    9786
                                                                            1202 Perry Ave NW         Payment ID: MC
                                                                            Palm Bay FL
ANDY1234 01/03/2000     0      0     0     0      0.00    175.00     1  C   Oaks, Earl                (321) 676-2910 / 8094    9790
                                                                            337 Riley Ave NE          Payment ID: #
                                                                            Palm Bay FL 32907
ANDY1234 01/09/2000     0      0     0     0      0.00     95.00     1  A   Long Point Park           (321) 952-4532 / 8229    3078
                                                                            750 Long Point Road
                                                                            Melbourne Beach
** Subtotal **
                        1      1     1     1   1849.25    535.00     3
*** Total ***
                        1      1     1     1   1849.25    535.00     3

     - Cash/check Ratio Report


















       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 277


       Sample report:
(fixed width compressed font)
Report date span 01/01/1999 through 12/31/2002.
Report run 01/19/2002 at 15:54.
                           CASH / CHECK RATIO REPORT
             JOBS      #         JOBS      #         JOBS      #         JOBS      #        ALL        #
             PAID     OF         PAID     OF         PAID     OF      CHARGED     OF      OTHER       OF
               BY   CASH           BY   CHK.       CREDIT     CR.          TO   ACCT    PAYMENT    OTHER
             CASH   JOBS        CHECK   JOBS         CARD     CD.     ACCOUNT   JOBS      TYPES     JOBS

Total    39696.50    304   1716400.37   4122     38920.00    140    211043.67    237       0.00        0

           Ratio of Cash/Check: Revenue: 2.31%, Job Count: 7.38%

           Ratio of Cash/(Check+Cr.Cd.): Revenue: 2.26%, Job Count: 7.13%

           The definition of 'ordinary' jobs in this report includes recalls &
           non-revenue jobs, but excludes jobs having totals over $    500.00.

           Total Value of 'ordinary' jobs: $  704698.31
           Number of 'ordinary' jobs:  4295
           Average value of per-call job: $     164.07

           Gross Revenue: $ 2006060.54, total # of jobs:  4803

    Accounts Payable                                        Displaced from
    DRAINS 3 {I} - old and crude, I don't think anyone is using this.

    Second Page - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DIAGNOSTICS
    -------------------------------------------------------
    List Duplicate Job#s in History                         From DRAINS 3
    utility 10/24/01
    Check A/Rs for bad groups & duplicate job#s             From DRAINS 3
    DrainAux {1C/1D} 10/29/01
    Correct obvious History payment type & date problems    From DRAINS 3
    utility 10/24/01
    History vs Accounts Receivable diagnostic               Rewritten from
    DRAINS 3 utility 10/29/01

    Third Page - ADDRESS CLEANUP
    -------------------------------------------------------
    City State Zip mass edit                                From DRAINS 3
    DrainAux 10/25/01
    Jobsite name 'First Last'-->'Last, First' swap utility  From DRAINS 3
    utility 10/24/01
    A/R-Client-History Address Compare & Edit               From DRAINS 3
    utility 10/08/00
    Master Client File Edit/Browse                          From DRAINS 3
    utility 10/08/00
    Client vs History Address Compare & Edit                From DRAINS 3
    utility 10/29/01






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 278


    Fourth Page - LOOKUP DIAGNOSTICS
    -------------------------------------------------------
    (nothing here yet)

    Fifth Page - LOOKUP EDIT
    -------------------------------------------------------
    (nothing here yet)

    Sixth Page - FIELD DIAGNOSTICS & EDIT
    -------------------------------------------------------
    Simple Area Code change                                 From DRAINS 3
    utility 09-28-00
    Complex Area Code change by Exchange                    From DRAINS 3
    utility 10-08-00
    Client File Unique Phone#/Unit ID Check & Correct       From DRAINS 3
    utility 10-12-00

    Seventh Page - SYSTEM UTILITIES
    -------------------------------------------------------
    Create/edit Printer Control File                        From DRAINS 3
    DrainAux {4A}"

    Eighth Page
    -------------------------------------------------------
    (not yet in use)

    Ninth Page
    -------------------------------------------------------
    (not yet in use)

    As of 01/23/02, these DRAINS 4.02 utilities are available, but not in the
    DrStdUtl menu structure:  (nothing here yet).

    As of 01/23/02, these DRAINS 3 and partially completed utilities are
    included in Kate's programming resources:

    DRAINS 3.08 \RRDEV\UTILS\ALLUTILS.DOC
    -------------------------------------
    Diagnostics & Fixes:
    Addr2Spc.PRG modifies Address, and BillAdr3 to eliminate 1st bb. Affected
          files are History, Client and Accounts Receivable.
    AddrOrph.PRG creates client records for orphan History addresses.
          Modified 1/26/99 to correct picking up of spurious phone#s.
    AllExact compares sorted records and deletes exact duplicates. HAS THIS
          PROGRAM BEEN TESTED?
    AP_Line1.PRG swaps billing address L2 & L1 if L2 says Accounts Payable.
          Affected files are History, Client and Accounts Receivable.
    ArAdFind shows A/Rs whose addresses don't match those in the Client file,
          and lets you fix up the situation in several ways.
    ARComSwp copies added name comma (+ also swapped BillL2) from Client to
          A/Rs.  Afterward it swaps A/Rs billto L2 if called for.
    ArCustFi shows A/R History jobs whose addresses don't match those in the
          Client file, and lets you fix up the situation in several ways.




       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 279


    ArDates.PRG browses A/R dates beyond today and permits changes
    ARFINDPH should only be run after A/R diagnostics assures uniqueness of
          A/R job numbers.  It is intended to play catch-up after CustFind and
          before ArAdFind...

    Special-Event Utilities:
    1SvcHist.PRG creates a limited History database for just one serviceperson
          within an entered date span.
    Add_Year.PRG adds the year prefix to job numbers for specific ranges. MUST
          BE CUSTOMIZED TO THE SITE'S NEED.
    Add_Zero fills in left zeros to the requested number of columns. It also
          right-justifies job numbers & upper-cases them.
    AP_Jb2AR.PRG fills in blank billing L1 with job's L1 if job says "ACCOUNTS
          PAYABLE".











































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 280


                             <<< LISTS & SAMPLES >>>

    Directories & filenames used by DRAINS

    List of program output & where in the program to ask for it

    Sample output & forms

    Service Request modules as of DRAINS version 4.02

* YServReq.PRG is standard full-page plain paper service request 56L+FF
* BServReq.PRG is std full-pg plain paper service request w/o IBM chrs 56L+FF

* HServReq.PRG is half-page plain paper svc req for 66 line printers 33L
* FServReq.PRG is 'half-page' plain paper svc req 27L+FF
* EServReq.PRG is half-page (66/2) plain paper svc req 33L no IBM graphics chr

* DServReq.PRG is dispatch card style service request for 3x5" 18L compressed
* PServReq.PRG is dispatch card style svc req for 3x5" 18L compressed +FF

This output was created by \DR4DEV\DEVPRGS\SvcRqTst:

----- this line separates format tests, next test Y -----
          ͻ
          Ŀ
            CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING     SERVICE REQUEST  
          ٺ
             Job #: 0017296        P.O.#: __________               
                                                                   
             Phone#: (406) 572-3672    Unit ID: HOME               
                     Name: Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.               
                                                                   
                 Job site: Stone House mile 16 Rt294               
                           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709               
                                                                   
             Billing Addr: Billing address attention               
                           K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes               
                           HC83 Lennep Route Box 532               
                           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709               
                                                                   
             Request date: 10/20/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND      
                   & time: 12:27pm                                 
                                             2ndSvc: ____          
             Service date: 10/21/2001                              
               Time given: 12:58pm                                 
                                                                   
             Finish date:  __/__/____     Revenue category: N      
                   & time: _______                                 
                                                                   
                             Estimate: $170.00 QUOTED              
             Description:                                          
              Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank   





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 281


                                                                   
              __________________________________________________   
                                                                   
              w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.   
                                                                   
              Tank located about 3 feet SW of house wing corner.   
                                                                   
          Ķ
                System              Material used   Amount        
                 type:              _______________ _____.__      
                XSeptic             _______________ _____.__      
                 Sewer              _______________ _____.__      
                                    _______________ _____.__      
                                    Total material  _____.__      
                Warranty:           Labor           _____.__      
                _ 30day             Labor discount%    __.__      
                _ 60day             Discount amount _____.__      
                _ 90day             Subcontract     _____.__      
                _ None              Sales tax       _____.__      
                                    Untaxed charges:              
                Payment:            _______________ _____.__      
                 Cash               WorkOrder total _____.__      
                 Credit card        Deposit/Charge  _____.__      
                 Check              Check number     _______      
                XCharge             Date paid:    __/__/____      
                 Recall             Paid in full:          _      
          ͼ<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test B -----


              CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING      SERVICE REQUEST

              Job #: 0017296        P.O.#: __________

              Phone#: (406) 572-3672    Unit ID: HOME
                      Name: Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.

                  Job site: Stone House mile 16 Rt294
                            Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

              Billing Addr: Billing address attention
                            K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
                            HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
                            Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

              Request date: 10/20/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND
                    & time: 12:27pm
                                              2ndSvc: ____
              Service date: 10/21/2001
                Time given: 12:58pm

              Finish date:  __/__/____     Revenue category: N





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 282


                    & time: _______

                              Estimate: $170.00 QUOTED
              Description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank

               __________________________________________________

               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.

               Tank located about 3 feet SW of house wing corner.


                 System               Material used   Amount
                  type:               _______________ _____.__
                 XSeptic              _______________ _____.__
                  Sewer               _______________ _____.__
                                      _______________ _____.__
                                      Total material  _____.__
                 Warranty:            Labor           _____.__
                 _ 30day              Labor discount%    __.__
                 _ 60day              Discount amount _____.__
                 _ 90day              Subcontract     _____.__
                 _ None               Sales tax       _____.__
                                      Untaxed charges:
                 Payment:             _______________ _____.__
                  Cash                WorkOrder total _____.__
                  Credit card         Deposit/Charge  _____.__
                  Check               Check number     _______
                 XCharge              Date paid:    __/__/____
                  Recall              Paid in full:          _
                                                                     <FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test H -----
          ͻ
             CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING     SERVICE REQUEST   
          Ķ
             Job #: 0017296        P.O.#: __________               
                                                                   
             Phone#: (406) 572-3672    Unit ID: HOME               
             Job site:                  Billing address:           
             Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.  Billing address attention  
             Stone House mile 16 Rt294  K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes  
             Martinsdale MT 59053-9709  HC83 Lennep Route Box 532  
                                        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709  
                                                                   
             Request date: 10/20/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND      
                   & time: 12:27pm                                 
                                             2ndSvc: ____          
             Service date: 10/21/2001 SUN                          
               Time given: 12:58pm                                 
                 Estimate: $170.00 QUOTED                          
             Description:                                          





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 283


              Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank   
                                                                   
              __________________________________________________   
                                                                   
              w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.   
                                                                   
              Tank located about 3 feet SW of house wing corner.   
          ͼ






----- this line separates format tests, next test E -----

              CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING      SERVICE REQUEST

              Job #: 0017296        P.O.#: __________

              Phone#: (406) 572-3672    Unit ID: HOME
              Job site:                  Billing address:
              Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.  Billing address attention
              Stone House mile 16 Rt294  K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
              Martinsdale MT 59053-9709  HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
                                         Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

              Request date: 10/20/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND
                    & time: 12:27pm
                                              2ndSvc: ____
              Service date: 10/21/2001 SUN
                Time given: 12:58pm
                  Estimate: $170.00 QUOTED
              Description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank

               __________________________________________________

               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.

               Tank located about 3 feet SW of house wing corner.







----- this line separates format tests, next test D -----
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Phone#: (406) 572-3672  Unit ID: HOME    Billing  Billing address attention |
| Name/Address: Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.  Address: K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes |





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 284


|               Stone House mile 16 Rt294           HC83 Lennep Route Box 532 |
| Tax group: BC Martinsdale MT 59053-9709           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709 |
| Alternate phone (406) 572-3676          Estimate: $170.00_QUOTED___________ |
| Description:            XSeptic  _Sewer    P.O.#: __________      Warranty: |
| Septic_tank_needs_routine_pumping._500_gallon_tank   Allowed       _30day   |
| __________________________________________________   Payment       _60day   |
| w/concrete_slab_lid._Owner_w/_excavate_&_lift_lid.   Type: A       _90day   |
| Tank_located_about_3_feet_SW_of_house_wing_corner.                 _None    |
| Request date: 10/20/2001    Revenue category: N      Labor discount    0.00 |
|       & time: 12:27pm            Job #: 0017296   Referred: ?  Cust.Type: R |
| Service date: 10/21/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND  NOTES:                    |
|   Time given: 12:58pm  X:OffHr  2ndSvc: ____      _________________________ |
|  Finish date: __/__/____                          _________________________ |
|       & time: _______        Cancelled: _         _________________________ |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+

Invoice modules as of DRAINS version 4.02

* YInvoice.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice
* 4Invoice.PRG is std plain paper full-page invoice + 4th job description
      line, created for Robert Combs
* HInvoice.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice w/PO# & net 30 msg.
* XInvoice.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice w/o tax % shown
* JInvoice.PRG is lump-sum plain paper full-page invoice
* BInvoice.PRG is plain paper full-page minimal invoice for ClogBusters
* QInvoice.PRG is bilingual letterhead invoice for Quebec, based on YInvoice
      standard plain paper full-page invoice.  ***THIS MODULE NEEDS TO BE
      MODIFIED BY CONCISE LOGIC FOR EACH USER SITE WITH THE CORRECT TPS AND
      TVQ NUMBERS***
* Y000075I.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice, one line shorter in
      header for Johnson City
* Y000314I.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice, but changes 'your
      account has been charged' to 'please pay...'
* Y000350I.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice, but adds J# at
      bottom for Clarks Summit
* Y000057I.PRG modifies for RR Wooster OH 3 return addresses, based on
      YInvoice.PRG (standard plain paper full-page invoice). This is now
      disabled: in Version 4.00 Wooster should use regular YInvoice.PRG and
      set up 3 businesses

* DInvoice.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice minus return address
      for use with letterhead
* LInvoice.PRG is standard full-page invoice for use with letterhead, NO
      return address; Discount does NOT specify "residential"
* 3Invoice is LInvoice is standard full-page invoice for use with letterhead,
      but down 3 lines, NO return address; Discount does NOT specify
      "residential"
* OInvoice.PRG is letterhead full-page invoice w/o tax % shown
* FInvoice.PRG is flat-rate, non-itemized letterhead full-page invoice
* D000350I.PRG is standard plain paper full-page invoice minus return address,
      but adds job# on "total invoiced" line, and shortens top part by 1 line






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 285


* 5Invoice.PRG is NEBS 13175T 8.5x7" invoice, created 10/13/98 for Dennis
      Diffley Sewer Cleaning & Repair
* 6Invoice.PRG is flat rate version of 5Invoice for NEBS 13175T 8.5x7"
      invoice, combines labor & parts, does NOT say NO WARRANTY, created
      10/13/98 for Dennis Diffley Sewer Cleaning & Repair

* AInvoice.PRG is All Drains' invoice for Viking form FA3, cut-sheet

* CInvoice.PRG is compressed space invoice

* EInvoice.PRG is Salinas&Sons full-page invoice; NOT included: JOBNUMBR!,
      DONETIME
* GInvoice.PRG is 091319/12-87 full-page invoice for American Minutemen
* MInvoice.PRG is HP-PCL full page invoice for DrainPro form
* NInvoice.PRG is Jim Dandy invoice
* TInvoice.PRG is dispatch card 'invoice' for 3x5"
* SInvoice=YServReq.PRG is standard full-page plain paper service request but
      it pays attention to PrRtnInv.

* PInvoice.PRG is Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY's special proprietary invoice AND
      PServReq service request

This output was created by \DR4DEV\DEVPRGS\InvcTest:

----- this line separates format tests, next test Y -----

               INVOICE from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone: (406) 572-3323


               Billed to:                      Job number 0017292

               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE

               Job site:                     Contact phone
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 286


               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Job description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

               Our representative SHERNAND

               90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------

                  Labor charge                          $  170.00
                    Residential labor discount  5.88% - $   10.00
                    Subcontractor                       $   10.00
                       red tank marker    $    3.50
                       septic treatmnt    $   55.75
                       100'copper pipe    $  303.00
                       fitngs see list    $   45.20
                    Total materials                     $  407.45
                                               Subtotal $  577.45
                    Sales tax        6.00%              $   34.65
                    co.digup permit                     $    8.00

                                         TOTAL INVOICED $  620.10

               Account charge permitted
                     Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge

<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test 4 -----

               INVOICE from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING Phone: (406) 572-3323
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709


               Billed to:                      Job number 0017292

               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 287



               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE

               Job site:                     Contact phone
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Job description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
               Tank located about 3 feet SW of house wing corner.

               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

               Our representative SHERNAND

               90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------

                  Labor charge                          $  170.00
                    Residential labor discount  5.88% - $   10.00
                    Subcontractor                       $   10.00
                       red tank marker    $    3.50
                       septic treatmnt    $   55.75
                       100'copper pipe    $  303.00
                       fitngs see list    $   45.20
                    Total materials                     $  407.45
                                               Subtotal $  577.45
                    Sales tax        6.00%              $   34.65
                    co.digup permit                     $    8.00

                                         TOTAL INVOICED $  620.10

               Account charge permitted
                     Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge

<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test H -----

               INVOICE from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING   Phone: (406) 572-3323
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 288




               Billed to:                      Job number 0017292

               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE

               Job site:                     Contact phone
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Job description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

               Our representative SHERNAND

               90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------

                  Labor charge                          $  170.00
                                Labor discount  5.88% - $   10.00
                    Subcontractor                       $   10.00
                       red tank marker    $    3.50
                       septic treatmnt    $   55.75
                       100'copper pipe    $  303.00
                       fitngs see list    $   45.20
                    Total materials                     $  407.45
                                               Subtotal $  577.45
                    Sales tax        6.00%              $   34.65
                    co.digup permit                     $    8.00

                                         TOTAL INVOICED $  620.10

               Account charge permitted





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 289


                     Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge

<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test X -----

               INVOICE from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING   Phone: (406) 572-3323
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709


               Billed to:                      Job number 0017292

               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE

               Job site:                     Contact phone
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Job description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

               Our representative SHERNAND

               90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------

                  Labor charge                          $  170.00
                    Residential labor discount  5.88% - $   10.00
                    Subcontractor                       $   10.00
                       red tank marker    $    3.50
                       septic treatmnt    $   55.75





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 290


                       100'copper pipe    $  303.00
                       fitngs see list    $   45.20
                    Total materials                     $  407.45
                                               Subtotal $  577.45
                    Sales tax                           $   34.65
                    co.digup permit                     $    8.00

                                         TOTAL INVOICED $  620.10

               Account charge permitted
                     Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge

<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test J -----

               INVOICE from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING   Phone: (406) 572-3323
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709


               Billed to:                      Job number 0017292

               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE

               Job site:                     Contact phone
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Job description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

               Our representative SHERNAND






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 291


               90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------








                                         TOTAL INVOICED $  620.10





               Account charge permitted
                     Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge

<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test B -----

                                   I N V O I C E




 From: CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING         Invoice        Date
       HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1         0017292        10/21/2001
       WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323





 Bill  Billing address attention       Job    Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
 To:   K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes       Site:  Stone House mile 16 Rt294
       HC83 Lennep Route Box 532              Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
       Martinsdale MT 59053-9709              Contact phone (406) 572-3672
                                              [Unit HOME]




                                              PO Number         Terms

                                              VERBALKATE     Upon Receipt








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 292


       JOB DESCRIPTION                                              AMOUNT

       Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank    $      620.10
       w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
       Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.









                                              TOTAL INVOICED $      620.10

                                                 BALANCE DUE $      620.10
<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test Q -----<esc>&l1O
























                                               Billing address attention
                                               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
                                               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
                                               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
<FF><esc>&l0O









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 293







                                           Date: 10/21/2001

                                          Ref. # Job: 0017292
               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

                                FACTURE - INVOICE
               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE
               Adresse de service:
               Job site:                     Tel:
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
               Travaux complts le 10/21/2001  03:30pm
               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm
               Notre reprsentant SHERNAND
               Our representative SHERNAND

               90 jours de garantie / 90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------
                  Cot main-d'oeuvre:
                  Labor charge                          $  170.00
                    Residential labor discount  5.88% - $   10.00
                    Subcontractor                       $   10.00
                       red tank marker    $    3.50
                       septic treatmnt    $   55.75
                       100'copper pipe    $  303.00
                       fitngs see list    $   45.20
                    Total pieces/materials              $  407.45
                                          Sous/Subtotal $  577.45
                                      TPS & TVQ / Taxes $   34.65
                    co.digup permit                     $    8.00

                                   MONTANT TOTAL AMOUNT $  620.10 D / DUE





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 294


# TPS: R105392617,  # TVQ: 1016216921TQ000155
Termes: Payable sur rception. / Terms: Due upon receipt.
<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test F -----








                                               Job number 0017292

               Billing address attention
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               --------------------------------------------------



               P.O.# VERBALKATE

               Job site:                     Contact phone
               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.     (406) 572-3672
               Stone House mile 16 Rt294     [Unit HOME]
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               Job description:
               Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
               w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
               Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

               Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

               Our representative SHERNAND

               90 day warranty


               --------------------------------------------------

                  Cost                                  $  620.10









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 295






                       TOTAL INVOICED $  620.10 Job number 0017292

               Payment now due
                     Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______

<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test 5 -----
      0017292   10/21/2001

                                             Job site: (406) 572-3672/HOME
                                                       (406) 572-3676

       Billing address attention             Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
       K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes             Stone House mile 16 Rt294
       HC83 Lennep Route Box 532             Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
       Martinsdale MT 59053-9709



VERBALKATE             10/20/2001                        SHERNAND


Payment to be arranged.


10/21/2001  Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
            w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
            Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

                                               Labor charge              170.00
            red tank marker $      3.50        Discount                   10.00
            septic treatmnt       55.75        Subcontract                10.00
            100'copper pipe      303.00
            fitngs see list       45.20        Total materials           407.45



       90 day warranty                                                   577.45
                                                                          34.65

                     Untaxed item co.digup permit  XXXXXXXXXXXX            8.00

                                                                         620.10










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 296




----- this line separates format tests, next test 6 -----
      0017292   10/21/2001

                                             Job site: (406) 572-3672/HOME
                                                       (406) 572-3676

       Billing address attention             Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
       K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes             Stone House mile 16 Rt294
       HC83 Lennep Route Box 532             Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
       Martinsdale MT 59053-9709



VERBALKATE             10/20/2001                        SHERNAND


Payment to be arranged.    Apartment# HOME.


10/21/2001  Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
            w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
            Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

                                               Amount                    577.45
                                               Discount                   10.00
                                               Subcontract                10.00





       90 day warranty                                                   577.45
                                                                          34.65

                     Untaxed item co.digup permit  XXXXXXXXXXXX            8.00

                                                                         620.10







----- this line separates format tests, next test A -----



                                                                         0017292






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 297





                                                  10/21/2001     SHERNAND




     Billing address attention                   (406) 572-3672 [Unit HOME]
     K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes                   Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
     HC83 Lennep Route Box 532                   Stone House mile 16 Rt294
     Martinsdale MT 59053-9709                   Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




   VERBALKATE    10/21/2001                                  upon receipt


 Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank       LABOR           170.00

 w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.       DISC.  5.88%    -10.00

 Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.       SUBCONTRCT       10.00

                Materials:                 red tank marker       3.50     407.45

                                           septic treatmnt      55.75

                                           100'copper pipe     303.00

                                           fitngs see list      45.20

                                                          SALES TAX        34.65
                            Untaxed item: co.digup permit                   8.00
                                                          TOTAL           620.10
<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test C -----
INVOICE from: (406) 572-3323   Billed to: Billing address attention
      CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING      Billing address attention
      HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1      K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
      WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709      HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
      Job number 0017292                  Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
      P.O.# VERBALKATE     Contact phone (406) 572-3672 [Unit HOME]
Job site:                            Job description:
Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.  Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
Stone House mile 16 Rt294  w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
Martinsdale MT 59053-9709  Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm   90 day warranty
Our representative SHERNAND , (No 2ndSvc)
Labor charge    $  170.00
Residential labor discount  5.88% - $   10.00





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 298


Subcontractor   $   10.00
red tank marker $    3.50
septic treatmnt $   55.75
100'copper pipe $  303.00
fitngs see list $   45.20
Total materials $  407.45
Subtotal        $  577.45
Sales tax  6.00%$   34.65
Untaxed co.digup permit $    8.00
TOTAL INVOICED          $  620.10 ... Account charge permitted
                                      Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge
No payment date.



----- this line separates format tests, next test E -----


                                                         Job# 0017292-

                                                 10/21/2001       VERBALKATE

           Billing address attention               (406)572-3676 [Unit HOME]
           K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes               Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
           HC83 Lennep Route Box 532               Stone House mile 16 Rt294
           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709



    (406) 572-3672      10/20/2001        SHERNAND              upon receipt



          Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank

          w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.

          Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.








                             Labor                                       170.00
                             Discount                           5.88% -   10.00

                             Subcontractor                                10.00

                             Materials: red tank marker         3.50     407.45





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 299



                                        septic treatmnt        55.75

                                        100'copper pipe       303.00

                                        fitngs see list        45.20

                             Sales tax   6.00%                            34.65

                             Untaxed item: co.digup permit                 8.00






    90 day warranty




    Account charge permitted. []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge TOTAL
      620.10<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test G -----
CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING              Invoice Number: 0017292
HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1              Invoice Date:   10/21/2001
WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709              Serviced By:    SHERNAND

Telephone: (406) 572-3323                   Job assigned:   10/21/2001

                                            Terms: Account charge permitted
                    Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge
                                            Your P.O.# VERBALKATE


Billing address attention                   Job site (406) 572-3672/HOME
K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes                   Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
HC83 Lennep Route Box 532                   Stone House mile 16 Rt294
Martinsdale MT 59053-9709                   Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

   Date    ---------- Service Description -------------------      Amount
---------- -------------------------------------------------- -----------
10/21/2001 Work completed at 03:30pm
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.











       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 300










           90 day warranty
           --------------------------------------------------

                                  Labor charge                  $  170.00
                  5.88% Residential labor discount             -$   10.00
                                  Subcontract                   $   10.00
                                  Materials total:              $  407.45
                              (1) red tank marker $    3.50
                              (2) septic treatmnt $   55.75
                              (3) 100'copper pipe $  303.00
                              (4) fitngs see list $   45.20

                                  Subtotal                      $  577.45
                           6.00%  Sales tax                     $   34.65
                                  Untaxed item: co.digup permit $    8.00

                                  *--------------------------------------
           Invoice Number 0017292 | TOTAL INVOICED              $  620.10
                                  *--------------------------------------

                    PLEASE REMIT YELLOW COPY WITH PAYMENT.
                        THANK YOU FOR YOUR PATRONAGE.<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test M -----<esc>&l8D
                                                                0017292





                                                                10/21/2001






 Billing address attention, K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nich(406) 572-3672 (406) 572-3676


 HC83 Lennep Route Box 532                                      VERBALKATE

 Martinsdale MT 59053-9709







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 301


 Stone House mile 16 Rt294, Martinsdale MT 59053-9Unit HOME Nicholes, K.G.H. and


 Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank

 w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.

 Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

 Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

 Our representative SHERNAND




                                                           8.00           407.45

                                     90 day              -10.00           170.00

                                                          10.00             8.00

                                                                           34.65

                                                                          620.10
                                X













        co.digup permit             8.00        red tank marker             3.50

                                                septic treatmnt            55.75

                                                100'copper pipe           303.00

                                                fitngs see list            45.20











       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 302







                                    8.00
      407.45<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test N -----

                                          0017292


                            Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.
                            Stone House mile 16 Rt294
                            Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

                                10/21/2001


          Billing address attention
          K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
          HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
          Martinsdale MT 59053-9709     (406) 572-3672

          P.O.# VERBALKATE              [Unit HOME]


                                         $  170.00
    RESIDENTIAL LABOR DISCOUNT  5.88%  - $   10.00
    SUBCONTRACTOR                        $   10.00
          red tank marker      $    3.50
          septic treatmnt      $   55.75
          100'copper pipe      $  303.00
          fitngs see list      $   45.20 $  407.45
                                            577.45
                                             34.65
          co.digup permit                $    8.00
                                            620.10
           X






  Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
  w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
  Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
  Work finished 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm 90day warranty

           SHERNAND






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 303









----- this line separates format tests, next test T -----
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Phone#: (406) 572-3672  Unit ID: HOME    Billing  Billing address attention |
| Name/Address: Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.  Address: K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes |
|               Stone House mile 16 Rt294           HC83 Lennep Route Box 532 |
| Tax group: BC Martinsdale MT 59053-9709           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709 |
| Alternate phone (406) 572-3676          Estimate: $170.00_QUOTED_by_Office. |
| Description:            XSeptic  _Sewer    P.O.#: VERBALKATE      Warranty: |
| Septic_tank_needs_routine_pumping._500_gallon_tank   Allowed       _30day   |
| w/concrete_slab_lid._Owner_w/_excavate_&_lift_lid.   Payment       _60day   |
| Level_OK._Pumped,_flushed,_repumped._Nice_&_clean.   Type: A       X90day   |
| Tank_located_about_3_feet_SW_of_house_wing_corner.                 _None    |
| Request date: 10/20/2001    Revenue category: N      Labor discount   10.00 |
|       & time: 12:27pm            Job #: 0017292   Referred: ?  Cust.Type: R |
| Service date: 10/21/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND  NOTES:                    |
|   Time given: 12:58pm  X:OffHr  2ndSvc: ____      _________________________ |
|  Finish date: 10/21/2001                          _________________________ |
|       & time: 03:30pm        Cancelled: _         _________________________ |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
----- this line separates format tests, next test S -----
          ͻ
          Ŀ
            CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING     SERVICE REQUEST  
          ٺ
             Job #: 0017292        P.O.#: VERBALKATE               
                                                                   
             Phone#: (406) 572-3672    Unit ID: HOME               
                     Name: Nicholes, K.G.H. and P.M.               
                                                                   
                 Job site: Stone House mile 16 Rt294               
                           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709               
                                                                   
             Billing Addr: Billing address attention               
                           K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes               
                           HC83 Lennep Route Box 532               
                           Martinsdale MT 59053-9709               
                                                                   
             Request date: 10/20/2001     Svcperson: SHERNAND      
                   & time: 12:27pm                                 
                                             2ndSvc: ____          
             Service date: 10/21/2001                              
               Time given: 12:58pm                                 
                                                                   
             Finish date:  __/__/____     Revenue category: N      
                   & time: _______                                 





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 304


                                                                   
                             Estimate: $170.00 QUOTED by Office.   
             Description:                                          
              Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank   
                                                                   
              w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.   
                                                                   
              Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.   
                                                                   
              Tank located about 3 feet SW of house wing corner.   
                                                                   
          Ķ
                System              Material used   Amount        
                 type:              _______________ _____.__      
                XSeptic             _______________ _____.__      
                 Sewer              _______________ _____.__      
                                    _______________ _____.__      
                                    Total material  _____.__      
                Warranty:           Labor           _____.__      
                _ 30day             Labor discount%    __.__      
                _ 60day             Discount amount _____.__      
                _ 90day             Subcontract     _____.__      
                _ None              Sales tax       _____.__      
                                    Untaxed charges:              
                Payment:            _______________ _____.__      
                 Cash               WorkOrder total _____.__      
                 Credit card        Deposit/Charge  _____.__      
                 Check              Check number     _______      
                XCharge             Date paid:    __/__/____      
                 Recall             Paid in full:          _      
          ͼ<FF>
----- P format is proprietary to Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY -----<esc>2
                                                               10/21/2001





 Billing address attention K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nich (406) 572-3672   (406) 572-3676
 HC83 Lennep Route Box 532                                         VERBALKATE

 Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

 Stone House mile 16 Rt294 Martinsdale MT 59053-9709 HOME Nicholes, K.G.H. and P
<esc>0
 Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank

 w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.

 Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 305



 Work completed on 10/21/2001 at 03:30pm

 System type: Septic




                                      90 day                              407.45

                                Labor discount  5.88% $   10.00           170.00

                                      co.digup permit      8.00             8.00

                                                                           34.65

                         x                                                620.10






   10/21/01                                        SHERNAND








        Subcontractor             10.00         red tank marker             3.50

                                                septic treatmnt            55.75

                                                100'copper pipe           303.00

                                                fitngs see list
      45.20<esc>2
<FF>

Statement modules as of DRAINS version 4.02

* YStatemt.PRG Process file into PLAIN PAPER statements
* JStatemt.PRG PLAIN PAPER statements, like YStatemt.PRG, BUT from & to
      addresses moved 1" to left
* QStatemt.PRG Process Quebec file into PLAIN PAPER statements

* HStatemt.PRG Process file into letterhead-compatible statements, based on
      PLAIN PAPER statements






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 306


* AStatemt.PRG is NEBS laser 8.5*11 statement w/Aging (No return addresses /
      business phone#) (Cheap-O Rooter Salt Lake City UT)
* 1Statemt.PRG AStatemt NEBS statement w/Aging 3 lines lower for Jim Dandy
* 2Statemt.PRG AStatemt NEBS statement w/Aging 3 lines lower, adds return
      address for Jim Dandy & business phone#
* EStatemt.PRG is NEBS statement w/Aging 1 line up for Eugene OR
* LStatemt.PRG is NEBS statement w/Aging, w/job# on tearoff (for Cheap-O
      Rooter Salt Lake City UT 7/96), has no return addresses / business
      phone#.

* VStatemt.PRG NEBS pinfeed 8.5*7" statement # w/Aging #9207-2, uses 771 DU-O-
      VUE

* CStatemt.PRG is compressed space statement of all activity
* TStatemt.PRG is compressed space statement, giving total only

* NStatemt.PRG Process file into RediForm PREPRINTED FORM statements, NO
      active business phone#

* SStatemt.PRG is summary statement list

* PStatemt.PRG is Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY's special statement w/Aging

This output was created by \DR4DEV\DEVPRGS\StmntTst:

----- this line separates format tests, next test 1 -----




                                                406-572-3672   10/21/01


                                                                3323.12



        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709






                                                            04/20/01   190.20



 04/20/01  Previous balance includes  $     20.20





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 307


            overdue account penalty.
 06/06/01  Job#1000002, PO#KATE6/6/01      620.10                      810.30
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
 06/12/01  Payment - Credit: reduced                   -10.00          800.30
 07/06/01  Payment - Check # J6520                    -100.00          700.30
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       26.66                      726.96
 07/01/01  Job#1000003 Replumb under      2500.00                     3226.96
           Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
           stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
           Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       96.16                     3323.12
 08/17/01  Job#1000004, PO#NICK081501      300.00                     3623.12
           Replace lightning-struck water heater.
           Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
           Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
 09/10/01  Payment - Check # J5432                    -300.00         3323.12
 09/10/01  Job#1000005 Unplug toilet.       75.00                     3398.12
           Unplug toilet....................................]
           Found shoe.......................................]
           Tests OK.........................................]
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:        0.37                     3398.49
 10/21/01  Payment - Cr.cd.: V4055                     -75.37         3323.12





   Current      Over 30      Over 60      Over 90    Over 120
      0.00         0.00         0.00      2596.16      726.96         3323.12


               1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
               These two message lines are each 40 long <FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test 2 -----
    CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING
    HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1              406-572-3672   10/21/01
    WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709

                                                                3323.12
    (406) 572-3323


        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 308




                                                            04/20/01   190.20



 04/20/01  Previous balance includes  $     20.20
            overdue account penalty.
 06/06/01  Job#1000002, PO#KATE6/6/01      620.10                      810.30
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
 06/12/01  Payment - Credit: reduced                   -10.00          800.30
 07/06/01  Payment - Check # J6520                    -100.00          700.30
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       26.66                      726.96
 07/01/01  Job#1000003 Replumb under      2500.00                     3226.96
           Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
           stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
           Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       96.16                     3323.12
 08/17/01  Job#1000004, PO#NICK081501      300.00                     3623.12
           Replace lightning-struck water heater.
           Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
           Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
 09/10/01  Payment - Check # J5432                    -300.00         3323.12
 09/10/01  Job#1000005 Unplug toilet.       75.00                     3398.12
           Unplug toilet....................................]
           Found shoe.......................................]
           Tests OK.........................................]
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:        0.37                     3398.49
 10/21/01  Payment - Cr.cd.: V4055                     -75.37         3323.12





   Current      Over 30      Over 60      Over 90    Over 120
      0.00         0.00         0.00      2596.16      726.96         3323.12


               1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
               These two message lines are each 40 long <FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test A -----

                                                406-572-3672   10/21/01


                                                                3323.12



        Billing address attention





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 309


        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709






                                                            04/20/01   190.20



 04/20/01  Previous balance includes  $     20.20
            overdue account penalty.
 06/06/01  Job#1000002, PO#KATE6/6/01      620.10                      810.30
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
 06/12/01  Payment - Credit: reduced                   -10.00          800.30
 07/06/01  Payment - Check # J6520                    -100.00          700.30
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       26.66                      726.96
 07/01/01  Job#1000003 Replumb under      2500.00                     3226.96
           Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
           stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
           Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       96.16                     3323.12
 08/17/01  Job#1000004, PO#NICK081501      300.00                     3623.12
           Replace lightning-struck water heater.
           Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
           Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
 09/10/01  Payment - Check # J5432                    -300.00         3323.12
 09/10/01  Job#1000005 Unplug toilet.       75.00                     3398.12
           Unplug toilet....................................]
           Found shoe.......................................]
           Tests OK.........................................]
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:        0.37                     3398.49
 10/21/01  Payment - Cr.cd.: V4055                     -75.37         3323.12





   Current      Over 30      Over 60      Over 90    Over 120
      0.00         0.00         0.00      2596.16      726.96         3323.12


               1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
               These two message lines are each 40 long <FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test C -----

      STATEMENT from:                      Billed to: Billing address attention





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 310


      CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING      Billing address attention
      HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1      K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
      WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709      HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
      Job number 1000001                  Martinsdale MT 59053-9709
      Statement date 10/21/2001           Phone (406) 572-3672 [Unit HOME]
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                        190.20
             Previous balance includes
                    $    20.20 overdue account penalty interest

           06/06/01  J#1000002      620.10                     810.30
             P. O. # KATE6/6/01
             Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
             w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
             Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
           06/12/01   PAYMENT                   10.00          800.30
             ACCOUNT CREDIT reduced
           07/06/01   PAYMENT                  100.00          700.30
             CHECK #J6520
           10/21/01   INTEREST       26.66                     726.96
           07/01/01  J#1000003     2500.00                    3226.96
             Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
             stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
             Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
           10/21/01   INTEREST       96.16                    3323.12
           08/17/01  J#1000004      300.00                    3623.12
             P. O. # NICK081501
             Replace lightning-struck water heater.
             Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
             Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
           09/10/01   PAYMENT                  300.00         3323.12
             CHECK #J5432
           09/10/01  J#1000005       75.00                    3398.12
             Unplug toilet....................................]
             Found shoe.......................................]
             Tests OK.........................................]
           10/21/01   INTEREST        0.37                    3398.49
           10/21/01   PAYMENT                   75.37         3323.12
             CREDIT CARD, NOTE: V4055
               ------------------------------------------------------
                             PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT:          3323.12
                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
               ......................................................
----- this line separates format tests, next test E -----
                                               406-572-3672   10/21/01


                                                                3323.12








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 311


        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709






                                                            04/20/01   190.20



 04/20/01  Previous balance includes  $     20.20
            overdue account penalty.
 06/06/01  Job#1000002, PO#KATE6/6/01      620.10                      810.30
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
 06/12/01  Payment - Credit: reduced                   -10.00          800.30
 07/06/01  Payment - Check # J6520                    -100.00          700.30
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       26.66                      726.96
 07/01/01  Job#1000003 Replumb under      2500.00                     3226.96
           Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
           stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
           Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       96.16                     3323.12
 08/17/01  Job#1000004, PO#NICK081501      300.00                     3623.12
           Replace lightning-struck water heater.
           Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
           Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
 09/10/01  Payment - Check # J5432                    -300.00         3323.12
 09/10/01  Job#1000005 Unplug toilet.       75.00                     3398.12
           Unplug toilet....................................]
           Found shoe.......................................]
           Tests OK.........................................]
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:        0.37                     3398.49
 10/21/01  Payment - Cr.cd.: V4055                     -75.37         3323.12





   Current      Over 30      Over 60      Over 90    Over 120
      0.00         0.00         0.00      2596.16      726.96         3323.12


               1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
               These two message lines are each 40 long <FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test H -----






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 312








                                              Statement date
                                                10/21/2001





               Billing address attention      Phone (406) 572-3672
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes      Unit ID         HOME
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               ------------------------------------------------------
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                        190.20

             Previous balance includes
                    $    20.20 overdue account penalty interest

           06/06/01  J#1000002      620.10                     810.30
             P. O. # KATE6/6/01
             Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
             w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
             Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

           06/12/01   PAYMENT                   10.00          800.30
             ACCOUNT CREDIT reduced

           07/06/01   PAYMENT                  100.00          700.30
             CHECK #J6520

           10/21/01   INTEREST       26.66                     726.96

           07/01/01  J#1000003     2500.00                    3226.96
             Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
             stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
             Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.

           10/21/01   INTEREST       96.16                    3323.12












       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 313


               ------------------------------------------------------
                                               CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>







                                              Statement date
                                                10/21/2001





               Billing address attention      Phone (406) 572-3672
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes      Unit ID         HOME
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709

               ------------------------------------------------------
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                       3323.12

           08/17/01  J#1000004      300.00                    3623.12
             P. O. # NICK081501
             Replace lightning-struck water heater.
             Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
             Promised to pay by 09/17/01.

           09/10/01   PAYMENT                  300.00         3323.12
             CHECK #J5432

           09/10/01  J#1000005       75.00                    3398.12
             Unplug toilet....................................]
             Found shoe.......................................]
             Tests OK.........................................]

           10/21/01   INTEREST        0.37                    3398.49

           10/21/01   PAYMENT                   75.37         3323.12
             CREDIT CARD, NOTE: V4055










       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 314









               ------------------------------------------------------
                             PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT:          3323.12

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test J -----


               STATEMENT from:

     CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING           Statement date
     HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1             10/21/2001
     WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323


               Billed to:

     Billing address attention                Phone (406) 572-3672
     K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes                Unit ID         HOME
     HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
     Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               ------------------------------------------------------
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                        190.20

             Previous balance includes
                    $    20.20 overdue account penalty interest

           06/06/01  J#1000002      620.10                     810.30
             P. O. # KATE6/6/01
             Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
             w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
             Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

           06/12/01   PAYMENT                   10.00          800.30
             ACCOUNT CREDIT reduced

           07/06/01   PAYMENT                  100.00          700.30
             CHECK #J6520






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 315


           10/21/01   INTEREST       26.66                     726.96

           07/01/01  J#1000003     2500.00                    3226.96
             Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
             stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
             Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.

           10/21/01   INTEREST       96.16                    3323.12







               ------------------------------------------------------
                                               CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>


               STATEMENT from:

     CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING           Statement date
     HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1             10/21/2001
     WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323


               Billed to:

     Billing address attention                Phone (406) 572-3672
     K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes                Unit ID         HOME
     HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
     Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               ------------------------------------------------------
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                       3323.12

           08/17/01  J#1000004      300.00                    3623.12
             P. O. # NICK081501
             Replace lightning-struck water heater.
             Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
             Promised to pay by 09/17/01.

           09/10/01   PAYMENT                  300.00         3323.12
             CHECK #J5432





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 316



           09/10/01  J#1000005       75.00                    3398.12
             Unplug toilet....................................]
             Found shoe.......................................]
             Tests OK.........................................]

           10/21/01   INTEREST        0.37                    3398.49

           10/21/01   PAYMENT                   75.37         3323.12
             CREDIT CARD, NOTE: V4055












               ------------------------------------------------------
                             PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT:          3323.12

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test L -----

                                                J#1000001      10/21/01
                                                406-572-3672

                                                                3323.12



        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709






                                                            04/20/01   190.20



 04/20/01  Previous balance includes  $     20.20





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 317


            overdue account penalty.
 06/06/01  Job#1000002, PO#KATE6/6/01      620.10                      810.30
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
 06/12/01  Payment - Credit: reduced                   -10.00          800.30
 07/06/01  Payment - Check # J6520                    -100.00          700.30
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       26.66                      726.96
 07/01/01  Job#1000003 Replumb under      2500.00                     3226.96
           Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
           stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
           Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:       96.16                     3323.12
 08/17/01  Job#1000004, PO#NICK081501      300.00                     3623.12
           Replace lightning-struck water heater.
           Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
           Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
 09/10/01  Payment - Check # J5432                    -300.00         3323.12
 09/10/01  Job#1000005 Unplug toilet.       75.00                     3398.12
           Unplug toilet....................................]
           Found shoe.......................................]
           Tests OK.........................................]
 10/21/01  Overdue; Penalty Interest:        0.37                     3398.49
 10/21/01  Payment - Cr.cd.: V4055                     -75.37         3323.12





   Current      Over 30      Over 60      Over 90    Over 120
      0.00         0.00         0.00      2596.16      726.96         3323.12


               1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
               These two message lines are each 40 long <FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test N -----



    CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING
    HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
    WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709
                                             HOME
                                    (406)572-3672 10/21/01


    Billing address attention
    K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
    HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
    Martinsdale MT 59053-9709







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 318







                                                     190.20

   Previous balance includes
          $    20.20 overdue account penalty interest

 06/06/01  J#1000002      620.10                     810.30
   P. O. # KATE6/6/01
   Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
   w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
   Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

 06/12/01   PAYMENT                   10.00          800.30
   ACCOUNT CREDIT reduced

 07/06/01   PAYMENT                  100.00          700.30
   CHECK #J6520

 10/21/01   INTEREST       26.66                     726.96









  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890  CON'T NEXT PAGE
  These two message lines are each 40 long




    CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING
    HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
    WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709
                                             HOME
                                    (406)572-3672 10/21/01


    Billing address attention
    K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
    HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
    Martinsdale MT 59053-9709








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 319






                                                     726.96

 07/01/01  J#1000003     2500.00                    3226.96
   Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
   stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
   Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.

 10/21/01   INTEREST       96.16                    3323.12

 08/17/01  J#1000004      300.00                    3623.12
   P. O. # NICK081501
   Replace lightning-struck water heater.
   Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
   Promised to pay by 09/17/01.

 09/10/01   PAYMENT                  300.00         3323.12
   CHECK #J5432










  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890  CON'T NEXT PAGE
  These two message lines are each 40 long




    CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING
    HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1
    WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709
                                             HOME
                                    (406)572-3672 10/21/01


    Billing address attention
    K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
    HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
    Martinsdale MT 59053-9709









       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 320





                                                    3323.12

 09/10/01  J#1000005       75.00                    3398.12
   Unplug toilet....................................]
   Found shoe.......................................]
   Tests OK.........................................]

 10/21/01   INTEREST        0.37                    3398.49

 10/21/01   PAYMENT                   75.37         3323.12
   CREDIT CARD, NOTE: V4055
















  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890          3323.12
  These two message lines are each 40 long

----- this line separates format tests, next test Q -----




TAT DE COMPTE du/STATEMENT from:
               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING   Date
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1   10/21/2001
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323

               Factur /Billed to:

               Billing address attention      Tel.: (406) 572-3672
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes Unit/Unit ID        HOME
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 321



               ------------------------------------------------------
                     FACTURE#/   FRAIS/                   SOLDE D/
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                         AVANT/PREVIOUS                        190.20

             Previous balance includes
                    $    20.20 overdue account penalty interest

           06/06/01   #1000002      620.10                     810.30
             P. O. # KATE6/6/01
             Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
             w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
             Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

           06/12/01   PAYMENT                   10.00          800.30
             ACCOUNT CREDIT reduced

           07/06/01   PAYMENT                  100.00          700.30
             CHECK #J6520

           10/21/01   INTEREST       26.66                     726.96

           07/01/01   #1000003     2500.00                    3226.96
             Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
             stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
             Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.

           10/21/01   INTEREST       96.16                    3323.12






               ------------------------------------------------------
                                               CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>




TAT DE COMPTE du/STATEMENT from:
               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING   Date
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1   10/21/2001
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323

               Factur /Billed to:






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 322


               Billing address attention      Tel.: (406) 572-3672
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes Unit/Unit ID        HOME
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               ------------------------------------------------------
                     FACTURE#/   FRAIS/                   SOLDE D/
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                         AVANT/PREVIOUS                       3323.12

           08/17/01   #1000004      300.00                    3623.12
             P. O. # NICK081501
             Replace lightning-struck water heater.
             Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
             Promised to pay by 09/17/01.

           09/10/01   PAYMENT                  300.00         3323.12
             CHECK #J5432

           09/10/01   #1000005       75.00                    3398.12
             Unplug toilet....................................]
             Found shoe.......................................]
             Tests OK.........................................]

           10/21/01   INTEREST        0.37                    3398.49

           10/21/01   PAYMENT                   75.37         3323.12
             CREDIT CARD, NOTE: V4055











               ------------------------------------------------------
VEUILLEZ S.V.P. PAYER CE MONTANT/PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT:      3323.12

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>
----- this line separates format tests, next test S -----
         3323.12 K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes HC83 Lennep Route Box 532 Martinsdale
      MT 59053-9709 Billing address attention
----- this line separates format tests, next test T -----





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 323


      Billing address attention (406) 572-3672 [Unit HOME]
      Billing address attention     OWES:
      K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes         3323.12
      HC83 Lennep Route Box 532

----- this line separates format tests, next test V -----
      406-572-3672  10/21/01


                                                                3323.12



        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




                                                            04/20/01   190.20

04/20/01   Previous balance includes  $     20.20
            overdue account penalty.
06/06/01   Job#1000002, PO#KATE6/6/01      620.10                      810.30
           Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
           w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
           Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.
06/12/01   Payment - Credit: reduced                   -10.00          800.30
07/06/01   Payment - Check # J6520                    -100.00          700.30
10/21/01   Overdue; Penalty Interest:       26.66                      726.96






                         --- CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE ---









                                                 406-572-3672  10/21/01


                                                                3323.12





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 324





        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




                                                              ---CONTINUED---

07/01/01   Job#1000003 Replumb under      2500.00                     3226.96
           Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
           stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
           Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.
10/21/01   Overdue; Penalty Interest:       96.16                     3323.12
08/17/01   Job#1000004, PO#NICK081501      300.00                     3623.12
           Replace lightning-struck water heater.
           Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
           Promised to pay by 09/17/01.
09/10/01   Payment - Check # J5432                    -300.00         3323.12





                         --- CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE ---









                                                 406-572-3672  10/21/01


                                                                3323.12



        Billing address attention
        K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes
        HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
        Martinsdale MT 59053-9709








       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 325



                                                              ---CONTINUED---

09/10/01   Job#1000005 Unplug toilet.       75.00                     3398.12
           Unplug toilet....................................]
           Found shoe.......................................]
           Tests OK.........................................]
10/21/01   Overdue; Penalty Interest:        0.37                     3398.49
10/21/01   Payment - Cr.cd.: V4055                     -75.37         3323.12






   Current      Over 30      Over 60      Over 90    Over 120
      0.00         0.00         0.00      2596.16      726.96         3323.12

               1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
               These two message lines are each 40 long









----- this line separates format tests, next test Y -----


               STATEMENT from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING Statement date
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1   10/21/2001
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323


               Billed to:

               Billing address attention      Phone (406) 572-3672
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes      Unit ID         HOME
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




               ------------------------------------------------------
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                        190.20





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 326



             Previous balance includes
                    $    20.20 overdue account penalty interest

           06/06/01  J#1000002      620.10                     810.30
             P. O. # KATE6/6/01
             Septic tank needs routine pumping. 500 gallon tank
             w/concrete slab lid. Owner w/ excavate & lift lid.
             Level OK. Pumped, flushed, repumped. Nice & clean.

           06/12/01   PAYMENT                   10.00          800.30
             ACCOUNT CREDIT reduced

           07/06/01   PAYMENT                  100.00          700.30
             CHECK #J6520

           10/21/01   INTEREST       26.66                     726.96

           07/01/01  J#1000003     2500.00                    3226.96
             Replumb under house.  (An incredible tangle as it
             stands.)  Owner w/supply materials.  Done. Tested.
             Everything nice and neat.  OK'd by Nick.

           10/21/01   INTEREST       96.16                    3323.12







               ------------------------------------------------------
                                               CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>


               STATEMENT from:

               CONCISE LOGIC SEWER & PLUMBING Statement date
               HC83-BX532 10 JAWBONE RD OFC#1   10/21/2001
               WEST MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709   Phone (406) 572-3323


               Billed to:

               Billing address attention      Phone (406) 572-3672
               K.G.H. +/or P.M. Nicholes      Unit ID         HOME
               HC83 Lennep Route Box 532
               Martinsdale MT 59053-9709





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 327






               ------------------------------------------------------
           __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                               PREVIOUS                       3323.12

           08/17/01  J#1000004      300.00                    3623.12
             P. O. # NICK081501
             Replace lightning-struck water heater.
             Paperwork for insurance company supplied.
             Promised to pay by 09/17/01.

           09/10/01   PAYMENT                  300.00         3323.12
             CHECK #J5432

           09/10/01  J#1000005       75.00                    3398.12
             Unplug toilet....................................]
             Found shoe.......................................]
             Tests OK.........................................]

           10/21/01   INTEREST        0.37                    3398.49

           10/21/01   PAYMENT                   75.37         3323.12
             CREDIT CARD, NOTE: V4055












               ------------------------------------------------------
                             PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT:          3323.12

                  1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
                  These two message lines are each 40 long
<FF>
----- P format is proprietary to Roto-Rooter Plattsburgh NY -----
         MM/DD/YY  1234567890                                  MM/DD/YY  1234567
                                                                          (123)

         [BILLING ADDRESS LINE 1 ]
         [BILLING ADDRESS LINE 2 ]
         [BILLING ADDRESS LINE 3 ]
         [BILLING ADDRESS LINE 4 ]





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 328







xx/xx/xx           PREVIOUS BALANCE 12345678901.34 123456.89   PREV.BL 123456.89
Previous balance includes $123456.89 overdue account penalty

xx/xx/xx  Deposit                         -2345.78  12345.78   Deposit  -2345.78
xx/xx/xx  Deposit - Check #1234567        -2345.78  12345.78   Deposit  -2345.78
xx/xx/xx  1234567 Job, your PO#abcdefghij 12345.78  12345.78   1234567  12345.78
[1st line job description........................]
[2nd line job description........................]
[3rd line job description........................]
xx/xx/xx  Payment - Check #1234567        -2345.78  12345.78   Payment  -2345.78
xx/xx/xx  This partial payment is applied to
 $12345.78 of $12345.78 principal, and $12345.78 of $12345.78
 interest accumulated as of the payment date.
xx/xx/xx  Credit                          -2345.78  12345.78   Credit   -2345.78
xx/xx/xx  Overdue Acct. Penalty Interest  12345.78  12345.78   Penalty  12345.78

  Current   Over 30    Over 60   Over 90  Over 120
123456.89 123456.89  123456.89 123456.89 123456.89 123456.89           123456.89
[*1st line of your message prints here*]
[*2nd line of your message prints here*]
































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 329


                       <<< SAMPLE OUTPUT AND FORMS >>>

SAMPLE "Y" SERVICE REQUEST
This is a sample of standard full-page plain paper Service Request type "Y" as
      of DRAINS version 4.02. (56 printed lines, the page automatically
      ejects.):
(fixed width font)
          ͻ
          Ŀ
            CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617     SERVICE REQUEST  
          ٺ
             Job #: 7654321        P.O.#: __________               
                                                                   
             Phone#: (406) 222-2222    Unit ID: BBBB               
                     Name: Benedictin, Bartholomew B               
                 Job site: 22 Bumper to Bumper Place               
                           Battleshipp MT 58203-1284               
                     Alternate phone: (CEL) 222-2223               
                                                                   
             Billing Addr: Accounts Payable - Margie               
                           Homeowner's Peace of Mind               
                           PO Box 1234 Mailstop 12-C               
                           Itsascam Pk NY 01283-1234               
                                                                   
             Request date: 03/17/2001     Svcperson: ANDY*??*      
                   & time: 18:30pm                                 
                                             2ndSvc: ____          
             Service date: 03/17/2001                              
               Time given: 18:45pm                                 
                                                                   
             Finish date:  __/__/____     Revenue category: N      
                   & time: _______                                 
                                                                   
                             Estimate: $12345.67 QUOTED            
             Description:                                          
              This is the problem line which becomes job desc L1   
                                                                   
              __________________________________________________   
                                                                   
              This is the addl.info. line which becomes job dsc3   
                                                                   
              This is the confidential file notes line job desc4   
                                                                   
          Ķ
                System              Material used   Amount        
                 type:              _______________ _____.__      
                 Septic             _______________ _____.__      
                XSewer              _______________ _____.__      
                                    _______________ _____.__      
                                    Total material  _____.__      
                Warranty:           Labor           _____.__      
                _ 30day             Labor discount%    __.__      





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 330


                _ 60day             Discount amount _____.__      
                _ 90day             Subcontract     _____.__      
                _ None              Sales tax       _____.__      
                                    Untaxed charges:              
                Payment:            _______________ _____.__      
                 Cash               WorkOrder total _____.__      
                 Credit card        Deposit/Charge  _____.__      
                XCheck              Check number     _______      
                 Charge             Date paid:    __/__/____      
                 Recall             Paid in full:          _      
          ͼ

    SAMPLE "B" SERVICE REQUEST
    This is a sample of standard full-page plain paper Service Request type
          "B" as of DRAINS version 4.02. (56 printed lines, no IBM graphics
          characters, the page automatically ejects.):
(fixed width font)
              CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617      SERVICE REQUEST

              Job #: 7654321        P.O.#: __________

              Phone#: (406) 222-2222    Unit ID: BBBB
                      Name: Benedictin, Bartholomew B
                  Job site: 22 Bumper to Bumper Place
                            Battleshipp MT 58203-1284
                      Alternate phone: (CEL) 222-2223

              Billing Addr: Accounts Payable - Margie
                            Homeowner's Peace of Mind
                            PO Box 1234 Mailstop 12-C
                            Itsascam Pk NY 01283-1234

              Request date: 03/17/2001     Svcperson: ANDY*??*
                    & time: 18:30pm
                                              2ndSvc: ____
              Service date: 03/17/2001
                Time given: 18:45pm

              Finish date:  __/__/____     Revenue category: N
                    & time: _______

                              Estimate: $12345.67 QUOTED
              Description:
               This is the problem line which becomes job desc L1

               __________________________________________________

               This is the addl.info. line which becomes job dsc3

               This is the confidential file notes line job desc4







       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 331


                 System               Material used   Amount
                  type:               _______________ _____.__
                  Septic              _______________ _____.__
                 XSewer               _______________ _____.__
                                      _______________ _____.__
                                      Total material  _____.__
                 Warranty:            Labor           _____.__
                 _ 30day              Labor discount%    __.__
                 _ 60day              Discount amount _____.__
                 _ 90day              Subcontract     _____.__
                 _ None               Sales tax       _____.__
                                      Untaxed charges:
                 Payment:             _______________ _____.__
                  Cash                WorkOrder total _____.__
                  Credit card         Deposit/Charge  _____.__
                 XCheck               Check number     _______
                  Charge              Date paid:    __/__/____
                  Recall              Paid in full:          _

    SAMPLE "H" AND "F" SERVICE REQUESTS
    This is a sample of half-page plain paper Service Request types "H" and
          "F" as of DRAINS version 4.02.  Type "H" is 33 printed lines, the
          page does not automatically eject - it has a 6 line bottom margin to
          be the right length to print two per 66 line page.  Type "F" is 27
          printed lines and automatically ejects.:
(fixed width font)
          ͻ
             CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617     SERVICE REQUEST   
          Ķ
             Job #: 7654321        P.O.#: __________               
                                                                   
             Phone#: (406) 222-2222    Unit ID: BBBB               
             Job site:                  Billing address:           
             Benedictin, Bartholomew B  Accounts Payable - Margie  
             22 Bumper to Bumper Place  Homeowner's Peace of Mind  
             Battleshipp MT 58203-1284  PO Box 1234 Mailstop 12-C  
              Alt.phone: (CEL)222-2223  Itsascam Pk NY 01283-1234  
                                                                   
             Request date: 03/17/2001     Svcperson: ANDY*??*      
                   & time: 18:30pm                                 
                                             2ndSvc: ____          
             Service date: 03/17/2001 SAT                          
               Time given: 18:45pm                                 
                 Estimate: $12345.67 QUOTED                        
             Description:                                          
              This is the problem line which becomes job desc L1   
                                                                   
              __________________________________________________   
                                                                   
              This is the addl.info. line which becomes job dsc3   
                                                                   
              This is the confidential file notes line job desc4   





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 332


          ͼ

    SAMPLE "E" SERVICE REQUEST
    This is a sample of half-page plain paper Service Request type "E" as of
          DRAINS version 4.02. (33 printed lines, no IBM graphics characters,
          the page does not automatically eject - it adds a bottom margin to
          be the right length to print two per 66 line page.):
(fixed width font)
              CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617      SERVICE REQUEST

              Job #: 7654321        P.O.#: __________

              Phone#: (406) 222-2222    Unit ID: BBBB
              Job site:                  Billing address:
              Benedictin, Bartholomew B  Accounts Payable - Margie
              22 Bumper to Bumper Place  Homeowner's Peace of Mind
              Battleshipp MT 58203-1284  PO Box 1234 Mailstop 12-C
               Alt.phone: (CEL)222-2223  Itsascam Pk NY 01283-1234

              Request date: 03/17/2001     Svcperson: ANDY*??*
                    & time: 18:30pm
                                              2ndSvc: ____
              Service date: 03/17/2001 SAT
                Time given: 18:45pm
                  Estimate: $12345.67 QUOTED
              Description:
               This is the problem line which becomes job desc L1

               __________________________________________________

               This is the addl.info. line which becomes job dsc3

               This is the confidential file notes line job desc4

    SAMPLE "D" AND "P" SERVICE REQUESTS
    This is a sample of "dispatch card style" Service Request type "D" as of
          DRAINS version 4.02. (18 printed lines for compressed printing on
          3x5" tractor-fed cards, type "D" does not automatically eject, type
          "P" does.):
(fixed width compressed font)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Phone#: (406) 222-2222  Unit ID: BBBB    Billing  Accounts Payable - Margie |
| Name/Address: Benedictin, Bartholomew B  Address: Homeowner's Peace of Mind |
|               22 Bumper to Bumper Place           PO Box 1234 Mailstop 12-C |
| Tax group: NT Battleshipp MT 58203-1284           Itsascam Pk NY 01283-1234 |
| Alternate phone (CEL) 222-2223          Estimate: $12345.67_QUOTED_________ |
| Description:            _Septic  XSewer    P.O.#: __________      Warranty: |
| This_is_the_problem_line_which_becomes_job_desc_L1   Allowed       _30day   |
| __________________________________________________   Payment       _60day   |
| This_is_the_addl.info._line_which_becomes_job_dsc3   Type: C       _90day   |
| This_is_the_confidential_file_notes_line_job_desc4                 _None    |
| Request date: 03/17/2001    Revenue category: N      Labor discount    0.00 |





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 333


|       & time: 18:30pm            Job #: 7654321   Referred: R  Cust.Type: M |
| Service date: 03/17/2001     Svcperson: ANDY*??*  NOTES:                    |
|   Time given: 18:45pm  X:OffHr  2ndSvc: ____      _________________________ |
|  Finish date: __/__/____                          _________________________ |
|       & time: _______        Cancelled: _         _________________________ |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+



















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 334


    SAMPLE "Y" INVOICE / "L" INVOICE is modified for use with letterhead
    This is a sample of Invoice type "Y":

                   INVOICE from:

                   CONCISE LOGIC     406-572-3323
                   H.C. 83 BOX 532
                   MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709


                   Billed to:                      Job number 1000425

                   Mrs. Annie Jenkins
                   Farmer Henry P. Jenkins
                   Wheelbarrow Farm
                   Martinsdale MT 59053




                   --------------------------------------------------



                   P.O.# ABCD123456

                   Job site:                     Contact phone
                   Jenkins, Farmer Henry P.      (406) 123-4567
                   Wheelbarrow Farm              [Unit ABCD]
                   Martinsdale MT 59053

                   Job description:
                   36 Bathroom Fixture Repair
                   Replace sink spigot in wellhouse north large barn.
                   Porcelain of sink is cracked, advised replacement.

                   Work completed on 03/02/1995 at 01:30pm

                   Our representative ANDY0001

                   90 day warranty


                   --------------------------------------------------

                      Labor charge                          $   65.00
                                    Labor discount  5.00% - $    3.25
                        Subcontractor                       $    5.25
                           Parkhunt spigot    $   30.00
                           *Septic treatmt    $    5.00
                           10' water feed     $    3.30
                           coupler            $    0.50





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 335


                        Total materials                     $   38.80
                                                   Subtotal $  105.80
                        Sales tax        7.00%              $    2.72
                        City workpermit                     $    5.00

                                             TOTAL INVOICED $  113.52

                   Paid credit card, note:  VI 4086
                   Your payment $  113.52 on 02/18/1995
















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 336


    SAMPLE "J" INVOICE
    This is a sample of Invoice type "J":

                   INVOICE from:

                   CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617
                   H.C. 83  BOX 532
                   MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709


                   Billed to:                      Job number 7654321

                   Accounts Payable/Nicholes
                   Concise Logic Montana Ofc
                   HC83 Box 532 Rajah's Rest
                   Martinsdale MT 59053-9709




                   --------------------------------------------------



                   P.O.# VERBAL/KHN

                   Job site:                     Contact phone
                   Concise Logic or Nicholes     (406) 123-4567
                   Rajah's Rest Lennep Route     [Unit ABCD]
                   Martinsdale MT 59053-9701

                   Job description:
                   This is the "problem" line of the job description.
                   [...This is job description line 2 default.......]
                   This is the "addl.info. line of the job descriptn.

                   Work completed on 01/21/1997 at 10:00am

                   Our representative ANDY*??*, assisted by PAUL

                   90 day warranty


                   --------------------------------------------------













       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 337


                                             TOTAL INVOICED $11277.63





                   Account charge permitted
                         Payment: []Cash []Ck[]Cr:______ []Charge
                   Your payment $11277.63 on 01/25/1997
    SAMPLE "B" INVOICE
    This is a sample of Invoice type "B":

                                       I N V O I C E



     From: CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617         Invoice        Date
           H.C. 83  BOX 532                       1110006        09/09/1995
           MARTINSDALE MT 59053-9709




     Bill  [...Billing Address L1..]       Job    Job Site Name...........]
     To:   [...Billing Address L2..]       Site:  Job Site Address........]
           [...Billing Address L3..]              Job Site City St Zip....]
           [...Billing Address L4..]              Contact phone (406) 123-4567
                                                  [Unit UNIT]



                                                  PO Number         Terms

                                                  [PurchOrd]     Upon Receipt



           JOB DESCRIPTION                                              AMOUNT

           [...This is job description line 1...............]    $    10552.24
           [...This is job description line 2 default.......]
           [...This is job description line 3...............]






                                                  TOTAL INVOICED $    10552.24

                                                     BALANCE DUE $    10552.24






       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 338


    SAMPLE "N" INVOICE FORM

    On the next page is a sample of an invoice that can be specially prepared
          for you by a printer.  Bob Wilson of Jim Dandy Sewer Services
          designed these and says that his customers are favorably impressed
          by use of the check boxes.

    These invoices can be obtained from Northwest Business Forms, Inc., 605
          Thomas Street, Seattle WA 98109, 206-728-8181 or 800-732-0935, FAX
          206-728-1334.  Ask for "Jim Dandy style" invoice forms.  In early
          1995, 5000 two-part invoice forms costs $ 298.25 + $ 15 for the name
          change + shipping and tax.  Please remember that prices of custom
          forms vary; call Northwest or your preferred printer for a quote.

    This invoice is intended for use with a dot matrix printer.  The forms
          should be continuous, perforated between sheets, and equipped with
          holed tear-off edges for tractor feed, making the width (including
          the two 1/2" tear-off strips) total 6-5/8".  The height is 8-1/2".
          The lines are placed for standard printer line feeds of 1/6".

    A 6-1/2" x 3-5/8" single-window envelope preprinted with your return
          address works comfortably with this form.  #6-3/4 single window
          envelopes suitable for use with this form are also available from
          Northwest.  Ones from NEBS (800-225-6380 item #0721-1) fit the
          invoices tolerably well, but do not fit the RediForm statements.  In
          early 1992, 6-3/4" window envelopes from NEBS cost $146 for 4000.































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 339



























































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 340


    SAMPLE "Y" STATEMENT

    This is a sample of Statement type "Y":


                   STATEMENT from:

                   CONCISE LOGIC     800-262-2617 Statement date
                   H.C. 83, Box 532                 03/05/1995
                   Martinsdale, MT 59053-9709


                   Billed to:

                                                  Phone (123) 123-1648
                   Annabelle Smith                Unit ID
                   5100 South Fork Road
                   Checkerboard MT 59055




                   ------------------------------------------------------
               __DATE___ INVOICE_# __CHARGES__ __CREDITS_ ____BALANCE____
                                   PREVIOUS                          0.00

               04/19/94  J#1008147      128.40                     128.40
                 pump tank & dry wells



               05/25/94   PAYMENT                  128.40            0.00
                 CHECK #  4877

               07/01/94  J#1008446       74.90                     274.90
                 system backing up; full tank? locate cover
                 dig out cover, pump tank. broken pipe at tank
                 entry. excavate and repair. flushed - OK.

               08/05/94   PAYMENT                  174.90          100.00
                 CHECK #  4913






                   ------------------------------------------------------
                                 PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT:           100.00

                      The normal statement message area is two
                      lines of forty characters each.  Thanks.





       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 341


    SAMPLE "N" STATEMENT FORM

    This is a copy of a #80012 statement form available from RediForm.






















































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 342



     ... SAMPLE "S" SUMMARY STATEMENT LIST

              Statement format S produces, instead of mailable statements, a
          simple list of amounts owed and billing addresses.
(fixed width compressed font)
           91.00 ABC LIQUORS               221 S. FIDELITY DR.       Bolinger MT 59104         Accounts Payable
           79.00 DOLPHIN AVIATION          AIRGATE STATION RD. #5    Whitwell MT 59111
          373.05 FIVE O'CLOCK CLUB         1930 HILLVIEW ST.         Whitwell MT 59111         Fred Pellingham
          178.00 GREYHOUND BUS             5751 N. WASHINGTON BLVD.  Whitwell MT 59111
          102.00 QUALITY MAINTENANCE       640 AZELEA DRIVE #4-B     Parkersburg WY 60345
         1309.00 SEA SHELL CONDO           6500 WAGONWHEEL PASS ROAD Bolinger MT 59104         Mrs. McGregor Room 1431-N
          187.00 VILLAGE ON THE ISLES      950 WEST ORANGE ST.       Whitwell MT 59111-2345

       ********************************************
       * GRAND TOTAL BILLED IS $         2319.05. *
       * # OF STATEMENTS IS     7.                *
       ********************************************




    EOF: DRAINS.DOC


































       DRAINS 4.02 manual 01/02 by KGH Nicholes ... Page 343

